Ghid Automatizari Schneider

The essential guide
of Automation
& Control
helping you
select the right product
2008
Go to the
Essential guide
A summary of the references
at the heart of the range, for
more efcient selection
Make the most of your energy
Detection
b Photo-electric sensors
b Inductive proximity sensors
b Limit switches
b Sensors for pressure control
Operator dialog
b Control and signalling units
b Human-Machine Interfaces
Automation
b Relays
b Programmable controllers & Automation platforms
b Distributed Inputs/Outputs
Motion and Drives
b Soft starters
b Variable speed drives
b Motion modules
b Lexium servo drives for SER, BPH and BPL servo motors
Motor control
b Motor control components
b Components for power control applications
Power supplies
b Power supplies and transformers for control circuits
Interfaces and I/O
b Connection
b Interfaces and distributed Inputs/Outputs
ConneXium cabling system
b Industrial Ethernet solutions for open architectures
AS-Interface cabling system
b The answer to your industrial automation integration needs
Machine safety
b Safety solutions provide maximum protection in all the safety
functions of your automation system
Explosive atmospheres
b Detection
b Control and signalling units
b Machine safety
b Automation
Contents
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8
Detection Detection
Interfaces & I/O Interfaces & I/O
Mounting systems Mounting systems
Systems & Architectures Systems & Architectures
Operator dialog Operator dialog
Machine safety Machine safety
AS-Interface AS-Interface
Innovative products that simplify Automati
Operator dialog
Control & signalling units
Control and signalling units,
cam switches
Beacons and indicator banks
Human machine interfaces
Operator interface terminals,
industrial PCs, Web servers,
HMI and SCADAPC-based
software
Control stations, mounting
solutions
Control and pendant
stations, front panels
mounting kits
AS-Interface
Control stations, keypads,
beacons
Machine safety
Emergency stops, control
stations, enabling switches,
foot switches
Software
Operator terminal software
Interfaces & I/O
Connectors
Cable-ends, terminal blocs
Interfaces
Plug-in relays, analog
converters, discrete
interfaces
Pre-wired interfaces,
IP20/IP67 distributed I/O
AS-Interface
IP20/IP67 interfaces,
cables, repeaters,
accessories,adressing and
adjustment terminals
Machine safety
Safety monitors and
controllers on AS-Interface
Software
Software to design and
install AS-Interface system,
safety monitors and
controllers on AS-Interface
programming software
Systems &
Architectures
Connecting Ethernet
devices
Web-enabling PLCs
on Ethernet
Application protocols
and eld buses
Mounting systems
Enclosures
Wall mounted enclosures
Floor standing enclosures,
suite type cubicles
Industrial boxes
Equipment and accessories
Thermal control equipment
Power splitter blocks
Mounting accessories
Detection
Sensors
Limit switches
Proximity sensors
Photo-electric and ultrasonic
sensors
Pressure switches
Rotary encoders
RFID
Inductive identication
Machine safety
Switches, light curtains,
mats
Software
Safety mats conguration
software
See Machine safety
in each function
See AS-Interface
in each function
Automation Automation
Motion and Drives Motion and Drives
Motor control Motor control
Power supplies Power supplies
Software tools Software tools
ion and Control functions
Automation
Relays
Plug-in relays, electronic
timers, control relays,
counts
Smart relays
PLCs, PC based control,
distributed I/O
Programmable controllers
PLC platforms
PC based control
Distributed I/O, I/O
controllers
AS-Interface
Master modules for
Modicon PLCs
Machine safety
Safety PLCs, controllers
and modules
Software
PLCs and safety controllers
programming software
Software tools
Global software
Generation of application
systems
Application control
Collaborative development
Dedicated software
See Software in other
functions
Motion and Drives
Starters, drives and
servo drives
Soft starters
Variable speed drives
Motion modules
Servo drives
Servo motors
Software
Software for drives
and motors
Motor control
Motor starters
Contactors
Circuit breakers, fuse carriers
Thermal relays
Combinations, motor
controllers
Mounting solutions
Motor starter mounting kit
AS-Interface
Motor controllers,
enclosures, variable speed
drives
Machine safety
Switch disconnectors,
thermal-magnetic motor
circuit breakers, enclosed
starters
Software
Motor control programming
software
Power supplies
Power supplies
Switch mode power
supplies
Filtered rectied power
supplies, transformers
AS-Interface
Power supplies
Benet from Telemecaniques major innovation:

A worldwide detection rst for improving productivity.
A complete offer for resolving your most commonly
encountered detection problems:
b product selection simplied
b product availability simplied
b installation and setting-up simplied
b maintenance simplied
b detection simplied using a single supplier.
Improved simplicity for improved productivity.
Universal series:
Multi-purpose
products providing
multiple functions.
Osiconcept products
are included in this
series.
Optimum series:
Designed for
essential and
repetitive functions.
Application series:
Offers functions
specically for
specialist needs, thus
providing the ideal
solution for your more
complex applications.
Select the sensor according to your specic requirements
Detection
A complete range of innovative and
much more simple to use sensors
The essential
guide
A selection of
1430 products,
with the top 560
selling products
referenced in
bold characters.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
> A single product that
automatically adapts to
all conditions
automatically adapts to
all installation environ-
ments
> Availability of more
than 5,000 interchange-
able congurations
within 24 hours
> A user-friendly product
at last; easy to parameter
prior to installation and
to modify during
operation
automatically learns
both its detection mode
and detection zone
> Simple parametering
of many different
resolutions on the same
product
> 13.56 MHz RFID that is
open to the majority of
ISO electronic tags
Contents
1/1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
b Osiris Photo-electric sensors ................................1/2 to 1/15
Detection without contact of objects
whatever their shape or material
> Detection from a few millimetres to several
tens of metres
> 3D adjustable xing accessories
> Specic products for particular applications
b Osiprox Inductive proximity sensors ................1/16 to 1/26
Detection without contact of metal objects
> Sensor / object distance 60 mm
> Generic cylindrical and at form products
b Osisonic Ultrasonic sensors ............................1/28 and 1/29
Detection without contact of any object of any material
> Detection from a few millimetres up to 8 metres
> Extra large range to ensure nding the right product
b Osicoder Rotary encoders ................................1/30 and 1/31
Opto-electronic detection
> Incremental
> Absolute - single turn and multiturn
> PROFIBUS and CANopen eldbus communicating
b Osiswitch Limit switches ......................................1/32 to 1/41
Detection by contact of rigid objects
> Positive opening operation of electrical contacts
> Object speed 1.5 m/s
b Nautilus Sensors for pressure control ..............1/42 to 1/47
Detection by contact with uid
> Electronic pressure and vacuum switches
> Analogue pressure sensors
> Electromechanical pressure and vacuum switches
b Ositrack Radio frequency identication ...........1/48 to 1/49
13.56 MHz RFID detection
Complete range of RFID tags and compact stations
Other detection technologies
b Osiprox Capacitive proximity sensors ..........................1/27
b Sensors for explosive atmospheres
(see chapter 10 Explosive Atmospheres)
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.
N
e
w
IP 69K
Photo-electric sensors
Universal
Design 18 plastic Design 18 metal
Brass Stainless steel
Max. / usable sensing distance without accessory
0.4 / 0.3 m 0.4 / 0.3 m
w/o accessory, with background supp.
0.12 / 0.12 m 0.12 / 0.12 m
with reector (polarised)
3 / 2 m 3 / 2 m
with thru-beam accessory
20 / 15 m 20 / 15 m
Fixing (mm) M18 x 1 M18 x 1
Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Dimensions (mm) x L or W x H x D P / M18 x 64 M / M18 x 64
Product certication CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK
Common characteristics Adjustment of sensing distance: using teach mode / Setting-up assistance LEDs (): yes / Temperature
Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)
Connection Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
T / R 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XUB0APSNL2 XUB0BPSNL2 XUB0SPSNL2
NPN programmable NO / NC XUB0ANSNL2 XUB0BNSNL2 XUB0SNSNL2
PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC
Connection M12 connector
T / R 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XUB0APSNM12 XUB0BPSNM12 XUB0SPSNM12
NPN programmable NO / NC XUB0ANSNM12 XUB0BNSNM12 XUB0SNSNM12
PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC
Connection Screw terminals
T / R 3-wire PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC
Switching capacity (mA) main output / alarm output 100 / 100 /
Common characteristics Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple: 10...36 (except XUM 1030) / Switching
Thru-beam transmitter accessory pre-cabled (2 m) XUB0AKSNL2T XUB0BKSNL2T XUB0SKSNL2T
connector XUB0AKSNM12T XUB0BKSNM12T XUB0SKSNM12T
screw terminals, ISO 16 cable gland
Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications 10...36 V DC / 20...264 V AC including ripple on DC (relay output, 1 NC/NO, 3 A)
T / R programmable, NO/NC with time delay
T / R programmable, NO/NC with time delay
LED output state indicator () / power on LED ()
Switching frequency (Hz)
Time delay(s)
Thru-beam accessory pre-cabled, PUR (2 m)
screw terminals, ISO 16 cable gland
A single product that automati-
cally adapts to all conditions.
Programmable NO / NC
NO: object present = output ON
NC: no object present = output ON

Accessories
Reectors
XUZC24 XUZC80 XUZC50
3D xings with ball joint
Reectors (mm)
21 XUZC21
24 x 21 XUZC24
31 XUZC31
39 XUZC39
80 XUZC80
50 x 50 XUZC50
100 x 100 XUZC100
90 head
All the above Osiris Design 18 sensors are available with an integral 90 head.
To order, replace the letter N in the reference by W.
Example: For pre-cabled versions: XUB0APSNL2 becomes XUB0APSWL2.
For connector versions: XUB0APSNM12 becomes XUB0APSWM12.
Sensing distances: refer to www.Telemecanique.com
Bracket with ball joint
for sensors and
reector
XUZC50
for
XUM XUZM2004
XUK XUZK2004
XUX XUZX2004
for
XUB XUZB2003
XUM XUZM2003
XUK XUZK2003
XUX XUZX2003
XUZ2001
Protective housing
with ball joint
M12 rod for
ball joint
Background
Reector
Thru-beam accessory
Osiris
1/2
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Miniature design Compact design 50 x 50 Compact design
0.55 / 0.4 m 1.2 / 0.8 m 3 / 2 m
0.10 / 0.10 m 0.3 / 0.3 m 1.3 / 1.3 m
4 / 3 m 5.7 / 4 m 15 / 11 m
14 / 10 m 35 / 30 m 60 / 40 m
direct: xing centres 25.5, M3 screws direct: xing centres 40 x 40, M4 screws direct: xing centres 30 / 38 to 40 / 50 / 74, M5 screws
P / 12 x 34 x 20 P / 18 x 50 x 50 P / 30 x 92 x 71
CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK
range (C): - 25+ 55 / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529): IP 65, IP 67 (XUK: IP 65), (IP 69K: XUB0S)
XUM0APSAL2
XUM0ANSAL2
XUK0AKSAL2
M8 connector M12 connector
XUM0APSAM8 (1)
XUM0ANSAM8 (1)
XUK0AKSAM12 XUX0AKSAM12
XUX0AKSAT16
100 / 50 100 / 50 100 / 100
frequency (Hz): 250 / Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (): yes / power on LED (): yes
XUM0AKSAL2T XUK0AKSAL2T
XUM0AKSAM8T (1) XUK0AKSAM12T XUX0AKSAM12T
XUX0AKSAT16T
XUK0ARCTL2
XUX0ARCTT16
/ /
20 20
Adjustment from 0 to 15 s, on energisation, on de-energisation or monostable
XUK0ARCTL2T
XUX0ARCTT16T
length 5 m
without LED pre-wired, elbowed pre-wired, straight screw terminal
M8 XZCP1041L5 XZCP0941L5 XZCC8FCM40S
M12 XZCP1241L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCC12FCM40B
Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions
XUZ2003
Fixing
support for
M12 rod
Single bracket
for standard with ball joint
XUB... XUZA118 (stnls. steel) XUZA218 (plastic)
XUM... XUZA50
XUK... XUZA51
XUX... XUZX2000
(1) M8 not Snap-C

compatible.
Simple xings
1/3
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Optimum
Design 18 plastic Design 18 metal
Max. / usable sensing distance Diffuse
0.8 / 0.6 m 0.8 / 0.6 m
Polarised reex
3 / 2 m 3 / 2 m
Reex
5.5 / 4 m 5.5 / 4 m
Thru-beam
20 / 15 m 20 / 15 m
Fixing (mm) M18 x 1 M18 x 1
Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Dimensions (mm) x L or W x H x D P / M18 x 46 M / M18 x 46
Setting-up assistance LEDs
Common characteristics Temperature range (C): - 25+ 55 (- 30+ 60: XUM) / Degree of protection (conforming to
Connection Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m M12 connector (1) Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m M12 connector (1)
Transmitter for thru-beam XUB2AKSNL2T XUB2AKSNM12T XUB2BKSNL2T XUB2BKSNM12T
Receiver or T/R, 3-wire PNP (1) Diffuse, adjustable NO XUB5APANL2 XUB5APANM12 XUB5BPANL2 XUB5BPANM12
NC XUB5APBNL2 XUB5APBNM12 XUB5BPBNL2 XUB5BPBNM12
Programmable NO/NC
Polarised reex NO XUB9APANL2 XUB9APANM12 XUB9BPANL2 XUB9BPANM12
Programmable NO/NC
Reex NO XUB1APANL2 XUB1APANM12 XUB1BPANL2 XUB1BPANM12
Thru-beam NO XUB2APANL2R XUB2APANM12R XUB2BPANL2R XUB2BPANM12R
NC XUB2APBNL2R XUB2APB NM12R XUB2BPBNL2R XUB2BPBNM12R
Programmable NO/NC
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10...36 10...36 10...36 10...36
Switching frequency (Hz) 500 500 500 500
Common characteristics for DC versions Switching capacity, max. (mA): 100 / Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state

(1) For versions with NPN output, replace P by N. Example: XUB1APANL2 becomes XUB1ANANL2.
Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications 1036 V DC / 20264 V AC including ripple on DC (relay output, 1 NC/NO, 3 A)
Connection
Transmitter for thru-beam
Receiver or T/R Diffuse NO + NC
Polarised reex NO + NC
Reex NO + NC
Thru-beam NO + NC
LED output state indicator () / power on LED ()
Accessories
Reectors
XUZC24 XUZC80 XUZC50
Reectors (mm)
21 XUZC21
24 x 21 XUZC24
31 XUZC31
39 XUZC39
80 XUZC80
50 x 50 XUZC50
100 x 100 XUZC100
Object present detection NO Output ON / object present
Thru-beam Reex Diffuse
(T) (R) (T/R) (T/R)
No object present detection NC Output ON / no object present
Thru-beam Reex Diffuse
(T) (R) (T/R) (T/R)
Osiris
90 head Sensing distances: refer to www.schneider-electric.com/automation and control
All the above Osiris Design 18 sensors are available with an integral 90 head.
To order, replace the letter N in the reference by W.
Example: For pre-cabled versions: XUB0APSNL2 becomes XUB0APSWL2.
For connector versions: XUB0APSNM12 becomes XUB0APSWM12.
A
l s
o
a
v
a
i l a
b
l e
i n
D
e
s
i g
n
1
8

m
e
ta
l, 2
-w
ire
typ
e
m
u
lti-cu
rre
n
t/
m
u
lti-vo
lta
g
e
a
.c./d
.c. ve
rsio
n
.
P
l e
a
s
e

r e
f e
r
t o

w
w
w
.
s
c
h
n
e
i d
e
r - e
l e
c
t r i c
. c
o
m
/
a
u
to
m
a
tio
n
a
n
d
co
n
tro
l
XUZ2003
Fixing
support for
M12 rod
3D xings with ball joint
Bracket with ball joint
for sensors and
reector
XUZC50
for
XUK XUZK2004
XUX XUZX2004
for
XUB XUZB2003
XUK XUZK2003
XUX XUZX2003 XUZ2001
Protective housing
with ball joint
M12 rod for
ball joint
1/4
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Miniature design Compact design 50 x 50 Compact design
1 m with sensitivity adjustment 1.5 / 1 m DC or AC 3 / 2.1 m
5 m with sensitivity adjustment 7.5 / 5 m DC or 6 / 4 m AC 15 / 11 m
15 / 9 m DC or 10 / 7 m AC 20 / 14 m
15 m with sensitivity adjustment 45 / 30 m DC or 30 / 20 m AC 60 / 40 m
direct: xing centres 25.4, M3 screws direct: xing centres 40 x 40, M4 screws direct: xing centres 30 / 38 to 40 / 50 / 74, M5 screws
P / 10.8 x 33.4 x 20 P / 18 x 50 x 50 P / 30 x 92 x 71

CE - cULus - C-TICK CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK
IEC 60529): IP 65, IP 67 (XUK: IP 65) / LED output state indicator and power on LED (): yes
Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m M8 connector Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m M12 connector (1) Screw trmls.,ISO 16 cbl.gland M12 connector (1)
XUM2AKCNL2T XUM2AKCNM8T XUK2AKSNL2T XUK2AKSNM12T XUX0AKSAT16T XUX0AKSAM12T
XUK5APANL2 XUK5APANM12 XUX5APANT16 XUX5APANM12
XUK5APBNL2 XUK5APBNM12 XUX5APBNT16 XUX5APBNM12
XUM5APCNL2 XUM5APCNM8
XUM9APCNL2 XUM9APCNM8
XUK2APANL2R XUK2APANM12R XUX2APANT16R XUX2APANM12R
XUK2APBNL2R XUK2APBNM12R XUX2APBNT16R XUX2APBNM12R
XUM2APCNL2R XUM2APCNM8R
10...30 10...30 10...30 10...30 10...36 10...36
1000 1000 500 500 500 500
indicator (): yes / power on LED (): yes
Pre-cabled, L = 2 m Screw trmls., ISO 16 cbl.gland
XUK2ARCNL2T XUX0ARCTT16T
XUK5ARCNL2 XUX5ARCNT16
XUK2ARCNL2R XUX2ARCNT16R
20 20
/ /
length 5 m
pre-wired, elbowed pre-wired, straight screw terminal without LED
Single bracket
Other xings
for standard with ball joint with protective cover
XUB... XUZA118 (stnls. steel) XUZA218 (plastic)
XUM... XUZAM02
XUK... XUZA51
XUX... XUZX2000
1/5
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
System, with teach mode Thru-beam Thru-beam laser
Sensing distance 2120 mm 2120 mm
Fixing (mm) (see column E below)
Sensitivity adjustment Teach button
Case M (metal) / Setting-up assistance LEDs M /
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 25+ 60 / IP 65
Product certication CE - cULus
Type of output 3-wire PNP/NPN programmable NO/NC
Dimensions (mm) A B C D E A B C D E
Transmitter / Receiver XUYFANEP40002 2 42 32 57 14 XUYFALNEP40002 2 42 41 57 14
XUYFANEP60002 2 59 XUYFALNEP60002 2 59
XUYFANEP40005 5 42 35 57 14 XUYFALNEP40005 5 42 44 57 14
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 1030 1030
Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100/10 kHz 100/10 kHz
Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator () g / g /
System
Ultrasonic thru-beam Thru-beam
Main application Special transparent labels For all other opaque labels
Sensing distance 3 mm version XUVU06M3KCNM8 XUYFA983003COS
5 mm version XUYFA983005COS
Fixing (mm) 6/14
Sensitivity adjustment Numerical +/- button Teach button
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 5+ 55 / IP 65 - 20+ 60 / IP 65
Product certication CE CE - cULus
Laser
class II
B
D
A C E
Osiris Photo-electric sensors - Application
Forks with teach mode
N
e
w
1/6
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Photo-electric sensors - Application
Forks without teach mode
System, without teach mode Thru-beam Thru-beam laser
Sensing distance 2120 mm 2120 mm
Fixing (mm) (see column E below)
Sensitivity adjustment Teach button
Type of output 3-wire PNP/NPN programmable NO/NC
Dimensions (mm) A B C D E A B C D E
Transmitter / Receiver XUYFNEP40002 2 42 32 57 14 XUYFLNEP40002 2 42 41 57 14
XUYFNEP60002 2 59 XUYFLNEP60002 2 59
XUYFNEP40005 5 42 35 57 14 XUYFLNEP40005 5 42 44 57 14
XUYFNEP40080 80 42 110 57 70 XUY FLNEP40080 80 42 119 57 70
Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100/10 kHz 100/10 kHz
B
D
A C E
Laser
class II
Accessories for forks
Suitable female pre-wired plug-in connectors
without LED M8 straight M8 elbowed
2 m XZCP0941L2 XZCP1041L2
5 m XZCP0941L5 XZCP1041L5
1/7
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Assembly series
Robustness and compactness
System Diffuse Diffuse (1) Reex Diffuse contrast
Max. / usable sensing distance 0.07 / 0.05 m 0.07 m 101000 mm (2) 40150 mm
Fixing (mm) M8 x 1 Direct, 2 M3 holes, fxg. ctrs. 20 mm Direct, 2 M3 holes, xing centres 24 mm
Sensitivity adjustment Potentiometer Teach mode
Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs M / M / P
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 25+ 55 / IP 67 - 25+ 60 / IP 67, IP 69K - 20+ 60C / IP 67
Product certication CE - cULus CE - cULus - C-TICK CE - cULus
Dimensions (mm) x L or H x W x D 8 x 40 40.8 x 16.2 x 29.5 35.8 x 12 x 20
Connection Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP NO function XUAH0515 XUM5BPANL2
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP NO function XUAH0515S
3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XUYBCO929LSP XUYPCCO929LSP
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 1030 1030 1030 1030
Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 700 100 / 1000 100 / 1000 100 / 1000
Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator () g / g / g / g /
(1) Reex and thru-beam systems also available.
(2) With specic micro prism precision reector XUZC50HP, format
50 x 50 mm. To be ordered separately.
Laser class I Optical
Accurate detection or frames for
Very long sensing distance detection of passage of objects
System Thru-beam Thru-beam Multi-channel
200 x 120 mm passageway (3)
Max. / usable sensing distance
100 m
or min. size of object: 0.2 mm
0.12 x 0.20 m
Dpg. on bres (80 mm for
diffuse, 200 mm for thru-beam, up to
4 m using end tting accessories)
Fixing (mm) M18 x 1 direct: 222.5, M5 screws DIN rail
Sensitivity adjustment Teach mode Potentiometer LCD display
Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs P / M / P / using setting/selector knob
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 10+ 45C / IP 67 0+ 60 / IP 65 0+ 60 / IP 40
Product certication CE - UL - CSA CE - cULus CE
Dimensions (mm) x L or H x W x D 18 x 64 205 x 25 x 230 100 x 45 x 32.5
Connection M12 connector M12 connector 2 x M8 connectors
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC XUVF120M12
PNP programmable NO / NC XUBLAPCNM12
NPN programmable NO / NC XUBLANCNM12
PNP (4) or No: PNP Analogue 4-20mA
analogue
4 1 XUYAFCLARY4ANSP
3 1 XUYAFCLARY3ANSP
2 1 XUYAFCLARY2ANSP
4 0 XUYAFCLARY4STSP
3 0 XUYAFCLARY3STSP
2 0 XUYAFCLARY2STSP
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 1030 1830 1030
Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 1500 400 / 500 100 / 1.1 kHz
Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator () g / g / g /
(3) Different passageway sizes; 200 x 180: XUVF180M12, 200 x 250: XUVF250M12 and U form models available.
(4) For NPN version, replace the last letter in the reference (P) by N. Example: XUYAFCLARY4ANSP becomes XUYAFCLARY4ANSN.
1/8
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Accessories
Suitable female pre-wired plug-in connectors Fixing, for XUYPCO925
M8 straight M12 straight M8 elbowed M12 elbowed
2 m XZCP0941L2 XZCP1141L2 XZCP1041L2 XZCP1241L2 With protective cover Simple
5 m XZCP0941L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCP1041L5 XZCP1241L5 XUY 9251-DF525567 XUY 925-DF525568
Photo-electric sensors - Application
Materials handing series
Analogue output High access gain for resistance
Position control to accumulation of dirt
System Diffuse Diffuse Thru-beam
Max. / usable sensing distance 0.20...0.80 m 0.05...0.40 m 70 / 50 m
Fixing (mm) xing ctrs: 30 - 11P cable gland M18 x 1 M18 x 1
Sensitivity adjustment Potentiometer Potentiometer
Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs P / M / M /
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 25+ 60 / IP 67 - 25+ 55 / IP 67 - 25+ 55 / IP 67
Product certication CE - UL - CSA CE - UL - CSA CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK
Dimensions (mm) x L or H x W x D 86 x 27 x 83 M18 x 95 M18 x 95
Sensors for DC applications
Connection Screw terminals M12 connector M12 connector
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC XUJK803538 (5)
3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XU2M18AP20D (5)
3-wire PNP Analogue XU5M18AB20D (5)
Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) max: 20, min: 4 / 10000 max: 20, min: 4 / 20 100 / 30
Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator () g / g / g /
(5) With 420 mA analogue output.
System Diffuse, 0-10 V analogue output Diffuse,
Sensing distance 1 Sensing distance 2 4-20 mA analogue output
Sensing distance 40...60 mm 45...85 mm 80...300 mm
Minimum size of object 1 mm 0.8 mm 1.5 x 3.5 mm
Fixing (mm) direct: 3 M4 holes, xing centres 40 mm
Sensitivity adjustment Potentiometer
Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs P /
Temperature range (C) 0+ 45
Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 50 x 17 x 50
Connection M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector
Transmitter / Receiver 010 V XUYPCO925L1ANSP XUYPCO925L2ANSP XUYPCO925L3ANSP
Supply voltage limits, min./max (V) including ripple 1828 1828
Switching capacity, max. 3 mA / 010 V analogue output 3 mA / 420 mA analogue output
Switching frequency (Hz) 40 40
1/9
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Accessories
L = 5 m, without LED Wired, elbowed Wired, straight Screw terminal
M8 (or S) XZCP0666L5 XZCP0566L5 XZCC8FCM30S
M12 (or D) 4-pin XZCP1241L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCC12FCM40B
M12 8-pin XSZMCR03 (3 m)
U20 (or K) XZCP1965L5 XZCP1865L5 XZCC20FCM30B
Lenses for colour mark or luminescence detection
Lens for doubling sensing Ring for xed focusing
distance
XURZ01 XURZ02
Packaging series
Luminescence sensors Detection of transparent materials
Diffuse Lum. detection Reex (with teach mode)
(manual) via bre optics (50 x 50 reector included)
Max. / usable sensing distance 0.020.08 m dpg. on bre & tting (3) 01.4 m (4) 1.5 m
Fixing (mm) M18 x 1 DIN rail M18 x 1 (5) direct: xing ctrs. 40 x 40
Sensitivity adjustment Potentiometer +/- numeric potentiometer Teach button
Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs M / P / P /
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 25+ 55 / IP 67 0 + 60 / IP 65 0+ 55 / IP 67 - 25+ 55 / IP 65
Product certication CE - CSA - UL CE - cULus CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK
Dimensions (mm) x L or H x W x D 18 x 95 30 x 13 x 60 18 x 64 50 x 18 x 50
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XUBTAPSNL2
3-wire NPN programmable NO / NC XUBTANSNL2
3-wire PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC XUKT1KSML2
Connection M12 connector M8 connector M12 connector M12 connector
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP fonction NO XU5M18U1D
3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XUBTAPSNM12
3-wire NPN programmable NO / NC XUBTANSNM12
3-wire PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC XUYAFLCO966S XUKT1KSMM12
(3) Suitable bre optics, to be ordered separately (usable 1 mm): (L = 10 m: XUFZ910) (L = 20 m: XUFZ920) (L = 50 m: XUFZ920).
(4) 00.8 m for versions with 90 head.
(5) Also available in stainless steel for food and beverage processing applications. To order, replace the letter A by B in the ref. Example: XUBTAPSNL2 becomes XUBTBPSNL2.
Contrast sensors
Diffuse Sensor with Diffuse
plastic bre optics (1) (with teach mode)
Max. / usable sensing distance 19 mm 18 mm 9 mm (2)
Fixing (mm) direct: xing centres 40 x 40 DIN rail direct: 21 x 28, M5 screws
Sensitivity adjustment Teach button Teach button Teach button
Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs P / P / M /
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 10+ 55 / IP 65 0 + 40 / IP 65 - 10+ 55 / IP 67
Product certication CE - cULus CE - cULus CE
Dimensions (mm) x L or H x W x D 50 x 15 x 50 30 x 13 x 60 96 x 31 x 64
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP NO function XUKR1PSMM12
3-wire NPN NO function XUKR1NSMM12
3-wire PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC XURK1KSMM12
NPN NO function XUYDCFCO966S
Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 5000 100 / 20 k 200 / 10000
(1) Suitable bre optics, to be ordered separately:
Sensing distance: 18 mm (L = 0.6 m: XUYFPDC61),
60 mm (L = 1 m: XUYFPDC101)
18 mm (L = 0.6 m / M8: XUYFPDCM861),
60 mm (L = 1 m / M8: XUYFPDCM8101).
(2) 7 mm with XURZ02; 18 mm with XURZ01.
1/10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Colour sensors Detection of aqueous liquids
Diffuse Diffuse High performance Thru-beam
(with integral amplier) colour reader infrared
Max. / usable sensing distance 0.02 m 0.040...0.060 m 370 mm dpg. on bres* 0.2 m (1)
Fixing (mm) direct: xing ctrs. 40x40 drct: fxg ctrs. 68x42, M5 screws DIN rail direct: xing ctrs. 20
Sensitivity adjustment Teach button Teach button LCD display Potentiometer
Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs P / M / P / P /
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 10+ 55 / IP 65 - 10+ 55 / IP 67 0+ 60 / IP 40 0+ 40 / IP 65
Product certication CE - cULus CE CE CE
Dimensions (mm) x L or H x W x D 50 x 25 x 50 80 x 30 x 57 100 x 45 x 33 47 x 13 x 33
Connection M12 connector (8-pin) Pre-cabled (2 m) 2 x M8 connectors Pre-cabled (2 m)
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP NO function XUKC1PSMM12 XURC3PPML2
3-wire NPN NO function XUKC1NSMM12 XURC3NPML2
3-wire PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC XUMW1KSNL2
PNP (5 colours) programmable NO / NC XUYLCLAR5DSP
NPN (26 colours) programmable NO / NC XUYLCLAR26CSP
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 1030 1030 10.826.4
Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 1500 100 / 1200 100 / 1000
(1) Nominal sensing distance 50 m. Use between 10 and 20 cm, depending on application.
Stainless steel version for resistance to harsh agents
Polarised relex (2) Diffuse (2) Thru-beam (2)
Max. / usable sensing distance 3 / 2 m 0.15 / 0.10 m 20 / 15 m
Fixing (mm) M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1
Case M (metal) M (stainless steel) M (stainless steel) M (stainless steel)
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 25+ 55 / IP 67 - 25+ 55 / IP 67 - 25+ 55 / IP 67
Dimensions (mm) x L 18 x 62 18 x 62 18 x 64
Connection Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m) Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m) Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XU9N18PP341 XU5N18PP341 XU2N18PP341
3-wire NPN programmable NO / NC XU9N18NP341 XU5N18NP341 XU2N18NP341
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XU9N18PP341D XU5N18PP341D XU2N18PP341D
3-wire NPN programmable NO / NC XU9N18NP341D XU5N18NP341D XU2N18NP341D
Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 500 100 / 500
(2) Also available with 90 head. To order, add the letter W after the numbers 341 in the reference. Example: XU9N18PP341 becomes XU9N18PP341W or XU9N18PP341DW.
Food/beverage processing series
Packaging series
Accessories
*Suitable bre optics
Special high performance colour bres
Sensing distance Spot Length Reference
25 mm 2 600 XUYFLCLHR2561
70 mm 6 600 XUYFLCLHR7061
1/11
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
with background suppression
System Background Diffuse with background suppression
suppression Sensing distance 1 Sensing distance 2 Adjustable
Sensing distance 1.580 mm 1060 mm 30110 mm 70120 mm
Minium size of object 0.3 mm 0.7 mm
Fixing (mm) 2 x 3 holes / fxg. ctrs. 14.5 direct: 2 M3 holes, xing centres 24 mm M18 x 1
Sensitivity adjustment Potentiometer Teach mode Potentiometer
Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs P / P M /
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) 0+ 50 / IP 65 & IP 67 - 20+ 60C / IP 67 - 25+ 55C / IP 67
Product certication CE - cULus CE - cULus CE - UL - CSA
Dimensions (mm) x L or H x W x D 32 x 13 x 20 35.8 x 12 x 20 M18 x 82
Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor) AC/DC
Connection M8 connector (1) M8 connector M8 connector Pre-cabled, L = 2 m
Transmitter / Receiver PNP NO function XUYPSCO989SP
NPN NO function XUYPSCO989SN
PNP programmable NO / NC XUYPSCO929L1SP XUYPSCO929L2SP
AC/DC NO function XU8M18MA230
Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator () g / g / g / (2) /
(1) For 2 m pre-cabled connection delete CO from the reference. Example: XUYPSCO989SP becomes XUYPS989SP.
(2) Sensor not short-circuit protected. Therefore, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.
Objects on conveyor
System Diffuse Background Background
with adjustable background suppression suppression suppression, 2 chnls.
Max. / usable sensing distance 01 m 1.2 m 50300 mm 50600 mm
Minimum size of object 0.5 mm
Fixing (mm) direct: xing ctrs. 40 x 40 M30 x 1.5 or M5, fxg. ctrs. 30 direct: 2 M4 holes, ctrs. 54 mm 2 x 4 holes, fxg. ctrs. 54
Sensitivity adjustment Potentiometer Potentiometer Potentiometer
Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs P / P / P / P /
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 25+ 55 / IP 65 - 25+ 55 / IP 67, Nema 4X 0+ 50 / IP 65 0+ 60 / IP 40
Product certication CE - UL - CSA CE - UL - CSA CE - cULus
Dimensions (mm) x L or H x W x D 50 x 18 x 50 95 x 45 x 44 60 x 18 x 60 60 x 18 x 60
Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor). Sensors with overload and short-circuit protection
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC XUK8AKSNL2 XUC8AKSNL2 (3)
Connection M12 conector M8 connector
Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC
3-wire PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC XUK8AKSNM12 XUC8AKSNM12 (3) XUYPS1LCO965S XUYPS2CO945S
Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 250 100 / 5000 100 / 5000 100 / 0.5
(3) AC/DC version also available.
N
e
w
Osiris
1/12
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Other formats, general usage
Osiris
System Thru-beam Reex Polarised reex Diffuse Diffuse with back-
ground suppression
Max. / usable sensing distance
11 / 8 m 9 / 6 m 6 / 4 m 0.9 / 0.7 m 0.25 m xed range
Fixing (mm) direct: xing centres 28 mm, M3 screws
Case P (plastic) P
Product certication CE - special H7 version UL - CSA - UR - CCC
References 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XULH083534 XULH06353 XULH043539 XULH703535
3-wire NPN programmable NO / NC XULJ083534 XULJ06353 XULJ043539 XULJ703535
Transmitter XULK0830
References 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XULH083534D XULH06353D XULH043539D XULH703535D
3-wire NPN programmable NO / NC XULJ083534D XULJ06353D XULJ043539D XULJ703535D
Transmitter XULK0830D
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 1030
Switching capacity, max. / Switching frequency (Hz) 200 mA with short-circuit protection / 250
LED output state indicator () / power on LED () / / / /
Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications 1036 V DC / 20264 V AC including ripple on DC, NC/NO relay output
References 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XULM080314 XULM06031 XULM040319 XULM300318
Transmitter XULM0600
Switching capacity, max. / Switching frequency (Hz) 2000 mA (cos = 1), 500 mA (cos = 0.4) / 20
LED output state indicator () / power on LED () / / / / /
System Polarised reex Thru-beam
50 x 50 reector included
Sensing distance 11.5 m 4 m
Fixing (mm) 2 x 3 holes / xing centres 9.5 3 x 3 holes / xing centres 9.5
Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs P / P /
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) 0+ 50 / IP 65 & IP 67 0+ 50 / IP 65 & IP 67
Product certication CE - cULus CE - cULus
Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 40 x 10 x 13.5 40 x 10 x 13.5
Connection M8 connector (1)
PNP NO function XUYBCO989SP XUYRCO989SP (receiver)
NPN NO function XUYBCO989SN XUYRCO989SN (receiver)
PNP/NPN programmable NO / NC XUYECO989 (transmitter)
Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 500 100 / 500
(1) For 2 m pre-cabled version delete CO from the reference. Example: XUYPSCO989SP becomes XUYPS989SP.
Miniature series sensors
1/13
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Osiris Photo-electric sensors, bre optic
Ampli er
Optimum Universal
+/- potentiometer Teach Teach + Timer Teach+Timer+Speed dsply.
Max. / usable sensing distance Depending on bre used, plastic only
Fixing (mm) DIN rail or direct: xing centres 25, M3 screws
Sensitivity adjustment
+/- numeric potentiometer using teach mode +/- numeric potentiometer using teach mode
Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs P / P / P / P / and 4-digit display
Temperature range (C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) 0+ 60 / IP 65 - 10+ 55 / IP 65 (1) 0+ 60 / IP 65 - 10+ 55 / IP 65 (1)
Product certication CE - cULus CE - cULus - cURus CE - cULus CE - cULus - cURus
Dimensions (mm) L x H x W 60 x 30 x 13 65 x 40 x 10 60 x 30 x 13 65 x 40 x 10
References 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XUDA1PSML2 XUDA2PSML2
Amplier 3-wire NPN programmable NO / NC XUDA1NSML2 XUDA2NSML2
References 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC XUDA1PSMM8 XUDA2PSMM8
Amplier 3-wire NPN programmable NO / NC XUDA1NSMM8 XUDA2NSMM8
3-wire PNP/NPN programmable NO / NC XUYAFVCO966S (Glass)
XUYAFVCO946S (Glass)
XUYAFPCO966S (Plastic)
XUYAFPCO946S (Plastic)
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 1030 10.8...26.4 1030 10.8...26.4
Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 1000 100 / 1000 100 / 1000 time delayable 100 / 1000 time delayable
Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator () g / g / g / g /
(1) IP 65 with 1 bre/ IP 64 with 0.5 bre.
Eco bre system, assemble your own bres
End ttings
Sensing distance (mm) 70 200 800 1200 4000 1200
Type with threaded end with plain end tting, with plain end tting, with threaded end with threaded end 90 mirror, with
tting 3, L = 9 mm 3, L = 9 mm tting tting threaded end tting
Thread M8 x 1, L = 10 mm M6 x 1, L = 10 mm M6 x 1, L = 10 mm M6 x 1, L = 3 to 10 mm
Lens yes no yes yes yes yes
References XUYA110 XUYA210 XUYA211 XUYA212 XUYA212 XUYA220
Accessories
For thru-beam system plastic bre optics
Lenses For increasing
sensing distance (pair) XUFZ01
With 90 mirror
(pair) XUFZ02
Fixing clamp with lens (set of 2)
Front screw xing
for bre optics
XUFZ920 XUFZ04
For all system plastic bre optics
Fibre trimmer For trimming bres to
length (included with
all bre optics) XUFZ11
Protective metal tubing
Length 1 m, for bres
with threaded end ttings
For M4 thread XUFZ210
For M6 thread XUFZ310
Plug-in pre-wired female connectors
Cable length 5 m, without LED
pre-wired, elbowed pre-wired, straight
XZCP1041L5 XZCP0941L5
Fibre
1 mm Length = 20 m XUFZ920
1/14
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
System Diffuse
Sensing distance (mm) 70 60 60 15
Fibre cross-section
Fibre (mm) 1 1+16 0.265 1 0.5 + 4 0.23
Sheath (mm) 2.2 x 2 2.2 x 2 2.2 x 2 1 x 2
Temperature range (C) - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60
References XUFN05321 XUFN05323 XUFN05331 XUFN02323
Fixing M6 x 0.75 M6 x 0.75 / M4 x 0.7 M6 x 0.75 M4 x 0.7
Plastic bre optic light guides (length 2 m)
Long range bres
with integrated lens Long range bres Flexible bres
M4 / M2.6 (1) M4 / L = 90 mm M3 / M2.6 (1) M8 / L = 20 mm M4 / M2.6 (1) M4 / M2.6 (1)
System Thru-beam
Sensing distance (mm) 200 or 1500 (1) 180 50 or 1000 (1) 2500 300 or 2000 (1) 100 or 750 (1)
Fibre cross-section
Fibre (mm) 1 1 0.5 1 1.5 1
Sheath (mm) 2.2 2.2 1 2.2 2.2 2.2
Temperature range (C) - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60
References XUFN12301 XUFN12311 XUFN35301 XUFN2L01L2 XUFN2P01L2 XUFN2S01L2
Fixing M4 x 0.7 M4 x 0.7 M3 x 0.5 M8 x 1.25 M2.6 x 0.45 / M4 x 0.7 M2.6 x 0.45 / M4 x 0.7
(1) All models except XUFZ01 and XUFZ02.
System Diffuse
Sensing distance (mm) 18 18 95
Fibre cross-section
Fibre (mm) 0.5 0.5 1.5
Sheath (mm) 1 x 2 1 x 2 2.2 x 2
Temperature range (C) - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60
References XUFN01331 XUFN01321 XUFN5P01L2
Fixing M4 x 0.7 M4 x 0.7 M6 x 0.75
M4 M4 / 2.5 x 89 M4 M4 / 2.5 x 89 M4
System Thru-beam Diffuse
Sensing distance (mm) 200 80
Fibre cross- section
End tting Straight Adaptable Straight Adaptable 90
Fibre (mm) 1 1
Sheath (mm) 2.2 2.2
Temperature range (C) PVC sheath: - 25+ 60 / Metal wound: - 25+ 120 / Flexible stainless steel: - 25+ 200
References PVC sheath XUYFVERSD61 XUYFVERSC61 XUYFVPSD61 XUYFVPSC61 XUYFVPSL61
Metal wound XUYFVERMD61 XUYFVERSC61 XUYFVPMD61 XUYFVPMC61 XUYFVPML61
Flexible stnl. steel XUYFVERTD61 XUYFVERTC61 XUYFVPTD61 XUYFVPTC61 XUYFVPTL61
Glass bre optic light guides (length 0.6 m)
M6 M4 / M6 M6/L = 90 mm M4 / M2.6
Long range bres
M4 / L = 90 mm M4 / M2.6 M6 / L = 15 mm
1/15
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
N
e
w
IP 69K

Osiprox
Inductive proximity sensors
Universal
A single product that automatically
adapts to all installation environ-
ments.
Accurate position detection using
teach mode
Non ush mountable
Flush mountable
M8 M12 M18 M30
Nominal sensing distance Sn 2.5 mm 4 mm 8 mm 15 mm
Usable sensing distance S (mm) ush mountable / non ush mountable 02 03.2 06.4 012
Fine adjustment zone (mm) ush mountable / non ush mountable
Suitability for ush mounting (metal environment) ush mountable ush mountable ush mountable ush mountable
Case M (metal) P (plastic) M M M M
Temperature range (C) - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70
Product certication CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 67 pre-cabled: IP 68, IP 69K conforming to DIN 40050 (with connector: IP 67)
Dimensions (mm) x L or W x H x D M8 x 50 M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60
3-wire PNP NO function XS608B1PAL2 XS612B1PAL2 XS618B1PAL2 XS630B1PAL2
NC function XS608B1PBL2 XS612B1PBL2 XS618B1PBL2 XS630B1PBL2
NPN NO function XS608B1NAL2 XS612B1NAL2 XS618B1NAL2 XS630B1NAL2
NC function XS608B1NBL2 XS612B1NBL2 XS618B1NBL2 XS630B1NBL2
Connection M8 connector M12 connector
Dimensions (mm) x L or W x H x D M8 x 61 M12 x 61 M18 x 72 M30 x 72
3-wire PNP NO function XS608B1PAM12 XS612B1PAM12 XS618B1PAM12 XS630B1PAM12
NC function XS608B1PBM12 XS612B1PBM12 XS618B1PBM12 XS630B1PBM12
NPN NO function XS608B1NAM12 XS612B1NAM12 XS618B1NAM12 XS630B1NAM12
NC function XS608B1NBM12 XS612B1NBM12 XS618B1NBM12 XS630B1NBM12
Switching capacity, max. (mA) 200 200 200 200
Overload and short-circuit protection (g) g g g g
LED output state indicator () and power on LED () / / / /
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 2 2 2 2
Accessories
Fixing
For at sensors, forms E, C and D Fixing clamp with indexing pin for
substitution cylindrical sensors
of block type
90 at 90 sensors
XSE / XSC / XSD M8 XSZB108
Form E XSZBE00 XSZBE90 XSZBE10 M12 XSZB112
Form C XSZBC00 XSZBC90 XSZBC10 M18 XSZB118
at
Form D XSZBD10 M30 XSZB130
Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications
Dimensions (mm) M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60
2-wire AC/DC NO function XS612B1MAL2 XS618B1MAL2 XS630B1MAL2
not short-circuit protected (1) NC function XS612B1MBL2 XS618B1MBL2 XS630B1MBL2
Connection 1/2" -20 UNF connector
Dimensions (mm) x L or W x H x D M12 x 61 M18 x 72 M30 x 72
2-wire AC/DC NO function XS612B1MAU20 XS618B1MAU20 XS630B1MAU20
not short-circuit protected (1) NC function XS612B1MBU20 XS618B1MBU20 XS630B1MBU20
Switching capacity, max. (mA) 200 300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC
LED output state indicator () / power on LED () / / /
Residual current, open state (mA) 1.5 1.5 1.5
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 5.5 5.5 5.5
Switching frequency (Hz) 25 AC / 1000 DC 25 AC / 1000 DC 25 AC / 500 DC
(1) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.
1/16
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Increased range
M12
M18 M30
Form E
26 x 26
Form C
40 x 40
Form D
80 x 80
7 mm 12 mm 22 mm 15 mm 25 mm 60 mm
0 5.6 0 9.6 0 17.6 08 / 0...12 012 / 0...20 032 / 0...48
5...10 / 5...15 8...15 / 8...25 20...40 / 20...60
non ush mountable ush mountable or non ush mountable via Osiconcept teach mode
M P P P
- 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70
CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK
pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67) pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)
Pre-cabled (2 m)
M12 x 1 x 55 M18 x 1 x 60 M30 x 1.5 x 62 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26
XS612B4PAL2 XS618B4PAL2 XS630B4PAL2 XS8E1A1PAL2 XS8C1A1PAL2 XS8D1A1PAL2
XS612B4PBL2 XS618B4PBL2 XS630B4PBL2 XS8E1A1PBL2 XS8C1A1PBL2 XS8D1A1PBL2
XS612B4NAL2 XS618B4NAL2 XS630B4NAL2 XS8E1A1NAL2 XS8C1A1NAL2 XS8D1A1NAL2
XS612B4NBL2 XS618B4NBL2 XS630B4NBL2 XS8E1A1NBL2 XS8C1A1NBL2 XS8D1A1NBL2
M12 connector
M12 x 1 x 65 M18 x 1 x 71 M30 x 1.5 x 74 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26
XS612B4PAM12 XS618B4PAM12 XS630B4PAM12 XS8E1A1PAM8 XS8C1A1PAM8 XS8D1A1PAM12
XS612B4PBM12 XS618B4PBM12 XS630B4PBM12 XS8E1A1PBM8 XS8C1A1PBM8 XS8D1A1PBM12
XS612B4NAM12 XS618B4NAM12 XS630B4NAM12 XS8E1A1NAM8 XS8C1A1NAM8 XS8D1A1NAM12
XS612B4NBM12 XS618B4NBM12 XS630B4NBM12 XS8E1A1NBM8 XS8C1A1NBM8 XS8D1A1NBM12
1058 1058 1058 1036 1036 1036
200 200 200 100 200 200
g g g g g g
/ / / / / /
2 2 2 2 2 2
2500 1000 500 2000 1000 150
Pre-cabled (2 m)
M18 x 1 x 60 M30 x 1.5 x 62 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26
XS618B4MAL2 XS630B4MAL2 XS8E1A1MAL2 XS8C1A1MAL2 XS8D1A1MAL2
XS618B4MBL2 XS630B4MBL2 XS8E1A1MBL2 XS8C1A1MBL2 XS8D1A1MBL2
1/2" -20 UNF connector
M18 x 1 x 71 M30 x 1.5 x 74 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26
XS618B4MAU20 XS630B4MAU20 XS8E1A1MAL01U20 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 XS8D1A1MAU20
XS618B4MBU20 XS630B4MBU20 XS8E1A1MBL01U20 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 XS8D1A1MBU20
20264 20264 20264 20264 20264
300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC 200 AC or DC 300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC
/ / / / /
0.8 0.8 1.5 1.5 1.5
5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
25 AC / 1000 DC 25 AC / 300 DC 2000 1000 150
For Osiconcept XS6
remote control
XSZBPM12
length 5 m
without LED
pre-wired,
elbowed
pre-wired,
straight
screw terminal
U20 XZCP1965L5 XZCP1865L5 XZCC20FCM30B
1/17
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Flush mountable
Osiprox Inductive proximity sensors
Optimum

Accessories
Fixing
For at sensors, forms E, C and D

substitution
Fixing clamp with indexing pin
for cylindrical sensors
of block type
sensors at 90
XSE / XSC / XSD M8 XSZB108
90
Form J
8 x 22
Form F
15 x 32
Form E
26 x 26
Form C
40 x 40
Form D
80 x 80
Nominal sensing distance Sn
2.5 mm 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 40 mm
Operating zone (mm) 0...2 0...4 08 012 032
Suitability for ush mounting (metal environment) ush mountable ush mountable ush mountable ush mountable ush mountable
Case M (metal) P (plastic) P P P P P
Temperature range (C) - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70
Product certication CE CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)
Dimensions (mm) x L or W x H x D 8 x 22 x 8 15 x 32 x 8 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26
3-wire PNP NO function XS7J1A1PAL2 XS7F1A1PAL2 XS7E1A1PAL2 XS7C1A1PAL2 XS7D1A1PAL2
NC function XS7J1A1PBL2 XS7F1A1PBL2 XS7E1A1PBL2 XS7C1A1PBL2 XS7D1A1PBL2
NPN NO function XS7J1A1NAL2 XS7F1A1NAL2 XS7E1A1NAL2 XS7C1A1NAL2 XS7D1A1NAL2
NC function XS7J1A1NBL2 XS7F1A1NBL2 XS7E1A1NBL2 XS7C1A1NBL2 XS7D1A1NBL2
3-wire PNP NO function XS7J1A1PAL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1PAL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1PAM8 XS7C1A1PAM8 XS7D1A1PAM12
NC function XS7J1A1PBL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1PBL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1PBM8 XS7C1A1PBM8 XS7D1A1PBM12
NPN NO function XS7J1A1NAL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1NAL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1NAM8 XS7C1A1NAM8 XS7D1A1NAM12
NC function XS7J1A1NBL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1NBL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1NBM8 XS7C1A1NBM8 XS7D1A1NBM12
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036
Switching capacity, max. (mA) 100 100 100 100 100
Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator () g / g / g / g / g /
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 2 2 2 2 2
Switching frequency (Hz) 2000 2000 1000 1000 100
Dimensions (mm) x L or W x H x D 8 x 22 x 8 15 x 32 x 8 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26
2-wire non
polarised
NO function XS7J1A1DAL2 XS7F1A1DAL2 XS7E1A1DAL2 XS7C1A1DAL2 XS7D1A1DAL2
NC function XS7J1A1DBL2 XS7F1A1DBL2 XS7E1A1DBL2 XS7C1A1DBL2 XS7D1A1DBL2
2-wire non
polarised
NO function XS7J1A1DAL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1DAL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1DAM8 XS7C1A1DAM8 XS7D1A1DAM12
NC function XS7J1A1DBL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1DBL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1DBM8 XS7C1A1DBM8 XS7D1A1DBM12
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036
Switching capacity, max. (mA) 100 100 100 100 100
Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator () g / g / g / g / g /
Residual current, open state (mA) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 4 4 4 4 4
Switching frequency (Hz) 4000 5000 1000 1000 100
(1) M8 connector on ying lead (L = 0.15 m).
at
1/18
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
N
e
w
IP 69K
N
e
w
IP 69K
Increased range Standard range
M8 M12 M18 M30 M8 M12 M18 M30
2.5 mm 4 mm 10 mm 20 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm 5 mm 10 mm
02 03.2 08 016 01.2 01.6 04 08
almost ush mountable almost ush mountable almost ush mountable almost ush mountable ush mountable ush mountable ush mountable ush mountable
M M M M M M M M
- 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70
IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K conforming to DIN 40050 (with connector: IP 67) IP 67 pre-cabled: IP 68, IP 69K conforming to DIN 40050 (with connector: IP 67)
Short case Short case
Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m) Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
M8 x 33 M12 x 33 M18 x 36.5 M30 x 40.6 M8 x 33 M12 x 33 M18 x 36.5 M30 x 40.6
XS1N08PA349 XS1N12PA349 XS1N18PA349 XS1N30PA349 XS508B1PAL2 XS512B1PAL2 XS518B1PAL2 XS530B1PAL2
XS1N08PB349 XS1N12PB349 XS1N18PB349 XS1N30PB349 XS508B1PBL2 XS512B1PBL2 XS518B1PBL2 XS530B1PBL2
XS1N08NA349 XS1N12NA349 XS1N18NA349 XS1N30NA349 XS508B1NAL2 XS512B1NAL2 XS518B1NAL2 XS530B1NAL2
XS1N08NB349 XS1N12NB349 XS1N18NB349 XS1N30NB349 XS508B1NBL2 XS512B1NBL2 XS518B1NBL2 XS530B1NBL2
M8 connector M12 connector M8 connector M12 connector
XS1N08PA349S XS1N12PA349D XS1N18PA349D XS1N30PA349D XS508B1PAM8 XS512B1PAM12 XS518B1PAM12 XS530B1PAM12
XS1N08PB349S XS1N12PB349D XS1N18PB349D XS1N30PB349D XS508B1PBM8 XS512B1PBM12 XS518B1PBM12 XS530B1PBM12
XS1N08NA349S XS1N12NA349D XS1N18NA349D XS1N30NA349D XS508B1NAM8 XS512B1NAM12 XS518B1NAM12 XS530B1NAM12
XS1N08NB349S XS1N12NB349D XS1N18NB349D XS1N30NB349D XS508B1NBM8 XS512B1NBM12 XS518B1NBM12 XS530B1NBM12
1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036
200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
g / g / g / g / g / g / g / g /
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2500 2500 1000 500 5000 5000 2000 1000
Long case
Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

M8 x 50 M12 x 50 M18 x 52.5 M30 x 50

XS508B1DAL2 XS512B1DAL2 XS518B1DAL2 XS530B1DAL2

XS508B1DBL2 XS512B1DBL2 XS518B1DBL2 XS530B1DBL2
M12 connector

XS508B1DAM12 XS512B1DAM12 XS518B1DAM12 XS530B1DAM12

XS508B1DBM12 XS512B1DBM12 XS518B1DBM12 XS530B1DBM12

1058 1058 1058 1058

100 100 100 100

g / g / g / g /

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

4 4 4 4

4000 4000 3000 2000
length 5 m
without LED
pre-wired,
elbowed
pre-wired,
straight
screw terminal
M12 (or D) XZCP1241L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCC12FCM40B
1/19
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Non ush
mountable
Flush
mountable
Osiprox Inductive proximity sensors - Application
Plastic cylindrical
M8 M12 M18 M30
2.5 mm 4 mm 8 mm 15 mm
Operating zone (mm) 02 03.2 06.4 012
Suitability for ush mounting (metal environment) non ush mountable
Case M (metal) P (plastic) P
Temperature range (C) - 25+ 70
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 67 pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)
Dimensions (mm) x L or W x H x D M8 x 33 M12 x 33 M18 x 33.5 M30 x 40.5
2-wire (non polarised) NO or NC programmable
4-wire PNP NO + NC complementary outputs
NPN NO + NC complementary outputs
3-wire PNP NO function XS4P08PA340 XS4P12PA340 XS4P18PA340 XS4P30PA340
NC function XS4P08PB340 XS4P12PB340 XS4P18PB340 XS4P30PB340
NPN NO function XS4P08NA340 XS4P12NA340 XS4P18NA340 XS4P30NA340
NC function XS4P08NB340 XS4P12NB340 XS4P18NB340 XS4P30NB340
3-wire PNP NO function XS4P08PA340S XS4P12PA340D XS4P18PA340D XS4P30PA340D
NC function XS4P08PB340S XS4P12PB340D XS4P18PB340D XS4P30PB340D
NPN NO function XS4P08NA340S XS4P12NA340D XS4P18NA340D XS4P30NA340D
NC function XS4P08NB340S XS4P12NB340D XS4P18NB340D XS4P30NB340D
Short-circuit protect. (g) / LED output state indicator () / Power on LED () g / / g / / g / / g / /
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 2 2 2 2
Dimensions (mm) x L or W x D x H M8 x 50 M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60
2-wire AC/DC NO function XS4P08MA230 XS4P12MA230 XS4P18MA230 XS4P30MA230
not short-circuit protected (1) NC function XS4P08MB230 XS4P12MB230 XS4P18MB230 XS4P30MB230
AC NO or NC programmable
AC/DC NO or NC programmable
Connection U20 connector
2-wire AC/DC NO function XS4P08MA230K XS4P12MA230K XS4P18MA230K XS4P30MA230K
not short-circuit protected (1) NC function XS4P08MB230K XS4P12MB230K XS4P18MB230K XS4P30MB230K
Switching capacity, max. (mA) 100 200 300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC
LED output state indicator ()
Residual current, open state (mA) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
Switching frequency (Hz) 25 AC / 3000 DC 25 AC / 3000 DC 25 AC / 2000 DC 25 AC / 1000 DC

Accessories
Fixing clamps
Fixing clamp with indexing pin
for cylindrical sensors
M4 XSZB104 M12 XSZB112
M5 XSZB105 M18 XSZB118
M6.5 XSZB165 M30 XSZB130
M8 XSZB108
1/20
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4 M5 6.5 Form C
1 mm 1 mm 1.5 mm 15 mm 20 mm increased range 20 mm 40 mm increased range
0...0.8 0...0.8 0...1.2 012 016 016 032
ush mountable ush mountable non ush mountable
M P
- 25+ 70 - 25+ 70
IP 67 IP 67
Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m) Screw terminals (3)
4 x 29 M5 x 29 M6.5 x 33 40 x 40 x 117
XS7C40DP210 XS8C40DP210
XS7C40PC440 XS7C40PC449 XS8C40PC440 XS8C40PC449
XS7C40NC440 XS7C40NC449 XS8C40NC440 XS8C40NC449
XS1L04PA310 XS1N05PA310 XS1L06PA340

XS1L04NA310 XS1N05NA310 XS1L06NA340

M8 connector
XS1L04PA310S XS1N05PA311S (2) XS1L06PA340S

XS1L04NA310S XS1N05NA311S (2) XS1L06NA340S

5...30 5...30 10...38 1248
100 100 200 4-wire version = 200 2-wire version = 1.5100
g / / g / / g / / 4-wire version = g / / 2-wire version = g / /
2 2 2 4-wire version = 2 2-wire version = 4
5000 5000 2500 2-wire = 1500 / 4-wire = 1000 2-wire = 800 / 4-wire = 1000 (20mm) 500 (40mm)
Screw terminals (3)
40 x 40 x 117

XS7C40FP260 XS8C40FP260
XS7C40MP230 XS8C40MP230

20264
AC version = 500 AC/DC version = 300 / 200

AC version = 1.5 AC/DC version = 0.8 / 1.5
5.5
25 AC / 50 DC
(2) Stainless steel sensors, Sn = 0.8 mm. (3) Sensors supplied without cable gland. Suitable cable gland: 13P.
Miniature cylindrical (assembly) Rectangular Form C
length 5 m
without LED
pre-wired,
elbowed
pre-wired,
straight
screw terminal
1/21
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Non ush
mountable
Flush
mountable
Osiprox Inductive proximity sensors - Technology
Multi-voltage with short-circuit protection
M12 M18 M30
Sensing distance Sn ush mountable
2 mm 5 mm 10 mm
non ush mountable
4 mm 8 mm 15 mm
Operating zone (mm)

ush mountable 01.6 04 08
non ush mountable 03.2 06.4 012
Suitability for ush mounting (metal environment) ush mountable or non ush mountable depending on model
Case M (metal) P (plastic) M
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)
Dimensions (mm) x L M12 x 55 M18 x 60 M30 x 60
Connection
4-wire PNP NO + NC ush mountable
non ush mountable
NPN NO + NC ush mountable
non ush mountable
PNP+NPN NO/NC ush mountable (metal)
programmable non ush mntbl. (metal)
non ush mntbl. (plastic)
Connection
4-wire PNP NO + NC ush mountable
non ush mountable
NPN NO + NC ush mountable
non ush mountable
PNP+NPN NO/NC ush mountable (metal)
programmable non ush mntbl. (metal)
non ush mntbl. (plastic)
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple
Switching capacity, max. (mA)
Short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator ()
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal
2-wire AC/DC

NO function ush mountable XS1M12MA250 XS1M18MA250 XS1M30MA250
non ush mountable XS2M12MA250 XS2M18MA250 XS2M30MA250
NC function ush mountable XS1M12MB250 XS1M18MB250 XS1M30MB250
non ush mountable XS2M12MB250 XS2M18MB250 XS2M30MB250
2-wire AC/DC

NO function ush mountable XS1M12MA250K XS1M18MA250K XS1M30MA250K
non ush mountable XS2M12MA250K XS2M18MA250K XS2M30MA250K
NC function ush mountable XS1M12MB250K XS1M18MB250K XS1M30MB250K
non ush mountable XS2M12MB250K XS2M18MB250K XS2M30MB250K
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) 50-60 Hz 20264
Switching capacity, max. (mA) 5200 5200 AC, 5300 DC
LED output state indicator () / Power on LED () /
Residual current, open state (mA) 1.5
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 5.5
Switching frequency (Hz) 25 AC, 4000 DC 25 AC, 2000 DC 25 AC, 2000 DC (1)
(1) 25 AC, 1000 DC for non ush mountable 30 mm.
1/22
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Fixing clamps Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions
With indexing pin for cylindrical sensors length 5 m
without LED
pre-wired,
elbowed
pre-wired,
straight
screw terminal
M12 XSZB112
M18 XSZB118 M8 (or S) XZCP0666L5 XZCP0566L5 XZCC8FCM30S
M30 XSZB130 M12 (or D) XZCP1241L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCC12FCM40B

Complementary outputs
NO + NC
PNP + NPN outputs,
NO/NC programmable
M8 M12 M18 M30 M12 M18 M30
1.5 mm 2 mm 5 mm 10 mm 2 mm 5 mm 10 mm
2.5 mm 4 mm 8 mm 15 mm 4 mm 8 mm 15 mm
01.2 01.6 04 08 01.6 04 08
02 03.2 06.4 012 03.2 06.4 012
ush mountable or non ush mountable depending on model ush mountable or non ush mountable depending on model
M M or P depending on model
- 25+ 70 - 25+ 70
IP 67 IP 68 (with connector: IP 67) IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)
M8 x 50 M12 x 33 M18 x 36.5 M30 x 40.5 M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60
Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m) Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
XS1M08PC410 XS1N12PC410 XS1N18PC410 XS1N30PC410
XS2M08PC410 XS2N12PC410 XS2N18PC410 XS2N30PC410
XS1NM08NC410 XS1N12NC410 XS1N18NC410 XS1N30NC410
XS2M08NC410 XS2N12NC410 XS2N18NC410 XS2N30NC410
XS1M12KP340 XS1M18KP340 XS1M30KP340
XS2M12KP340 XS2M18KP340 XS2M30KP340
XS4P12KP340 XS4P18KP340 XS4P30KP340
M12 connector M12 connector
XS1M08PC410D XS1N12PC410D XS1N18PC410D XS1N30PC410D
XS2M08PC410D XS2N12PC410D XS2N18PC410D XS2N30PC410D
XS1M08NC410D XS1N12NC410D XS1N18NC410D XS1N30NC410D
XS2M08NC410D XS2N12NC410D XS2N18NC410D XS2N30NC410D
XS1M12KP340D XS1M18KP340D XS1M30KP340D
XS2M12KP340D XS2M18KP340D XS2M30KP340D
XS4P12KP340D XS4P18KP340D XS4P30KP340D
1036 1036
200 200
g / g /
2 2.6
5000 5000 2000 1000 5000 2000 1000
Accessories
1/23
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Form E Form C M30 M18 M30
26 x 26 40 x 40
Nominal sensing distance Sn 10 mm 15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 10 mm
Operating zone (mm) 0...8 0...12 0...8 0...4 0...8
Suitability for ush mounting (metal environment) ush mountable ush mountable
Case M (metal) P (plastic) P P M M M
Temperature range (C) - 25+ 70 0+ 50
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 67 pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)
Product certication CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK
Dimensions (mm) x L or W x H x D 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 M30 x 81 M18 x 70 M30 x 60
Maximum speed of passing object (impulses/min) 48000 48000 6000...48000 (1)
Adjustable frequency range (impulses/min) 6...6000 6...6000 6...150 / 120...3000 (1)
4-wire PNP/NPN NO/NC programmable XS1M18KPM40 XS1M30KPM40
3-wire PNP NC function slow version XSAV11373
fast version XSAV12373
010 V output plastic
420 mA output metal, ush mountable
plastic, ush mountable
plastic, non ush mountable
Connection M8 or M12 connector M12 on 0.8 m ying lead
4-wire PNP/NPN NO/NC programmable XS1M18KPM40D XS1M30KPM40LD
3-wire PNP NC function XS9E11RPBL01M12 (3) XS9C11RPBL01M12 (3)
010 V output
420 mA output
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10...36 10...36 10...58 10...38
Short-circuit protect. (g) / LED output state indicator () / Power on LED () () g / / g / / g / / g / /
Linearity error
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 2 2 2 2.6
Switching frequency (Hz) 1000
Operating frequency (Hz)
2-wire AC/DC NC function XS9E11RMBL01U20 (5) XS9C11RMBL01U20 (5)
not short-circuit protected (2) NC function slow version XSAV11801
fast version XSAV12801
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) 50-60 Hz 20...264 20...264 20...264
Switching capacity, max. (mA) 100 300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC
LED output state indicator () / Power on LED () / / /
Residual current, open state (mA) 1.5 1.5 1.5
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 5.5 5.5 5.7
Accessories
Fixing
For at sensors, forms E, C and D Fixing clamp with indexing pin
substitution for cylindrical sensors
of block type
at 90 sensors
XSE / XSC / XSD
Inductive proximity sensors - Application
Rotation control
Non ush
mountable
Flush
mountable
Fixed sensing distance
(for ferrous or non ferrous materials)
Osiprox
at
90
1/24
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Form F Form E Form C Form D M12 M18 M30
8 x 32 26 x 26 40 x 40 80 x 80
5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 40 mm M: 2 mm / P: 4 mm M: 5 mm / P: 8 mm M: 10 mm / P: 15 mm
1...4 1...10 2...15 5...40 M: 0.22 / P: 0.44 M: 0.55 / P: 0.88 M: 110 / P: 1.515
ush mountable ush mountable ush mountable ush mountable ush / non ush mountable ush / non ush mountable ush / non ush mountable
P P P P M or P M or P M or P
- 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70
pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67) IP 67
CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK
15 x 32 x 8 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26 12 x 50 18 x 50 30 x 52.5

XS9F111A1L2 XS9E111A1L2 XS9C111A1L2 XS9D111A1L2 XS4P12AB110 XS4P18AB110 XS4P30AB110
XS1M12AB120 XS1M18AB120 XS1M30AB120
XS9F111A2L2 XS9E111A2L2 XS9C111A2L2 XS9D111A2L2
XS4P12AB120 XS4P18AB120 XS4P30AB120
M8 or M12 connector

XS9F111A1L01M8 (4) XS9E111A1L01M12 (4) XS9C111A1L01M12 (4) XS9D111A1M12
XS9F111A2L01M8 (4) XS9E111A2L01M12 (4) XS9C111A2L01M12 (4) XS9D111A2M12
10...36 10...36 10...36 10...36 1038 1038 1038

1 V for 010 V version / 2 mA for 420 mA version

2000 1000 1000 100 1500 500 300
(1) 6...150 and 6000 impulses/min for XSAV11373 and XSAV11801 (slow version); 120...3000 and 48000 impulses/min for XSAV12373 and XSAV12801 (fast version).
(3) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end mounted remote control incorporating M12 connector.
(4) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end connector.
(5) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end mounted remote control incorporating 1/2"-20 UNF connector.
length 5 m
without LED
pre-wired,
elbowed
pre-wired,
straight
screw terminal
U20 XZCP1965L5 XZCP1865L5 XZCC20FCM30B
Analogue (Position control)
1/25
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Inductive proximity sensors - Application
Food and beverage processing
Osiprox
Type M12 M18 18 plain M30
7 mm 12 mm 12 mm 22 mm
Operating zone (mm) 0 5.6 0 9.6 0 9.6 0 17.6
Suitability for ush mounting (metal environment) non ush mountable
Case M (metal) (1) M stainless steel 316 L
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67) and IP 69K conforming to DIN 40050
Connection Pre-cabled, non poisonous PVC (2 m)
Dimensions (mm) M12 x 1 x 55 M18 x 1 x 60 18 x 60 M30 x 1.5 x 62
3-wire PNP NO function XS212SAPAL2 XS218SAPAL2 XS2L2SAPAL2 XS230SAPAL2
NPN NO function XS212SANAL2 XS218SANAL2 XS2L2SANAL2 XS230SANAL2
Dimensions (mm) M12 x 1 x 61 M18 x 1 x 70 18 x 70 M30 x 1.5 x 70
3-wire PNP NO function XS212SAPAM12 XS218SAPAM12 XS2L2SAPAM12 XS230SAPAM12
NPN NO function XS212SANAM12 XS218SANAM12 XS2L2SANAM12 XS230SANAM12
Switching capacity, max. (mA) 200
Short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator () g / g / g / g /
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 2
Connection Pre-cabled, non poisonous PVC (2 m)
Dimensions (mm) M18 x 1 x 60 M30 x 1.5 x 62
2-wire (2) AC/DC NO function XS218SAMAL2 XS230SAMAL2
Dimensions (mm) M18 x 1 x 72 M30 x 1.5 x 74
2-wire (2) AC/DC NO function XS218SAMAU20 XS230SAMAU20
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) 50-60 HZ 20 264 20 264
Switching capacity, max. (mA) 300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC
Switching frequency (Hz) 25 AC / 1000 DC 25 AC / 300 DC
LED output state indicator ()
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 5.5 5.5

Residual current, open state (mA) 0.8 0.8
(1) Plastic range available. M12, M18, M30: (2) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a
To order, replace the second letter S in the reference by A 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.
(example: XS212SAPAL2 becomes XS212AAPAL2).
Accessories
Fixing clamps M12 pre-wired connector M12 jumper cable
Plastic xing centres 24.1 mm, with locking screw female, 4-pin, stainless steel clamping ring male, 3-pin, stainless steel clamping ring
for sensor Straight connector 5 m cable XZCPA1141L5 Straight connector 5 m XZCRA151140A5
18 plain XUZB2005
Stainless steel Elbowed connector 5 m cable XZCPA1241L5
for sensor
12 XSZBS12
18 XUZA118
30 XSZBS30
1/26
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Capacitive proximity sensors
Detection of insulating materials or
conductive materials
Osiprox
Suitability for ush M12 M18 M30 32 40 x 40
mtg. (metal environment)
Nominal sensing distance Sn ush mountable
2 mm 4 mm 10 mm 15 mm 15 mm
non ush mountable
8 mm 15 mm 20 mm
Operating zone Sa (mm) ush mountable 01.44 03.6 07.2 010 011
non ush mountable 05.8 011 015
Case M (metal) P (plastic) ush mountable M M M M P
non ush mountable P P P
Product certication CE CE - UL - CSA
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 67
Dimensions (mm) x L or H x W x D M12 x 70 M18 x 80 M30 x 80 M32 x 80 117 x 40 x 40
3-wire PNP NO function ush mountable XT112S1PAL2 XT118B1PAL2 XT130B1PAL2
non ush mountable XT218A1PAL2 XT230A1PAL2
NO + NC functions ush mountable XT112S1PCL2 XT118B1PCL2 XT130B1PCL2
non ush mountable
NPN NO function ush mountable XT112S1NAL2 XT118B1NAL2 XT130B1NAL2
non ush mountable
XT218A1NAL2 XT230A1NAL2
Connection M12 connector Screw terminals
3-wire PNP NO + NC functions ush mountable XT112S1PCM12 XT118B1PCM12 XT130B1PCM12 XT7C40PC440
non ush mountable XT218A1PCM12 XT230A1PCM12
NPN NO + NC functions ush mountable XT7C40NC440
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10...38 10...58
Switching capacity, max. (mA) 200 200
Short circuit-protection (g) / LED output state indicator () g / g /
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 2 2
Switching frequency (Hz) 300 100 (XT2) / 200 (XT1) 100 (XT2) / 150 (XT1) 100
Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC applications
2-wire AC (1) NO function ush mountable XT118B1FAL2 XT130B1FAL2 XT132B1FAL2
non ush mountable XT218A1FAL2 XT230A1FAL2 XT232A1FAL2
NO function ush mountable XT118B1FBL2 XT130B1FBL2 XT132B1FBL2
non ush mountable XT230A1FBL2 XT232A1FBL2
2-wire AC (1) NO or NC programmable ush mountable XT7C40FP262
Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) 50-60 Hz 20264 20264 20264 20264
Switching capacity, max. (mA) 300 350
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal
5.5 5.5 9 5.5

Accessories
length 5 m pre-wired, pre-wired, screw terminal
without LED elbowed straight
Non ush mountable
(plastic)
Flush mountable
(metal)
1/27
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Osisonic Ultrasonic sensors
Detection of any material
Mini at Flat Combined Flat 80 x 80
multi-xing
10 cm 25 cm 50 cm 1 m
Operating zone (cm) 0.6210.2 5.125.4 5.150.8 10100

Sensitivity adjustment Fixed Fixed Adjustable using Adjustable using
remote control remote control
Case P (plastic) P P P P
Product certication CE CE CE CE
Temperature range (C) - 20+ 65 0+ 50 - 20+ 65 0+ 70
Dimensions (mm) x L or H x W x D 33 x 19 x 7.6 74 x 30 x 16 60 x 33 x 18 / M 18 x 60 80 x 80 x 34
Sensors with Digital output for DC applications (24 V)
Connection M12 on 0.15 m ying lead M12 connector
3-wire PNP NO function XX7F1A2PAL01M12 XX7K1A2PAM12 XX7V1A1PAM12 XX8D1A1PAM12
NPN NO function XX7F1A2NAL01M12 XX7K1A2NAM12 XX7V1A1NAM12 XX8D1A1NAM12
4-wire PNP/NPN NO function
PNP NO + NC function
NPN NO + NC function
Application - monitoring levels
2 emptying levels PNP NO function
2 lling levels PNP NO function
Switching capacity, max. (mA) <100
Short-circuit protection (g) g
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal <1
Transmission frequency (Hz) 500 500 300 180
Sensors with Analogue output for DC applications (24 V)
4-wire Analogue 010 V output XX9V1A1F1M12 XX9D1A1F1M12
420 mA output XX9V1A1C2M12 XX9D1A1C2M12
Short-circuit protection (g) g g
LED output state indicator () / Power on LED () / /
Transmission frequency (Hz) 300 180
Accessories
Fixings
3D xings with ball joint Simple xings
Bracket with ball joint for M12 rod for Fixing support for 90 xing brackets Mounting plates for XX7K
cylindrical sensors ball joint M12 rod
for
for 12 XXZ12
12 XUZB2012 18 XUZA118
18 XUZB2003 30 XXZ30 at XXZ3074F
3D kit example 30 XUZB2030 XUZ2001 XUZ2003 XX7F XXZ1933 cranked XXZ3074S
N
e
w
1/28
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
M12 M18 M30 M30
Long range
5 or 10 cm 15 or 50 cm 1 m 1 m 2 m 8 m
depending on model depending on model
0.645.1 (XX512A1) 1.915.2 (XX518A1) 10100 5.199.1 12200 20.3800
0.6410.2 (XX512A2) 5.150.8 (XX518A3)
Fixed Adjustable using Adjustable using Adjustable using
remote control teach mode teach mode
P P P P
CE CE CE CE
- 20+ 65 0+ 50 (XX518A1) / - 20+ 65 (XX518A3) 0+ 70 0+ 70 - 20+ 60
IP 67 IP 67 IP 65
M12 x 50 M18 x 65 M30 x 78 M30 x 85 M30 x 106
M8 connector M12 connector Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m) M12 connector M12 connector
XX512A2PAM8 (10 cm) XX518A3PAM12 (50 cm) XX518A3PAL2 XX6V3A1PAM12
XX512A2NAM8 (10 cm) XX518A3NAM12 (50 cm) XX518A3NAL2 XX6V3A1NAM12
XX512A1KAM8 (5 cm) XX518A1KAM12 (15 cm) XX630A1KAM12
XX630A1PCM12 (1) XX630A3PCM12
XX630A1NCM12 (1) XX630A3NCM12
XX218A3PHM12 XX230A10PA00M12 XX230A20PA00M12
XX218A3PFM12 XX230A11PA00M12 XX230A21PA00M12
10...28
<100
g
/ / except XX518A1.. (- / -) / / /
<1
125 40 / 80 (XX518A1..) 70 10 2
500 300 180 200 75
M12 connector
XX918A3F1M12 XX9V3A1F1M12 XX930A1A1M12 XX930A3A1M12
XX918A3C2M12 XX9V3A1C2M12 XX930A1A2M12 XX930A3A2M12
1028 1028 1028 1028
g g g g
/ / / /
300 180 200 75
(1) Stainless steel 303 version also available. To order, replace the rst letter A in the reference by S. Example: XX630A1PCM12 becomes XX630S1PCM12.
Programming Suitable female plug-in connectors
Remote control Pre-wired connectors Other connectors
teach button for use with elbowed straight screw terminal
sensors XX518A3ppp,
XX7V1ppp and XX8D1A1ppp
L = 5 m (without LED)
M8 for XX512A1 XZCP1041L5 XZCP0941L5 XZCC8FCM40V
for XX512A2 XZCP0666L5 XZCP0566L5 XZCC8FCM30V
XXZPB100 M12 for all sensors except XX512... XZCP1241L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCC12FCM40B
N
e
w
1/29
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Osicoder Opto-electronic rotary encoders
Incremental
Diameter of housing (mm) 40 40 58 58 58 90
Parametrable
Shaft (mm) 6 6 6 10 14 (1) 12
Type of shaft (2) solid shaft through shaft solid shaft solid shaft through shaft solid shaft
Maximum rotational speed (rpm) 9000 9000 9000 9000 6000 6000
Maximum frequency (kHz) 100 100 300 300 300 100
Maximum load (daN) 2 2 10 10 5 20
Torque (N.cm) 0.2 0.25 0.4 0.4 0.6 1
Product certication CE CE CE CE CE CE
Temperature range (C) - 20+ 80 - 20+ 80 - 30+ 100 - 30+ 100 - 30+ 70 - 20+ 80
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 54 IP 52 IP 65 / IP 67 (3) IP 65 / IP 67 (3) IP 65 IP 66
Supply voltage 5 V, RS 422 4.55.5 V 4.55.5 V 4.7530 V 4.7530 V 4.7530 V 4.55.5 V
Push-pull 1130 V 1130 V 530 V 530 V 530 V 1130 V
Connection Pre-cabled (2 m), radial M23 male connector, radial
Resolution (Points) Output stage
100 5 V, RS 422 XCC1406PR01R XCC1406TR01R XCC1506PS01X XCC1510PS01X XCC1912PS01RN
Push-pull XCC1406PR01K XCC1406TR01K XCC1506PS01Y XCC1510PS01Y XCC1912PS01KN
2500 5 V, RS 422 XCC1506PS25X XCC1510PS25X XCC1912PS25RN
Push-pull XCC1506PS25Y XCC1510PS25Y XCC1912PS25KN
3600 5 V, RS 422 XCC1912PS36RN
Push-pull XCC1912PS36KN
2564096 5 V, RS 422 XCC1514TSM02X
Push-pull XCC1514TSM02Y
5000 5 V, RS 422 XCC1506PS50X XCC1510PS50X XCC1912PS50RN
Push-pull XCC1506PS50Y XCC1510PS50Y XCC1912PS50KN
3605760 5 V, RS 422 XCC1514TSM03X
5008000 5 V, RS 422 XCC1514TSM05X
10 000 5 V, RS 422 XCC1912PS00RN
Push-pull XCC1912PS00KN
102416 384 5 V, RS 422 XCC1514TSM11X
500080 000 5 V, RS 422 XCC1514TSM50X
Accessories
Shaft couplings Fixing brackets
with spring Bore diameter Bore diameter Reference Plain bracket for 58 mm XCCRE5SN
(encoder side) (machine side) for 90 mm XCCRE9SN
6 mm 6 mm XCCRAR0606
10 mm 10 mm XCCRAR1010 Bracket with play compensator for 58 mm XCCRE5RN
10 mm 12 mm XCCRAR1012 for 90 mm XCCRE9RN
elastic 6 mm 6 mm XCCRAE0606
1/30
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Absolute Absolute Communicating
- single turn - multiturn multiturn absolute
Diameter of housing (mm) 58 90 58 90 58
CANopen
58
PROFIBUS-DP
Shaft (mm) 6 12 10 12 10 10
Type of shaft (2) solid shaft solid shaft solid shaft solid shaft solid shaft (4) solid shaft (4)
Maximum rotational speed (rpm) 9000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000
Maximum frequency (kHz) 100 100 (1000 SSI) 100 (500 SSI) 100 (500 SSI) 800 800
Maximum load (daN) 10 20 10 20 11 11
Torque (N.cm) 0.4 1 0.4 1 0.3 0.3
Product certication CE CE CE CE CE CE
Temperature range (C) - 20+ 90 - 20+ 85 - 20+ 85 - 20+ 85 - 40+ 85 - 40+ 85
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 65 IP 66 IP 65 / IP 67 (3) IP 66 IP 64 IP 64
Supply voltage 1130 V
Connection M23 male connector, radial 2 x M12 + 1 x Pg 9 3 x Pg 9
Resolution Output stage Code
8192 points Push-pull Binary XCC2506PS81KB XCC2912PS81KBN
Gray XCC2506PS81KGN XCC2912PS81KGN
SSI, 13-bit Binary XCC2506PS81SBN XCC2912PS81SBN
Gray XCC2506PS81SGN XCC2912PS81SGN
4096 points /
8192 turns SSI, 25-bit (5) Gray
XCC3510PS48SGN
8192 points /
4096 turns
SSI, 25-bit (5) Binary XCC3510PS84SBN XCC3912PS84SBN
Gray XCC3510PS84SGN XCC3912PS84SGN
8192 points /
4096 turns
CANopen,
25-bit Binary XCC3510PS84CB
PROFIBUS-DP,
25-bit Binary XCC3510PV84FB
(1) Anti-rotation device included with through shaft version encoders. To achieve 6, 8, 10 or 12 mm through shafts, use the reduction collars.
(2) All versions are also available with through shaft and anti-rotation device.
(3) IP 67 with sealed collar XCCRB3.
(4) Versions available with hollow shaft and anti-rotation device.
(5) Parallel outputs possible for multiturn absolute encoders using derserialisation jumper cables XCCRM23SUB37pp.
Reduction collars
For 58 mm incremental encoders with through shaft
14 to 6 mm XCCR158RDA06
IP 67 sealed collar
For encoders XCC1510, 2510, 3510
58 mm XCCRB3
Pre-wired connectors and jumper cables
Pre-wired M23 female connectors (cable length 5 m)
8-wire for SSI encoders XCCPM23122L5
10-wire for incremental encoders XCCPM23121L5
16-wire for parallel single turn absolute encoders XCCPM23161L5
Deserialisation jumper cables (M23 F - SUB-D37 M) (L = 0.5 m)
SSI Gray - // Gray PNP XCCRM23SUB37PG
SSI binary - // binary NPN XCCRM23SUB37PB
1/31
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
Osiswitch Limit switches
Universal, complete switches
(variable composition, see pages 34-35)
Miniature XCMD metal, pre-cabled; xing by the body or by the head
Type of operator Metal
end plunger
Steel roller
plunger
Thermoplastic
roller lever
Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever
M12 head
metal
end plunger
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 10 10 10 10 10
Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 0.5
Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

Product certication CE - UL - CSA - CCC
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 66 and IP 67
Rated operational characteristics AC-15; B300 (Ue =240 V, Ie =1.5 A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue =250 V, Ie =0.1 A)
Cable entry Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length =1 m (other lengths available on request)
Fixing centres (mm) 20 M12 x 1
Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H 30 x 16 x 50
Complete switch (2-pole N/C +N/O snap action) XCMD2110L1 XCMD2102L1 XCMD2115L1 XCMD2145L1 XCMD21F0L1
(2-pole N/C +N/O break before make, slow break) XCMD2510L1 XCMD2502L1 XCMD2515L1 XCMD2545L1 XCMD25F0L1
Positive opening operation.
Compact XCKD metal and XCKP plastic conforming to standard EN 50047
end plunger
Steel
roller plunger
Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
horizontal actuation
in 1 direction
M18 head
metal
end plunger
M18 head
steel
roller plunger
Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 0.5

Product certication CE - CSA - CCC - GOST
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 66 and IP 67
Rated operational characteristics AC-15; A300 (Ue =240 V, Ie =3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue =250 V, Ie =0.27 A)
Cable entry 1 tapped entry for ISO M16 x 1.5 cable gland (2)
Fixing centres (mm) 20 20 20 M18 x 1 M18 x 1
Metal switches
Complete switch (2-pole N/C +N/O snap action) XCKD2110P16 XCKD2102P16 XCKD2121P16 XCKD21H0P16 XCKD21H2P16
(2-pole N/C +N/O break before make, slow break) XCKD2510P16 XCKD2502P16 XCKD2521P16 XCKD25H0P16 XCKD25H2P16
Plastic, double insulated switches
Complete switch (2-pole N/C +N/O snap action) XCKP2110P16 XCKP2102P16 XCKP2121P16 XCKP21H0P16 XCKP21H2P16
(2-pole N/C +N/O break before make, slow break) XCKP2510P16 XCKP2502P16 XCKP2521P16 XCKP25H0P16 XCKP25H2P16
(2) For Pg 11 cable entries, replace P16 by G11. Example: XCKD2110P16 becomes XCKD2110G11.
For other cable entries, see customised assembly on page 1/34.
XCMD
2-pole contact
N/C +N/O
snap action
2-pole contact
N/C +N/O
slow break
XCKT
2-pole contact
N/C +N/O
snap action
XCKP/XCKD
2-pole contact
N/C +N/O
snap action
2-pole contact
N/C +N/O
slow break
1/32
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
Compact XCKT plastic, 2 cable entries
M12 head
steel
roller plunger
Cats whisker Metal
end plunger
Steel
roller plunger
Thermoplastic
roller lever
Thermoplastic
Cats whisker
10 5 15 10 10 15 5
0.1 1 0.5 0.5 1.5 1 1

CE - CSA - CCC - GOST

IP 66 and IP 67
AC-15; A300 (Ue =240 V, Ie =3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue =250 V, Ie =0.27 A)
2 tapped entries for ISO M16 x 1.5 cable gland (1)
20 20 or 40
58 x 30 x 51
XCMD21F2L1 XCMD2106L1 XCKT2110P16 XCKT2102P16 XCKT2118P16 XCKT2121P16 XCKT2106P16
XCMD25F2L1 XCMD2506L1

(1) For Pg 11 cable entries, replace P16 by G11. Example: XCKT2110P16 becomes XCKT2110G11.

Application - XCPR and XCDR with manual reset
Thermoplastic
roller lever
Variable length
Thermoplastic
roller lever
Thermoplastic
roller lever
50 mm
Cats whisker Metal
end plunger
Steel
roller plunger
Thermoplastic
in 1 direction
Thermoplastic
vertical actuation
in 1 direction
Thermoplastic
roller lever
10 10 10 5 1 1 1 1 1
1.5 1.5 1.5 1 0.5 0.5 1 1 1.5

CE - CSA - CCC - GOST
IP 66 and IP 67
1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland (3)
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
31 x 30 x 95
XCKD2118P16 XCKD2145P16 XCKD2139P16 XCKD2106P16 XCDR2110P20 XCDR2102P20 XCDR2121P20 XCDR2127P20 XCDR2118P20
XCKD2518P16 XCKD2545P16 XCKD2539P16 XCKD2506P16 XCDR2510P20 XCDR2502P20 XCDR2521P20 XCDR2527P20 XCDR2518P20
XCKP2118P16 XCKP2145P16 XCKP2139P16 XCKP2106P16 XCPR2110P20 XCPR2102P20 XCPR2121P20 XCPR2127P20 XCPR2118P20
XCKP2518P16 XCKP2545P16 XCKP2539P16 XCKP2506P16 XCPR2510P20 XCPR2502P20 XCPR2521P20 XCPR2527P20 XCPR2518P20
(3) For Pg 13.5 cable entries, replace P20 by G13. Example: XCDR2110P20 becomes XCDR2110G13.
For other cable entries, see customised assembly on page 1/34.
1/33
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
R
D
W
H
R
D
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
W
H
B
K
R
D
W
H
R
D
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
R
D
W
H
R
D
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
W
H
B
K
R
D
W
H
R
D
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
W
H
B
K
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
Reference of metal body ZCMD21 ZCMD39 ZCMD25 ZCMD37 ZCMD21C12 ZCMD21M12
Reference of plastic body
Reference
Universal
Customised assembly of miniature and compact
Thermoplastic
Metal
end plunger
Steel
roller plunger
Retractable steel
roller lever plunger
Metal end plunger
with protective
elastomer boot
Metal plunger and multi-directional heads
Heads - common to miniature and compact bodies
Description
Metal rotary heads and levers
Rotary head
without lever,
spring return, for
actuation from
LH or RH side
Steel
roller lever,
track:
24/31 mm(ZCMD)
29/36 mm(ZCD/P/T)
Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track:
16/39 mm(ZCMD)
21/44 mm(ZCD/P/T)
Steel
roller lever,
track:
16/39 mm(ZCMD)
21/44 mm(ZCD/P/T)
Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track:
24/31 mm(ZCMD)
29/36 mm(ZCD/P/T)
Description
Type of contact

Miniature
Specic pre-cabled
connection components
Option: pre-wired M12 connector,
L =2 m
5-pin 4-pin

(1) Recommended for use with bodies: ZCD... / ZCP... / ZCT...
2-pole N/C +N/O 1 C/O single-pole
2-pole N/C +N/O 3-pole N/C+N/C+N/O 2-pole N/C +N/O 3-pole N/C+N/C+N/O Snap action Snap action
Snap action Snap action Slow break Slow break M12 5-pin connector M12 4-pin connector
(2) Recommended for use with bodies: ZCMD...

ZCE01

ZCY15 (2)

ZCY16 (2)

ZCY25 (2)

ZCY26 (2)
Bodies
Connection of miniature bodies
for ZCMD21 for ZCMD39 for ZCMD25 for ZCMD37
L =1 m ZCMC21L1 ZCMC39L1 ZCMC25L1 ZCMC37L1
Reference

ZCE10

ZCE11

ZCE02

ZCE24 (2)

ZCE21
1/34
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
3
2
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
3
2
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
switches
Thermoplastic
vertical actuation
M12 head
metal
end plunger
M18 head
metal
end plunger
M12 head
steel
roller plunger
M18 head
steel
roller plunger
Spring rod Spring rod with
plastic end
Cats whisker
Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track:
20/36 mm (ZCMD)
24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)
Steel
roller lever,
track:
20/36 mm (ZCMD)
24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)
Ceramic
roller lever
Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever
Round,
glass bre
rod lever
3 mm
L =125 mm
Metal
spring-rod
lever
Thermoplastic
roller lever
50 mm
Adjustable thermo-
plastic roller lever
50 mm
Interchangeable
outlet for cable
gland
Option: pre-wired M12 connector,
L =2 m
5-pin 4-pin
ZCT Pg 11 cable gland
versions:
replace the sufx P16 by G11.
Example:
ZCT21P16 becomes ZCT21G11
ZCT 1/2" NPT versions:
replace the sufx P16 by
N12 (adaptor).
Example:
ZCT21P16 becomes ZCT21N12

2-pole N/C +N/O 3-pole N/C +N/C +N/O 2-pole N/C +N/O 3-pole N/C +N/C +N/O 2-pole N/C +N/O - Snap action 2-pole N/C +N/O 2-pole N/C+N/O
Snap action Snap action Slow break Slow break 5-pin connector 4-pin connector Snap action Slow break
Compact
Type of contact

ZCY18 (1)

ZCY19 (1)

ZCY22

ZCY45 ZCY55 ZCY91

ZCY39

ZCY49

ZCE27

ZCEF0 (2)

ZCEH0 (1)

ZCEF2 (2)

ZCEH2 (1) ZCE08 ZCE07 ZCE06
Ref. metal body ZCD21 ZCD39 ZCD25 ZCD37 ZCD21M12
Ref. plastic body ZCP21 ZCP39 ZCP25 ZCP37 ZCP21M12 ZCT21P16 ZCT25P16
Connection of compact bodies
Description For ISO M16 For ISO M20 For Pg 11 For Pg 13.5 For 1/2" NPT For PF 1/2 (G12)
cable gland cable gland cable gland cable gland cable gland cable gland
Metal ZCDEP16 ZCDEP20 ZCDEG11 ZCDEG13 ZCDEN12 ZCDEF12
Plastic ZCPEP16 ZCPEP20 ZCPEG11 ZCPEG13 ZCPEN12 ZCPEF12
1/35
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
3
1
3
2
2
1
2
2
1
4
1
3
3
1
3
2
2
1
2
2
1
4
1
3
Classic - XCKM, complete switches
Type XCKM metal, 3 cable entries
end plunger
Steel
roller plunger
Roller lever plunger,
in 1 direction
Thermoplastic
roller lever
Cats whisker
Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 0.5
Product certication CE - UL - CSA - CCC - GOST - C-TICK - BV
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 665
Cable entry (1) 3 tapped entries for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland (2 entries tted with blanking plugs)
Fixing centres (mm) 41
Complete switch (2-pole N/C +N/O snap action)

XCKM110H29

XCKM102H29

XCKM121H29

XCKM115H29 XCKM106H29
(2-pole N/C +N/O, break before make, slow break)

XCKM510H29

XCKM502H29

XCKM521H29

XCKM515H29
(1) For Pg 13.5 cable entry delete the reference sufx H29. Example: XCKM110H29 becomes XCKM110.
Customised assembly of Classic XCKM switches
Body/contact sub-assemblies
Type XCKM metal, 3 cable entries
Type of contact
2-pole 2-pole 3-pole 3-pole
N/C +N/O N/C +N/O N/C +N/C +N/O N/C +N/C +N/O
snap action slow break snap action slow break
Reference of body with contact block

ZCKM1H29

ZCKM5H29

ZCKMD39H29

ZCKMD37H29
Reference of contact block only

XE2SP2151

XE2NP2151

XE3SP2141

XE3NP2141
XCKM
2-pole contact
N/C +N/O
snap action
2-pole contact
N/C +N/O
slow break
3-pole contact
N/C +N/C +N/O
snap action
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
1/36
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Complete switch

= Body/contact assembly

+ Head

+ Lever
Rotary or multi-directional heads
with thermoplastic
roller lever (2)
with steel roller
lever (2)
with variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever (2)
with 6 mm
thermoplastic rod
L =200 mm (3)
with thermoplastic
roller lever (3)
for actuation from
left AND right
or
left OR right
with Cats
whisker
with spring rod
Reference
ZCKD15

ZCKD16 ZCKD41 ZCKD59

ZCKD31 ZCKD06 ZCKD08
Plunger heads
with metal
end plunger
with metal
end plunger
and protective
boot
with steel
roller plunger
with thermoplastic
in 1 direction
with steel
in 1 direction
Reference

ZCKD10

ZCKD109

ZCKD02

ZCKD21

ZCKD23
Rotary heads and separate levers
spring return,
for actuation from
left AND right
or
left OR right
lever with
thermoplastic
roller (2)
lever with
steel roller (2)
variable length
lever with
thermoplastic
roller (2)
variable length
lever with
steel roller (2)
rod, 6 mm
thermoplastic
L =200 mm (3)
Reference

ZCKD05

ZCKY31

ZCKY33 ZCKY41 ZCKY43 ZCKY59
(2) Adjustable throughout 360 in 5 steps, or in 90 steps by reversing the notched washer.
(3) Adjustable throughout 360 in 5 steps, or in 45 steps by reversing the lever mounting.
Customised assembly of Classic XCKM
switches
Operating heads,
complete or for customer assembly
1/37
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3
1
3
2
2
1
2
2
1
4
1
3
3
1
3
2
2
1
2
2
1
4
1
3
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
Type XCKJ metal, xed body, conforming to standard EN 50041
end plunger
Steel
roller plunger
Thermoplastic
roller lever
Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever
Polyamide 6 mm
rod lever
L =200 mm
Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 1 1.5 1.5 1.5
Product certication CE - UL - CSA - CCC - GOST - C-TICK - BV
Cable entry (1) 1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland
Fixing centres (mm) 30 x 60
XCKJ161H29 XCKJ167H29 XCKJ10511H29 XCKJ10541H29 XCKJ10559H29

(2-pole N/C +N/O break before make, slow break) XCKJ 561H29 XCKJ567H29 XCKJ50511H29 XCKJ50541H29 XCKJ50559H29
(1) For Pg 13.5 cable entry delete the reference sufx H29. Example: XCKJ 161H29 becomes XCKJ 161.
Customised assembly of Classic XCKJ switches
Type XCKJ metal, 1 cable entry
Type of contact
2-pole
N/C +N/O
snap action
2-pole
N/C +N/O
slow break
3-pole
N/C +N/C +N/O
snap action
3-pole
N/C +N/C +N/O
slow break
2-pole
N/C +N/O
snap action
Cable entry (1) 1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland M12 connector
ZCKJ1H29 ZCKJ5H29 ZCKJ D39H29 ZCKJ D37H29 ZCKJ 1D
XE2SP2151 XE2NP2151 XE3SP2141 XE3NP2141 XE2SP2151
Classic - XCKJ, complete switches
XCKJ
2-pole contact
N/C +N/O
snap action
2-pole contact
N/C +N/O
slow break
3-pole contact
N/C +N/C +N/O
snap action
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
1/38
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Complete switch = Body/contact assembly + Head + Lever
Plunger or multi-directional heads

with reinforced
steel roller
end plunger
with metal
end plunger
with thermoplastic
1 direct. of actuation
with steel
1 direct. of actuation
with steel roller
end plunger
with steel
ball bearing
end plunger
Reference ZCKE67 ZCKE61 ZCKE21 ZCKE23 ZCKE62 ZCKE66
with metal
side plunger
with steel roller
side plunger
with spring rod with Cats whisker
Reference ZCKE63 ZCKE64 ZCKE08 ZCKE06
Separate rotary heads and levers
spring return
for actuation from
left AND right
or
left OR right
lever with
thermoplastic
roller (2)
lever with
steel roller (2)
variable length
lever with
thermoplastic
roller (2)
variable length
lever with
steel roller (2)
rod, 6 mm
thermoplastic
L =200 mm (2)
spring-metal rod
lever (3)
Reference ZCKE05 ZCKY11 ZCKY13 ZCKY41 ZCKY43 ZCKY59 ZCKY91
stay put
for actuation from
left AND right
forked arm lever
with thermoplastic
rollers, 1 track (2)
forked arm lever
with thermoplastic
rollers, 2 track (2)
Reference ZCKE09 ZCKY71 ZCKY61
(2) Adjustable throughout 360 in 5 steps, or in 45 steps by reversing the lever mounting.
(3) Adjustable throughout 360 in 5 steps, or in 90 steps by reversing the notched washer.
Customised assembly of Classic XCKJ
switches
Operating heads,
complete or for customer assembly
1/39
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
3
1
3
2
2
1
2
2
1
4
1
3
3
1
3
2
2
1
2
2
1
4
1
3
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
4
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
2
3
2
4
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
2
3
2
4
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
4
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
Classic - XCKS, complete switches
Type XCKS plastic, double insulated, conforming to standard EN 50041
end plunger
Steel
roller plunger
Thermoplastic
roller lever
Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever
Rubber
roller lever
50 mm
Polyamide 6 mm
rod lever
L =200 mm
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 25 15 20 20 20 20
Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 1 1
Product certication CE - UL - CSA - CCC - GOST - C-TICK
Cable entry (1) 1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland
Fixing centres (mm) 30 x 60
Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H 40 x 36 x 72.5
XCKS101H29

XCKS102H29

XCKS131H29 XCKS141H29 XCKS139H29 XCKS159H29
(2-pole N/C +N/O break before make, slow break)
XCKS501H29

XCKS502H29

XCKS531H29 XCKS541H29 XCKS539H29 XCKS559H29
Body (2-pole N/C +N/O snap action)
ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29
(2-pole N/C +N/O break before make, slow break)
ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29
(3-pole N/C +N/C +N/O snap action)
ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29
Associated head (including operator)

ZCKD01

ZCKD02

ZCKD31 ZCKD41 ZCKD39 ZCKD59
Operating lever for rotary head

ZCKY31 ZCKY41 ZCKY39 ZCKY59
Complete switch with 2-pole snap action contacts
(2 x N/C +N/O contacts actuated in each direction)
(1 x N/C +N/O contact actuated in each direction)
Complete switch (2 x single-pole C/O snap action contacts)
(2 x 2-pole N/C +N/C staggered, slow break contacts)
Positive opening operation. (1) For Pg 13.5 cable entry delete the reference sufx H29. Example: XCKJ 161H29 becomes XCKJ 161.
XC2J switches, customised assembly
Type XC2J metal, xed body, 1 cable entry incorporating cable gland
Type of contact
Single-pole
1 C/O contact
snap action
Double-pole
2 C/O simultaneous contacts
snap action
ZC2J C1
ZC2J C2
XCKZ01
XESP1021
XCKS
2-pole contact
N/C +N/O
snap action
2-pole contact
N/C +N/O
slow break
3-pole
N/C +N/C +N/O
snap action
XCR
2 x 2-pole
contacts,
snap action
XCKMR
2 x 2-pole
contacts
N/C +N/C
staggered,
slow break
1/40
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
Types XCKMR and XCR Application - hoisting, materials handling, conveying
Square rod levers Square rod lever Large roller rod lever Square rod levers Conveyor belt shift monitoring switches
6 mm, crossed 6 mm
50 mm
6 mm, crossedor T
Galvanised steel
operating lever
Stainless steel
operating lever
2 10 10 10 0.3 0.3
1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
CE - UL - CSA - GOST CE - CSA - CCC - GOST
IP 545 IP 665
3 x ISO M20 x 1.5 entries 1 tapped entry for n 13 cable gland (for ISO M20 x 1.5, adaptor DE9RA1620 must be ordered separately)
61.5 85 x 75 105 x 70
118 x 59 x 77 85 x 75 x 95 85 x 87 x 146

XCRA11 (2)

XCRA15

XCRE18 (2)

XCRB11 (2)

XCRF17 (3)
XCRT115 XCRT315 (4)
XCKMR54D1H29 (2)
(2) Steel rods, L =200 mm (3) Steel Trods, L =200 mm, W =300 mm. (4) Polyester enclosure
Operating heads, complete or for customer assembly
Plunger heads
with metal end plunger with steel roller end plunger
Reference ZC2J E61 ZC2J E62
Rotary heads and separate levers
spring return
for actuation from
left AND right
spring return
for actuation from
left OR right
variable length lever
with thermoplastic
roller (1)
rigid rod
3 mm, steel
L =125 mm (1)
lever with
thermoplastic roller
(1)
lever with
steel roller (1)
spring lever
(1)
spring-rod lever

Reference ZC2J E01 ZC2J E05 ZC2J Y31 ZC2J Y51 ZC2J Y11 ZC2J Y13 ZC2J Y81 ZC2J Y91
ry head(1) Adjustable throughout 360. s and separate levers
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
XCKMR and XCR, complete switches
1/41
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Nautilus Sensors for pressure control
Electronic sensors XMLG
Electrical connection by M12 connector
Pressure range
(bar) (1)
-10 01 06 010 016 025 0100 0250 0400
Fluids controlled Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive uids from -15+125C
Ambient air temperature - 15+85C
Degree of protection
(conforming to IEC 60529)
IP 66 and IP 67
Product certication CE - UL - CSA - GOST
Voltage limits 1224 V DC, 833 V DC
Dimensions (mm) x L 22.8 x 70 (not including connector)
Fluid connection (2) 1/4" BSP male
Electrical connection (3) M12 connector
Type of output (4) 420 mA, 2-wire technique
Analogue output 420 mA XMLGM01D21 XMLG001D21 XMLG006D21 XMLG010D21 XMLG016D21 XMLG025D21 XMLG100D21 XMLG250D21 XMLG400D21
Available in bulk packs for selling in lots, please consult us.
The XMLG range also includes pressure switches, please consult us.
Electronic sensors XMLE
Electrical connection by DIN 43650 connector
Setting range
(bar) (1)
-10 01 010 025 0100 0250 0600
Product certication CE - UL - CSA - GOST
Voltage limits 24 V DC, 1133 V DC
Dimensions (mm) x L 40 x 90 (not including connector)
Fluid connection (2) 1/4" BSP male
Electrical connection (3) DIN 43650 connector
Type of output (4) Transmitter 420 mA, 2-wire technique
Pressure switch PNP or NPN, normally closed (NC)
Analogue output 420 mA XMLEM01U1C21 XMLE001U1C21 XMLE010U1C21 XMLE025U1C21 XMLE100U1C21 XMLE250U1C21 XMLE600U1C21
NPN output XMLEM01U1C31 XMLE001U1C31 XMLE010U1C31 XMLE025U1C31 XMLE100U1C31 XMLE250U1C31 XMLE600U1C31
PNP output XMLEM01U1C41 XMLE001U1C41 XMLE010U1C14 XMLE025U1C41 XMLE100U1C41 XMLE250U1C41 XMLE600U1C41
(1) Other sizes, please consult us. (3) Other types of connection, please consult us.
(2) Other uid connections, please consult us. (4) Other types of output; 05 V, 010 V, etc., please consult us.
Suitable female plug-in connectors
Pre-wired connectors, L = 5 m (without LED) Other connectors

elbowed

straight
Screw terminal

DIN 43650A
M12 XZCP1241L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCC12FCM40B XZCC43FCP40B
1/42
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Electronic sensors XMLF
Setting range
(bar)
of lower limit (PB):
of upper limit (PH):
vacuum switches
pressure switches
-0.08-1 0.08...1 0.22.5 0.810 3.2...40
Product certication CE - UL - CSA - VIT-SEPRO - GOST
Voltage limits (V) 24 V DC (1733 V DC)
Fluid connection 1/4" BSP female (1)
Electrical connection M12 connector (2)
Congurable with digital display, connection by M12 connector (3)
Universal sensors, 4...20 mA XMLFM01D2025 XMLF001D2025 XMLF002D2025 XMLF010D2025 XMLF040D2025
solid-state output, 200 mA 0...10 V XMLFM01D2125 XMLF001D2125 XMLF002D2125 XMLF010D2125 XMLF040D2125
Dual stage pressure switches, solid-state output, 200 mA XMLFM01D2035 XMLF001D2035 XMLF002D2035 XMLF010D2035 XMLF040D2035
Analogue sensors 4...20 mA XMLFM01D2015 XMLF001D2015 XMLF002D2015 XMLF010D2015 XMLF040D2015
0...10 V XMLFM01D2115 XMLF001D2115 XMLF002D2115 XMLF010D2115 XMLF040D2115
Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 0.03 0.03 0.08 0.3 1.2
(pressure switches) Min. at high setting 0.03 0.03 0.08 0.3 1.2
Max. at high setting 0.95 0.95 2.38 9.5 38
Setting range
(bar)
of upper limit (PH): pressure switches
8100 12.8...160 20...250 32...400 48...600
Product certication CE - UL - CSA - VIT-SEPRO - GOST
Voltage limits (V) 24 V DC (1733 V DC)
Fluid connection 1/4" BSP female (1)
Electrical connection M12 connector (2)
Congurable with digital display, connection by M12 connector (3)
Universal sensors, 4...20 mA XMLF100D2025 XMLF160D2025 XMLF250D2025 XMLF400D2025 XMLF600D2025
solid-state output, 200 mA 0...10 V XMLF100D2125 XMLF160D2125 XMLF250D2125 XMLF400D2125 XMLF600D2125
Dual stage pressure switches, solid-state output, 200 mA XMLF100D2035 XMLF160D2035 XMLF250D2035 XMLF400D2035 XMLF600D2035
Analogue sensors 4...20 mA XMLF100D2015 XMLF160D2015 XMLF250D2015 XMLF400D2015 XMLF600D2015
0...10 V XMLF100D2115 XMLF160D2115 XMLF250D2115 XMLF400D2115 XMLF600D2115
Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 3 4.8 7.5 12 18
(pressure switches) Min. at high setting 3 4.8 7.5 12 18
Max. at high setting 95 152 237.5 380 570
(1) Available with other uid connections: 1/4" NPT female and SAE 7/16-20 UNF.
(2) For M12 connection accessories, see page previous page.
(3) AC 120 V version with 2.5 A relay output and SAE 7/8-16 UN connector also available.
1/43
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
2
3
2
4
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
2
3
2
4
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
2
3
2
4
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
2
3
2
4
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
Electromechanical pressure and vacuum switches
XMLA and B
Size (bar) -1 5 1 2.5
Environmental characteristics Ambient air temperature (C): - 25+70 Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529): IP 66
Rated operational characteristics AC-15; B300 (Ue =240 V, Ie =1.5 A - Ue =120 V, Ie =3 A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue =250 V, Ie =0.1 A)
Product certication CE - UL - CSA - CCC - BV - LROS - RINA - GL - DNV - VIT-SEPRO - GOST
Fluid connection 1/4" BSP female (other connections possible, please consult us)
Electrical connection Screw terminals (1), tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland - For n 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Fluids controlled
Hydraulic oils, fresh water,
sea water, air up to 70C
Hydraulic oils,
air up to 160C
Type XMLA - xed differential, single threshold detection
Setting range (bar) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches -0.28-1 (4) 0.031 0.152.5
Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 162 x 110 x 110 158 x 55 x 77.5
With setting scale 1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact XMLAM01V2S12 XMLA001R2S12 XMLA002A2S12
Without setting scale 1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact XMLAM01V1S12 XMLA001R1S12 XMLA002A1S12
Natural differential (bar) at low setting 0.24 (2) 0.02 0.13
subtract from PH to give PB at high setting 0.24 (2) 0.04 0.13
Type XMLB - adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds
Setting range (bar) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches -0.14...-1 (4) -0.5...5 0.05...1 0.3...2.5
With setting scale 1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact XMLBM02V2S12 XMLBM05A2S12 XMLB001R2S12 XMLB002A2S12
Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 0.13 (3) 0.5 0.04 0.16
subtract from PH to give PB Min. at high setting 0.13 (3) 0.5 0.06 0.21
Max. at high setting 0.8 (3) 6 0.75 1.75
XMLC and D
Fluids controlled
Hydraulic oils,
air up to 160C
Type XMLC - adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds
Setting range (bar) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches -0.14...-1 (4) -0.55...5 0.05...1 0.3...2.5
Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 175 x 110 x 110 158 x 55 x 90
With setting scale 2 C/O single-pole, snap action contacts XMLCM02V2S12 XMLCM05A2S12 XMLC001R2S12 XMLC002B2S12
Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 0.13 (4) 0.45 0.03 0.13
subtract from PH to give PB Min. at high setting 0.14 (4) 0.45 0.04 0.17
Max. at high setting 0.8 (4) 6 0.8 2
Type XMLD - xed differential, dual stage, for detection at each threshold
Setting range
(bar)
2
nd
stage switching point (PB2) -0.12...-1 (4) 0.12...1 0.34...2.5
1
st
stage switching point (PB1) -0.10...-0.98 0.04...0.92 0.2...2.36
Spread between 2 stages (PB2 PB1) -0.02...-0.88 0.08...0.73 0.14...1.5
Without setting scale 2 C/O single-pole, snap action contacts (1 per stage) XMLDM02V1S12 XMLD001R1S12 XMLD002B1S12
Natural differential (bar) at low setting 0.1 (2) 0.03 0.14
subtract from PH 1/2 to give PB 1/2 at high setting 0.1 (2) 0.07 0.19
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
4
1 C/O
single-pole
contact,
snap action
2 C/O single-pole
contacts,
snap action
(1 per stage)
2 C/O single-pole
contacts,
simultaneous
snap action
XMLD
XMLC
1/44
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4 10 20 35 70 160 300 500
conforming to IEC 947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60 947-5-1
tapped entry, replace the last number of the reference (2) by 1 (example: XMLA010A2S12 becomes XMLA010A2S11)
Hydraulic oils up to 160C
0.44 0.610 120 1.535 570 10160 20300 30500
113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75
XMLA004A2S12 XMLA010A2S12 XMLA020A2S12 XMLA035A2S12 XMLA070D2S12 XMLA160D2S12 XMLA300D2S12 XMLA500D2S12
XMLA004A1S12 XMLA010A1S12 XMLA020A1S12 XMLA035A1S12 XML-A070D1S12 XMLA160D1S12 XMLA300D1S12 XMLA500D1S12
0.35 0.5 0.4 1.25 3 5.5 16.5 20
0.35 0.5 1 1.25 7.5 18 35 45
0.25...4 0.7...10 1.3...20 3.5...35 7...70 10...160 22...300 30...500
XMLB004A2S12 XMLB010A2S12 XMLB020A2S12 XMLB035A2S12 XMLB070D2S12 XMLB160D2S12 XMLB300D2S12 XMLB500D2S12
0.02 0.57 1 1.7 4.7 9.3 19.4 23
0.25 0.85 1.6 2.55 8.8 20.8 37 52.6
2.4 7.5 11 20 50 100 200 300
(1) For electrical connection by DIN 43650A connector (IP 65), replace the letter Sin the reference by C. Example: XMLB010A2S12 becomes XMLB010A2C12.
(2) For vacuum switch: natural differential to be added to PB to give PH.
(3) For vacuum switch: possible differential to be added to PB to give PH.
(4) Setting range (bar) of lower limit (PB): vacuum switch.
Hydraulic oils up to 160C
0.3...4 0.7...10 1.3...20 3.5...35 7...70 12...160 22...300 30...500
113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85
XMLC004B2S12 XMLC010B2S12 XMLC020B2S12 XMLC035B2S12 XMLC070D2S12 XMLC160D2S12 XMLC300D2S12 XMLC500D2S12
0.15 0.45 0.7 1 4.5 9 16 19
0.17 0.7 1 1.5 8.9 21 35 52
2.5 8 11 22 60 110 240 340
0.40...4 1.2...10 2.14...20 4.4...35 9.4...70 16.5...160 36...300 41...500
0.19...3.79 0.52...9.32 0.9...18.76 1.9...32.5 6.6...67.2 10.5...154 25...289 25...484
0.21...2.18 0.68...5.8 1.24...9.55 2.5...20.4 2.8...46 6...83 11...189 16...244
XMLD004B1S12 XMLD010B1S12 XMLD020B1S12 XMLD035B1S12 XMLD070D1S12 XMLD160D1S12 XMLD300D1S12 XMLD500D1S12
0.15 0.45 0.7 1.5 5 8.8 17 21
0.19 0.6 1.3 2.6 9.5 20 42 65
1/45
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar) 16 1.312 3.525
Fluids controlled Air, water (fresh water, sea water) from 0+70C
Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 106 x 57 x 98 126 x 57 x 98
Fluid connection 1/4" BSP female
Electrical connection Screw terminals, 2 tapped entries for n 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland
Type XMX with internal setting screw
Without setting scale, screw terminal connections
1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact XMXA06L2135 XMXA12L2135 XMXA25L2135
Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 0.8 1 3.4
subtract from PH to give PB Min. at high setting 1.2 1.7 4.5
Max. at high setting 4.2 8.4 20
Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar) 16 1.312 3.525
Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 113 x 57 x 98 133 x 57 x 98
Fluid connection 1/4" BSP female
Electrical connection Screw terminals, tapped entry for n 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland
Type XMA with external setting screw (transparent cover)
Without setting scale, screw terminal connections
1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact XMAV06L2135 XMAV12L2135 XMAV25L2135
Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 0.8 1 3.4
subtract from PH to give PB Min. at high setting 1.2 1.7 4.5
Max. at high setting 4.2 8.4 20
Sensors for pressure control
Electromechanical pressure switches XMX, XMA
1 C/O
single-pole
contact,
snap action
1 C/O
single-pole
contact,
snap action
Nautilus
1/46
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
5
6
3
4
1
2
5
6
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
Sensors for pressure control
Electromechanical pressure switches
for power circuits, adjustable differential
for regulation between 2 thresholds
Nautilus
2 N/C 2-pole
contact, snap action
2 N/C 2-pole con-
tact, snap action
3 N/C 3-pole con-
tact, snap action
Degree of protection IP 20 IP 65
Size (bar) 4.6 7 10.5 4.6 7 10.5
Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar) 1.44.6 2.87 5.610.5 1.44.6 2.87 5.610.5
Fluids controlled Water (fresh water, sea water) from 0+55C
Electrical connection Screw terminals, 2 cable entries with grommet Screw terminals, 2 tapped entries
for n 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland
Product certication CE
Ambient air temperature For operation: 0+50C. For storage: - 30+80C
Rated operational characteristics Ie =10 A, Ue =250 V AC
Power rating 110 V AC 2-pole, single-phase 0.75 kW (1 HP) 0.75 kW (1 HP)
of controlled AC 2-pole, 3-phase 1.1 kW (1.5 HP) 1.1 kW (1.5 HP)
motors 230 / 400 V AC 2-pole, single-phase 1.5 kW (2 HP) 1.5 kW (2 HP)
AC 2-pole, 3-phase 2.2 kW (3 HP) 2.2 kW (3 HP)
Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 96/105 x 72 x 102 94 x 72 x 102 115 x 72 x 106 115 x 72 x 106
Fluid connection G 1/4 (BSP female) FSG2 FYG22 FYG32 FSG2NE FYG22NE FYG32NE
R 1/4 (BSP male) FSG9 FYG29 FYG39
G 3/8 (BSP female) rotating nut FSG2NEG
Possible differential (bar) At low setting 1 min. - 2.1 max. 1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.9 min. - 3 max. 1 min. - 2.1 max. 1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.9 min. - 3 max.
subtract from PH to give PB At middle setting 1.1 min. - 2.2 max. 1.4 min. - 2.5 max. 2.1 min. - 3.2 max. 1.1 min. - 2.2 max. 1.4 min. - 2.5 max. 2.1 min. - 3.2 max.
At high setting 1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.6 min. - 2.7 max. 2.3 min. - 3.4 max. 1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.6 min. - 2.7 max. 2.3 min. - 3.4 max.
Size (bar) 6 12 25
Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar) 16 1.3.12 3.525
Ambient air temperature For operation: - 25+70C. For storage: - 40+70C
Decompression valve / On/Off knob without with without with without
Fluid connection G 1/4 (BSP female) 4 x G 1/4 (BSP female) G 1/4 (BSP female) 4 x G 1/4 (BSP female) G 1/4 (BSP female)
Electrical connection Screw terminals, 2 tapped entries for n 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland
Degree of protection IP 54 IP 54 IP 54
Product certication CE - CCC
Rated insulation voltage Ui =500 V
Electrical Power 1.5 kW 400 V AC 3-phase: 1 000 000 operating cycles
durability 230 V AC 3-phase: 600 000 operating cycles
2.2 kW 400 V AC 3-phase: 700 000 operating cycles
3 kW 400 V AC 3-phase: 500 000 operating cycles
Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 106 x 57 x 97.5 138 x 57 x 97.5 106 x 57 x 97.5 138 x 57 x 97.5 126 x 57 x 97.5
Type of contacts 2 N/C 2-pole, snap action contact XMPA06B2131 XMPE06B2431 XMPA12B2131 XMPE12B2431 XMPA25B2131
3 N/C 3-pole, snap action contact XMPA06C2131 XMPE06C2431 XMPA12C2131 XMPE12C2431 XMPA25C2131
Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 0.8 0.8 1 1 3.4
subtract from PH to give PB Min. at high setting 1.2 1.2 1.7 1.7 4.5
Max. at high setting 4.2 4.2 8.4 8.4 20
1/47
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Ositrack Radio frequency identication
13.56 MHz RFID
Presentation
Ositrackis open to the majority of ISO 18000-3, ISO 15693 and ISO 14443 electronic tags.
Ositrackintegrates Modbus RTU, Uni-Telway and Modbus TCP/IP (using Ethernet box XGSZ33ETH)
protocols.
The OsitrackRFID offer comprises:
- 2 models of 13.56 MHz compact stations (read/write)
- 6 models of 13.56 MHz electronic tags
- 1 portable RFID diagnostics terminal
- 2 models of network connection boxes plus connection and mounting accessories.
Setting-up
Ositrackcompact stations are simple to set-up:
- Integrated RFID and network functions
- No programming
- Automatic detection of the RFID electronic tags (read or write)
- Automatic setting of the communication parameters (speed, format, parity, protocol, etc.)
- Conguration of the network address (1 to 15) using badge included with the station
- Low sensitivity to metal environments.
Installation
Ositrackstations easily integrate in exible manufacturing production lines:
- quick connection using M12 connector
- screw xing or clip-on mounting.
Compact stations, 13.56 MHz C format D format
Dimensions (mm), W x H x D 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26
Nominal sensing distance depending on tag (mm) 18 to 70 20 to 100
Type of associated tag ISO 15693 and ISO 14443 standard tags. Automatic detection of the type of tag.
Display 1 dual colour LED for the communication network, 1 dual colour LED for the RFID communication
Conformity to standards CE, EN 301489-1, EN 301489-3, ETS 300330-1 and ETS 300330-2, FCC part 15 - UL
Serial link Type RS 485
Protocol Modbus and Uni-Telway
Speed (Bauds) 9600115 200 (automatic detection)
Ambient air temperature (C) For operation: - 25+55C, for storage: - 40+85C
Nominal supply voltage 24 VDC PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage)
Connection M12, 5-pin male, shielded connector on ying lead. Only for connection to the communication network and the supply
References XGCS4901201 XGCS8901201
Electronic tags C format ISO badge
(1)
Disc E format Cylindrical
Dimensions (mm), W x H x D 40 x 40 x 15 54 x 85.5 x 0.8 30 x 3 26 x 26 x 13 M18 x 1 x 12
Type of memory EEPROM
Memory capacity (bytes) 3 408 13 632 256 112 256 256
Nominal sensing distance (mm) With station XGCS49p 33 30 70 48 40 18
(Read/Write) With station XGCS89p 48 40 100 65 55 20
Time (ms) Read 9.25 +0.375 x n (2) 16.25 +0.375 x n (2) 12 +0.825 x n (2)
Write 13 +0.8 x n (2) 20 +0.8 x n (2) 20 +11.8 x n (2) 12 +5.6 x n (2) 20 +11.8 x n (2) 19 +4.1 x n (2)
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 68 IP 65 IP 68
Standard supported ISO 14443 ISO 15693
Mounting on metal support Yes No Yes No
References XGHB444345 XGHB445345 XGHB90E340 XGHB320345 XGHB221346 XGHB211345
(1) Customised versions on request. (2) n =number of 16-bit words.
1/48
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Connection boxes Ethernet box Tap-off box
Dimensions (mm), W x H x D 130 x 80 x 51 130 x 80 x 51
Protocols Modbus TCP/IP Modbus, Uni-Telway
Supply voltage 24 VDC PELV. M12, 4-pin male, A coding, connector
Conformity to standards CE - UL
Station connection M12, 5-pin female, A coding, connector
References XGSZ33ETH TCSAMT31FP
Terminal Portable 13.56 MHz RFID diagnostics terminal
Dimensions (mm), W x H x P 120 x 250 x 62
Function Read/Write operations on electronic tags and diagnostics on compact stations
Operating system MicrosoftWindows CE.NET Professionalversion 4.2
Conformity to standards CE, FCC class A, Part 15225
Display 72 x 54 mm colour touchscreen; QVGA TFT, 320 x 240 pixels resolution
Memory RAM 64 Mb SDRAM
Storage Internal Compact Flash (64 Mb standard, expandable to 128 Mb) +Slot for Compact Flash card
Reference XGSTP401 (Battery, battery charger, carrying case and 3 styluses included with terminal)
Connection accessories
for Modbus network for Ethernet T connector Pre-wired connector
Description Modbus connecting cable Pre-wired connector Modbus connecting cable Ethernet ConneXium Network M12 Pre-wired
M12 connectors M12 male / Bare wires M12 male / Mini-DIN 8 connecting cable Tconnector supply connector
Male / Female M12 male / RJ 45 1 male / 2 female M12 female
Application RS485 connection between Connection between a Connection between a Connection between an For RS 485 network 24 VDC supply to
a compact station and a Modbus box and a Modbus box and a PLC Ethernet box and the connection boxes
Modbus box or between Modbus / Uni-Telway Ethernet network
2 Modbus boxes network
L =2 m TCSMCN1M1F2 TCSMCN1F2 TCSMCN1F9M2P TCSECL1M3M3S2 (3) TCSCTN011M11F XGSZ08L2
L =5 m TCSMCN1M1F5 TCSMCN1F5 TCSECL1M3M5S2 XGSZ08L5
(3) L =3 m
Accessories RS232/RS485 converter Technical documentation
For connecting a PC to an Ositrackcompact
Ositrackstation stations guide
XGSZ24
DIA4ED3051001
1/49
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Optimise the creation of your
dialogue solutions!
The essential
guide
A selection of the
most popular
selling products
enabling you to
quickly locate the
most appropriate
solution for your
application... from
pushbuttons to
the industrial PC.
Harmony
Telemecanique,
the world leader
for control and
signalling
components, offers
you its ranges of:
pushbuttons,
switches and pilot
lights, beacons and
indicator banks
(including audible
units) and
components for
hoisting applications.
In order to improve
the performance
of your production
equipment,
Telemecanique
offers you a
complete range of
hardware and
software specically
for Human/Machine
dialogue.
b Compact, the range of Magelis display
units, terminals and industrial PCs is
characterised by its ease of implementation.
b Ingenious, the software range simplies
the design of your HMI (Human/Machine
Interface) applications.
b Take advantage
of these new
Telemecanique
offers that are
open to the new
information and
communication
technologies.
The new Magelis
range, comprising
display units, terminals,
graphic terminals with
keypad or touchscreen
and i PC industrial
PCs, offers improved
robustness for
ensuring availability of
your installation.
HMI at the touch of a nger and
the blink of on eye.
Magelis
b Simplicity: the clip together components
ensure simple and secure assembly.
b Ingenuity: LED technology for all
signalling functions.
b Flexibility: of modular construction, the
products evolve with the automation system.
b Robustness: mechanical performance
much higher than standard requirements.
b Compactness: the overall dimensions
are the smallest on the market.
Unequalled and of
high quality, it is the
largest offer on the
market.
Operator dialog
A wide range of Human/Machine
interfaces to meet your needs!
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To benet from
perfect
interoperability
select
Telemecanique
software.
b Vijeo Designer Lite
b Vijeo Designer
b Vijeo Historian
b Vijeo Citect Lite
b Vijeo Citect
b OFS
b The FactoryCast
HMI Web server
Contents
2/1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Control and signalling units
b Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights 16
with plastic bezel, Harmony XB6 .........................................2/2 to 2/4
b LED pilot lights 8 and 12
Harmony XVL ................................................................................2/5
with metal bezel, Harmony XB4 ..........................................2/6 to 2/9
with plastic bezel, Harmony XB5 .....................................2/10 to 2/12
b Control stations
Harmony XAL ..............................................................................2/13
b Monolithic pushbuttons, switches and pilot
lights 22 with plastic bezel, Harmony XB7 ..................2/14 to 2/15
with metal or plastic bezel, Harmony 9001 ......................2/16 to 2/19
b Cam switches
Harmony Series K ..........................................................2/20 to 2/21
b Beacons and indicator banks Universal
Harmony XVB / XVP ...................................................................2/22
b Beacons and indicator banks Optimum
Harmony XVM / XVDLS / XVE ....................................................2/23
b Beacons and indicator banks Application
Harmony XVD / XVR / XVS .........................................................2/24
b Beacons and indicator banks accessories
Harmony XV ................................................................................2/25
b Pendant control stations
XAC ..................................................................................2/26 to 2/27
b Control and signalling units for explosive atmospheres
(see Chapter 10 Explosive Atmospheres)
Human/Machine Interfaces
b Display units and terminals
Magelis XBT N, R, RT, GT, GK, GTW .............................2/28 to 2/33
b Industrial PCs
Magelis Smart,
Magelis Compact and Modular i PC
Magelis i Display .............................................................2/34 to 2/37
b Software of
Vijeo DesignerLite / Vijeo Designer,
Vijeo Citect Lite / Vijeo Citect, Vijeo
Historian, OFS ................................................................2/38 to 2/42
b Embedded Web servers and gateways
FactoryCast .................................................................................2/43
= + +
= +
Illuminated pushbuttons
Type of head Flush push
Shape of head rectangular (2)
Degree of protection IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X, 13 / Class II
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 16.2
mounting centres 24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D (below head) 24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head
Connection (3) Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering
Type of push Spring return
Complete products
12 24 V AC/DC
Products for user assembly
References white N/O XB6 DW1B1B ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DW1
N/C +N/O XB6 DW1B5B ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DW1
green N/O XB6 DW3B1B ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DW3
red N/C XB6 DW4B2B ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 Z2B ZB6 DW4
yellow N/O ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DW5
Type of push Latching
References white N/O ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DF1
N/C +N/O XB6 DF1B5B ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DF1
green N/O XB6 DF3B1B ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DF3
red N/C XB6 DF4B2B ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 Z2B ZB6 DF4
yellow N/O ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DF5
N/C +N/O ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DF5
Pilot lights
Type of head Smooth lens cap
Complete products Products for user assembly
12 24 V AC/DC
References white XB6 DV1BB ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 DV1
green XB6 DV3BB ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 DV3
red XB6 DV4BB ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 DV4
yellow XB6 DV5BB ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 DV5
blue ZB6 Ep6B (1) ZB6 DV6
(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the letter B, G or M indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.
(2) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter C (XB6 DW1B1B becomes XB6 CW1B1B).
For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter A (XB6 DW1B1B becomes XB6 AW1B1B).
(3) Alternative connection: 1 x 0.5 pins for printed circuit boards.
Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights 16
with plastic bezel
Contact functions and light functions
with integral LED
(1):
Voltage Letter (p)
1224 V AC/DC (15 mA) B
48120 V AC (25 mA) G
230240 V AC (25 mA) M
+0.2
0
Harmony
XB6
2/2
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
= +
= + +
Pushbuttons
Type of head Flush push
References white N/O XB6 DA11B ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DA1
N/C +N/O XB6 DA15B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DA1
black N/O ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DA2
green N/O XB6 DA31B ZB6 Z2B ZB6 DA3
red N/O ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DA4
(1) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter C (XB6 DA11B becomes XB6 CA11B).
For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter A (XB6 DA11B becomes XB6 AA11B).
30 mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (3)
Type of head Trigger action (EN 418)
Shape of head cylindrical
Type of push Turn to release
References red 2 N/C +1 N/O XB6 AS8349B ZB6 E2B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 AS834
Type of push Key release, Ronis 200
References red 2 N/C +1 N/O XB6 AS9349B ZB6 E2B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 AS934
(3) The trigger action mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons conform to standard IEC/EN 60947-5-5, Machinery Directive 98/37/EC and standard EN 418.
Please consult your Regional Sales Ofce for full details of these standards and directives.
+0.2
0
Contact functions
2/3
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
= +
= +
= + +
Selector switches and key switches
Type of head Black handle
Type of operator Black handle
Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions
stay put stay put spring return to centre
References N/O XB6 DD221B ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DD22 ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DD24
N/C +N/O XB6 DD225B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD22 ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD24
References N/O XB6 DD235B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD23 ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD25
Type of operator Ronis key, n 200
References N/C +N/O XB6 DGC5B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DGC ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DGB
References N/C +N/O XB6 DGH5B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DGH ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DGS
Illuminated selector switches
Type of operator Coloured handle
Products for user assembly
Number and type of positions 2 positions 3 positions
stay put stay put
References white N/C +N/O
ZB6 Ep1B (1)
ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD02 ZB6 DD03 ZB6 YK1
green N/C +N/O
ZB6 Ep3B (1)
red N/C +N/O
ZB6 Ep4B (1)
(2) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter C (XB6 DD221B becomes XB6 CD221B).
For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter A (XB6 DD221B becomes XB6 AD221B).
(1):
Voltage
Letter (p)
1224 V AC/DC (15 mA) B
48120 V AC (25 mA) G
230240 V AC (25 mA) M
+0.2
0
Harmony
XB6
60 45 60
60 45 60 60 45 60
70 45 70
70 45 70 70 45 70
60 60 60
with plastic bezel
with integral LED
2/4
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
LED pilot lights With black bezel With integral lens cap
Type of head Protruding LED, 8 mm Covered LED, 8 mm Covered LED, 12 mm
Degree of protection IP 40, IP 65 with seal (2)
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 8.2 mm 8.2 mm 12.2 mm
mounting centres 12.5 x 12.5 mm 10.5 x 10.5 mm 16.5 x 16.5 mm
Dimensions (mm) x Depth (below head) 12 x 32 10 x 34 16 x 45
Connection Tags (3) Tags (3) Threaded connectors
References (1) green XVL A1p3 XVL A2p3 XVL A3p3
red XVL A1p4 XVL A2p4 XVL A3p4
yellow XVL A1p5 XVL A2p5 XVL A3p5
Tightening key For 8 mm pilot lights For 12 mm pilot lights
References XVL X08 XVL X12
(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the number 1, 2, 3 or 4 indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.
(2) For an IP 65 degree of protection, include the seals: XVL Z911 for pilot lights XVL A1pp and XVL A2pp; XVL Z912 for pilot lights XVL A3pp.
(3) Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering.
Sub-assemblies & accessories for 16
plastic bezel control and signaling units
Sub-assemblies
Bodies for pushbuttons and
selector switches
Bodies for pilot lights
Rated operational characteristics, AC-15: Ue =240 V and Ie =1.5 A or Ue =120 V and Ie =3 A Consumption
Positive operation of contacts conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1: N/C contacts with positive opening operation, 15 mA 1224 V AC/DC
positive opening force 20 N 25 mA 48120 V AC
25 mA 230240 V AC
Type of Fixing collar Contacts Pilot light 12 24 V 48 120 V 230 240 V
contact +contacts bodies
References N/O ZB6 Z1B ZB6 E1B White ZB6 EB1B ZB6 EG1B ZB6 EM1B
N/C ZB6 Z2B ZB6 E2B Green ZB6 EB3B ZB6 EG3B ZB6 EM3B
2 N/O ZB6 Z3B Red ZB6 EB4B ZB6 EG4B ZB6 EM4B
2 N/C ZB6 Z4B Yellow ZB6 EB5B ZB6 EG5B ZB6 EM5B
N/O +N/C ZB6 Z5B Blue ZB6 EB6B ZB6 EG6B ZB6 EM6B
LED pilot lights 8 and 12
(1):
Voltage Number (p)
5 V (25 mA) 1
12 V (18 mA) 2
24 V (18 mA) 3
48 V (10 mA) 4
Accessories
Legend holders 24 x 28 mm (8 x 21 mm legend) 24 x 36 mm (16 x 21 mm legend)
Blank legend Background colour without legend yellow or white black or red without legend yellow or white black or red
References (10)* ZB6 YD20 ZB6 YD21 ZB6 YD22 ZB6 YD30 ZB6 YD31 ZB6 YD32
Blank legends for legend holders 8 x 21 mm (24 x 28 mm legend holder) 16 x 21 mm (24 x 36 mm legend holder)
Background colour yellow or white black or red yellow or white black or red
References (20)* ZB6 Y1001 ZB6 Y2001 ZB6 Y4001 ZB6 Y3001
45 mm yellow legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton
Marking Blank, for engraving EMERGENCY STOP ARRET DURGENCE
References ZB6 Y7001 ZB6 Y7330 ZB6 Y7130
Body/xing collar Plate Tightening tool Dismantling tool
anti-rotation and slackening, for xing nut for removal of contact blocks
References ZB6 Y009 (10)* ZB6 Y003 (10)* ZB6 Y905 (2)* ZB6 Y018 (5)*
Protective shutter for pushbuttons and switches Connector Blanking plug
for rectangular heads for circular and square heads Faston, female IP 65
References ZB6 YD001 ZB6 YA001 ZB6 Y004 (100)* ZB6 Y005 (10)*
* sold in lots of
2/5
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
= +
= +
Pushbuttons, spring return
Type of head Chromium plated circular bezel
Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 22.5 (22.4 recommended)
mounting centres 30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)
Depth (mm) below head 43
Connection (1) Screw clamp terminals
Type of push Flush Flush, booted
Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly
References black N/O XB4 BA21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA2 XB4 BP21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BP2
green N/O XB4 BA31 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA3 XB4 BP31 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BP3
red N/C XB4 BA42 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BA4 XB4 BP42 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BP4
yellow N/O XB4 BA51 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA5 XB4 BP51 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BP5
blue N/O XB4 BA61 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA6 XB4 BP61 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BP6
Type of push Flush
With international marking Products Complete For user assembly
References green N/O XB4 BA3311 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA331
red N/C XB4 BA4322 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BA432
white N/O XB4 BA3341 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA334
black N/O XB4 BA3351 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA335 _ _ _
Type of push Projecting Mushroom head, 40 mm
References black N/O XB4 BC21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BC2
red N/C XB4 BL42 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BL4
Type of push Double-headed pushbuttons Double-headed pushbuttons, booted
With international marking Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly
References green / N/C +N/O XB4 BL845 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BL8434 XB4 BL945 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BL9434
red
(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).
40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (2)
Latching Trigger action (EN 418)
Type of push Push-pull (N/C) Push-pull (N/C + N/O)
References red N/C or N/C +N/O XB4 BT42 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BT4 XB4 BT845 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BT84
Type of push Turn to release (N/C) Turn to release (N/C + N/O)
References red N/C or N/C +N/O XB4 BS542 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BS54 XB4 BS8445 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BS844
Type of push Key release (N/C) Key release (N/C + N/O)
References red N/C or N/C +N/O XB4 BS142 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BS14 XB4 BS9445 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BS944
(2) The mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons conform to standard IEC/EN 60947-5-5 and Machinery Directive 98/37/EC.
Trigger action mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons conform to standard EN 418.
Harmony
XB4
+0.4
0
with metal bezel
Contact functions
2/6
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
=
+
= +
Contact functions
Type of head Chromium plated circular bezel
Type of operator Key, n 455
Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly
Number and type of positions (2) 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions
stay put stay put stay put stay put
References black N/O XB4 BG21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG2 XB4 BG41 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG4
Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 3 positions 3 positions
spring return to left spring return to left stay put stay put
References
black N/O XB4 BG61 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG6
black N/O +N/O XB4 BG33 ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BG3
Electrical blocks
Single contact blocks
Rated operational characteristics AC-15, 240 V - 3 A
Positive operation of contacts conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 All functions incorporating a N/C contact are positive opening operation
References (5)* N/O ZBE 101
N/C ZBE 102
(2) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position.
* sold in lots of
+0.4
0
Type of operator Handle
stay put stay put spring return to left spring return to left
References black N/O XB4 BD21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BD2 XB4 BD41 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BD4
stay put stay put spring return to centre spring return to centre
References black N/O +N/O XB4 BD33 ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BD3 XB4 BD53 ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BD5
Separate components
2/7
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
=
+
= +
Harmony
XB4
with metal bezel
Light functions
Pilot lights
Type of head Circular bezel
Smooth lens cap
Depth below head 43
Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)
Products Complete Complete For user assembly
Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 48120 V AC 230240 V AC 250 V max., 2.4 W max.
References white XB4 BVB1 XB4 BVG1 XB4 BVM1 XB4 BV61 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV01
green XB4 BVB3 XB4 BVG3 XB4 BVM3 XB4 BV63 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV03
red XB4 BVB4 XB4 BVG4 XB4 BVM4 XB4 BV64 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV04
yellow XB4 BVB5 XB4 BVG5 XB4 BVM5 XB4 BV65 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV05
blue XB4 BVB6 XB4 BVG6 XB4 BVM6
+0.4
0
Illuminated pushbuttons and selector switches
Type Flush push, spring return, illuminated pushbuttons
References white N/C +N/O XB4 BW31B5 XB4 BW31G5 XB4 BW31M5 XB4 BW3165 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW31
green N/C +N/O XB4 BW33B5 XB4 BW33G5 XB4 BW33M5 XB4 BW3365 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW33
red N/C +N/O XB4 BW34B5 XB4 BW34G5 XB4 BW34M5 XB4 BW3465 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW34
yellow N/C +N/O XB4 BW35B5 XB4 BW35G5 XB4 BW35M5 XB4 BW3565 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW35
blue N/C +N/O XB4 BW36B5 XB4 BW36G5 XB4 BW36M5
Type Double-headed pushbuttons with LED pilot light Illuminated selector switches
(1 ush green push, 1 projecting red push) (2 position stay put)
Light source Integral LED Integral LED
Products Complete Complete
Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 48120 V AC 230240 V AC 24 V AC/DC 48120 V AC 230240 V AC
References green N/C +N/O XB4 BK123B5 XB4 BK123G5 XB4 BK123M5
red N/C +N/O XB4 BK124B5 XB4 BK124G5 XB4 BK124M5
yellow N/C +N/O XB4 BW84B5 XB4 BW84G5 XB4 BW84M5 XB4 BK125B5 XB4 BK125G5 XB4 BK125M5
2/8
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Separate components and accessories
Electrical blocks
Single contact blocks Light blocks with integral LED Light block, direct supply
Rated operational characteristics AC-15, 240 V - 3 A Consumption
18 mA 24 V AC/DC
Positive operation of contacts N/C contacts with positive 14 mA 120 V AC
conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 opening operation 14 mA 240 V AC
To combine with heads for integral LED For BA 9s bulb (not included)
24 V AC/DC 48120 V AC 230240 V AC 250 V max., 2.4 W max.
References (5)* N/O ZBE 101 white ZBV B1 ZBV G1 ZBV M1 ZBV 6
N/C ZBE 102 green ZBV B3 ZBV G3 ZBV M3 Colour provided by lens
red ZBV B4 ZBV G4 ZBV M4
yellow ZBV B5 ZBV G5 ZBV M5
blue ZBV B6 ZBV G6 ZBV M6
Diecast metal enclosures
(Zinc alloy, usable depth 49 mm) 1 vertical row 2 vertical rows
Number of cut-outs Front face dimensions 1 2 3 4 2 4 6
References 80 x 80 mm XAP M1201 XAP M1202
80 x 130 mm XAP M2202 XAP M2203 XAP M2204
80 x 175 mm XAP M3203 XAP M3204 XAP M3206
Accessories
Legend holders, 30 x 40 mm, for 8 x 27 mm legends
Marking Background colour: black or red white or yellow
References (10)* Blank ZBY 2101 ZBY 4101
International 0 (red background) ZBY 2931 I ZBY 2147 AUTO ZBY 2115 STOP ZBY 2304
English OFF ZBY 2312 ON ZBY 2311 START ZBY 2303
French ARRET (red b/grnd) ZBY 2104 ARRET-MARCHE ZBY 2166 MARCHE ZBY 2103
German AUS ZBY 2204 AUS-EIN ZBY 2266 EIN ZBY 2203
Spanish PARADA (red b/grnd) ZBY 2404 PARADA-MARCHA ZBY 2466 MARCHA ZBY 2403
Background colour black or red white or yellow
60 mm legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton
Background colour yellow
Marking Blank EMERGENCY STOP ARRET DURGENCE NOT-AUS PARADA DE EMERGENCIA
References ZBY 9101 ZBY 9330 ZBY 9130 ZBY 9230 ZBY 9430
* sold in lots of
2/9
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
= +
=
+
Harmony
XB5
with plastic bezel
Contact functions
Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II
+0.4
0
Type of push Flush Flush, booted
References black N/O XB5 AA21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA2 XB5 AP21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AP2
green N/O XB5 AA31 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA3 XB5 AP31 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AP3
red N/C XB5 AA42 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AA4 XB5 AP42 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AP4
yellow N/O XB5 AA51 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA5 XB5 AP51 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AP5
blue N/O XB5 AA61 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA6 XB5 AP61 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AP6
Type of push Flush
References green N/O XB5 AA3311 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA3311
red N/C XB5 AA4322 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AA4322
white N/O XB5 AA3341 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA334
black N/O XB5 AA3351 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA335
Type of push Projecting Mushroom head, 40 mm
References black N/O XB5 AC21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AC2
red N/C XB5 AL42 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AL4
Type of push Double-headed pushbuttons Double-headed pushbuttons, booted
References green / N/C +N/O XB5 AL845 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AL8434 XB5 AL945 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AL9434
red
40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (2)
Latching Trigger action (EN 418)
Type of push Push-pull (N/C) Push-pull (N/C + N/O)
References red N/C or N/C +N/O XB5 AT42 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AT4 XB5 AT845 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AT84
Type of push Turn to release (N/C) Turn to release (N/C + N/O)
References red N/C or N/C +N/O XB5 AS542 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AS54 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AS844
Type of push Key release (N/C) Key release (N/C + N/O)
References red N/C or N/C +N/O XB5 AS142 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AS14 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AS944
2/10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
= +
Separate components and accessories

Contact functions
Type of operator Handle
stay put stay put spring return to left spring return to left
References black N/O XB5 AD21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AD2 XB5 AD41 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AD4
stay put stay put spring return to centre spring return to centre
References black N/O +N/O XB5 AD33 ZB5 AZ103 ZB5 AD3 XB5 AD53 ZB5 AZ103 ZB5 AD5
Type of operator Key, n 455
Number and type of positions (2) 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions
References black N/O XB5 AG21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AG2 XB5 AG41 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AG4
Electrical blocks
Single contact blocks Light blocks with integral LED Light block, direct supply
To combine with heads for integral LED For BA 9s bulb (not included)
24 V AC/DC 48120 V AC 230240 V AC 250 V max., 2.4 W max.
References (5)* N/O ZBE 101 white ZBV B1 ZBV G1 ZBV M1 ZBV6
N/C ZBE 102 green ZBV B3 ZBV G3 ZBV M3 Colour provided by lens
red ZBV B4 ZBV G4 ZBV M4
yellow ZBV B5 ZBV G5 ZBV M5
blue ZBV B6 ZBV G6 ZBV M6
Accessories
Marking Background colour: black or red white or yellow
References International 0 (red background) ZBY 2931 I ZBY 2147 AUTO ZBY 2115 STOP ZBY 2304
English OFF ZBY 2312 ON ZBY 2311 START ZBY 2303
French ARRET (red b/grnd) ZBY 2104 ARRET-MARCHE ZBY 2166 MARCHE ZBY 2103
German AUS ZBY 2204 AUS-EIN ZBY 2266 EIN ZBY 2203
Spanish PARADA (red b/grnd) ZBY 2404 PARADA-MARCHA ZBY 2466 MARCHA ZBY 2403
Background colour black or red white or yellow
60 mm legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton
Background colour yellow
Marking Blank EMERGENCY STOP ARRET DURGENCE NOT-AUS PARADA DE EMERGENCIA
References ZBY 9101 ZBY 9330 ZBY 9130 ZBY 9230 ZBY 9430
Body/xing collar Fixing nut Bezel tool Plate
for electrical block (contact or light) for head for tightening xing nut ZB5 AZ901 anti-rotation
References ZB5 AZ009 (10)* ZB5 AZ901 (10)* ZB5 AZ905 ZB5 AZ902
* sold in lots of
+0.4
0
2/11
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
=
+
=
+
Harmony
XB5
with plastic bezel
Light functions
Pilot lights
Smooth lens cap
Depth below head 43
References white XB5 AVB1 XB5 AVG1 XB5 AVM1 XB5 AV61 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV01
green XB5 AVB3 XB5 AVG3 XB5 AVM3 XB5 AV63 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV03
red XB5 AVB4 XB5 AVG4 XB5 AVM4 XB5 AV64 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV04
yellow XB5 AVB5 XB5 AVG5 XB5 AVM5 XB5 AV65 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV05
blue XB5 AVB6 XB5 AVG6 XB5 AVM6
Illuminated pushbuttons and selector switches
Type Flush push, spring return, illuminated pushbuttons
References white N/C +N/O XB5 AW31B5 XB5 AW31G5 XB5 AW31M5 XB5 AW3165 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW31
green N/C +N/O XB5 AW33B5 XB5 AW33G5 XB5 AW33M5 XB5 AW3365 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW33
red N/C +N/O XB5 AW34B5 XB5 AW34G5 XB5 AW34M5 XB5 AW3465 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW34
yellow N/C +N/O XB5 AW35B5 XB5 AW35G5 XB5 AW35M5 XB5 AW3565 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW35
blue N/C +N/O XB5 AW36B5 XB5 AW36G5 XB5 AW36M5
Type Double-headed pushbuttons with LED pilot light Illuminated selector switches
(1 ush green push, 1 projecting red push) (2 position stay put)
Light source Integral LED Integral LED
Products Complete Complete
Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 48120 V AC 230240 V AC 24 V AC/DC 48120 V AC 230240 V AC
References green N/C +N/O XB5 AK123B5 XB5 AK123G5 XB5 AK123M5
red N/C +N/O XB5 AK124B5 XB5 AK124G5 XB5 AK124M5
yellow N/C +N/O XB5 AW84B5 XB5 AW84G5 XB5 AW84M5 XB5 AK125B5 XB5 AK125G5 XB5 AK125M5
Separate components and accessories: see previous page.
+0.4
0
2/12
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Control stations
For XB5 pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights
22 with plastic bezel
Harmony
XAL
(1) Empty enclosures:
Basic reference: XAL K0p, replace the p
by the number of cut-outs required (see
cut-out table above)
(1):
Number of cut-outs Number (p)
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
Complete stations with 1 pushbutton, selector switch or key switch
(light grey RAL 7035 base with dark grey RAL 7016 lid)
Degree of protection IP 65 / Nema 4X and 13 / Class II
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 68 x 68 x 113 max. (with key release 40 mushroom head pushbutton)
Fixing (mm) 2 x 4.3 on 54 mm centres
Function 1 Start or Stop function 1 Start-Stop function
Marking On spring return push On legend holder and legend below head
Number and type of pushbutton/selector switch/key switch 1 ush green p/b 1 ush red p/b 1 projecting red p/b 1 2 position stay put selector switch or key switch
Black handle Key n 455 (key withdrawal LH pos.)
References N/O I XAL D102
Start XAL D103
O - I XAL D134 XAL D144
N/C O XAL D112 XAL D115
Function Emergency stop (2) (light grey RAL 7035 base with yellow RAL 1012 lid)
Number and type of mushroom head pushbutton 1 red 40 head, turn to release 1 red 40 head, key release
Latching mechanism Trigger action (EN 418) Latching Latching
References N/C XAL K174 XAL K184
N/C +N/C XAL K178F XAL K174F XAL K184F
N/C +N/O XAL K178E XAL K174E XAL K184E
N/C +N/C +N/O XAL K178G XAL K174G XAL K184G
Trigger action mushroom head pushbuttons conform to standard EN 418.
(1) Empty enclosures:
Basic reference: XAL K0p, replace the p
by the number of cut-outs required (see
cut-out table above)
Complete stations with 2 and 3 pushbuttons or 2 pushbuttons + 1 pilot light
(light grey RAL 7035 base with dark grey RAL 7016 lid)
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 2-way control stations: 68 x 106 x 62; 3-way control stations: 68 x 136 x 87
Fixing (mm) 2-way control stations: 2 x 4.3 on 54 x 68 centres; 3-way control stations: 2 x 4.3 on 54 x 98 centres
Function Start-Stop functions 2 functions 3 functions
Marking On spring return push
Number and type of pushbutton/pilot light 1 ush green p/b 1 ush green pushbutton 1 ush white p/b 1 ush white p/b 1 ush white p/b
1 ush red p/b 1 ush red pushbutton 1 ush black p/b 1 ush red p/b 1 30 red mush-
1 red pilot light with integral LED (1) 1 ush black p/b room head p/b
1 ush black p/b
24 V AC/DC 230 V AC
References N/O +N/C I - O XAL D213 XAL D363B XAL D363M
Start - Stop XAL D215
N/O +N/O XAL D222
N/O +N/C +N/O XAL D324 XAL D328
Accessories Standard contact blocks (1) Light blocks with integral LED, colour red
Description N/O contact N/C contact 24 V AC/DC 230 V AC
References ZEN L1111 ZEN L1121 ZAL VB4 ZAL VM4
2/13
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Pushbuttons
Type of head Flush or projecting push
circular
Degree of protection IP 54, class II
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 22.4 (0 +0.1)
Dimensions (mm) x Depth (below head) 29 x 41.5 ( 40 x 41.5 for Emergency stop)
Connection (1) Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 0.34 mm
2
to 1 x 1.5 mm
2
Type of push Flush, spring return Flush, push and push-to-release
References (10)* black N/O XB7 EA21P XB7 EH21P
C/O XB7 EA25P XB7 EH25P
green N/O XB7 EA31P XB7 EH31P
C/O XB7 EA35P XB7 EH35P
red N/C XB7 EA42P
C/O XB7 EA45P
yellow N/O XB7 EA51P
Type of push Flush, spring return Projecting, spring return
References green N/O XB7 EA3131P
red N/C XB7 EL4232P
white N/O +C/O XB7 EA11341P
black N/O +C/O XB7 EA21341
(1) Alternative connection: 1 x 6.35 and 2 x 2.8 mm Faston connectors.
Type of operator Black handle Ronis key, n 455
Number and
type of positions
2 positions 3 positions 2 positions 3 positions
References (10*) N/O XB7 ED21P XB7 EG21P
N/C +N/O XB7 ED25P
2 N/O XB7 ED33P XB7 EG33P
40 mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (2)
Type of push Turn to release Key release, Ronis 455
References (10)* red N/C XB7 ES542P XB7 ES142P
red N/C +N/O XB7 ES545P XB7 ES145P
For conformity to standard EN 418, use a trigger action Emergency stop from the Harmony XB5 range (XB5Ap8ppp and XB5AS9ppp). See page 2/10.
* sold in lots of 10
Harmony
XB7
with plastic bezel - Monolithic
Contact functions
2/14
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Illuminated pushbuttons
Type of head Projecting push
circular
Degree of protection IP 54, class II
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 22.4 (0 +0.1)
Dimensions (mm) x Depth (below head) 29 x 41.5, ( 40 x 41.5 for Emergency stop)
Connection (2) Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 0.34 mm
2
to 1 x 1.5 mm
2
Light source Integral LED Incandescent bulb
direct supply (bulb not included)
Supply voltage 24 V DC or 230 V AC 6 or 24 V DC, or 130 V AC
References (10)* green N/O XB7 EW33p1P (1) XB7 EW3361P
red N/O XB7 EW34p1P (1) XB7 EW3461P
N/C XB7 EW34p2P (1)
yellow N/O XB7 EW35p1P (1) XB7 EW3561P
Type of push Push and push-to-release
Light source Integral LED Incandescent bulb
direct supply (bulb not included)
Supply voltage 24 V DC or 230 V AC 6 or 24 V DC, or 130 V AC
References (10)* green N/O XB7 EH03p1P (1) XB7 EH0361P
red N/O XB7 EH04p1P (1) XB7 EH0461P
N/C XB7 EH04p2P (1)
yellow N/O XB7 EH05p1P (1) XB7 EH0561P
Pilot lights
Light source Integral LED Incandescent bulb Incandescent bulb
direct supply direct through resistor
(bulb not included) (bulb included)
Supply voltage 24VAC/DC or 120VAC or 230240VAC 6 or 24 V DC, or 130 V AC 230 V AC
References (10)* white XB7 EV01pP (1) XB7 EV61P XB7 EV71P
green XB7 EV03pP (1) XB7 EV63P XB7 EV73P
red XB7 EV04pP (1) XB7 EV64P XB7 EV74P
yellow XB7 EV05pP (1) XB7 EV65P XB7 EV75P
blue XB7 EV06pP (1) XB7 EV66P XB7 EV76P
orange XB7 EV08pP (1) XB7 EV68P XB7 EV78P
Incandescent bulbs, long life
BA 9s base tting, 11 mm max., length 28 mm max.
6 V (1.2 W) 24 V (2 W) 130 V (2.4 W)
References DL1 CB006 DL1 CE024 DL1 CE130
(2) Alternative connection: 1 x 6.35 and 2 x 2.8 mm Faston connectors.
* sold in lots of 10
(1):
Voltage Letter (p)
24 V AC/DC B
120 V AC G
230 V AC M
2/15
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of push Flush Projecting Projecting (high guard)
Colour of push Multi-colour (set of 7 clip-in coloured caps)
Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 31
mounting centres 57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)
Depth below head (mm) 42
Connection Screw clamp terminals
References C/O 9001KR1UH13 9001KR3UH13 9001KR2UH13
N/O 9001KR1UH5 9001KR3UH5 9001KR2UH5
Mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons, latching (1)
Type of push Spring return Push-pull
35 mushroom head 57 mushroom head 41 mushroom head 35 mushroom head
mounting centres ( 57 head) 57.2 x 57.2 (with legend 9001KN2pp or 9001KN3pp)
References C/O 9001KR24RH13 9001KR25RH13 9001KR9R94H13 9001KR9R20H13
N/C 9001KR24RH6 9001KR25RH6 9001KR9RH6 9001KR9R20H6
For conformity to standard EN 418, use a trigger action Emergency stop from the Harmony XB4 range (XB4Bp8ppp and XB4BS9ppp). See page 2/6.
Type of operator Long black handle Key, n 455
positions (2) 3 - spring return 2 - stay put 2 - spring return 3 - stay put 2 - stay put
Number and type
of positions
References N/O 9001KS11FBH5 9001KS34FBH5
C/O 9001KS53FBH1 9001KS43FBH1 9001KS11K1RH1
Harmony
9001K/SK
with metal bezel
Contact functions
2/16
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Pilot lights
Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb
(included)
24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC
References green 9001KP35LGG9 9001KP36LGG9 9001KP38LGG9 9001KP7G9
red 9001KP35LRR9 9001KP36LRR9 9001KP38LRR9 9001KP7R9
yellow 9001KP35LYA9 9001KP36LYA9 9001KP38LYA9 9001KP7A9
Illuminated pushbuttons, spring return
Type of head Spring return ush push
(included)
References green C/O 9001K3L35LGGH13 9001K3L36LGGH13 9001K3L38LGGH13 9001K2L7RH13
red C/O 9001K3L35LRRH13 9001K3L36LRRH13 9001K3L38LRRH13 9001K2L7GH13
yellow C/O 9001K3L35LYAH13 9001K3L36LYAH13 9001K3L38LYAH13 9001K2L7AH13
Illuminated 41 mushroom head pushbuttons, latching, high luminosity LED
(included)
24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC
Type of head 2 position, push-pull
References red C/O 9001KR9P35RH13 9001KR9P36RH13 9001KR9P38RH13 9001KR9P7RH13
Type of head 3 position, push-pull (pull: spring return, centre: stay put, push: spring return)
References red N/C +N/C
late break
9001KR8P35RH25 9001KR8P36RH25 9001KR8P38RH25 9001KR8P7RH25
Light functions
2/17
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of push Flush Projecting Projecting (high guard)
Colour of push Multi-colour (set of 7 clip-in coloured caps)
Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 / Class II
References C/O 9001SKR1UH13 9001SKR3UH13 9001SKR2UH13
N/O 9001SKR1UH5 9001SKR3UH5 9001SKR2UH5
Selector switches
Type of operator Long black handle
positions 3 - spring return 2 - stay put 2 - spring return 3 - stay put
Number and type
of positions
References N/O 9001SKS11FBH5 9001SKS34FBH5
C/O 9001SKS53FBH1 9001SKS43FBH1
Pilot lights
(included)
References green 9001SKP35LGG9 9001SKP36LGG9 9001SKP38LGG9 9001SKP7G9
red 9001SKP35LRR9 9001SKP36LRR9 9001SKP38LRR9 9001SKP7R9
yellow 9001SKP35LYA9 9001SKP36LYA9 9001SKP38LYA9 9001SKP7A9
Harmony
9001K/SK
with plastic bezel
2/18
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Contact blocks with protected terminals
Type of contact Single contact blocks
References C/O 9001KA1
N/O 9001KA2
N/C 9001KA3
C/O, late break 9001KA4
N/C, late break 9001KA5
N/O, early make 9001KA6
Enclosures
Type Number of 30 mm cut-outs NEMA ratings Reference
Aluminium 1 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY1
2 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY2
3 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY3
4 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY4
Stainless steel 1 1, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS1
2 1, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS2
3 1, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS3
Legends
Type Aluminium, size 44 x 43 mm Plastic, size 57 x 57 mm
Colour of legend black background white background
Marking Blank 9001KN200 9001KN100WP
START 9001KN201 9001KN101WP
STOP (red background) 9001KN202 9001KN102RP
FORWARD 9001KN206 9001KN106WP
REVERSE 9001KN207 9001KN107WP
CLOSE 9001KN208 9001KN108WP
OPEN 9001KN209 9001KN109WP
DOWN 9001KN210 9001KN110WP
UP 9001KN211 9001KN111WP
HIGH 9001KN214 9001KN114WP
LOW 9001KN215 9001KN115WP
RESET 9001KN223 9001KN123WP
PULL TO START/ 9001KN379 9001KN179WP
PUSH TO STOP
Accessories
2/19
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
45 0
3
4
1-pole
2-pole
1
2
45 0
3
4
1-pole
2-pole
1
2
90 0
3
4
2-pole
1
2
90 0
3
4
2-pole
90
1
45 0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
135180225
2-pole
90
1
45 0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
135180225
2-pole
45
1
0 315
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1-pole
2-pole
45
1
0 315
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1-pole
2-pole
180
1
2
3
4
90 0 270
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
180
1
2
3
4
90 0 270
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
0
1
2
3
4
315 270
5
6
7
8
225
9
10
45 90
11
12
135 0
1
2
3
4
315 270
5
6
7
8
225
9
10
45 90
11
12
135
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
60 120 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
60 120
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
120 180 0 60
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
120 180 0 60
300
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 60 300
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 60
Cam switches
12 and 20 A ratings
Harmony
K series
positions ()
Cam switches, K1 / K2 series
Function Switches ON-OFF switches Stepping switches
45 switching angle 90 switching angle with 0position
Degree of protection front face IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1)
Conventional thermal current (Ith) 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 690 V 690 V 690 V
Number of positions 2 2 2 +0position
Number of poles 2 2 2
Dimensions of front plate (mm) 45 x 45 45 x 45 45 x 45
Front mounting method Multixing plate, 45 x 45 mm K1B 002ALH K2B 002ALH K1B 1002HLH K2B 1002HLH K1D 012QLH K2D 012QLH
Plastic mounting plate for 22 mm hole K1B 002ACH K2B 002ACH K1B 1002HCH K2B 1002HCH K1D 012QCH K2D 012QCH
positions ()
Cam switches, K1 / K2 series
Function Changeover switches Ammeter switches Voltmeter switches
Degree of protection front face IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1)
Number of positions 2 +0position 3 +0position 6 +0position (measurements
(3 circuits +0position) between 3 phases & N +0pos.)
Front mounting method Multixing plate, 45 x 45 mm K1D 002ULH K2D 002ULH K1F 003MLH to be compiled * K1F 027MLH to be compiled *
Plastic mounting plate for 22 mm hole K1D 002UCH K2D 002UCH K1F 003MCH to be compiled * K1F 027MCH to be compiled *
(1) With seal KZ73 for switch with Multixing plate, with seal KZ65 for 22 mm hole mounting switches. Seal to be ordered separately.
(*) Please consult your Schneider Electric agency.
positions ()
Cam switches with key operated lock, K1 series
Function Stepping switches Run switches Changeover switches + 0 pos.
Degree of protection front face IP 65 IP 65 IP 65
Conventional thermal current (Ith) 12 A 12 A 12 A
Number of positions 2 +0position 3 +0position 2 +0position
Colour of handle red black red black red black
Front mounting method 22 mm hole + 43.5 mm hole K1F 022QZ2 K1F 022QZ4 K1G 043RZ2 K1G 043RZ4 K1D 002UZ2 K1D 002UZ4
2/20
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
60
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
60
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
0
1
2
60
3
4
300
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
0
1
2
60
3
4
300
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
90
1
2
180
3
4
0 270
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
90
1
2
180
3
4
0 270
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
300
1
2
330
3
4
270 0 30 60 90
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
300
1
2
330
3
4
270 0 30 60 90
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
60
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
60
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
90
1-pole
2-pole
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
90
1-pole
2-pole
0
1
2
60
3
4
1
2
3
4
300
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
4-pole
0
1
2
60
3
4
1
2
3
4
300
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
4-pole
0
1
2
60
3
4
1
2
3
4
300
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
0
1
2
60
3
4
1
2
3
4
300
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
0
1
2
60
3
4
1
2
3
4
300
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
0
1
2
60
3
4
1
2
3
4
300
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
0
1
2
60
3
4
1
2
3
4
300
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
0
1
2
60
3
4
1
2
3
4
300
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
10 to 150 A ratings
positions ()
Cam switches, K10 series
Function Switches Changeover switches Ammeter Voltmeter
60 switching angle with 0position switches switches
Degree of protection front face IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65
Conventional thermal current (Ith) 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 440 V 440 V 440 V 440 V
Number of positions 2 2 +0position 3 +0pos. (1) 6 +0pos. (2)
Number of poles 1 2 3 2 3 3 3
Dimensions of front plate (mm) 30 x 30 30 x 30 30 x 30 30 x 30
Front mounting method By 16 mm or 22 mm hole K10 A001ACH K10 B002ACH K10 C003ACH K10 D002UCH K10F003UCH K10 F003MCH K10 F027MCH
(1) (3 circuits +0position).
(2) (Measurements between 3 phases and N +0position).
positions ()
Cam switches, K30 series
Function Switches Switches Changeover Starting Starting Reversing
ON-OFF with 0position star-delta 2-speed
Degree of protection front face IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V
Number of positions 2 2 3 3 3 3
Number of poles 3 3 4 4 3 3 3
Dimensions of front plate (mm) 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64
Front mounting method Multixing K30 C003AP (3) K30 C003HP (3) K30 D004HP (3) K30 H004UP (3) K30 H001YP (3) K30 H004PP (3) K30 E003WP(3)
(3) To order switches with other thermal current ratings (50, 63, 115, 150 A): replace the number 30 in the reference by 50, 63, 115 or 150 respectively.
Example: a switch with a 32 A current rating, for example K30 C003AP, becomes K50 C003AP for a current rating of 50 A.
Accessories for cam switches K1/K2
Rubber seals
for IP 65 degree of protection
For use with heads with 45 x 45 mm front plate with 60 x 60 mm front plate with 45 x 45 mm front plate
22 mm hole or 4 hole front mtg. 22 mm hole or 4 hole front mtg. multixing
References (5)* KZ 65 KZ 66 KZ 73
* sold in lots of
2/21
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Universal - For signaling from 35 to 50 m
Harmony
XVB / XVP
Universal range
High performance and wide choice of units
70 mm
Illuminated beacons XVB L Steady light signaling Flashing light signaling
Light source Incandescent BA 15d bulb, Protected BA 15d LED Protected BA 15d LED Flashdischarge tube
10 W max. (not included) (included) (included) 5 J (1)
Degree of protection IP 66
Beacon references (2) 12250 V AC/DC XVBL3p
24 V AC/DC XVBL0Bp XVBL1Bp XVBL6Bp
120 V AC XVBL0Gp XVBL1Gp XVBL6Gp
230 V AC XVBL0Mp XVBL1Mp XVBL6Mp
70 mm
Indicator banks XVB C Base units Steady light signaling Flashing Flash Audible
comprising 2 to 5 signaling units (3) light light units (90 db
signaling signaling at 1 m)
Light source Incandescent Integral Integral Flash
BA 15d bulb, 10 W protected LED protected LED discharge tube
max. (not included) 5 J (1)
Base unit references with cover XVBC21 (4)
without cover XVBC07 (5)
Lens unit references (2) 12 230 V AC/DC XVBC3p
24 V AC/DC XVBC2Bp XVBC5Bp XVBC6Bp
120 V AC XVBC2Gp XVBC5Gp XVBC6Gp
230 V AC XVBC2Mp XVBC5Mp XVBC6Mp
Audible unit references 1248 V AC/DC XVBC9B
unidirectional 120230 V AC XVBC9M
(4) For connection on AS-Interface, order base unit XVBC21A (side cable entry) or XVBC21B (bottom cable entry with M12 connector on ying lead).
(5) For indicator banks with ashdischarge tube unit.
50 mm
Indicator banks XVP C Base unit Steady or Flash light signaling Audible units
comprising 2 to 5 signaling units (3), ashing light (5585 dB
black clamping ring (6) signaling at 1 m)
Light source Incandescent Flash Flash
BA 15d bulb, 7 W discharge tube discharge tube
max. (not included) 0.3 J 0.6 J
Base unit with cover XVPC21
References (2) 250 V max. XVPC3p
24 V AC/DC (ash) - 24 V DC (buzzer) XVPC6Bp XVPC09B
120 V AC XVPC6Gp XVPC09G
230 V AC XVPC6Mp XVPC09M
(1) To order a lens unit with a 10 J discharge tube, replace the number 6 by 8 in the reference (example: XVBL6Bp becomes XVBL8Bp).
(2) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follows: 3 =green , 4 =red , 5 =orange, 6 =blue, 7 =clear, 8 =yellow.
(3) An indicator bank comprises: 1 base unit +1 to 5 signaling units maximum.
(6) To order products with a cream clamping ring, add the letter W to the end of the reference (example: base unit +green lens unit: XVPC21W + XVPC33W etc.).
2/22
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Optimum - For signaling from 5 to 35 m
Harmony
XVM / XVDLS / XVE
Optimum range
Excellent price/performance ratio
45 mm
Complete, pre-cabled indicator banks XVM (1) 2 sig. units + integral buzzer (2) 3 signaling units + integral buzzer (2)
Steady light signaling Steady light signaling Steady light signaling + ash (3)
Light source Incandescent BA 15d Incandescent BA 15d Incandescent BA 15d
BA 15d bulb, 5 W LED BA 15d bulb, 5 W LED BA 15d bulb, 5 W LED
max. (included) (included) max. (included) (included) max. (included) (included)
Signalling colours Red - Green Red - Orange - Green
Indicator bank references 24 V AC/DC XVMB1RGS XVMB2RGS XVMB1RAGS XVMB2RAGS XVMB1R6AGS XVMB2R6AGS
120 V AC/DC (bulb) - 120 V AC (LED) XVMG1RGS XVMG2RGS XVMG1RAGS XVMG2RAGS XVMG1R6AGS XVMG2R6AGS
230 V AC/DC (bulb) - 230 V AC (LED) XVMM1RGS XVMM2RGS XVMM1RAGS XVMM2RAGS XVMM1RA6GS XVMM2R6AGS
(1) Indicator banks XVM are also available as separate components for customised assembly by the user: please refer to www.telemecanique.com.
(2) To order products without an integral buzzer, delete the letter S from the end of the reference (example: XVMB2RGS becomes XVMB2RG).
(3) Flash signaling colour: red - 0.8 J .
45 mm
Miniature Illuminated beacons XVDLS Steady light signaling Flash light signaling
Light source Incandescent BA 15d bulb, 5 W max. (not included) Flashdischarge tube, 0.5 J
Beacon references (4) 24230 V AC/DC XVDLS3p
24 V AC/DC XVDLS6Bp
120 V AC XVDLS6Gp
230 V AC XVDLS6Mp
(4) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follows: 3 =green , 4 =red , 5 =orange, 6 =blue, 7 =clear, 8 =yellow.
70 mm
Illuminated beacons XVE L Steady light signaling Flash light signaling
Light source Incandescent Integral Flashdischarge tube, 1 J
BA 15d bulb, 5 W max. LED
(not included)
Degree of protection IP 42/IP 54 (with sealing kit)
Beacon references (5) 24 240 V AC/DC XVEL3p
24 V AC/DC XVEL2Bp XVEL6Bp
120 V AC XVEL2Gp XVEL6Gp
230 V AC XVEL2Mp XVEL6Mp
(5) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follows: 3 =green , 4 =red , 5 =orange, 6 =blue, 7 =clear.
70 mm
Indicator banks XVE C Base units Steady light signaling Flashing Flash Audible
comprising 2 to 5 signaling units (5) light light units (85 db
signaling signaling at 1 m)
Light source Incandescent Integral Integral Flash
BA 15d bulb, 5 W LED LED discharge tube
max. (not included) 1 J
Degree of protection IP 42/IP 54 (with sealing kit)
Base unit references IP 42 XVEC21
IP 54 XVEC21P
Lens unit references (6) 24230 V AC/DC XVEC3p
24 V AC/DC XVEC2Bp XVEC5Bp XVEC6Bp XVEC9B
120 V AC XVEC2Gp XVEC5Gp XVEC6Gp XVEC9G
230 V AC XVEC2Mp XVEC5Mp XVEC6Mp XVEC9M
(6) An indicator bank comprises: 1 base unit +1 to 5 signaling units.
2/23
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Application - For signaling up to 100 m
Harmony
XVD / XVR / XVS
Application specic range
Ready to use for specic requirements
70 mm
Complete, pre-cabled beacons and indicator banks 1 signaling unit 2 signaling units
XVD (1) Flash light Steady light Steady light + ash Flash light + buzzer
Light source Flashdischarge tube BA 15d LED BA 15d LED Flash
5 J (included) (included) +Flash discharge tube, 5 J
discharge tube, 5 J +buzzer, 90 db
Signalling colours Orange Red Green - Red Orange - Red Green - Red Orange
Beacon/Indicator bank references 24 V AC/DC XVDBA6 XVDBR6 XVDB2GR XVDB2AR XVDB2GR6 XVDBSA6
230 V AC XVDMA6 XVDMR6
(1) Indicator banks XVD are also available as separate components for customised assembly by the user: please refer to www.telemecanique.com.
70 mm
Complete, pre-cabled beacons and indicator banks 3 signaling units
XVD (1) Steady light Steady light + ash Steady light + buzzer
Light source Incandescent BA 15d BA 15d BA 15d
BA 15d bulb, 10 W LED LED (included) LED (included)
max. (included) (included) +Flashdischarge tube, 5 J +buzzer, 90 db
Signalling colours Green - Orange - Red Green - Orange - Red Green - Red (2)
Indicator bank references 24 V AC/DC XVDB1GAR XVDB2GAR XVDB2GAR6 XVDB2SGR
230 V AC XVDM1GAR XVDM2GAR XVDM2SGR
Complete, pre-cabled beacons and indicator banks 4 signaling units
XVD (2) Steady light Steady light + buzzer
Light source BA 15d Incandescent BA 15d
LED BA 15d bulb, 10 W max. LED
(included) (included) (included)
Signalling colours Clear - Green - Orange - Red Green - Orange - Red
Indicator bank references 24 V AC/DC XVDB2CGAR XVDB1SGAR XVDB2SGAR
230 V AC XVDM2SGAR
(1) Beacons and indicator banks XVD are also available as separate components for customised assembly by the user: please refer to www.telemecanique.com.
(2) Also available in 24 V AC/DC with colours Orange - Red: XVDB2SAR.
Rotating mirror beacon XVR and Sirens XVS Rotating mirror beacon Sirens, 106 db
Description Halogen bulb Incandescent bulb 1 tone 2 tone
70 W H1 (included) 25 W BA 15d (included)
Diameter 165 mm 92 mm
References (3) 24 V AC/DC XVR1B9p XVR1B0p XVSB1 XVSB2
120 V AC XVR1G0p XVSG1 XVSG2
230 V AC XVR1M0p XVSM1 XVSM2
(3) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follows: 3 =green , 4 =red , 5 =orange, 6 =blue, 8 =yellow.
2/24
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Beacons and indicator banks, accessories
For XVB, XVP, XVDLS, XVE, XVM, XVD and XVR
Harmony
XV
Bulbs and LEDs Beacons and indicator banks Rotating mirror beacon
XVB / XVP (1) / XVD XVR
Light source Incandescent Incandescent LED (2) Flashing Incandescent Halogen
BA 15d base BA 15d base BA 15d base LED (2) BA 15d base H1 base
7 W 10 W (not XVP) BA 15d base 25 W 70 W
References 12 V DL1BEJ DL1BLJ
24 V DL1BEB DL1BLB DL1BDBp DL1BKBp DL1 BRB DL1 BRBH
48 V DL1BEE DL1BLE
120 V DL1BEG DL1BLG DL1BDGp DL1BKGp DL1 BRG
230 V DL1BEM DL1BLM DL1BDMp DL1BKMp DL1 BRM
(1) Indicator banks XVP can be tted with 5 W incandescent bulbs: see beacons XVDLS / XVE.
(2) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follows: 1 =white, 3 =green , 4 =red , 5 =orange, 6 =blue, 8 =yellow.
Bulbs and LEDs Beacons Indicator banks
XVDLS / XVE XVM / XVE
Light source Incandescent Incandescent LED (3) Flashing Flashdischarge
BA 15d base BA 15d base BA 15d base LED (3) tube, 0.8 J oule
5 W 5 W BA 15d base BA 15d base
References 24 V DL1EDBS DL1EDBS DL2EDBp DL1EKBp DL6BB
120 V DL1EDGS DL1EDGS DL2EDGp DL1EKGp DL6BG
230 V DL1EDMS DL1EDMS DL2EDMp DL1EKMp DL6BM
(3) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follows: 1 =white, 3 =green , 4 =red , 6 =blue, 8 =orange.
Mounting accessories Beacons and Indicator banks Indicator banks Rotating
indicator banks mirror beacon
XVB / XVD / XVE XVP XVM XVR
Description Aluminiumtube Plastic tube Aluminiumtube Aluminiumtube Aluminiumtube Aluminiumtube
with integral black with integral black with integral black with steel xing with integral cream with steel xing
plastic xing base plastic xing base plastic xing base bracket plastic xing base bracket
Diameter (mm) 25 25 20 20 20 20
Support tubes 60 mm XVEZ13
100 mm XVPC02T XVMZ02 XVMZ02T
112 mm XVPC02 (4)
120 mm XVBZ02
140 mm XVDC02
260 mm XVPC03 (4)
410 mm XVPC04 (4)
420 mm XVBZ03
820 mm XVBZ04
Fixing plates, black for vertical support XVBC12 XVPC12 (4) XVR012
for horizontal support XVBZ01 XVR013
(4) To order an aluminium support tube with integral cream xing base, add the letter W to the end of the reference (example: XVPC02W).
2/25
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
XAC
Type XAC A Pistol grip
Degree of protection IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X / Class II
Rated operational characteristics AC 15 (240 V 3 A), DC 13
Conventional thermal current Ithe 10 A
Connection Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 2.5 mm
2
or 2 x 1.5 mm
2
For control of single-speed motors 2-speed motors
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 52 x 295 x 71 (x 85 with ZA2 BS44) 52 x 295 x 71 (x 85 with ZA2 BS44)
Number of operators mechanically interlocked 2 2
Emergency stop without ZA2 BS44 without ZA2 BS44
References XAC A201 XAC A2013 XAC A207 XAC A2073
Type XAC A
For control of single-speed motors
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 80 x 314 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2 BS44) 80 x 440 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2 BS54)
Number of operators mechanically interlocked between pairs 2 4
Emergency stop without ZA2 BS44 without ZA2 BS54
References XAC A271 XAC A2713 XAC A471 XAC A4713
For control of single-speed motors
+ I / O
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 80 x 500 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2 BS54) 80 x 560 x 70
Number of operators mechanically interlocked between pairs 6 8
Emergency stop without ZA2 BS54 without
References XAC A671 XAC A6713 XAC A871
Pendant control stations
for control circuits
Ready to use
2/26
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
XAC-A941
ZA2-BS834
ZA2-BS54
ZA2-BS
ZA2-BS14
ZB2-SZ3
ZA2-BD
XAC-B961
XAC-A009
XAC-S
ZB2-BE
XAC-A982
ZB2-BV00
XEN-G191
ZB2-BY
ZB2-BY
ZA2-BG
ZA2-BD
ZA2-BV0
XAC-A941
ZA2-BS834
ZA2-BS54
ZA2-BS
ZA2-BS14
ZB2-SZ3
ZA2-BD
XAC-B961
XAC-A009
XAC-S
ZB2-BE
XAC-A982
ZB2-BV00
XEN-G191
ZB2-BY
ZB2-BY
ZA2-BG
ZA2-BD
ZA2-BV0

Stations for user assembly
Booted operators
white XAC A9411
black XAC A9412
Mushroom head, latching (1)
turn to release 30 ZA2 BS44
40 ZA2 BS54
Mushroom head, latching, trigger action (1)
turn to release 30 ZA2 BS834
40 ZA2 BS844
Mushroom head, latching (1)
key release 30 ZA2 BS74
40 ZA2 BS14
Selector switch
2 pos. stay put ZA2 BD2
3 pos. stay put ZA2 BD3
Key switch
key n 455 2 pos. stay put ZA2 BG4
3 pos. stay put ZA2 BG5
Contact blocks
Single-speed N/O ZB2 BE101
Single-speed N/C ZB2 BE102
Pilot light heads
white ZA2 BV01
green ZA2 BV03
red ZA2 BV04
yellow ZA2 BV05
Pilot light bodies
direct supply ZB2 BV006
direct supply, through resistor ZB2 BV007
Contacts blocks for XAC A941p
Single-speed N/C +N/O XEN G1491
2-speed N/C +N/O +N/O XEN G1191
Contact blocks (for mounting in enclosure base)
N/O XAC S101
N/C +N/O XAC S105
Protecti ve guard (for base mounted uni ts)
For selector switch or XAC A982
mushroom head pushbutton
Blanking plug
with seal and ZB2SZ3
xing nut
Legends, 30 x 40 mm With symbols conforming to NF E 52-124 With text
References ZB2 BY4901 ZB2 BY4903 ZB2 BY4907 ZB2 BY4909 ZB2 BY4913 ZB2 BY4915 ZB2 BY4930 ZB2 BY2303 ZB2 BY2304
References ZB2 BY2904 ZB2 BY2906 ZB2 BY2910 ZB2 BY2912 ZB2 BY2916 ZB2 BY2918 ZB2 BY2931 ZB2 BY4101
Separate components (for mounting in enclosures XAC A)
blank
white or yellow
background
Empty enclosures type XAC A
Number of ways 2 3 4 5 6 8 12
References XAC A02 XAC A03 XAC A04 XAC A05 XAC A06 XAC A08 XAC A12
2/27
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Magelis Simple terminals
Magelis XBT N
with matrix screen (1)
Type Characteristics
Display
Capacity 2 lines, 20 characters 1 to 4 lines, 5 to 20 characters
Type Back-lit LCD Back-lit LCD Back-lit LCD
green 3 colours green
green, orange, red
Data entry Via keypad with 8 keys (4 with changeable legends)
Function Representation of variables Alphanumeric
Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Master Uni-TE, Modbus, Siemens, Rockwell,
Omron, Mitsubishi
Modbus
Development software Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows 2000 and XP)
Dimensions W x D x H 132 x 37 x 74 mm
Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,
Modicon Premium, Modicon M340
Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,
Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum,
Modicon Momentum, Modicon M340
Motor starter
Tesys Model U
Supply voltages 5 VDC or PLC power supply 24 VDC
References XBTN200 XBTN400 XBTN410 XBTN401 XBTNU400
(1) Except XBTN200: alphanumeric screen.
2/28
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Display Capacity 4 lines, 20 characters
Type Back-lit LCD
green
Back-lit LCD, 3 colours
green, orange, red
Function Representation of variables Alphanumeric
Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Master Uni-TE, Modbus, Siemens, Rockwell,
Omron, Mitsubishi
Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,
Modicon Premium, Modicon M340
Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum,
Modicon Momentum, Modicon M340
Supply voltages 5 VDC or PLC power supply 24 VDC
References XBTR400 XBTR410 XBTR411
Magelis XBT RT
with semi-graphic touch screen
Display Capacity 10 lines, 33 characters
Type Back-lit LCD green
Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bargraph, curves, button and light
Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Master
Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon M340
Supply voltages 5 VDC or PLC power supply
References XBTRT500
Magelis Simple terminals
Magelis XBT R
with matrix screen
2/29
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Magelis Graphic terminals
Magelis XBT GT
with 3.8 touchscreen
Display LCD screen size 3.8
Type STN monochrome, TFT
amber or red colour
Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, ashing light, keypad
Curves yes, with log
Alarm logs yes, incorporated
Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP
Bus and networks Ethernet, IEEE 802.3
10 BASE-T, RJ45
Ethernet, IEEE 802.3
10/100 BASE-T, RJ45
Third party protocols Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows Vista, XP and 2000)
Dimensions W x D x H 130x41x104mm
Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum, Modicon M340
Compact Flash card slot no
USB port 1 1 1
Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP no yes
Supply voltage 24 VDC
References XBTGT1100 XBTGT1105 XBTGT1130 XBTGT1135 XBTGT1335
Magelis XBT GT
with 5,7 touchscreen
Type
Display LCD screen size 5.7
Type Back-lit STN, monochrome STN, colour TFT, colour
blue black and white 4096 colours 65536 colours
Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Uni-TE, Modbus, Uni-TE, Modbus Uni-TE, Modbus,
Modbus TCP/IP Modbus TCP/IP
Bus and networks Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 Ethernet, IEEE 802.3
10/100 BASE-T, RJ45 10/100 BASE-T, RJ45
Dimensions W x D x H 167.5x60x135mm
Compact Flash card slot no yes
USB port 1
Video in no
Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP no no yes no yes
References XBTGT2110 XBTGT2120 XBTGT2130 XBTGT2220 XBTGT2330
2/30
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Graphic terminals
Magelis XBT GT
with 7,5 , 10,4 , 12,1 ,15 touchscreen
Magelis
Display LCD screen size 7.5 10.4 12.1 15
Type (colour) STN TFT TFT STN TFT TFT TFT TFT TFT
Number of colours 4096 65536 65536 4096 65536 65536 65536 65536 65536
Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP
Bus and networks Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 215x60x170 313x56x239 271x57x213 313x56x239 395x60x294
Compact Flash card slot yes
USB port 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Video in no no yes no no yes no yes yes
Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP yes
References XBTGT4230 XBTGT4330 XBTGT4340 XBTGT5230 XBTGT5330 XBTGT5340 XBTGT6330 XBTGT6340 XBTGT7340

Magelis XBT GK

with touchscreen / keypad
Display Screen size 5,7 10,4
Type STN monochrome
black and white
TFT Colour
65536 colours
Data entry Soft function keys with LED 14 18
Static function keys with LED 10 + legends 12 + legends
Service keys 8
Alphanumeric keys 12
Touchscreen and industrial pointer yes
Curves Yes, with log
Alarm logs Yes
Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP
Bus and networks Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45
Compact Flash card slot yes
Dimensions W x D x H 220,3x88x265mm 296x91x332mm 197x92,6x147mm
USB port 1 1 2
Video in no no no
Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP no yes
References XBTGK2120 XBTGK2330 XBTGK5330
2/31
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Magelis Graphic terminals open
Magelis XBT GTW
with 8,4 ,15 touchscreen
Display LCD screen size 8,4 15
Type (colour) TFT TFT
Number of colours 262 144 16 777 216
Alarm historic yes, incorporated
Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP
Bus and networks Dual Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100/1Gb BASE-T, RJ 45
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 230 x 177 x 65 395 x 294 x 65
Compact Flash card slot 2 1
USB port 4 4 + 1 on front panel
Video in no
Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP 2
References XBTGTW450 XBTGTW750
Certications Magelis XBT range:
For more informations, consult your HMI cataloge.
2/32
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Magelis Accessories
For display units and terminals
Connection cables PC to Magelis transfer cables
2.5 m 2 m
Application PC to XBTN / R / RT PC to XBTGT / GK / GTW
Type of connector RJ45/RJ45 USB/USB
Physical link RS 485
References XBTZ925 (1) XBTZG935
(1) Adaptor TSXCUSB485 for linking USB port of PC, to be used with connecting cables XBTZ925
Cards and gateways for eldbus Modbus Plus Fipio Probus DP Device Net
References XBTZGUMP TSXCUSBFIP XBTZGPDP XBTZGDVN
Connection cables Telemecanique PLC connection cables (2.5 m)
Application XBTGT, GK, N200, N400, R400 XBTGT,GK,GTW All XBT, XBT N410, N401, R410, R411
RT500 to: to: to:
Modicon M340 Twido, Nano, Quantum Twido, Nano, Quantum Momentum
TSX Micro, TSX Micro, (port 1)
Premium Premium
Type of connector RJ45/RJ45 RJ45 / MiniDin SUB D 9 / SUB D 9 MiniDin / SUB D 25 SUB D 9 / SUB D 25 RJ45 / SUB D 25
Physical link RS 485 RS 485 RS 232 RS 485 RS 232 RS 232
References XBTZ9980 XBTZ9780 990NAA26320 XBTZ968 XBTZ9710 XBTZ9711
Compact Flash card
Memory 128 Mb 256 Mb 512 Mb 1 Gb
References XBTZGM128 XBTZGM256 MPCYN00CFE00N MPCYN00CF100N
Connection cables off-set USB
Application XBTGT (except XBTGT1100/1130) / GT / GTW
Type of connector USB / USB
Reference XBTZGUSB
2/33
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Magelis Industrial PCs for Client applications
Magelis Smart
Display Size 8,4 SVGA (800 x 600) 12 SVGA (800 x 600) 15 XGA (1024 x 768)
Type TFT colour
Data entry Via touchscreen
Processor Type Intel Celerom M
Frequency 600 MHz
Internal hard disk 1Go Compact ash
RAM memory 256 MB expandable up to 1024 MB
CD-ROM drive
Expansion slots 1 x PCMCIA slot 1 x PCMCIA slot
1 x type III/type I 1 x type III or 2 x type I
Ethernet TCP/IP network 2 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (RJ45)
Operating system Windows Embedded XPe SP2
Input/Output ports 4 x USB, 1 x RS232 2 x USB, 1 x COM1, 1 x COM2,
1 x parallel, 1 x PS2 keyboard,
1 x PS2 pointing device
on front panel 1 x USB
Fixing Fixings included with each product for mounting on panel or enclosure door
Dimensions W x D x H 230 x 177 x 65 313 x 239 x 60 395 x 294 x 65
Supply voltage 100240 VAC and 24 VDC 100240 VAC 24 VDC
References Client Edition (1) MPCST11NAJ00T MPCST21NAJ10T MPCST52NDJ20T
HMI Edition (2) MPCST11NAJ00H MPCST21NAJ10R MPCST52NDJ20H
(1) Vizualisation with Internet Explorer or any client application (ex FactoryCast P2143).
(2) Vijeo Designer RT application and above client application.
Accessories
Protection lm 8,4 12 15
References MPCYK10SPSKIT MPCYK20SPSKIT MPCYK50SPSKIT
2/34
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Magelis Industrial PCs all in one
Magelis Compact i PC
Display Size 8,4 SVGA (800 x 600) 12 XGA (1024 x 768) 15 XGA (1024 x 768)
Type TFT colour
Data entry Via touchscreen
Processor Type Celeron M Intel Celeron M Pentium M
Frequency 1,0 GHz 1,3 GHz 1,6 GHz
Internal hard disk 40 GB
RAM memory 512 MB expandable up to 1024 MB 512 MB
CD-ROM drive yes
Expansion slots 1 PCI 1 x PCI bus slot 1 x PCI bus slot
1 x PCMCIA slot 1 x PCMCIA slot
1 x type III/type I 1 x type III or 2 x type II
Ethernet TCP/IP network 2 x 10BASE-T/100 BASE-TX (RJ45)
Operating system Windows XP Pro
Input/Output ports 4 x USB, 2 x USB, 1 COM1,
1 x RS232 1 x COM2, 1 x parallel, 2 x PS2
on front panel 1 x USB
Fixing Fixings included with each product for mounting on panel or enclosure door
Dimensions W x D x H 230 x 177 x 105 313 x 239 x 100 395 x 294 x 100
Supply voltage 100240 VAC
References XP Pro MPCKT12NAX00N MPCKT22NAX00N MPCKT52NAX20N
Combined offers (bundle pack)
Magelis i PC Compact industrial PCs can be supplied with software packages.
Characteristics identical to standard industrial PCs shown above.
Type 8,4 12 15
Applications Vijeo Designer RT MPCKT12NAX00H MPCKT22NAX00R MPCKT55NAX20H
Vijeo Citect RT MPCKT55NAX20V
Accessories
RAM memory expansion
Capacity SO DIMM 512 Mo SO DIMM 512 Mo SO DIMM 1024 Mo
Compatibility MPCST52ppp MPCKT55ppp MPCST21ppp
MPCKT52ppp MPCKT22ppp MPCKT22ppp
MPCST21ppp MPCKT55Npp2pp
References MPCYK02RAM512 MPCYK05RAM512 MPCYK22RA1024
2/35
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Magelis Modular Industrial PCs (PC Based Control/SCADA)
Magelis Modular i PC
Central unit Control box type

102 402
Processor Type Intel Celeron M Intel Pentium M Intel Celeron M Intel Pentium M
Frequency 1,3 GHz 1,6 GHz 1,3 GHz 1,6 GHz
Internal hard disk 40 Gb IDE, 21/2
RAM memory 512 Mb SDRAM expandable up to 2 Gb (2 memory slots max.)
CD-ROM drive Yes, removable 24 x and Combo CD-RW option
Expansion slots 3 slots 6 slots
(1 PCI bus and 2 PCMCIA bus) (4 PCI bus and 2 PCM CIA bus)
Ethernet TCP/IP network 1 x 10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX (RJ45)
Bus and networks With additional card on ISA or PCI bus: Modbus/Uni-TE/Fipio bus,
Modbus Plus/Fipway networks, INTERBUS-S/Probus DP/CANopen Third party bus
Video card built-in Controller built-in Intel chipset
Operating system Windows 2000 or Windows XP Pro pre-installed
Input/Output ports 2 x USB, 1 x COM1, 1 x COM4 and 1 x LTP1 (parallel)
1 x external VGA video screen, 1 x PS/2 keyboard (1) and 1 x PS/2 pointing device (1)
Associated product 1 front panel screen or as a stand-alone (2)
Fixing Fixings included with each screen for mounting on panel or enclosure door
Dimensions W x D x H 310 x 310 x 110 mm 310 x 310 x 200 mm
115230 VAC supply voltage Windows 2000 MPCEN02NAA00N MPCEN05NAA00N MPCDN02NAA00N MPCDN05NAA00N
Windows XP Pro MPCEN02NAX00N MPCEN05NAX00N MPCDN02NAX00N MPCDN05NAX00N
24 VDC supply voltage Windows 2000 MPCEN02NDA00N MPCEN05NDA00N MPCDN02NDA00N MPCDN05NDA00N
Windows XP Pro MPCEN02NDX00N MPCEN05NDX00N MPCDN02NDX00N MPCDN05NDX00N
(1) Port not operational when the central unit Control box is used with the front panel screen.
(2) To use the Control box without a front panel screen, mounting panel MPCNP00NNN00N is required.
2/36
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Front panel screen type 15
Display Size 15 active matrix XGA (1024 x 768)
Type Back-lit active matrix TFT colour LCD (262,144 colours)
Data entry Via keyboard Via keyboard and touchscreen Via touchscreen
Keyboard 70 standard IBM keys + 2 x 10 user function keys
Dimensions W x D x H 480 x 52.7 x 370 mm 480 x 52.7 x 370 mm 460 x 52.7 x 340 mm
Input/Output ports on front panel 1 x IrDA infrared and 1 x PS/2 keyboard/mouse
Associated product 1 central unit Control box or 1 central unit Control box pack (combined offer)
Fixing Fixings included with each screen for mounting on panel or enclosure door
Supply voltage From Control box unit
References MPCNA50NNN20N MPCNB50NNN20N MPCNT50NNN20N
External screen
Magelis i Display
Separate components
External LCD at screen with touch screen 15 XGA (1024 x 768) 19 SXGA (1280 x 1024)
References 115230 VAC supply voltage MPCYT50NAN00N MPCYT90NAN00N
Accessories
Separate components for Control box
Qwerty PS/2 keyboard, 101 keys MPCYN00KBD00N
SDRAM memory expansion 512 Mb 1024 Mb
References MPCYDERAM0512 MPCYDERAM1024
Option Combo, DVD drive, CD-RW recorder MPCYN00CDWROM
Modular Industrial PCs (PC Based Control/SCADA)
Magelis Modular i PC
2/37
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Description Composition References

Configuration software Without cable VJDSNDTMSVppM
Vijeo Designer Lite (1 license) With USB cable VJDSUDTMSVppM
Configuration software Without cable VJDGNDTMSVppM
Vijeo Designer Lite (3 licenses)
Configuration software Without cable VJDTNDTMSVppM
Vijeo designer Lite (10 licenses)
Configuration software Without cable VJDFNDTMSVppM
Vijeo Designer Lite (site license)
Transfer cable Adapter XBTZ925
for USB port Link TSXCUSB485
USB/serial link
Selection guide
Software is delivered on CD-ROM and can be executed under Windows Vista, XP and 2000.
pp represents version number.

Configuration software Without cable VJDSNDTMSVppM
Vijeo Designer Lite (1 license) With USB cable VJDSUDTMSVppM
Configuration software Without cable VJDGNDTMSVppM
Vijeo Designer Lite (3 licenses)
Configuration software Without cable VJDTNDTMSVppM
Vijeo designer Lite (10 licenses)
Configuration software Without cable VJDFNDTMSVppM
Vijeo Designer Lite (site license)
Transfer cable Adapter XBTZ925
for USB port Link TSXCUSB485
USB/serial link
Selection guide
Conguration software
for Magelis XBT N, R, RT simple graphic terminals
Vijeo Designer Lite
Vijeo Designer Lite conguration software enables creation of simple operator dialogue applications on
Magelis XBT N, R and RT simple terminal ranges (with touch screen). It also enables transparent
recovery of all applications for Magelis XBT N and R platforms produced using its predecessor:
XBT L1000.
For simplied installation and improved consistency, Vijeo Designer Lite retains the main characteristics of
Vijeo Designer software (ergonomics, interface ...) which has become the reference in the HMI eld.
Conguration
Vijeo Designer Lite software enables fast and easy creation of different page types (application page, alarm
pages, help pages...) and the installation of navigation between pages.
It offers:
- Graphic objects developed for Magelis XBT RT (bar charts, trend curves...)
- Character fonts Byzantine, simplied Chinese, Cyrillic, Japanese
- Project reports
- Application simulation on PC
- Multilingual software : English, French, German, Italian, Spanish and Chinese.
2/38
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Configuration software Without cable VJDSNDTGSVppM
Vijeo Designer (1 license) With USB cable VJDSUDTGAVppM
Configuration software Without cable VJDGNDTGSVppM
Vijeo Designer (3 licenses)
Configuration software Without cable VJDTNDTGSVppM
Configuration software Without cable VJDFNDTGSVppM
Vijeo Designer (site license)
Selection guide
Configuration software Without cable VJDSNDTGSVppM
Vijeo Designer (1 license) With USB cable VJDSUDTGAVppM
Configuration software Without cable VJDGNDTGSVppM
Configuration software Without cable VJDTNDTGSVppM
Configuration software Without cable VJDFNDTGSVppM
Vijeo Designer (site license)
Selection guide

Navigator

Information
Object properties

Object listing

Report

Library of animated
graphic objects
Conguration software
for Magelis XBT GT, GK, GTW graphic terminals and
Magelis Smart and Compact i PC industrial PCs
Vijeo Designer
Vijeo Designer conguration software enables creation of automated system control operator dialogue
applications for XBT GT, GK, GTW terminals and Smart & Compact i PC. It also enables management of
the multimedia functions of XBTGTs and Smart & Compact i PC (video and audio) and offers users of
Ethernet terminals and i PC remote access via a Web browser (WEB Gate function).
Conguration
Vijeo Designer conguration software enables fast, simple processing of operator dialogue projects thanks
to its ergonomics, developed around 6 congurable windows.
It also offers comprehensive application management tools:
. Project creation; projects comprising one or several applications.
. Recipe editor (32 groups of 64 recipes of max. 1024 ingredients).
. User action list (eg. script) for application adaptability.
. Application variable cross-referencing.
. Vectorial graphic library for more attractive graphic screens.
. Application block diagram documentation.
. Simulation mode for simple design ofce application testing.
. High-performance graphic editor for simple block diagram creation (over 30 animated precongured
objects).
. Support of layers and masks for faster development.
. Data sharing (up to 300 variables on 8 terminals).
. Management of 40 languages (including simplied Chinese, Korean, Arabic and Hebrew).
. Programmable controller database sharing (Unity, PL7, Concept, TwidoSoft, ProWORX, ModSoft).
. Advanced traceability function (periodic, at event or on request).
. Project backup on terminal for simple maintenance.
. User-friendly data recovery tool.
. Support of standard USB peripherals (USB key up to 2 GB).
. Support of external USB keyboards and mice.
. Integration with Schneider Electric equipment (buffer diag., variables access ...)
. Over 35 third party protocols
- Multilingual software : English, french, german, italian, spanish and chinese.
2/39
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Supervision software (SCADA) Vijeo Citect
Type Supervision software (SCADA)
Compatibility All Telemecanique automation platforms and third parties PLCs
Operating system Windows XP Service Pack 2 and Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1
Versions The development version without network connectivity offers 10 mn operation in communication mode
with the PLC.
Vijeo Citect includes 6 servers sizes: 75 points, 150 points, 500 points, 1500 points, 5000 points, 15000
Points and more
Vijeo Citect Lite without network connectivity is available in 300, 600, 1200 points
References Please contact your local sales agency
Vijeo Citect is designed for control engineers, product managers and industrial automated system
integrators seeking simple conguration and high performance. It provides multi-CPU support, a multi-
project Find/Replace tool and integrated XML Web service. Vijeo Citect uses the power of multi-CPU
machines to offer outstanding performance.
The possibility of grouping servers from version Vijeo Citect 7.0 enables easy adaptation of SCADA
architecture to that of the application for optimum performance.
Highly-developed Find/Replace functions enable searches in project graphic pages. The Find function
can browse the entire project structure, offering the user a unique search engine simplifying conguration.
Industry accepts use of XML Web services as interface between different applications, and Vijeo Citect
integrates a read-only Web interface. This enables access to all data, alarms and trends, and simplies
integration of Vijeo Citect in information systems.
Single data entry
Application development time is signicantly reduced thanks to SpeedLink software, which enables
automatic creation of variables, alarms and histories from Unity Pro applications.
In addition, Citect is compatible with Unity v2.3 Application Generator.
Added security
Conguration security of Vijeo Citect enables application of read-only parameters to all or certain projects
within a system. The read-only parameters are based on Windows user or user group privileges to
centralise access rights management. Integrators or system producers can therefore lock all or certain of
their projects.
Redundancy
Vijeo Citect supports full hot standby conguration. By nominating primary and standby PLCs, Vijeo Citect
automatically connects to the active device in case failure. Due to its built-in redundancy, Viject Citect
provides switches with no loss of functionality, or performance.
Advanced help
Vijeo Citect online help includes easy access to information and its use of breadcrumb trails simplies
navigation.
Ethernet
Network 2
Ethernet Network 1
Client 2
Client 1
Server 1 Server 1
2/40
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Vijeo Historian Reporting software
Type Reporting software
Compatibility Vijeo Citect 6.1
Operating system Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 - recommended
References CD-ROM PC Contact your local sales ofce
Vijeo Historian is a powerful factory-level reporting tool which collects, memorises and produces reports
from different systems. Based on Microsoft SQL Server 2005, it is a true link between production and the
information system.
Vijeo Historian offers production managers and operators clear and relevant reports to assist decision-
making.
Data is directly accessible via optimisation and management software such as Microsoft Excel or
Microsoft Reporting Services. Based on recognised standards, Vijeo Historian is easy to maintain.
Vijeo Historian services
Display of data from several SCADAs
Data analysis with Microsoft Excel
SCADA data transfer to SQL Server 2005 database
Report creation from standard industry tools
2/41
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type OPC data server
OFS Small OFS Large
Items number 1000 items Unlimited
OPC protocols OPC DA, OPC .NET OPC DA, OPC .NET, OPC XML DA,
References Single station li cence TLX CD SU OFS 33 TLX CD LU OFS
10 stations licence TLX CD ST OFS 33 TLX CD LT OFS 33
200 stations licence TLX CD LF OFS 33
Description:
Based on the OPC protocols, Schneider-Electrics OFS software (OPC Factory Server) enables local or
remote OPC client applications such as SCADA, supervisors or custom interfaces, to access Schneider
devices and PLCs data in real time.
OFS software is a multi-device data server which provides simultaneous use of various communication
protocols, and allows client applications to access control data via physical addresses or via symbols
Supported devices :
p Modicon Quantum, Premium, Micro, Compact and Momentum PLCs
p TSX Series 7 and April Series 1000 Schneider-Electric PLCs
p Serial Modbus or Uni-Telway devices connected via Schneider-Electric and Merlin Gerin gateways
TSX ETG 10xx, EGX xxx ranges etc.
Supported networks and protocols :
p Modbus: Serial Modbus, Modbus Plus, Modbus TCP/IP.
p XWAY/UNI-TE: Uni-Telway, FIPWAY, ETHWAY, ISAWAY, PCIWAY.
Openess:
OFS V3.3, integrates the most recent specications of the OPC Foundation:
p OPC-DA (OPC Data Access)
p .NET API interface
p OPC XML-DA V1.0 (OPC XML Data Access)
The development of specialized interfaces is even more easy and open.
Developers and System integrators can develop custom applications (in Visual Basic, VBA for Excel,
C++, etc) requiring access to Schneider Electric control devices. The OPC XML-DA V1.0 interface is
designed to provide an interface for Windows and non-Windows client applications and remote access via
the Internet through rewalls.
OPC data server software OFS
Remote client
application
program
DCOM ou
HTTP
OFS station
Local client
application
program
Ethernet TCP/IP network
Data symbol
(Concept, PL 7 or Unity pro
X-Way network Modbus network
Quantum
Momentum
Premium
TSX Micro
2/42
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Web servers and Gateways FactoryCast
FactoryCast modules for PLC
Ready to use diagnostic and monitoring functions embedded in a PLC module accessible
remotely via a simple Internet browser:
b Real-time communication based on Ethernet TCP/IP (Modbus and Uni-TE)
b Secure access to the PLC system and application diagnostics
b Numerical or graphical data monitoring and control
b E-mail notications
b Web server open to user customization and creation of Web pages for diagnostics suited
to your needs
b Library of animated graphic objects
b Open communications using SOAP/XML protocol as a server interface (Web services)
FactoryCast HMI modules for PLC
Diagnostic functions Identical as FactoryCast modules + Built-in HMI / SCADA functions
embedded in a PLC module:
b Visualization of Unity Pro PLC program and Operator screens via Web pages
b PLC data acquisition
b Calculations scripts for data-processing Real-time database (1000 variables)
b Alarm and report notications via E-mail
b Archiving of data directly into database servers (SQL, Oracle, MySQL)
b Data logging in CSV les in the module.
b Recipe management with read Database
b Dynamic HTML Reporting function
b Web server open to user Web pages customization
b Built-in Supervision via graphic screens and custom Web pages
b Data monitoring and Graphic monitoring (read/write)
b Open communication using SOAP/XML protocol as a server interface (Web services)
Embedded in the TCP/IP communication modules for Modicon M340,
Premium and Quantum PLCs, FactoryCast Web servers provide se-
cured access to the diagnotics, monitoring and maintenance functions
of your automation installations via a simple web browser.
FactoryCast Gateways - ETG 1000 / 10.. modules
Cost-effective web gateways offer integrating in a stand-alone module:
b All Communications network interfaces: Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus and Uni-Telway
b Remote access functions, RAS server,
b Transparent gateway / Router functions
b Notication of alarms via E-mail
b A user customizable Web server for creating an interface fully adapted to your needs
FactoryCast HMI Gateways - ETG 3000 / 30.. modules
All in one Web gateway module integrating in a stand-alone device:
b a built-in modem (PSTN or GSM/GPRS) depending on the reference
b A Remote Access server function (RAS)
b 2 Ethernet ports and a Modbus serial port
b Transparent gateway / Router functions to Ethernet or Modbus serial devices
b I/O card : 6 discrete inputs/ 2 discrete outputs
b Operating temperature : -25C to +75C
b User customizable Web server
b Built-in Supervision via graphic screens and custom Web pages
b Data Acquisition, Data Processing and Data logging in the module (CSV les)
b Archiving of data directly into database servers (SQL, Oracle, MySQL)
b Alarms and reports via E-mail / SMS
b Open communication using SOAP/XML protocol as a server interface
In the areas of distributed infrastructures, transport, RTU installa-
tions, industry and machines, ETG 1000 / 3000 modules more than
satisfy your requirements for remote diagnotics and maintenance,
remote monitoring and control, and remote programming.
2/43
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
FactoryCast PLC
Embedded Web Servers
FactoryCast
Applications Web Server modules for PLCs
FactoryCast FactoryCast HMI
Target devices Type TSX Micro
PLCs
Modicon M340
PLCs
Modicon
Premium PLCs
Modicon
Quantum PLCs
Modicon
Premium PLCs
Modicon
Quantum PLCs
Network & Remote access
services
Remote access Intranet or via external RAS/modem
Remote programming, downloading via FTP, access to Web server via Internet browser
Gateway function
Serial protocols
Ethernet protocols Modbus TCP,
Uni-TE
Modbus TCP Modbus TCP,
Uni-TE
Modbus TCP Modbus TCP,
Uni-TE
Modbus TCP
TCP/IP protocols BootP/DHCP, DNS, SNMP agent, SMTP client, NTP client, FTP
Security Protection by IP address ltering and passwords
Web server Characteristics HTTP and FTP server, 8 Mb memory available for user, hosting of user Web pages and documents (Doc,
Pdf, Excel)
Predened services Conguration Via Web Designer software or predened Web pages
Diagnostics System, rack and PLC I/O diagnostics via predened Web pages
Monitoring of variables Monitoring of devices and application via animated data (read/write variables)
Alarm management PLCs and applications alarms monitoring via predened Web pages
Customizable services Graphic views Graphic monitoring via animated pages (integrated graphic editor)
Unity Pro operator screen Display in the form of Web pages
User Web pages Graphic monitoring via animated Web pages created by the user
Advanced services and HMI Calculation scripts Arithmetic and logical scripts
E-mail service Alarm notication by E-mail
Data logging Data logging in the module with
time stamping (CSV les)
Database connection Direct logging in an SQL,
Oracle, MySQL database servers
Report service Dynamic HTML report management
Recipe service Management of Recipe data
(storage and read locally or on
remote database)
Application development sofware Web Designer
Supplied with each module
References TSXETZ510 BMXNOE0110 TSXETY5103 140NOE77111 TSXWMY100 140NWM10000
2/44
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Standalone Gateway, Web Server for Remote Access
FactoryCast Gateway ETG 10p0 FactoryCast HMI Gateway ETG30pp
All equipment supporting
Modbus
All equipment supporting
Uni-Telway
All Modicon PLCs and third-party equipment supporting Modbus
Intranet or via external Modem, integrated RAS function Intranet or Modem
External modem, integrated RAS
Intranet or Modem
Integrated PSTN/RTC/GSM modem and RAS modem
Remote programming, downloading via FTP, access to Web server via Internet browser
Ethernet to Modbus serial
Modem to Modbus serial and Ethernet
Ethernet to Uni-Telway serial
Modem to Uni-Telway and Ethernet
Ethernet to Modbus serial
Modem to Modbus serial and Ethernet (Modbus, UNITE)
Modbus (Master) Uni-Telway (Slave) Modbus (Master)
Modbus TCP Modbus TCP, Uni-TE (Modicon
Premium, Modicon TSX Micro)
Modbus TCP
Uni-TE TCP
BootP/DHCP, SNMP agent, SMTP client, NTP client, FTP DHCP, DNS, SNMP agent, SMTP client, NTP client, FTP
Protection by IP address ltering and password
HTTP and FTP server, 8 Mb memory available for user, hosting of
user Web pages and documents (Doc, Pdf, Excel)
HTTP and FTP server, 32 Mb memory available for user Web pages, memory extension using Compact
Flash cards 1 Gb max., hosting of user Web pages and documents (Doc, Pdf, Excel)
Via Web Designer software or predened Web pages
Diagnostics of serial devices via predened Web pages Network diagnostics, diagnostics of serial devices and Ethernet via predened Web pages
Monitoring of devices and application via data tables (read/write variables)
Via E-mail Via E-mail/SMS
Graphic monitoring via animated views (integrated graphic editor)

Graphic monitoring via animated Web pages created by the user
Arithmetic and logical scripts
Alarm notication by E-mail Alarm notication by E-mail/SMS
Data logging in the module with time stamping (CSV les)
Direct recording in SQL, Oracle, MySQL database servers
Dynamic HTML report management

Management of Recipe data (storage and revad locally or on remote database)
Web Designer
Supplied with each module
TSXETG1000 TSXETG1010 TSXETG3000 TSXETG3010 (Modem RTC) TSXETG3021
(GSM band 900/1800)
TSXETG3022
(GSM band 850/1900)
FactoryCast Gateway
Web Gateways for Remote control
2/45
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
N
e
w
The essential
guide
A simplied
selection guide
enabling you to
quickly select all
the products
required to
develop an
automation
system... from a
small simple
machine to a
complex
installation.
Zelio relay range
Zelio Relay plug-in relays, Zelio Control control
and measurement relays, Zelio Count counters,
Zelio Time timing relays: These ranges offer
compactness and simplicity.
Zelio Logic smart relays
Designed for management of simple
automation systems comprising 10 to 40 I/O.
Compact or modular, Zelio Logic offers
exibility and simplicity.
Modicon TSX Micro, ideal for compact ma-
chine builders. At the heart of the machine,
TSX Micro offers compactness,
modularity and integration benets.
b CANopen machine bus connection
b Low cost Ethernet connection
b Doubling of memory capacity
Modicon Premium, ideal for manufacturing
and infrastructure applications. Outstanding
exibility for distributed architectures and
integration of advanced automation system
functions.
b New high performance processors
b CANopen machine bus connection, from
entry level
Modicon Quantum, ideal for
process applications. High level of
performance for process control,
process safety and architecture availability.
b New high performance processors
b Onboard Ethernet
b Memory expansion option using PCMCIA
b Safety new offer
Modicon M340, is designed for complex ma-
chine applications and infrastructures control.
Robust, powerful and compact it meets
your requirements for automation of industrial
processes.
b CANopen machine and installation bus
b Ethernet TCP/IP network - Transparent Ready
b Modbus serial link and character mode
N
e
w
Automation
Ingenious solutions for all your
automation system applications
Relays and smart relays Zelio
Automation platforms Modicon
Perfect suitability for all your applications thanks to a complete offer...
from simple relays to automation platforms.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
N
e
w
Twido
Twido, ideal for simple installations and
small machines: standard applications
comprising 10 to 100 I/O (max. 252 I/O).
Compact or modular, Twido offers
exibility and simplicity.
The ideal solution
for machine
builders
Choosing Modicon
M340 gives you
the advantage of
all the services of
the Unity software
offer, from the
design through to
the implementation
of your application.
b Robust and powerful,
Modicon M340 is both specialized and
versatile, adapting to your requirements to
optimize your productivity whatever your
application and its constraints, and whatever
your preferences or practices.
b Compact,
designed to operate in
total synergy with the
other products from
the Telemecanique
offer, Modicon M340
is the ideal solution
for machine builders.
It is also suitable for
the automation of
industrial processes
and infrastructures.
Modicon M340
Contents
1
Relays
b Zelio Relay - Plug-in relays ....................................................2 to 3
b Zelio analog - Analog interface ...............................................4 to 5
b Zelio Control - Control and measurement relays ...................6 to 9
b Zelio Count - Counters ....................................................... 10 to 11
b Zelio Time - Timing relays ..................................................12 to 13
b Zelio Logic - Smart relays ..................................................14 to 15
Programmable controllers,
Automation platforms
b Twido - Programmable controllers ......................................16 to 19
b Modicon TSX Micro - Automation platforms ......................20 to 25
b Modicon M340 - Automation platforms ...............................26 to 33
b Modicon Premium - Automation platforms .........................34 to 41
b Modicon Quantum - Automation platforms ........................42 to 49
b Unity - Software ..................................................................50 to 51
b PL7, Concept, ProWORX 32 - Software ............................52 to 53
3/1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Relays
b Zelio Relay - Plug-in relays ..............................................3/2 to 3/3
b Zelio analog - Analog interface .........................................3/4 to 3/5
b Zelio Control - Control and measurement relays .............3/6 to 3/9
b Zelio Count - Counters ................................................. 3/10 to 3/11
b Zelio Time - Timing relays ............................................3/12 to 3/13
b Zelio Logic - Smart relays ............................................3/14 to 3/15
Programmable controllers,
Automation platforms
b Twido - Programmable controllers ................................3/16 to 3/19
b Modicon TSX Micro - Automation platforms ................3/20 to 3/25
b Modicon M340 - Automation platforms .........................3/26 to 3/33
b Modicon Premium - Automation platforms ...................3/34 to 3/41
b Modicon Quantum - Automation platforms ..................3/42 to 3/49
b Unity - Software ............................................................3/50 to 3/51
b PL7, Concept, ProWORX 32 - Software ......................3/52 to 3/53
Plug-in relays
Interface and miniature relays
Type of relay Interface relays Miniature relays
RSB RXM
Contact characteristics
Thermal current Ith in A (temperature 55C) 8 12 16 12 10 6 3
Number of contacts 2 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 2 C/O 3 C/O 4 C/O 4 C/O
Contact material AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgAu
Switching voltage, min. / max. 5 / 250 VAC/DC 12 / 250 VAC/DC
Switching capacity, min. / max. (mA / VA) 5 / 2000 5 / 3000 5 / 4000 10 / 3000 10 / 2500 10 / 1500 2 / 1500
Coil characteristics
Average consumption, inrush, 0.75 VA / 0.45 W 1.2 VA / 0.9 W
Permissible voltage variation 0.8/0.851.1 Un (50/ 60Hz or =) 0.81.1 Un (50 / 60Hz or =)
References (1) (1) (1) (2) (2) (2)
Coil supply voltage 6 VDC RSB2A080RD RSB1A120RD RSB1A160RD
on DC 12 VDC RSB2A080JD RSB1A120JD RSB1A160JD RXM2AB2JD RXM3AB2JD RXM4AB2JD RXM4GB2JD
24 VDC RSB2A080BD RSB1A120BD RSB1A160BD RXM2AB2BD RXM3AB2BD RXM4AB2BD RXM4GB2BD
48 VDC RSB2A080ED RSB1A120ED RSB1A160ED RXM2AB2ED RXM3AB2ED RXM4AB2ED RXM4GB2ED
60 VDC RSB2A080ND RSB1A120ND RSB1A160ND
110 VDC RSB2A080FD RSB1A120FD RSB1A160FD RXM2AB2FD RXM3AB2ED RXM4AB2ED RXM4GB2ED
Coil supply voltage 24 VAC RSB2A080B7 RSB1A120B7 RSB1A160B7 RXM2AB2B7 RXM3AB2B7 RXM4AB2B7 RXM4GB2B7
on AC 48 VAC RSB2A080E7 RSB1A120E7 RSB1A160E7 RXM2AB2E7 RXM3AB2E7 RXM4AB2E7 RXM4GB2E7
120 VAC RSB2A080F7 RSB1A120F7 RSB1A160F7 RXM2AB2F7 RXM3AB2F7 RXM4AB2F7 RXM4GB2F7
220 VAC RSB2A080M7 RSB1A120M7 RSB1A160M7
230 VAC RSB2A080P7 RSB1A120P7 RSB1A160P7 RXM2AB2P7 RXM3AB2P7 RXM4AB2P7 RXM4GB2P7
240 VAC RSB2A080U7 RSB1A120U7 RSB1A160U7 RXM4GB2U7
Sockets for relays
Type of socket For interface relays RSB For miniature relays RXM
Mixed input/output type sockets with location for protection module
RXZE2M114(5) RXZE2M114 RXZE2M114
RXZE2M114M(5) RXZE2M114M RXZE2M114M
Separate input/output type sockets with location for protection module
RSZE1S48M RSZE1S35M RSZE1S48M(3) RXZE2S108M RXZE2S111M RXZE2S114M RXZE2S114M
Protection modules
Diode 6230 VDC RZM040W RXM040W
RC circuit 2460 VAC RZM041BN7 RXM041BN7
110240 VAC RZM041FU7 RXM041FU7
Varistor 624 VDC or AC RZM021RB (6) RXM021RB
2460 VDC or AC RZM021BN (6) RXM021BN
110230 VDC or AC RZM021FP (6) RXM021FP
24 VDC or AC
240 VDC or AC
Multifunction timer module 24230 VDC or AC
Accessories
Plastic maintaining clamp RSZR215 RXZR335
Metal maintaining clamp RXZ400
Label for socket RSZL300 RXZL420 (except RXZE2M114)
Bus jumper 2 poles RXZS2
DIN rail adapter RXZE2DA
Panel mounting adapter RXZE2FA
(1) References for relays without socket, for relays with socket, add the letter S to the end of the selected reference. (Example: RSB2A080B7 becomes RSB2A080B7S).
(2) References for relays with LED, for relays without LED, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2. (Example: RXM2AB2JD becomes RXM2AB1JD)
(3) To use RSB 1A160 pp relay with socket, terminals must be interconnected
Zelio Relay
23/2
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Universal and power relays
Universal relays Power relays
RUM RPM RPF
Cylindrics Faston
10 10 3 10 10 15 15 15 15 30 (4) 30 (4)
2 C/O 3 C/O 3 C/O 2 C/O 3 C/O 1 C/O 2 C/O 3 C/O 4 C/O 2 N/O 2 C/O
AgNi AgNi AgAu AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgSnO
2
AgSnO
2
12 / 250 VAC/DC 12 / 250 VAC/DC 12 / 250 VAC/DC
10 / 2500 10 / 2500 3 / 750 10 / 2500 10 / 2500 100 / 3750 100 / 3750 100 / 3750 100 / 3750 100 / 7200 100 / 7200
23 VA / 1.4 W 0.9 VA / 0.7 W 1.2 VA / 0.9 W 1.5 VA / 1.7 W 1.5 VA / 2 W 4 VA / 1.7 W
(2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)

RUMC2AB2JD RUMC3AB2JD RUMF2AB2JD RUMF3AB2JD RPM12JD RPM22JD RPM32JD RPM42JD RPF2AJD RPF2BJD
RUMC2AB2BD RUMC3AB2BD RUMC3GB2BD RUMF2AB2BD RUMF3AB2BD RPM12BD RPM22BD RPM32BD RPM42BD RPF2ABD RPF2BBD
RUMC2AB2ED RUMC3AB2ED RUMC3GB2ED RUMF2AB2ED RUMF3AB2ED RPM12ED RPM22ED RPM32ED RPM42ED

RUMC2AB2FD RUMC3AB2FD RUMF2AB2FD RUMF3AB2FD RPM12FD RPM22FD RPM32FD RPM42FD RPF2AFD RPF2BFD
RUMC2AB2B7 RUMC3AB2B7 RUMC3GB2B7 RUMF2AB2B7 RUMF3AB2B7 RPM12B7 RPM22B7 RPM32B7 RPM42B7 RPF2AB7 RPF2BB7
RUMC2AB2E7 RUMC3AB2E7 RUMC3GB2E7 RUMF2AB2E7 RUMF3AB2E7 RPM12E7 RPM22E7 RPM32E7 RPM42E7
RUMC2AB2F7 RUMC3AB2F7 RUMC3GB2F7 RUMF2AB2F7 RUMF3AB2F7 RPM12F7 RPM22F7 RPM32F7 RPM42F7 RPF2AF7 RPF2BF7

RUMC2AB2P7 RUMC3AB2P7 RUMC3GB2P7 RUMF2AB2P7 RUMF3AB2P7 RPM12P7 RPM22P7 RPM32P7 RPM42P7 RPF2AP7 RPF2BP7

For universal relays RUM For power relays RPM For power relays RPF
RUZC2M RUZC3M RUZC3M RPZF1 RPZF2 RPZF3 RPZF4

RUZSC2M RUZSC3M RUZSC3M RUZSF3M RUZSF3M
1 and 2 poles 3 and 4 poles
RUW240BD RXM040W RUW240BD
RXM041BN7
RUW241P7 RXM041FU7 RUW241P7
RXM021RB
RXM021BN
RXM021FP
RUW242B7 RUW242B7
RUW242P7 RUW242P7
RUW101MW RUW101MW

RUZC200 RPZF1 (for 1 pole relays)
RUZL420
RUZS2
RPZ1DA RXZE2DA RPZ3DA RPZ4DA
RPZ1FA RXZE2FA RPZ3FA RPZ4FA
(4) 30A with 13 mm space between relays; 25 A when relay mounting side by side
(5) Max 10 A operating
(6) With LED
3 3/3
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Analog Interface
Universal Thermocouple
Type Thermocouple
Temperature range 0150 C 0300 C 0600 C 0600 C 01200 C
32302 F 32572 F 321112 F 321112 F 322192 F
Output range 010 V / 020 mA - 420 mA Switchable
Dimensions H x W x D 80 x 22,5 x 80 mm
Voltage 24 VDC - Non isolated
References RMTJ40BD RMTJ60BD RMTJ80BD RMTK80BD RMTK90BD
Universal PT 100
Type PT 100
Temperature range -4040 C -100100 C 0100 C 0250 C 0500 C
-40104 F -148212 F 32212 F 32482 F 32932 F
Output range 010 V / 020 mA - 420 mA Switchable
References RMPT10BD RMPT20BD RMPT30BD RMPT50BD RMPT70BD
Zelio Analog
43/4
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type PT 100
Temperature range -4040 C -100100 C 0100 C 0250 C 0500 C
-40104 F -148212 F 32212 F 32482 F 32932 F
Output range 010 V
References RMPT13BD RMPT23BD RMPT33BD RMPT53BD RMPT73BD
Universal Analog Converter
Type Analog Converter
Input range 010 V or 420 mA 010 V / -10+10 V 050 V / 0300 V 01,5 A / 05 A
020 mA 0500 V 015 A
420 mA
Output range 010 V or 420 mA 010 V / -10+10 V 010 V 010 V or 020 mA
020 mA 020 mA ou 420 mA
420 mA Switchable 420 mA Switchable
Dimensions H x W x D 80 x 22,5 x 80 mm 80 x 45 x 80 mm
Voltage 24 VDC - Non isolated 24 VDC - Isolated 24 VDC - Isolated 24 VDC - Isolated
References RMCN22BD RMCL55BD RMCV60BD RMCA61BD
Optimum PT 100
5 3/5
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Relays
3-phase monitoring relays
Zelio Control
Function presence of phase
+phase sequence +phase sequence, +regeneration
+phase unbalance, +under/over voltage
Monitoring voltage range 208480 VAC 208440 VAC 208480 VAC 220 440 VAC
Outputs 1 C/O 2 C/O 1 C/O 2 C/O
References RM17TG00 RM17TG20 RM17TE00 RM35TF30
Function presence of phase
+under/over voltage +presence of neutral
+under/over voltage
Monitoring voltage range 208480 VAC 220480 VAC 120277 VAC (phase-neutral)
Outputs 1 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O
References RM17UB310 RM35UB330 RM35UB3N30
Level / Speed monitoring relays
Function Conductive liquid Non-conductive material Over/under
level monitoring level monitoring Speed monitoring
Power supply 24240 VAC/DC
Monitoring range 0,255 K Input of sensor : Interval between pulses:
5100 K Contact / PNP / NPN 0.050.5 s, 0.11 s, 0.55 s
0,051 M 110 s, 0.11 mn, 0.55 mn
110 mn
Output 2 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O
Reference RM35LM33MW RM35LV14MW RM35S0MW
63/6
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Current / Voltage /Frequency monitoring relays
Function Voltage Monitoring
Under or Over Voltage
Power Supply 24240 VAC/DC 50/60Hz
Monitoring range 0.050.5 V 110 V 15150 V
0.33 V 550 V 30300 V
0.55 V 10100 V 60600 V
Outputs 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O
References RM35UA11MW RM35UA12MW RM35UA13MW
Function
Voltage Monitoring
Under or Over Voltage Under and Over Voltage
Power Supply self powered self powered
Monitoring range 915 VDC 2080 VAC/DC 65260 VAC/DC 2080 VAC/DC 65260 VAC/DC
Outputs 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O
References RM17UAS14 RM17UAS16 RM17UAS15 RM17UBE16 RM17UBE15
Function Current Monitoring Frequency Monitoring
Over or under frequency over curent over or under current
Power supply 24240 VAC/DC 24240 VAC/DC 50/60 Hz 120277 VAC 50/60 Hz
Monitoring range 220 A 220 mA 0.151.5 A 50 Hz 10 Hz
built-in CT 10100 mA 0.55 A or
50500 mA 1.515 A 60 Hz 10Hz
Output 1 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O
Reference RM17JC00MW RM35JA31MW RM35JA32MW RM35HZ21FM

7 3/7
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Relays
Lift / Pump / Motor monitoring relays
Zelio Control
Function Lift motor room temperature monitoring
+phase presence
+phase sequence
Power supply 24240 VAC/DC 50/60Hz
Monitoring range input PT100 3 wires 208480 VAC 50/60Hz
Under -1+11 C input PT100 3 wires
Over +34+46 C Under -1+11 C
Over +34+46 C
Output 1 C/O 2 NO 2 C/O
Reference RM35ATL0MW RM35ATR5MW RM35ATW5MW
Function Pump protection Motor Protection
Winding Temperature monitor
+3 phase monitor
Current monitor
+3 phase monitor
Power supply self powered 24240 VAC/DC
(single phase :230 VAC 50/60 Hz)
Monitoring range Current: 0.110 A Winding Temperature: PTC sensor
Voltage (three phase): Three phase voltage: 208480 VAC 50/60Hz
208480 VAC 50/60Hz
Output 1 C/O 2 NO 2 NO
Reference RM35BA10 RM35TM50MW RM35TM250MW
83/8
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Control relays for 3-phase supplies
Function Rotational direction and presence of phases
+ Undervoltage + Over and undervoltage + Asymmetry
Adjustable time delay without without 0.110 s 0.110 s xed, 0.5 s 0.110 s
Supply voltage 220440V 380440V 400V 380440V 380440V 380440V
Output 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 1 C/O 2 C/O
References RM4TG20 RM4TU02 RM4TR34 (1) RM4TR32 (2) RM4TA02 RM4TA32
(1) Relay with xed voltage thresholds.
(2) Relay with adjustable voltage thresholds.
Current and voltage measurement relays
Function Detection of
over and undercurrent over and undercurrent
Measuring range 330 mA 0.31.5 A 0.05 0.5 V 110 V 30300 V 180270 V
10100 mA 15 A 0.3 3 V 550 V 50500 V
0.11 A 315 A 0.55 V 10100 V
Adjustable time delay 0.0530 s 0.0530 s 0.0530 s 0.0530 s 0.0530 s 0.110 s
Output 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O
References RM4JA31 (3) RM4JA32 (3) RM4UA31 (3) RM4UA32 (3) RM4UA33 (3) RM4UB35
Liquid level control relays
Control relays Empty or ll
Sensitivity scale 5 ... 100 k 0.25 ... 5 k
2.5 ... 50 k
25 ... 500 k
Time delay without adjustable, 0.1 to 10 s
Output 1 C/O 2 C/O
References RM4LG01 (4) RM4LA32 (4)
Liquid level control probe type Measuring electrode and
reference electrode
1 simple stainless steel electrode
in PVC protective casing
Mounting suspended suspended
Maximum operating temperature 100C 100C
References LA9RM201 RM79696043

(4) Basic reference. To be completed with the letters

indicating the required voltage, as shown below:
RM4-LG01 RM4-LA32
Voltage
VAC, 50/60 Hz VAC, 50/60 Hz VDC
24 V B B
24240 V MW MW
110130 V F F
220240 V M M
380415 V Q Q
(3) Basic reference. To be completed with the letters
indicating the required voltage, as shown below:
Voltage VAC, 50/60 Hz VDC
24240 V MW MW
110130 V F
220240 V M
380415 V Q
9 3/9
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Counters
Totalisers
Display Mechanical LCD
Supply voltage 24 VDC Battery
Number of digits displayed 5 6 6 8 8
Counting frequency 20 Hz 10 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 7.5 kHz
Type of zero reset Manual Without Manual Without Manual (1)
Front face dimensions, W x H 41.5 x 31 mm 30 x 20 mm 60 x 50 mm 60 x 50 mm 48 x 24 mm
References XBKT50000U10M XBKT60000U00M XBKT60000U10M XBKT80000U00M XBKT81030U33E
(1) With electrical interlocking.
Hour counters
Display Mechanical
LCD
Supply voltage 24 VAC 230 VAC Battery
Number of digits / display 7 (99,999.99 h) 7 (99,999.99 h) 8 (999,999.99 h)
Supply frequency 50 Hz 50 Hz Mode: 1/100 hour
Type of zero reset Without Without Manual (1)
Front face dimensions, W x H 48 x 48 mm 48 x 48 mm 48 x 24 mm
References XBKH70000004M XBKH70000002M XBKH81000033E
Zelio Count
10 3/10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Counters
Multifunction counters
Display LCD LED
Number of digits displayed 6
Counting frequency 5 kHz
Type of reset Manual, electric and automaticn
Front face dimensions, W x H 48 x 48 mm
Preselection number 1 2 1 2
References Supply voltage 24 VDC XBKP61130G30E XBKP61230G30E XBKP62130G30E XBKP62230G30E
115 VAC XBKP61130G31E XBKP61230G31E
230 VAC XBKP61130G32E XBKP61230G32E XBKP62130G32E XBKP62230G32E
Zelio Count
11 3/11
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of modular timer
width 17.5 mm, relay output
On-delay Multifunction
External control no
Supply voltage 24 VDC - 24 ...240 VAC 24 VDC - 24 ...240 VAC 12 ... 240VAC/DC
Timing range 0.1 s100 h 0.1 s100 h 0.1 s10 h 0.1 s100 h
References RE11RAMU RE11RMMU (1) RE11RMEMU (2) RE11RMMW (1)
(1) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totaliser, Symmetrical ashing, Chronometer, Pulse on energisation, Pulse output, Timing after closing/opening of control contact.
(2) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totaliser, Symmetrical ashing, Chronometer, Pulse on energisation.
Asymmetrical
ashing
Pulse on
energisation
Off delay Timing on
impulse
External control
Supply voltage 24 VDC - 24240 VAC 24 VDC - 24240 VAC 24 VDC - 24240 VAC 24 VDC - 24240 VAC
Timing range 0.1 s100 h 0.1 s100 h 0.1 s100 h 0.1 s100 h
References RE11RLMU RE11RHMU RE11RCMU RE11RBMU
width 17.5 mm, solid-state output
On-delay Off-delay Multifunction (3)
Supply voltage 24240 VAC/DC 24240 VAC 24240 VAC
Timing range 0.1 s100 h 0.1 s100 h 0.1 s100 h
Output solid-state solid-state solid-state
References RE11LAMW RE11LCBM RE11LMBM
(3) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totaliser, Symmetrical ashing, Chronometer, Pulse on energisation, Pulse output, Timing after closing/opening of control contact.
Panel-mounted relays Timer on-delay Asymmetrical
asher
Multifunction (4) Multifunction (5)
Power supply 24240 VAC/DC
Time range 0,02 s300 h
Output 2 relay 5 A
Reference RE48ATM12MW RE48ACV12MW RE48AMH13MW (6) RE48AML12MW
Back panel mounting socket RUZC2M RUZC3M RUZC2M RUZC3M
Front panel mounting socket RE48ASOC8SOLD RE48ASOC11SOLD RE48ASOC8SOLD RE48ASOC11SOLD
(4) Timer on-delay / pulse on energization
(5) Timer on-delay / calibrator / timer off-delay / symmetrical asher
(6) 1 selectable in instantaneous
Timing relays
Modular timers
Zelio Time
12 3/12
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Industrial timers
Type of single function relay
On-delay

Off-delay
External control no yes no yes yes
Supply voltage 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24...240 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC
110240 VAC 4248 VAC/DC 4248 VAC/DC 4248 VAC/DC
110240 VAC 110240 VAC 110240 VAC
Timing range 0.05 s...300 h 0.05 s...300 h 0.05 s...10 mn 0.05 s...300 h 0.05 s...300 h
Output 1 C/O 2 C/O (1) 1 C/O 2 C/O (1) 1 C/O
References RE7TL11BU RE7TP13BU RE7RB11MW RE7RL13BU RE7RM11BU
(1) 1 selectable in instantaneous mode.
Type of relay
Single function Multifunction
Asymmetrical ashing Pulse on energisation 6 functions (2) 8 functions (3)
External control yes no
Supply voltage 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC
4248 VAC/DC 110240 VAC 4248 VAC/DC 110240 VAC
110240 VAC 110240 VAC
Timing range 0.05 s...300 h 0.05 s...300 h 0.05 s...300 h 0.05 s...300 h
Output 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 2 C/O (4)
References RE7CV11BU RE7PE11BU RE7ML11BU RE7MY13BU
(2) RE7ML11BU functions: On-delay, Off-delay, Pulse on energisation with start on energisation, Pulse on energisation with start on opening of remote control contact, Flashing with
start during the OFF period, Flashing with start during the ON period.
(3) REMY13BU functions: On-delay, Off-delay, Pulse on energisation with start on energisation, Pulse on energisation with start on opening of remote control contact, Flashing with
start during the OFF period, Flashing with start during the ON period, Star-delta starting with double On-delay timing, Star-delta starting with contact for switching to star connection.
(4) 1 selectable in instantaneous mode
Miniature plug-in relays, relay output
Functions
Timing ranges 7 switchable ranges 0.1 s1 s - 1 s10 s - 0.1 min1 min - 1 min10 min - 0.1 h1 h - 1 h10 h - 10 h100 h
Relay output 4 timed C/O contacts 2 timed C/O contacts
Rated current 3 AC 5 A AC 5 A
Voltages 24 VDC RE XL4TMBD RE XL2TMBD
24 VAC 50/60 Hz RE XL4TMB7 RE XL2TMB7
120 VAC 50/60 Hz RE XL4TMF7 RE XL2TMF7
230 VAC 50/6 0 Hz RE XL4TMP7 RE XL2TMP7
Socket with mixed contact terminals With screw clamp RXZE2M114 RXZE2M114
With connector RXZE2M114M RXZE2M114M
13 3/13
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Smart relays
Compact, SR2
Compact smart relays With display, a.c. power supply
Supply voltage 24 VAC 100240 VAC
Number of inputs/outputs 12 20 10 12 20 20
Number of inputs Discrete inputs 8 12 6 8 12 12
Number of outputs 4 relay 8 relay 4 relay 4 relay 8 relay 8 relay
Dimensions, W x D x H (mm) 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6
Clock yes yes no yes no yes
References SR2B121B SR2B201B SR2A101FU (1) SR2B121FU SR2A201FU (1) SR2B201FU
(1) Programming on smart relay in LADDER language only
Compact smart relays With display, d.c. power supply
Supply voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC
Number of inputs/outputs 12 20 10 12 20 20
including 0-10 V analogue inputs 4 6 - 4 2 6
Number of outputs 4 relay 8 relay 4 relay 4 8 relay 8
Clock yes yes no yes no yes
References SR2B121JD SR2B201JD SR2A101BD (1) SR2B12pBD (2) SR2A201BD (1) SR2B20pBD (2)
(2) Replace the p by number 1 to order a smart relay with relay output or by 2 for a smart relay with transistor output (Example: SR2B121BD)
Compact smart relays Without display and without buttons
Supply voltage 100240 VAC 24 VDC
Number of discrete inputs/outputs 10 12 20 10 12 20
including 0-10 V analogue inputs 4 6
Number of outputs 4 relay 4 relay 8 relay 4 relay 4 relay 8 relay
Clock no yes yes no yes yes
References SR2D101FU (1) SR2E121FU SR2E201FU SR2D101BD (1) SR2E121BD (3) SR2E201BD (3)
(3) To order a smart relay for a 24 VAC supply (no analogue inputs), delete the letter D from the end of the reference (SR2E121B and SR2E201B)
Zelio Logic
14 3/14
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Modular, SR3
Modular smart relays* With display
Supply voltage 24 VAC 100240 VAC 12 VDC 24 VDC
Number of inputs/outputs 10 26 10 26 26 10 26
Number of inputs Discrete inputs 6 16 6 16 16 6 16
including 0-10 V analogue inputs 6 4 6
Number of outputs 4 relay 10 relay 4 relay 10 relay 10 relay 4 10
Dimensions, W x D x H (mm) 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6
Clock yes yes yes yes yes yes yes
References SR3B101B SR3B261B SR3B101FU SR3B261FU SR3B261JD SR3B10pBD (1) SR3B26pBD(1)
*The modular base can be tted with one I/O extension module. The 24 VDC modular base can be tted with one communication module and/or one I/O extension module
(1) Replace the p by number 1 to order a smart relay with relay output or by 2 for a smart relay with transistor output (Example: SR3B101BD)
Extension modules for Zelio Logic SR3Bppppp (2) Communication

Discrete Inputs/Outputs Analogue
Inputs/Outputs
Network Modbus Ethernet
Number of inputs/outputs 6 10 14 4
Number of inputs Discrete 4 6 8
Analogue (010 V, 020 mA, PT100) 2 (1 PT100 max.)
Number of outputs Relay 2 relay 4 relay 6 relay
Analogue (010 V) 2
Dimensions, W x D x H (mm) 35.5x59.5x107.6 35.5x59.5x107.6 72x59.5x107.6 35.5x59.5x107.6
References 24 VAC SR3XT61B SR3XT101B SR3XT141B
100240 VAC SR3XT61FU SR3XT101FU SR3XT141FU
12 VDC SR3XT61JD SR3XT101JD SR3XT141JD
24 VDC SR3MBU01BD SR3NET01BD SR3XT61BD SR3XT101BD SR3XT141BD SR3XT43BD
(2) The power supply of the extension modules is provided via the Zelio Logic modular relays
Zelio Soft 2 software and programming tools
Zelio Soft 2 software, connecting cables,
wireless connecting, memory
Multilingual programming
software
Connecting cables Wireless
connection
Back-up
memory
Description PC CD-ROM (Windows 98, NT, Serial USB Bluetooth EEPROM
2000, XP) (3) PC/Smart relay PC/Smart relay interface
References SR2SFT01 SR2CBL01 SR2USB01 SR2BTC01 SR2MEM02
(3) CD-ROM including Zelio Soft 2 programming software, an application library, a self-training manual, installation instructions and a users manual
Communication interface for SR2/SR3
Interface, modems, Zelio Logic Alarm software Communication
interface
Modems (4) Alarm management software
Supply voltage 1224 VDC 1224 VDC 1224 VDC
Description Analogue modem GSM modem PC CD-ROM (Windows 98, NT, 2000, XP)
Dimensions, W x D x H (mm) 72x59.5x107.6 120.7x35x80.5 111x 25.5x54.5
References SR2COM01 SR2MOD01 SR2MOD02 SR2SFT02
(4) Must be used in conjunction with communication interface SR2COM01
N
e
w
N
e
w
15 3/15
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
N
e
w
Bases
Twido
Type of base Compact
Number of digital i/O 10 16 24 40
Number of digital inputs (24 VDC) 6 sink/source 9 sink/source 14 sink/source 24 sink/source
Number of digital outputs 4 relay (2 A) 7 relay (2 A) 10 relay (2 A) 14 relay (2 A),
2 solid-state (1 A)
Type of connection Screw terminals (non removable)
Possible I/O expansion modules 4 7
Counting 3 x 5 kHz, 1 x 20 kHz
PWM positioning 2 x 7 kHz
Serial ports 1 x RS 485 1 x RS 485; option: 1 x RS 232C or RS 485
Protocol Modbus master/slave, ASCII, I/O relocation
Ethernet port RJ45 Ethernet
Dimensions, W x D x H 80 x 70 x 90 mm 80 x 70 x 90 mm 95 x 70 x 90 mm 157 x 70 x 90 mm
References Supply voltage 100240 VAC TWDLCAA10DRF TWDLCAA16DRF TWDLCAA24DRF TWDLCAE40DRF (1)
Supply voltage 19.230 VDC TWDLCDA10DRF TWDLCDA16DRF TWDLCDA24DRF TWDLCDE40DRF (1)
Real-time clock (option) TWDXCPRTC
Display unit (option) TWDXCPODC
Memory cartridge (option) TWDXCPMFK32 (3) TWDXCPMFK64 (4)
(1) 40 I/O version without Ethernet also available: TWDLCAA40DRF and TWDLCDA40DRF
Type of base Modular
Number of digital i/O 20 40
Number of digital inputs (24 VDC) 12 sink/source 12 sink/source 24 sink/source
Number of digital outputs 8 transistor, source (0.3 A) 6 relay (2 A) & 2 trans., source (0.3 A) 16 transistor, source (0.3 A)
Type of connection HE10 connector Removable screw terminals HE10 connector
Possible I/O expansion modules 4 7 7
Counting 2 x 5 kHz, 2 x 20 kHz
PLS/PWM positioning 2 x 7 kHz
Serial ports 1 x RS 485; option: 1 x RS 232C or RS 485
Dimensions, W x D x H 35.4 x 70 x 90 mm 47.5 x 70 x 90 mm 47.5 x 70 x 90 mm
References TWDLMDA20DTK (2) TWDLMDA20DRT TWDLMDA40DTK (2)
Real-time clock (option) TWDXCPRTC
Display unit (option) TWDXCPODM
Memory cartridge (option) TWDXCPMFK32 (3) TWDXCPMFK64 (4)
(2) Sink version transistor outputs also available: TWDLMDA20DUK and TWDLMDA40DUK
(3) Application backup, program transfer
(4) Memory expansion, application backup, program transfer
Simplicity, ease of use
Compactness, exibility
16 3/16
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
N
e
w
N
e
w
I/O modules
Type of module Analogue inputs
Number of inputs 2 I 2 I 4 I 8 I 8 I
Connection Removable screw terminals
Inputs Range Thermocouples 010 V (1) 010 V (1) 010 V (1) PTC/NTC
type K, J, T 420 mA (2) 420 mA (2) 420 mA (2)
C
Resolution 12 bits (4096 points) 10 bits (1024 points)
Measuring accuracy 0.2% of the full scale value
Dimensions, W x D x H 23.5 x 70 x 90 mm
References TWDAMI2LT TWDAMI2HT TWDAMI4LT TWDAMI8HT TWDARI8HT
(1) Non differential
(2) Differential
Type of module Analogue Outputs, Inputs/Outputs (mixed)
Number of inputs and/or outputs 1 O 2 O 2 I / 1 O 2 I / 1 O 4 I / 2 O
Connection Removable screw terminals
Inputs Range 010 V (1) Thermocouple type K, J & T 010 V (1)
420 mA (2) 3-wire Pt 100 thermal probe 420 mA (2)
Resolution 12 bits (4096 points) 12 bits (4096 points) 12 bits (4096 points)
Outputs Range 010 V (1) 10 V 010 V (1) 010 V (1) 010 V (1)
420 mA (2) 420 mA (2) 420 mA (2) 420 mA (2)
Resolution 12 bits 11 bits + sign 12 bits 12 bits 12 bits
Measuring accuracy 0.2% of the full scale value
Dimensions, W X D x H 23.5 x 70 x 90 mm
References TWDAMO1HT TWDAVO2HT TWDAMM3HT TWDALM3LT TWDAMM6HT
(1) Non differential
(2) Differential
Type of module Digital Inputs/Outputs
Number of inputs and/or outputs 8 16 16 32 4 I / 4 O 16 I / 8 O
Connection Removable screw terminals HE10 connectors Removable Spring terminals
screw terminals (non removable)
References Inputs

24 VDC sink TWDDDI8DT
24 VDC sink/source TWDDDI16DT TWDDDI16DK TWDDDI32DK
120 V sink TWDDAI8DT
Outputs

Relay (2 A) TWDDRA8RT TWDDRA16RT
Transistor, source (0.1 A) TWDDD08TT (3) TWDDD016TK (3) TWDDD032TK (3)
Inputs, 24 VDC sink/source
+ Outputs, relay (2 A)
TWDDMM8DRT TWDDMM24DRF
(3) Sink version transistor outputs also available: TWDDDO8UT, TWDDDO16UK and TWDDDO32UK
17 3/17
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
N
e
w N
e
w
Type of module Serial interface Serial interface adaptor
Physical layer (non isolated) RS 232C RS 485 RS 232C RS 485
Connection Mini-DIN connector Screw terminals Mini-DIN connector Screw terminals
Twido base compatibility Modular base TWDLMDA Compact base TWDLCAA16/24DRF
Modular base via integrated display module TWDXCPODM
References TWDNOZ232D TWDNOZ485D TWDNOZ485T TWDNAC232D TWDNAC485D TWDNAC485T
Type of module CANopen
expansion
Ethernet
interface
Modbus
isolation module
Modbus
junction module
AS-Interface
master
Number of modules 1 1 2 (1)
Connection SUB-D9 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 Removable
screw terminals
Twido base compatibility 20, 24 or 40 I/O
base
All models All models All models 20, 24 or 40 I/O
base
References TWDNCO1M 499TWD01100 TWDXCAISO TWDXCAT3RJ TWDNOI10M3
(1) 2 modules max., 62 digital slaves max., 7 analogue slaves max., AS-Interface/M3, V 2.11 (prole S.7.4 not supported)
Programming software
Software, connecting cables, interfaces TwidoSuite
software
V1.0 EN/FR
TwidoAdjust
software
Connecting cables Bluetooth
USB adaptor
Bluetooth
gateway
Application PC with Windows
2000 or XP
Pocket PC
2003 or 2005
Twido/PC
USB port
Twido/PC
serial port
For PC not tted
with Bluetooth
For Twido
controller
References TWDBTFU10EF(2) TWDSMD1002V30M TSXCUSB485 TSXPCX1031 (3) VW3A8115 VW3A8114
(2) For other languages, replace the last 2 letters of the reference (EF) by the following letters: ES for English-Spanish, ET for English-Italian, ED for English-German or EC for
English-Chinese (simplied).
(3) For Twido Extreme: order the reference VW3A8106
Communication modules for
Twido Compact and Modular bases
Twido
18 3/18
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
N
e
w
Type of base Twido Extreme
Number of I/O 41
Degree of protection IP67
Temperature -40+110C, storage -55+155C
Relative humidity 90% without condensation
Number of inputs Digital 13 (short-circuit protected)
Analogue 8 (including 1 input congurable to PWM)
PWM 1
Number of outputs Digital 16* (short-circuit protected)
PWM or PLS 3
Supply voltage 12 or 24 VDC
Counting 1 x 10 kHz
Communication ports RS 485, CAN J1939, CANopen master
Serial link protocols Modbus RTU master/slave, ASCII
Dimensions, W x D x H 165.51 x 45.70 x 225 mm
References TWDLEDCK1
* 16 outputs in 12 VDC. Limited to 8 outputs in 24 VDC.
Fixing and connection Fixing kit 70-pin connector Pre-wired 70-pin
connector
Details 4 spacers, 80 pins, Pre-wired with 1.5 m long cable,
8 washers, 80 blanking plugs, free wires other end
8 shock mounts 1 cover
Degree of protection IP67 IP67
References TWDXMTK4 TWDFCNK70 TWDFCWK70L015
Separate components Crimping tool RJ45 programming
connector
Application Crimping wires onto pins
of 70-pin connector
Connecting Twido Extreme
to a programming PC
References TWDXMTCT TWDNAK70P
Bases
Robustness
19 3/19
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Basic con gurations
Type of processor TSX 3705 TSX 3708 TSX 3710
Power supply 110240 VAC 24 VDC
Number of slots Standard 2 (1 available) 3 (1 available) 2 (1 available)
On extension 2
Number of integrated discrete I/O modules 1 (16 I, 12 Q) 2 (32 I, 24 Q) 1 (16 I, 12 Q) 1 (16 I, 12 Q)
Number of integrated analog I/O channels
Type of integrated I/O I: 24 VDC, Q: relay I: 24 VDC, Q: relay I: 24 VDC, Q: sol.st. 0.5 A I: 24 VDC, Q: relay
Application-specic modules (counter, position control) 2 half-size 2 half-size
Bus AS-Interface cabling system 1 half-size
CANopen machine bus
Fipio eldbus
Networks Modbus Plus, Fipway
Ethernet TCP/IP 1 external module
Memory capacity Integrated 11 K words 14 K words
With PCMCIA extension
Execution time
for one instruction
Boolean 0.25 s 0.25 s
Numerical 4.81 s 4.81 s
Rack dimensions (WxDxH) 170,3 x 132,5 x 151 mm 230 x 132,5 x 151 mm 170,3 x 132,5 x 151 mm
Reference With screw terminals TSX3705028DR1 TSX3708056DR1 TSX3710128DT1 TSX3710128DR1
With HE 10 connector (1) TSX3710128DTK1
(1) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system
(2) Basic conguration provided without I/O modules
Memory extension
Type of PCMCIA card for TSX 3721/22 Application
Technology SRAM Flash EPROM Backup
Memory size (3) 32 K words TSXMRPP128K TSXMFPP128K TSXMFPB096K
32 K words/128 K words TSXMRPP348K TSXMCPC224K
64 K words TSXMRPP224K TSXMFPP224K
128 K words TSXMRPC448K TSXMFPP384K
128 K words/128 K words TSXMRPC768K
(3) The 1
st
value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the area for data storage (recipes, production data, etc).
Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Modicon TSX Micro
20 3/20
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TSX 3710 TSX 3721 TSX 3722
24 VDC 110240 VAC 24 VDC 110240 VAC 24 VDC 110240 VAC
2 (1 available) 3 (3 available) 3 (3 available)
2 2 2
2 (32 I, 32 Q) 1 (16 I, 12 Q) 1 (16 I, 12 Q)
1 (8 I, 1 Q)
I: 24 VDC, Q: sol. st. 0.1 A I: 115 VAC, Q: relay I: 24 VDC, Q: relay I: 010 V or 0/420 mA, Q: 010 V
2 half-size 4 half-size 4 half-size (2 integrated channels)
1 half-size 1 half-size 1 half-size
1 PCMCIA card 1 PCMCIA card
1 external module 1 external module 1 external module
14 K words 20 K words 20 K words
128 K words + 128 K words for le storage 128 K words + 128 K words for le storage
0.25 s 0.13 s (0.19 s with PCMCIA) 0.13 s (0.19 s with PCMCIA)
4.81 s 4.50 s 4.50 s
170,3 x 132,5 x 151 mm 230 x 132,5 x 151 mm
TSX3710028AR1 TSX3710028DR1 TSX3721101 (2) TSX3721001 (2) TSX3722101 (2) TSX3722001 (2)
TSX3710164DTK1
Mini extension rack
Type of rack 2 slots
(4 positions)
For use with TSX3710/21/22
Rack dimensions (WxDxH) 112,5 x 132,5 x 151 mm
Reference TSXRKZ2
Process power supplies see chapter 6 Power supply
21 3/21
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Discrete I/O modules
Modicon TSX Micro
Type of module Discrete inputs
Connection By HE 10 connector (1) By screw terminals supplied
Module format Half Standard Half
Number of channels 12 32 8
Input voltage 24 VDC positive logic TSXDEZ12D2K TSXDEZ32D2
24 VDC positive/negative logic TSXDEZ12D2
100120 VAC TSXDEZ08A4
200240 VAC TSXDEZ08A5
Type of module Discrete outputs
Solid state Relay
Connection By HE 10 conn. (1) By screw terms. supplied
Module format Half Standard Half
Number of protected channels 8 32 4 8 32
Protection of outputs Yes Yes Yes No No
Output voltage/current 24 VDC/0.5 A TSXDSZ08T2K TSXDSZ08T2 TSXDSZ32T2
24 VDC/2 A TSXDSZ04T22
24 VDC/1 A per channel TSXDSZ08R5
24240 VAC/1 A per channel TSXDSZ32R5
Type of module Discrete I/O
Connection By HE 10 connector (1) By screw terminals supplied
Module format Half Standard
Number of inputs 8 16 32 16 16 16
Number of outputs 8 solid state 12 solid state 32 solid state 12 solid state 12 solid state 12 solid state
Protection of outputs Yes No
Voltage/current 24 VDC/0.5 A TSXDMZ16DTK TSXDMZ28DTK TSXDMZ28DT
output 24 VDC/0.1 A TSXDMZ64DTK
100120 VAC/50 VA TSXDMZ28DR TSXDMZ28AR
22 3/22
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Analog I/O modules
Type of module Analog inputs
High level with common point High level isolated
Connection By screw terminals supplied By screw terminals supplied
Number of channels 8 4
Resolution 11 bits + sign 12 bits 16 bits
Input signal 10 V, 010 V 020 mA, 420 mA (1)
Reference TSXAEZ801 TSXAEZ802 TSXAEZ414
(1) 10 V, 010 V, 05 V, 15 V, 020 mA, 420 mA, B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U, Pt 100, Ni 1000 (2 or 4-wire), thermal probe, thermocouple
Type de module Analog outputs
With common point
Connection By screw terminals supplied By screw terminals supplied
Resolution 11 bits + sign 11 bits + sign or 12 bits
Input signal 10 V, 010 V 10 V, 020 mA, 420 mA
Reference TSXASZ401 TSXASZ200
Type of module Analog I/O Analog I/O
Integrated High level with common point
Connection By 15-way SUB-D connector not supplied By screw terminals supplied
Number of inputs 8 4
Number of outputs 1 2
Resolution 8 bits 11 bits + sign or 12 bits
I/O signal 010 V, 020 mA, 420 mA 10 V, 010 V, 020 mA, 420 mA
Reference TSX3722 (2) TSXAMZ600
(2) References: see pages 3/16 and 3/17, TSX3722 basic conguration
23 3/23
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Integrated counter modules
Modicon TSX Micro
Type of module Counting on Integrated counting on
discrete I/O module TSX 3722
Type of inputs for Sensors, limit switches Sensors, limit switches
Totem Pole incremental encoders Totem Pole incremental encoders
Frequency 500 Hz 10 kHz
Response time 8 ms 8 ms
Number of channels 2 (1) 2 (2)
Reference TSX37 (3) TSX3722 (3)
(1) On the rst 4 inputs of the 28, 32 or 64 discrete I/O modules
(2) Plus 2 channels on the discrete I/O
(3) References: see pages 3/12 and 3/13, TSX37 basic conguration
Counter/position control modules
Type of module Counter Positioning
Type of inputs for 2-wire PNP sensors 24 VDC SSI or parallel absolute encoder
Totem Pole incremental encoders 5 VDC RS 422, 1030 VDC 5 VDC, 1030 VDC
Frequency 40 kHz 40 kHz 500 kHz 200 or 1000 kHz
Response time 5 ms 5 ms 5 ms
Reference TSXCTZ1A TSXCTZ2A TSXCTZ2AA TSXCTZ1B
24 3/24
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Communication modules
Type of module Ethernet TCP/IP network
For TSX 3710/21/22 PLCs
Speed 10/100 MBps 10/100 MBps
Standard services TCP/IP(Uni-TE, Modbus) TCP/IP(Uni-TE, Modbus)
Transparent Ready Class B20 C20
I/O Scanning Yes Yes
Web server Standard services Yes Yes
FactoryCast services Yes with 8 MB of user Web pages and graphics editor
Reference TSXETZ410 TSXETZ510
Type of module AS-Interface CANopen Fipio
cabling system machine bus eldbus
Name and description Half size in-rack PCMCIA card PCMCIA card
Speed 167 kBps 20 kBps1 MBps dep. on distance 1 MBps
Reference TSXSAZ10 TSXCPP110 TSXFPP10
Type of module Serial links
Uni-Telway, Modbus
Name and description Integrated port Multiprotocol PCMCIA card
Speed 19.2 kBps 1.2...19.2 kBps
Reference With interface RS 485 TSX37 (1) TSXSCP114
RS 232D TSXSCP111
20 mA CL TSXSCP112
(1) References: see pages 3/12 and 3/13, TSX3705/08/10 PLCs with link integrated on TER terminal port, or TSX3721/22 PLCs with link integrated on AUX terminal port.
Type of module Networks
Modbus Plus Fipway
Name and description PCMCIA card PCMCIA card
Speed 1 MBps 1 MBps
Reference TSXMBP100 TSXFPP20
25 3/25
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Processors modules
Modicon M340
N
e
w
Type of processor Standard High-performance
BMX P34 1000 BMX P34 2010 BMX P34 2020 BMX P34 2030
Number of racks 1 (4, 6, 8 or 12 slots)
Maximum conguration Maximum 12 slots for processor and modules (excluding power supply module)
Functions Max. no. (1) Discrete I/O 512 704
Analog I/O 66
Control channels Programmable loops (via CONT-CTL process control EFB library)
Counter channels 20 36
Motion control Independent axes on Independent axes on
CANopen bus (via CANopen bus (via
MFB library) MFB library)
Integrated Ethernet TCP/IP 1 RJ45 port, 10/100 MBps, with Transparent
connections Ready class B10 standard web server
CANopen master bus 1 (9-way SUB-D) 1 (9-way SUB-D)
Serial link 1 RJ45 port, Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII or character mode
(non isolated RS 232C/RS 485), 0.3...19.2 kBps
USB port 1 port, 12 MBps
Communication Ethernet TCP/IP 1 RJ45 port, 10/100 MBps with:
module - Transparent Ready class B30 standard web server with BMX NOE 0100 module
- Transparent Ready class C30 conguration web server with BMX NOE 0110 module
Internal user Total capacity 2048 Kb 4096 Kb
RAM Program, constants and symbols 1792 Kb 3584 Kb
Data 128 Kb 256 Kb
Execution time for Boolean 0.18 s 0.12 s
one instruction On words or xed point Single-length words 0.38 s 0.25 s
arithmetic Double-length words 0.26 s 0.17 s
On oating points 1.74 s 1.16 s
No. of K instructions 100% Boolean 5.4 Kinst/ms 8.1 Kinst/ms
executed per ms 65% Boolean and 35% xed arithmetic 4.2 Kinst/ms 6.4 Kinst/ms
System Master task 1.05 ms 0.70 ms
overhead Fast task 0.20 ms 0.13 ms
References BMX P34 1000 BMX P34 2010 BMX P34 2020 BMX P34 2030
(1) Only affects in-rack modules. The remote I/O on the CANopen bus are not included in these maximum numbers.
26 3/26
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Memory cards
Modicon M340
Available 1st quarter 2008
Type of card 8 MB memory card 8 MB memory card + les
Use Supplied as standard with each processor. Used for: As replacement for the memory card supplied as
Backup of program, constants, symbols and data standard with each processor, used for:
Activation of class B10 web server Backup of program, constants, symbols and data
File storage, 16 MB
Activation of class B10 web server
Compatibility BMX P34 1000/20.0 BMX P34 20.0
References BMX RMS 008MP BMX RMS 008MPF
Speed 10/100 MBps
Standard services Modbus TCP/IP messaging TCP/IP (Uni-TE, Modbus)
Conformity class Transparent Ready class B30 Transparent Ready class C30
Communication service I/O Scanning service Yes
Transparent Ready FDR service Yes (client/server)
SNMP network management service Yes
Global Data service Yes
SOAP/XML Web service No Server
Passband management Yes
References BMX NOE 0100 BMX NOE 0110
Memory card Compatibility Ethernet module BMXNOE0100
Use Provides services conforming to Transparent Ready:
Class B Class C
16 MB available for user web pages
References BMX RWS B000M BMX RWS C016M
USB connexion cordsets
Designation Terminal port/USB cordsets
Use From Mini B USB port on the Modicon M340 processor
To PC terminal type A USB port
Length 1.8 m 4.5 m
References BMX XCA USB H018 BMX XCA USB H045
27 3/27
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Power supply modules
Modicon M340
Type of module Power supply modules
Voltage 24 VDC isolated 2448 VDC isolated 100240 VAC
Nominal input current 124 VDC 1.6524 VDC, 0.61115 VAC
0.8348 VAC/DC
Micro-break duration 1
Integrated protection Via internal fuse (not accessible)
Max. useful power 17W 32 W 20 W 36 W
Max. dissipated power 8.5 W
Removable connectors
(set of 2)
supplied as standard BMX XTS CPS10 (cage clamp)
to be ordered separately BMX XTS CPS20 (spring-type)
References BMX CPS 2010 BMX CPS 3020 BMX CPS 2000 BMX CPS 3500
Racks
Designation Racks
Type of modules to be installed BMX CPS power supply, BMX P34 processor, I/O modules and application-specic modules (counter, communication)
No. of slots 4 6 8 12
References BMX XBP 0400 BMX XBP 0600 BMX XBP 0800 BMX XBP 1200
Optional connection accessories
Shielding connection kit For BMX EHC 0200/0800 modules
Consisting of a metal bar, 2 sub-bases for mounting on rack and a set of spring clamping rings
Rack BMX XBP 0400 BMX XBP 0600 BMX XBP 0800 BMX XBP 1200
References BMX XSP 0400 BMX XSP 0600 BMX XSP 0800 BMX XSP 1200
Spring clamping rings Cables with cross-section
(pack of 10)
1.56 mm
2
511 mm
2
References STB XSP 3010 STB XSP 3020
Protective covers
(pack of 5)
For unoccupied slots on BMX XBPpp00 rack
References BMX XEM 010
28 3/28
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Type of module DC input modules
Number of inputs 16 16 32 64 16
Connection Screw or spring-type 1 connector 2 connectors Screw or spring-type
20-way removable 40-way 40-way 20-way removable
terminal block terminal block
Nominal input values Voltage 24 V 48 V 24 V
Current 3.5 mA 2.5 mA 1 mA 3 mA
Logic Positive (sink) Negative (source)
Input limit values At state 1 Voltage 11 V 34 V 11 V 15 V 14 V
Current > 2 mA > 2 mA > 2 mA > 1 mA > 2 mA
(for U 11 V) (for U 34 V) (for U 11 V) (for U 5 V) (for U 15 V)
At state 0 Voltage < 5 V < 10 V < 5 V
Current 1.5 mA 0.5 mA 1.5 mA 0.5 mA
References BMX DDI 1602 BMX DDI 1603 BMX DDI 3202K BMX DDI 6402K BMX DAI 1602
Type of module AC input modules
Number of inputs 16
Connection Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block
Nominal input values Voltage 24 VAC 48 AC 100120 VAC
Current 3 mA
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Input limit values At state 1 Voltage 15 V 34 V 74 V
Current 2 mA 2.5 mA
At state 0 Voltage 5 V 10 V 20 V
Current 1 mA
References BMX DAI 1602 BMX DAI 1603 BMX DAI 1604
Type of module DC solid state output modules
Number of inputs 16 16 32 64
Connection Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block One 40-way connector Two 40-way connectors
Nominal output values Voltage 24 VDC
Current 0.5 V 0.1 V
Logic Positive (source) Negative (sink) Positive (source)
Output limit values Voltage (ripple included) 1930 (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)
Current per channel 0.625 A 0.125 A
Current per module
Maximum dissipated power 4 2.26 3.6 6.85
References BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 3202K BMX DDO 6402K
Modicon M340
29 3/29
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Type of module Triac output modules
Number of inputs 16
Operating voltage Nominal 100240 VAC
Limit 85288 VAC
Currents Maximum 0.6 per channel, 2.4 per common, 4.8 for all 4 commons.
Minimum 25 mA at 100 V a, 25 mA at 240 V a.
Maximum inrush current 20/cycle
Reference BMX DAO1605
Type of module Relay output modules
Max. operating voltage DC 1034 VDC 24125 VDC (resistive load)
AC 10264 VAC 200264 VAC (Cos = 1)
Response time Activation < 10 ms
Deactivation < 8 ms < 12 ms
Dissipated power 2.7 W max 3 W
References BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 1605
Type of module 24 VDC mixed I/O modules
Inputs Solid state outputs Inputs Solid state outputs
Number of I/O 8 8 16 16
Connection Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block One 40-way connector
Input limit values At state 1 Voltage 11V 11V
Current 3 mA (for U 11) 2 mA (for U 11)
At state 0 Voltage 5 V 5 V
Current 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
Sensor power supply (ripple included) 1930 V (possible up to 30 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)
Output limit values Voltage (ripple included) 1930 (possible up to 30 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)
Current per channel 0.625 A 0.125 A
per module 5 A 3.2 A
Maximum dissipated power 3.7 W 4 W
References BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 3202K
Modicon M340
30 3/30
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of module Mixed input/relay output modules
24 VDC inputs 24 VDC or 24240 VAC relay outputs
Number of I/O 8 8
Nominal values Inputs Voltage 24 VDC (positive logic)
Current 3.5 mA
Outputs DC voltage 24 VDC
DC 2 (resistive load)
AC voltage 220 VAC, Cos = 1
AC 2 A
Input limit values At state 1 Voltage 11V
Current 2 mA (for U 11 V)
At state 0 Voltage 5 V
Current 1.5 mA
Sensor power supply (ripple included) 1930 V (possible up to 30 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)
Maximum dissipated power 3.1 W
Reference BMX DDM 16025
20-way removable connection blocks
For module with 20-way removable terminal block Cage clamp Screw clamp Spring-type
References BMX FTB 2000 BMX FTB 2010 BMX FTB 2020
Preformed cordsets for I/O modules with removable terminal block
Preformed cordsets with one end with ying leads One 20-way terminal block, one end with color-coded ying leads
Length 3 m 5 m 10 m
References BMX FTW 301 BMX FTW 501 BMX FTW 1001
Preformed cordsets for I/O modules with 40-way connectors
Preformed cordsets one end with ying leads for Advantys Telefast ABE7 sub-bases
No. of sheaths 1 x 20 wires (16 channels) 1 x 20 wires (32 channels) 1 x 20 wires (16 channels) 1 x 20 wires (32 channels)
Composition One 40-way connector
1 end w. col-coded ying leads 2 ends w. col-coded ying leads 1 HE 10 connector 2 HE 10 connectors
Cross-section 0.324 mm2
Reference L = 0.5 m BMX FCC 051 BMX FCC 053
L = 1 m BMX FCC 101 BMX FCC 103
L = 2 m BMX FCC 201 BMX FCC 203
L = 3 m BMX FCW 301 BMX FCW 303 BMX FCC 301 BMX FCC 303
Automation platform
Modicon M340
31 3/31
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Analog I/O modules
Type of module Analog input module
Input type Isolated high-level inputs Isolated inputs, low-level voltage, resistors, temperature probes, thermocouples
Nature of inputs 10 V, 010 V, 05 V, 15 V, 5 V 40 mV, 80 mV, 160 mV, 320 mV, 640 mV, 1.28 V
Resolution 0.35 mV 15 mV + sign
Reference BMX AMI 0410 BMX ART 0414 BMX ART 0814
Type of module Analog output module
Output type Isolated high-level outputs
Number of channels 2
Range Voltage 10 V
Current 020 mA and 420 mA
Resolution 15 bits + sign
Reference BMX AMO 0210
Type of module Mixed analog I/O module
Channel type Non-isolated high-level inputs Non-isolated high-level outputs
Ranges 10 V, 05 V, 010 V, 15 V, 020 mA, 420 mA 10 V, 020 mA, 420 mA
Maximum conversion value Voltage 11.25 V 11.25 V
Current 030 024 mA
Resolution 14 bits, 12 bits, 13 bits, 12 bits 12 bits, 11 bits
Reference BMX AMM 0600
Counter modules
Type of module Counter module
32 bits 16 bits 32 bits
Modularity 2 channels 8 channels 4 channels
No. of sensor inputs 6 per channel 2 per channel 3 per channel
No. of actuator outputs 2 per channel
Module cycle time 1 ms 5 ms
Applications Upcounting, downcounting, Upcounting, downcounting, measurement, interfacing
measurement, frequency meter,
frequency generator, axis following
References BMX EHC 0200 BMX EHC 0800
Modicon M340
32 3/32
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Modicon M340
20-way removable terminal blocks
For use with modules BMX AMI 0410 - BMX AM0 0210 - BMX AMM 0600
Composition Cage clamp Screw clamp Spring-type
Reference BMX FTB 2000 BMX FTB 2010 BMX FTB 2020
Preformed cordsets with one end with ying leads
For use with modules BMX AMI 0410 BMX AM0 0210 BMX AMM 0600 BMX ART 0414 BMX ART 0814
Composition One 20-way terminal block 1 end w. col-coded
ying leads
One 40-way
connector
1 end w. col-coded
ying leads
Reference L = 3 m BMX FTW 301S BMX FCW 301S
L = 5 m BMX FTW 501S BMX FCW 501S
Advantys Telefast ABE 7 sub-bases
For use with modules BMX AMI 0410 BMX ART 0414 BMX ART 0814
Composition Distribution of isolated power supplies
Delivers 4 protected isolated power
supplies for 420 mA inputs.
Direct connection of 4 inputs
Connection and provision of cold junction compensation for
thermocouples Direct connection of 4 inputs
Reference ABE 7CPA410 ABE 7CPA412
Preformed cordsets for Advantys Telefast ABE 7 sub-bases
For use with modules BMX AMI 0410 BMX ART 0414 BMX ART 0814
Composition One 20-way removable terminal block
and one 25-way SUB-D connector for
ABE 7CPA410 sub-base
One 40-way connector and one 25-way SUB-D connector for
ABE 7CPA412 sub-base
Reference L = 1.5 m BMX FCA150 BMX FCA152
L = 3 m BMX FCA300 BMXFCA302
L = 5 m BMX FCA500 BMX FCA502
Pack of connectors
For BMX EHC 0200 modules Two 16-way connectors and one 10-way connector
Reference BMX XTS HSC 20
20-way removable terminal blocks
For BMX EHC 0800 modules
Composition Cage clamp Screw clamp Spring-type
References BMX FTB 2000 BMX FTB 2010 BMX FTB 2020
33 3/33
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Processors under Unity Pro software
Type of processor TSX 5710
4 racks max.
TSX 5720
16 racks max.
TSX 5730
16 racks max.
Number of I/O Discrete 512 1024 1024
in racks Analog 24 80 128
Integrated process control No / Yes 30 loops / Yes 45 loops / Yes
Application-specic channels (counter, position control, weighing) 8 24 32
Bus AS-Interface cabling system 2 4 8
CANopen machine bus 1 1 1
INTERBUS, Probus DP eldbus 1 3
Networks (Ethernet, Modbus Plus, Fipway) 1 2 3
Memory capacity Without PCMCIA extension 96 Kb data/prog. 160/192 Kb data/prog. (1) 192/208 Kb data/prog. (1)
With PCMCIA extension 96 Kb data/224 Kb prog. 160/192 Kb data (1)/768 Kb prog. 192/208 Kb data (1)/1,75 MB prog.
Execution time for one Boolean 0.19 s 0.19 s 0.12 s
instruction without ext. PCMCIA On word or arithmetic 0.25 s 0.25 s 0.17 s
Reference Without integrated port TSXP57104M (6) TSXP57204M (6) TSXP57304M (6)
Integrated Ethernet TSXP571634M (2) (6) TSXP572634M (6) TSXP573634M (6)
Integrated CANopen
Integrated Fipio TSXP57154M (6) TSXP57254M (6) TSXP57354M (6)
Processors under PL7 software
Type of processor TSX 5710
4 racks max.
TSX 5720
16 racks max.
TSX 5730
16 racks max.
Number of I/O Discrete 512 1024 1024
in racks Analog 24 80 128
Integrated process control No 30 loops 45 loops
Application-specic channels (counter, position control, weighing) 8 24 32
Bus AS-Interface cabling system 2 4 8
CANopen machine bus 1 (with TSXP57103M) 1 1
INTERBUS, Probus DP eldbus 1 2
Networks (Ethernet, Modbus Plus, Fipway) 1 1 3
Memory capacity Without PCMCIA extension 32 K words data/prog. 48 K words data/prog. (4) 64/80 K words data/prog. (4)
With PCMCIA extension 32 K words data/64 K words prog. 32 K words data (4)/160 K words prog. 80/96 K words data (4)/384 K words prog.
Execution time for one Boolean 0.19 s 0.19 s 0.12 s
instruction without ext. PCMCIA On word or arithmetic 0.25 s 0.25 s 0.17 s
Reference Without integrated port TSXP57103M (6) TSXP57203M (6) TSXP57303AM (6)
Integrated Ethernet TSXP572623M (6) TSXP573623AM (6)
Integrated Fipio TSXP57153M (6) TSXP57253M (6) TSXP57353AM (6)
Integrated Ethernet and Fipio TSXP572823M (6)
(1) The second value corresponds to the integrated memory capacity when the processor is equipped with a Fipio manager integrated link
(2) Processor with double format
(3) PC format card on PCI bus
(4) The second value corresponds to the processor with integrated Fipio bus manager link.
(5) with PL7 V4.4 min.
(6) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXP571634M becomes TSXP571634MC
Modicon Premium
34 3/34
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TSX 5740
16 racks max.
TSX 5750
16 racks max.
TSX 5760 TSXH5724M TSXH5744M
2040 2040 2048 1024 2048
256 512 512 80 256
60 loops / Yes 90 loops / Yes 90 loops / Yes 30 loops / Yes 60 loops / Yes
64 64 64 0 0
8 8 8 0 0
1 1 1 0 0
4 5 5 0 0
4 4 4 2 4
320 Kb data/prog. 1024 Kb data/prog. 2048 Kb data/prog. 192 Kb 440 Kb
440 Kb data/2 MB prog. 1024 Kb data/7 MB prog. 2048 Kb data/7 MB prog. 192 Kb data/768 Kb prog. 440 Ko data/2 MB prog.
0.06 s 0.037 s 0,037 s 0,039 s 0,039 s
0.07 s 0.045 s 0,045 s 0,054 s 0,054 s
TSXH5724M (6) TSXH5744M (6)
TSXP574634M (6) TSXP575634M (6) TSXP576634M (6)

TSXP57454M (6) TSXP57554M (6)
Atrium slot-PLCs under Unity Pro software
TSX 5740
16 racks max.
PCI 5720
16 racks max.
PCI 5730
16 racks max.
2048 1024 1024
256 80 128
60 loops 30 loops / Yes 45 loops / Yes
64 24 32
8 4 8
1 1 1
2 1 3
4 3 (6) 4
96 K words data/prog. 160 Kb data/prog. (1) 208 Kb data/prog. (1)
176 K words data/992 K words prog. (5) 160 Kb data/768 Kb prog. 208 Kb data (1)/1,75 MB prog.
0.06 s 0.19 s 0.12 s
0.08 s 0.25 s 0.17 s
TSXPCI57204M (3)

TSXP57453AM (6)
TSXP574823AM (6) TSXPCI57354M (3)
35 3/35
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Memory extensions for Unity Pro processors
Type of PCMCIA card Application Additional data
Technology SRAM Flash EPROM only SRAM
Memory size 96 Kb TSXMFPB096K (3)
128 Kb TSXMRPP128K TSXMFPP128K
224 Kb TSXMRPP224K / TSXMCPC224K TSXMFPP224K
384 Kb TSXMRPP384K TSXMFPP384K
448 Kb TSXMRPC448K (1)
512 Kb TSXMCPC512K (2) / TSXMFPP512K
768 Kb TSXMRPC768K (1)
1 MB TSXMRPC001M (1) (6) TSXMFPP001M
1.7 MB TSXMRPC01M7
2 MB TSXMRPC002M (1) TSXMCPC002M (2) / TSXMFPPC002M
3 MB TSXMRPC003M (1) (6)
4 MB TSXMFPP004M TSXMRPF004M
7 MB TSXMRPC007M (1) (6)
8 MB TSXMRPF008M
(1) By conguration, the user can reserve part of the memory space for data storage (recipes, production data) on request.
(2) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing data (recipes, production data).
(3) Backup cartridge of the program when this one reside entirely in PLC internal memory.
Memory extensions for PL7 processors
Type of PCMCIA card Application Additional data
Technology SRAM Flash EPROM only SRAM
Memory size (4) 32 K words TSXMRPP128K TSXMFPP128K
64 K words TSXMRPP224K TSXMFPP224K
96 K words TSXMFPB096K
128 K words TSXMRPC448K TSXMFPP384K
128 K words/128 K words TSXMRPC768K (5)
256 K words TSXMRPC001M (6)
256 K words/640 K words TSXMRPC01M7 (5)
384 K words/640 K words TSXMRPC002M
512 K words TSXMRPC003M (5) (6)
992 K words/640 K words TSXMRPC007M (6)
2048 K words TSXMRPF004M
(4) The 1
st
value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the additional data area for storing data (recipes, production data, etc).
(5) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing application object symbols.
(6) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXMRPC001M becomes TSXMRPC001MC
Modicon Premium
36 3/36
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Power supply modules (1)
Type of power supply module for Premium Atrium (2)
Input voltage 24 VDC 100240 VAC 100120/200240 VAC 24 VDC
Output voltage 5 VDC/24 VDC 5 VDC
Total useful power 26 W 50 W 26 W 50 W 77 W 26 W
Format Standard Double Standard Double Double
Reference TSXPSY1610M (4) TSXPSY3610M (4) TSXPSY2600M (4) TSXPSY5500M (4) TSXPSY8500M (4) TSXPSI2010
(1) Process power supplies see chapter 6 Power supply
(2) Only for Atrium slot-PLCs under Unity
Racks
Type of rack Non extendable Extendable
For conguration Mono-rack Multi-rack (16 max.)
Dimensions WxDxP
Reference 4 positions 188 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3) TSXRKY4EX (4)
6 positions 261,6 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3) TSXRKY6 (4) TSXRKY6EX (4)
(3) Hight of I/O modules : 151,5 mm with HE 10 or SUB-D connectors, 165 mm with screw terminals
(4) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXPSY1610M becomes TSXPSY1610MC
Type Bus X daisy chaining cable for
extendable racks
Line terminators
Set of 2
Reference TSXTLYEX
L = 1 m TSXCBY010K
L = 3 m TSXCBY030K
L = 5 m TSXCBY050K
L = 12 m TSXCBY120K
L = 18 m TSXCBY180K
L = 28 m TSXCBY280K
L = 38 m TSXCBY380K
L = 50 m TSXCBY500K
L = 72 m TSXCBY720K
L = 100 m TSXCBY1000K
37 3/37
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Connection By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1) By HE 10 connector (2) high density
Number of isolated channels
8 16 16 (3) 32 64
Input voltage 24 VDC TSXDEY08D2 (5) TSXDEY16D2 (5) TSXDEY16FK (5) TSXDEY32D2K (5) TSXDEY64D2K (5)
48 VDC TSXDEY16D3 (5) TSXDEY32D3K (5)
24 VAC TSXDEY16A2 (4) (5)
48 VAC TSXDEY16A3 (5)
(1) Terminal block to be ordered separately
(3) Module with high-speed isolated inputs (ltering from 0.1 to 7.5 ms) able to activate the event-triggered task
(4) Module also compatible with 24 VDC negative logic
Solid state Relay Triac
Connection By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1) By HE10 conn. (2) By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1)
Number of protected channels 8 16 32 64 8 16 8 16
Output voltage/current 24 VDC/0,5 A TSXDSY08T2 (5) TSXDSY16T2 (5)
24 VDC/2 A TSXDSY08T22 (5)
24 VDC/0.1 A TSXDSY32T2K (5) TSXDSY64T2K (5)
48 VDC/1 A TSXDSY08T31 (5)
48 VDC/0.25 A TSXDSY16T3 (5)
2448 VDC-24240 VAC/5 A Th.c TSXDSY08R5A (5)
24120 VAC/5 A Th.c TSXDSY08R4D (5)
24120 VAC/1 A TSXDSY16S4 (5)
48240 VAC/1 A TSXDSY16S5
48240 VA /2 A TSXDSY08S5
24 VDC-24240 VAC/3A TSXDSY08R5 (5) TSXDSY16R5 (5)
Type of module Discrete I/O
Connection By HE 10 connector (2) high density
Number of inputs 16 high-speed
Number of protected outputs 12 solid state 12 reex or timed
Output voltage/current 24 VDC/0.5 A TSXDMY28FK (5) TSXDMY28RFK (5)
(5) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXDEY08D2 becomes TSXDEY08D2C
Modicon Premium
38 3/38
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Analog I/O modules
Type of module Analog input
High level with common point High level isolated Low level isolated
Connection By 25-way SUB-D connector By terminal block (1)
Number of channels 4 high-speed 8 16 8 16 4
Resolution 16 bits 12 bits 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits
Isolation Between channels Common point Common point Common point 200 VDC 100 VDC 2830 Vrms
Between channels and earth ~ 1000 Vrms ~ 1000 Vrms ~ 1000 Vrms ~ 1000 Vrms ~ 1000 Vrms ~ 1780 Vrms
Reference High level input (2) TSXAEY420 (7) TSXAEY800 (7) TSYAEY1600 (7) TSXAEY810 (7)
Multi-range TSXAEY1614 (3)(7) TSXAEY414 (4) (7)
(1) Screw terminals TSXBLY01 to be ordered separately
(2) 10 V, 010 V, 05 V, 15 V, 020 mA, 420 mA
(3) 63 mV thermocouple (B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U)
(4) 10 V, 5 V, 010 V, 05 V, 15 V, 020 mA, 420 mA, -13+63 mV, 0400 W, 03850 W, thermal probe, thermocouple
Type of module Analog output
Isolated With common point
Connection By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (5) By 25-way SUB-D connector
Resolution 11 bits + sign 13 bits + sign
Isolation Between channels ~ 1500 Vrms Common point
Between channels and earth ~ 1500 Vrms ~ 1000 Vrms
Reference Input signal (6) TSXASY410 (7) TSXASY800 (7)
(6) 10 V, 010 V, 020 mA, 420 mA.
(7) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXAEY420 becomes TSXAEY420C
39 3/39
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Counter modules
Type of module Counter Counter/measurement Electronic cam
Type of inputs for Sensors (2) Sensors (2) Incremental encoders (3)
Incremental encoders (3) Encoders (3)(4) Absolute encoders (5)
Counting 40 kHz 500 kHz/200 kHz (5)
Cycle time module 5 ms 10 ms 1 ms
Number of channels 2 4 2 128 cams
Number of axes 1
Reference TSXCTY2A (1) TSXCTY4A (1) TSXCTY2C (1) TSXCCY1128 (1)
(1) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXCTY2A becomes TSXCTY2AC
(2) For 2/3-wire PNP/NPN 24 VDC sensors
(3) For 5 VDC RS422, 1030 VDC Totem Pole incremental encoders
(4) For SSI serial or parallel output absolute encoders
(5) For RS485 serial or parallel output absolute encoders
Module type For translators For analog control servomotors
(amplier for stepper motor) (for asynchronous and brushless motors)
Control outputs RS 422 +/- 10 V
Compatible with drives Lexium 05, Twin Line Lexium 05 / 15 LP, MP and HP, Twin Line
Functions Linear axes Limited Limited or innite Limited or innite(6)
Slave axes With static ratio With dynamic ratio
Frequency for each axis 187 kHz 500 kHz with incremental encoder, 200 kHz with absolute encoder (7)
Number of axes 1 2 2 4 2 4 3
Reference TSXCFY11 (1) TSXCFY21 (1) TSXCAY21 (1) TSXCAY41 (1) TSXCAY22 (1) TSXCAY42 (1) TSXCAY33 (1)
(6) With linear interpolation on 2 or 3 axes
(7) SSI serial or with parallel outputs
Module type Servomotors with SERCOS digital ring
(for brushless motors)
Control outputs SERCOS network ring
Compatible with ranges Lexium 15 LP, MP and HP
Functions Linear or innite independent axes, slave axes with cam prole or ratio
Processing 4 sets of axes with linear
interpolation from 2 to 8 axes
4 sets of axes with linear and circular
interpolation from 2 to 3 axes (8)
4 sets of axes with linear
Frequency for each axis 4 MB SERCOS network ring
Number of axes 8 (9) 8 (9) 16 (10)
Reference TSXCSY84 TSXCSY85 TSXCSY164
(8) TSXCSY85 module supplied with TJE trajectory editor: linear trajectories with links between segments according to polynomial or circular interpolation and circular trajectories.
(9) 8 real axes, 4 imaginary axes and 4 remote axes
(10) 16 axes (real axes, imaginary and remote axes)
Type of module ISP Plus
supplied uncalibrated supplied calibrated and offer
Load cell inputs / outputs 50 measurements (for 1 to 8 load cells) / 2 discrete and 1 RS 485 for display unit
Reference Without display unit TSXISPY101 (1) Please consult your Schneider-electric agency
With display unit TSXXBTN410 TSXISPY121 Please consult your Schneider-electric agency
Modicon Premium
Weighing modules
Motion control modules
40 3/40
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of module Ethernet TCP/IP
Speed 10 MBps 10/100 MBps
Standard services Ethway, TCP/IP (Uni-TE, Modbus) TCP/IP (Uni-TE, Modbus)
Transparent Ready Classe C10 B30 B30 C30 D10
Global Data Yes Yes Yes
I/O Scanning Yes Yes Yes
TCP Open Yes Yes
Web server Standard services Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
FactoryCast services Yes Yes
FactoryCast HMI services Yes
Reference TSXETY110WS (4) TSXP57 (1) TSXETY4103 (4) TSXETY5103 (4) TSXWMY100 (4)
(1) References: see pages 3/18 and 3/19, Premium processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port
Type of module AS-Interface
cabling system
CANopen
machine bus
Fipio manager
eldbus
INTERBUS
eldbus
Probus DP
eldbus
Name and description In-rack PCMCIA Integrated port In-rack In-rack
Speed 167 kBps 20 K1 MBps 1 MBps 0.5 MBps 9.6 K12 MBps
Reference TSXSAY1000 (4) TSXCPP110 (4) TSXP57 (2) TSXIBY100 (4) TSXPBY100
(2) References: see pages 3/18 and 3/19, Premium processors with integrated Fipio port
Type of module Serial links
Uni-Telway Modbus ASCII
Name and description Integrated port In-rack PCMCIA In-rack PCMCIA PCMCIA
Speed 19.2 kBps 19.2 kBps 1.2...19.2 kBps 19.2 kBps 1.2...19.2 kBps 1.2...19.2 kBps
Reference With interface RS 485 TSXP57 (1) TSXSCY21601 (2) (4) TSXSCP114 (4) TSXSCY11601 (4) TSXSCP114 (4) TSXSCP114 (4)
RS 232D TSXSCP111 (4) TSXSCP111 (4) TSXSCP111 (4)
20mA CL TSXSCP112 (4) TSXSCP112 (4) TSXSCP112 (4)
(1) References: see pages 3/18 and 3/19, Premium processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port
(2) Also designed for Modbus serial (channel 0).
Type of module Other networks
Modbus Plus Fipway Fipio (agent function)
Name and description PCMCIA card PCMCIA card PCMCIA card
Speed 1 MBps 1 MBps 1 MBps
Reference TSXMBP100 (4) TSXFPP20 (4) TSXFPP10 (4)
(4) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXETY110WS becomes TSXETY110WSC
41 3/41
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Processors under Unity Pro software
Type of processor Simple applications Simple and medium
complexity applications
Max. number of
discrete I/O (1)
Local Unlimited (27 slots max.)
Remote/distributed 31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)
Max. number of
analog I/O (1)
Remote/distributed 1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)
Type of application-specic I/O Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs,
time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus
Communication ports (2) Integrated Modbus 2 RS 232/RS 485 2 RS 232
Modbus Plus 1 integrated, 2 in local rack 1 integrated, 6 in local rack
Ethernet TCP/IP 2 in local rack 6 in local rack
Fieldbus Probus DP: 2 in local rack Probus DP: 6 in local rack
Memory capacity Integrated 2 MB 2 MB
With PCMCIA extension
Data storage
Reference 140CPU31110 (4) 140CPU43412U (4)
Processors under Concept/ProWORX software
Type of processor Simple applications
Max. number of
discrete I/O (1)
Local 1024 (27 slots max.)
Decentralized/distributed 31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)
Max. number of
analog I/O (1)
Decentralized/distributed 1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)
Type of application-specic I/O Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs,
time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus
Communication ports (2) Integrated Modbus 1 RS 232
Modbus Plus 1 integrated, 2 in local rack
Ethernet TCP/IP 2 in local rack
Fieldbus INTERBUS/Probus DP: 2 in local rack
Memory capacity Integrated 256 Kb 512 Kb
Reference Concept/ProWORX 140CPU11302 (4) 140CPU11303 (4)
(1) The maximum values for the number of discrete or analog I/O are not cumulative
(2) The numbers of communication modules are not cumulative, 2 or 6 in local rack, depending on model
(3) Processor compatible with Unity Pro software after updating its rmware (via OS-Loader included in Unity Pro)
(4) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example T140CPU31110 becomes 140CPU31110C
Modicon Quantum
42 3/42
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Complex applications Hot Standby
redundant applications
Unlimited (26 slots max.) Unlimited (13 slots max.) Unlimited (26 slots max.) Unlimited (13 slots max.)
31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO) 31744 inputs and 31744
outputs
31744 inputs (RIO)/8000
inputs (DIO) and 31744 out-
puts (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)
31744 inputs and 31744
outputs
Unlimited (27 slots max.) Unlimited (13 slots max.) Unlimited (27 slots max.) Unlimited (13 slots max.)
1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO) 1984 inputs and 1984
outputs
1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs
(DIO) and 1984 outputs
(RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)
1984 inputs and 1984
outputs
Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs, time-stamp,
serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus

1 RS 232/485 1 RS 232/485 1 RS 232/485 1 RS 232/485
1 integrated, 6 in local rack 1 integrated 1 integrated, 6 in local rack 1 integrated
1 integrated, 6 in local rack 1 integrated, 6 in local rack 6 in local rack 1 integrated, 6 in local rack
Probus DP: 6 in local rack Probus DP: 6 in local rack
2 MB 4 MB 2 MB 2 MB 2 MB
7 MB 7 MB 7 MB 7 MB
8 MB 8 MB
140CPU65150 (4) 140CPU65160 (4) 140CPU65260 (4) 140CPU65160S 140CPU67160 (4) 140CPU67160S
Simple and medium
complexity applications
Complex applications
1024 (27 slots max.)
31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)
Unlimited (27 slots max.)
1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)
Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs, time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus
2 RS 232
1 integrated, 6 in local rack
6 in local rack
INTERBUS/Probus DP: 6 in local rack
2 MB 4 MB
140CPU43412A (3) (4) 140CPU53414B (3) (4)
43 3/43
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Power supply modules (1)
Type of power supply module for Quantum
Input voltage 24 VDC 4860 VDC 100150 VDC 120230 VAC 115/230 VAC
Output current 8 A/3 A (5) 8 A 8 A/3 A 8 A/3 A (1) 11 A
Reference Type Standalone (2) 140CPS21100 (6) 140CPS51100 (6) 140CPS11100 (6)
Summable 140CPS21400 (6) 140CPS41400 (6) 140CPS11420 (6)
Redundant 140CPS22400 (6) 140CPS42400 (6) 140CPS52400 (6) 140CPS12400 (6) 140CPS12420 (6)
(2) The output current for the standalone power supply modules is 3 A
PCMCIA memory extensions
Type of PCMCIA card
for Unity processors 140CPU65/67
Application Additional data
Technology SRAM Flash EPROM SRAM
Memory size 512 Kb/512 Kb (4) TSXMCPC512K (3)
1 MB (5) TSXMRPC001M (6) TSXMFPP001M
2 MB (5) TSXMRPC002M TSXMFPP002M
2 MB/1 MB (4) TSXMCPC002M
3 MB (5) TSXMRPC003M (6)
4 MB TSXMFPP004M TSXMRPF004M
7 MB (5) TSXMRPC007M (6)
8 MB TSXMRPF008M
(3) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing data (recipes, production data).
(4) The 1
st
value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the additional data area for storing data (recipes, production data, etc)
(5) By conguration the user can reserve part of the memory space for data storage (recipes, production data, etc)
(6) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXMRPC001M becomes TSXMRPC001MC
Modicon Quantum
44 3/44
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type Racks
Dimensions WxDxH
References 2 slots 104x104x290 mm 140XBP00200 (2)
3 slots 143x104x290 mm 140XBP00300 (2)
4 slots 184x104x290 mm 140XBP00400 (2)
6 slots 265x104x290 mm 140XBP00600 (2)
10 slots 428x104x290 mm 140XBP01000 (2)
16 slots 671x104x290 mm 140XBP01600 (2)
Rack extension module 140XBE10000 (2)
(1) Local extension module, to be placed in main rack and secondary rack.
(2) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example 140XBP00200 becomes 140XBP00200C
Connection accessories (3)
Type Cable for extension racks (main and secondary)
References L = 1 m 140XCA71703
L = 2 m 140XCA71706
L = 3 m 140XCA71709
(3) Other accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Racks
45 3/45
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Modicon Quantum
Type of module (4) Discrete inputs
Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)
Number of isolated channels 16 4 groups of 8 3 groups of 8 2 groups of 8 6 groups of 16 8 groups of 2
Input voltage 5 VDC TTL (negative logic) 140DDI15310
24 VDC 140DDI35300(1) 140DDI36400
1060 VDC 140DDI85300 140DDI84100
2030 VDC 140DSI35300(1)
125 VDC 140DDI67300
24 VAC 140DAI34000 140DAI35300
48 VAC 140DAI44000 140DAI45300
115 VAC 140DAI54000 140DAI55300 140DAI54300
230 VAC 140DAI74000 140DAI75300
(1) For negative logic, replace 00 at the end of the reference with 10, for example 140DDI35300 becomes 140DDI35310.
Type of module (4)
Discrete outputs
Solid state
Number of protected channels 16 4 groups of 8 4 groups of 4 2 groups of 8 6 groups of 16 2 groups of 6
Output voltage/current 5 VDC TTL/0.075 A (2) 140DDO15310
24 VDC/0.5 A 140DDO35301(1)
1030 VDC/0.5 A (3) 140DVO85300
19.230 VDC/0.5 A 140DDO36400
1060 VDC/2 A 140DDO84300
24...125 VDC/0.75 A 140DDO88500
2448 VAC/4 A 140DAO84220
24115 VAC/4 A 140DAO84010
24230 VAC/ 4-3 A 140DAO84000 140DAO85300
100...230 VAC/4-3 A 140DAO84210
(1) For negative logic, replace 01 at the end of the reference with 10, for example 140DDO35301 becomes 140DDO35310.
(2) Negative logic
(3) Controlled outputs
Type of module (4) Discrete I/O Discrete outputs
Solid state Relay
Number of I/O 2 groups of 8/2 groups of 4 1 group of 4/
4 isolated
/16 NO /8 NO/NC
Input voltage 24 VDC 125 VAC 125 VDC
Output voltage/current 30 VDC/15 A 125 VAC/4 A 125 VDC/4 A 150 VDC or 250 VAC/2 A 150 VDC or 250 VAC/5 A
Reference 140DDM39000 140DAM59000 140DDM69000 140DRA84000 140DRC83000
(4) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example 140DDI15310 becomes 140DDI15310 C
46 3/46
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Analog I/O modules
Type of module (3) Analog inputs
Input signal 420 mA 025/20 mA (1) Thermal probe Thermocouple
15 V 420 mA Pt, Ni (2)
Resolution 12 bits 025000 points 16 bits 12 bits + sign 16 bits
Reference 140ACI03000 140ACI04000 140AVI03000 140ARI03010 140ATI03000
(1) 025 mA, 20 mA, 420 mA, 010 V, 10 V, 05 V, 5 V, 15 V.
(2) Type B, E, J, K, R, S, T, mV
Type of module (3) Analog output
Input signal 420 mA 025/20 mA 010 V, 10 V
420 mA 05 V, 5 V
Resolution 12 bits 025000 points 12 bits
Reference 140ACO02000 140ACO13000 140AVO02000

Type of module (3) Analog I/O
Number of inputs 4
Number of outputs 2
Input signal 020 mA, 20 mA, 420 mA, 010 V, 10 V, 05 V, 5 V, 15 V.
Resolution Inputs 16 bits, outputs 12 bits
Reference 140AMM09000
(3) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example 140ACI03000 becomes 140ACI03000C
47 3/47
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Intrinsically safe I/O modules
Type of module I/O
Discrete Analog
Connection By screw terminal 140XTS33200 (to be ordered separately)
Input signal Thermal probe 025/20 mA
Thermocouple (1) 425 mA
Resolution 12 bits + sign 025000 points 15 bits
Reference 140DII33000 140DIO33000 140AII33000 140AII33010 140AIO33000
(1) Type J, K, E, T, S, R, B, mV
Counter and special purpose modules
Type of module High-speed counter High-speed inputs
with interrupt
Time-stamp system
Type of inputs for Incremental encoders Discrete 24 VDC (2) DCF 77 Discrete
24 VDC (3) 24125 VDC
Counting frequency 100 kHz 500 kHz
Number of channels 5 2 16 1 32
Reference 140EHC10500 140EHC20200 140HLI34000 140DCF07700 140ERT85410 (4)
(2) 3 operating modes: Interrupt, latch, high-speed inputs, on rising or falling edge.
(3) For GPS or DCF time receiver
(4) one input complying with DCF77 standard
Safety I/O modules
n
Type of modules Analog Discrete
Connection Screw terminal
Number of inputs 8 analog inputs 16 discrete inputs
Number of outputs 16 discrete outputs
Input signal 420mA 24VDC
Output voltage 24VDC
Resolution 16 bits
Certication Functional Safety SIL2, UL, CE, CSA, Haz-loc
Reference 140SAI94000S 140SDI95300S 140SDO95300S
Modicon Quantum
48 3/48
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Speed 10/100 MBps
Standard services TCP/IP(Modbus)
Transparent Ready Class B30 B30 C30 D10
Global Data Yes Yes Yes
I/O Scanning Yes Yes Yes
FDR server Yes Yes Yes
SNMP protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes
Web server Standard services Yes Yes Yes Yes
FactoryCast services Yes Yes
FactoryCast HMI services Yes
Reference 140CPU651 (1) 140NOE77101 140NOE77111 140NWM10000
(1) References: see pages 3/26 and 3/27, Quantum processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP
Type of module Modbus Plus
network
AS-Interface
cabling system
INTERBUS
eldbus
Probus DP Master V1
eldbus (2)
Name and description Integrated link In-rack In-rack In-rack
Speed 1 MBps 167 kBps 0,5 MBps to 12 MBps
Reference 140CPU (3) 140EIA92100 140NOA62200 PTQ PDP MV1
(2) from your paetner Prosoft, www.prosoft-technology.com
(3) References: see pages 3/26 and 3/27, Quantum processors with integrated Modbus Plus
Type of module Serial link
Modbus ASCII
Name and description Integrated link In-rack
Speed 19.2 kBps 19.2 kBps
Reference 140CPU (4) (5) 140ESI06210
(4) References: see pages 3/26 and 3/27, Quantum processors with integrated Modbus
(5) RS 232/RS 485 on 140CPU651pp and 140CPU67160 processors and RS 232 on 140CPU31110, 140CPU43412A, 140CPU53414A processors.
To operate in a corrosive environment, Quantum modules can be ordered with a conformal coating applied to components of the product.
Conformal coating will extend its life and enhance its environmental performance capabilities.
To order conformal coating append a C to the standard catalog number. For example, 140CPS 11420 > 140CPS 114 20C
49 3/49
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Unity software
For Modicon M340, Premium, Quantum and Atrium
Software type Unity Pro Small version 3.0
License type version 3.0 Single (1 workstation) Group (3 workstations) Team (10 workstations) Site (> 10 workstations)
References Software pack UNYSPUSFUCD30 UNYSPUSFGCD30 UNYSPUSFTCD30
Update (1) UNYSPUSZUCD30 UNYSPUSZGCD30 UNYSPUSZTCD30
Software type Unity Pro Medium version 3.0
References Software pack UNYSPUMFUCD30 UNYSPUMFGCD30 UNYSPUMFTCD30
Update (2) UNYSPUMZUCD30 UNYSPUMZGCD30 UNYSPUMZTCD30
Software type Unity Pro Large version 3.0
References Software pack UNYSPULFUCD30 UNYSPULFGCD30 UNYSPULFTCD30 UNYSPULFFCD30
Update (3) UNYSPULZUCD30 UNYSPULZGCD30 UNYSPULZTCD30 UNYSPULZFCD30
Software type Unity Pro Extra Large version 3.0
References Software pack UNYSPUEFUCD30 UNYSPUEFGCD30 UNYSPUEFTCD30 UNYSPUEFFCD30
Update (4) UNYSPUEZUCD30 UNYSPUEZGCD30 UNYSPUEZTCD30 UNYSPUEZFCD30
(1) From Concept S, PL7 Micro, ProWORX NxT Lite and ProWORX 32 Lite
(2) From Concept S/M, PL7 M/J, ProWORX NxT Lite and ProWORX 32 Lite
(3) From Concept S /M, PL7 M/J/P, ProWORX NxT Lite and ProWORX 32 Lite
(4) From all models Concept, PL7, ProWORX NxT and ProWORX 32
Unity Pro is common programming software for debugging and
operation of Modicon M340, Premium, Quantum and Atrium
programmable controller ranges. Unity Pro takes the recognized
usage values of PL7 and Concept software and offers a complete set
of new functions for improved productivity and opening to other
software.
Five IEC61131-3 languages are supported as standard in Unity Pro
with all debugging functions, either on the simulator or directly online
with the programmable controller.
Thanks to symbolic variables independent of memory, structured
data and user function blocks, application objects are a direct
reection of the automated process application components.
Unity Pro operator screens are user-congured in the application
from graphic libraries. Operator accesses are simple and direct.
Unity V 3.0 integrates the PLCopen standard MFB (Motion Function Block)
library, simplifying installation of motion controllers on CANopen machine
buses: Altivar 31, Altivar 71, Lexium 05, Lexium 15 LP, MP and HP, IclA.
Debugging and maintenance are simplied by animated graphic objects.
For diagnostics, a window clearly and chronologically displays all system
and application faults with timestamping at source.
The fault cause search navigation function enables precise location of the source of missing conditions.
XML format, the Web standard for data exchange, has been adopted as Unity application source format. By simple import/export,
all or part of the application can be exchanged with other project software.
Finally, the converters integrated in Unity Pro automatically convert PL7 and Concept IEC 61131-3 standards and applications.
Automation systems
50 3/50
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Unity software
Specialized software
Integrator system dedicated software

Software type Unity Pro XL Alliance V3.0
License type version 3.0 Single (1 workstation) Team (10 workstations)
References Software pack UNYSPUEFUAL30 UNYSPUEFTAL30
Old generation upgrade (1) UNYSPUEZUAL30 UNYSPUSZTCD30
Unity update UNYSPUQZUAL30 UNYSPUQZTAL30
Software type PLC Suite Alliance V3.0
License type version 3.0 Single (1 workstation) Team (10 workstations)
References Pack (1) UNYSPUQFUAL30 UNYSPUQFTAL30
(1) Including Unity Pro XL Alliance, Concept, PL7, ProWORX
Unity Pro application comparison software
Software type Unity Dif
License type version 2.0 Single (1 workstation), French and English languages (software and documentation)
Reference Software extension (1) UNY SDU DFU CD20
(1) Requires version Unity Pro XL >/ V2.1
PLC application and Modicon M340 embedded software update
Software type Unity Loader
License type version 1.0 Single (1 workstation)
Reference Software pack (1) UNY SMU ZUCD10
(1) This software is also included in all Unity Pro software packs
SFC View application diagnostic and monitoring software
Software type Unity SFC View
License type version 2.0 Single (1 workstation) Team (10 workstations) Site (> 10 workstations)
References Software pack UNYSDUMFUCD20 UNYSDUMFTCD20 UNYSDUMFFCD20
EF/EFB function development software in C language
Software type Unity EFB Toolkit
License type version 3.0 Single (1 workstation), English language (software and documentation)
References Software pack UNYSPUZFUCD30E
Renewal UNYCSPSPUZBU
Batch/process application design and generation software
Software type Unity UAG (Unity Application Generator)
License type version 2.3 Single (1 workstation) Team (> 10 workstations) Site (> 10 workstations)
References Software pack UAGSEWLFUCD23 UAGSEWLYTCD23 (1) UAGSEWLFFCD23
(1) Also includes Unity Pro XL Group (3 workstations) and Concept XL Group (3 workstations)
Specic Unity Pro solution design software pack
Software type Unity UDE (Unity Developers Edition)
License type Single (1 workstation), English language (software and documentation)
Reference Software pack UNYUDEVFUCD21E
51 3/51
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
For Modicon TSX Micro, Premium and Atrium slot-PLCs
PL7 is the common programming, debugging and operating software for the TSX Micro and Premium
ranges of PLCs as well as Atrium coprocessors (see pages 3/12, 3/18 and 3/26).
PL7 offers 4 IEC languages: Instruction List (IL), Ladder Diagram (LD), Structured Text (ST) and
Sequential Function Chart (SFC). You can use the most suitable language for each function in your
application, making use of the multi-tasking structure of the processors.
For using application-specic functions, PL7 directly integrates the application-specic screens
required for conguration and adjustment as well as supervisory and diagnostics activities.
Type of software PL7 Micro for TSX Micro platform
Type of license version 4.5 Single (1 station) Single with SyCon V2.8 Group (3 stations) Open Team (10 stations)
Reference Software package TLXCDPL7MP45 TLXCDPL7MPC45 TLXCD3PL7MP45 TLXOTPL7MP45M
Update (1) TLXRCDPL7MP45M TLXRCDPL7MPC45M TLXRCD3PL7MP45M
PL7 Junior for TSX Micro/Premium and Atrium coprocessor platforms
Type of license version 4.5 Single (1 station) Group (3 stations)
Reference Software package TLXCDPL7JP45 TLXCD3PL7JP45
Update (1) TLXRCDPL7JP45M TLXRC3DPL7JP45M
Upgrade (2) TLXUCDPL7JP45M TLXUCD3PL7JP45M
PL7 Pro for TSX Micro/Premium and Atrium coprocessor platforms
Type of license version 4.5 Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) Open Team (10 stations) Open Site
Reference Software package TLXCDPL7PP45 TLXCD3PL7PP45 TLXOTPL7PP45M TLXOSPL7PP45M
Update (1) TLXRCDPL7PP45M TLXRCD3PL7PP45M
Upgrade (2) TLXUCDPL7PP45M TLXUCD3PL7PP45M
(1) From the previous software version.
(2) From lower level, earlier version software.
Specialist tools
EF function development software in C language
Type of software PL7 SDKC for EF function development software in C language
PL7 SDKC software extension For PL7 Micro/Junior/Pro
Reference TLXLSDKCPL741M

Development of applications in C language
Type of software PL7 FUZ for processing process applications using fuzzy logic
PL7 FUZ software extension For PL7 Micro/Junior/Pro, TSX Micro/Premium
Reference TLXLPL7FUZ34M
Comparison of PL7 applications
Type of software PL7 DIF for comparison of applications
PL7 DIF software extension For PL7 Pro, TSX Micro/Premium
Type of license Single (1 station) Site (> 10 stations)
Reference TLXCDPL7DIF42 TLXOSPL7DIF42
Availability of control systems based on Premium platforms
Type of software Warm Standby redundant
Warm Standby software extension For PL7 Junior/Pro
Type of license Single (1 station)
Reference TLXCDWSBYP40F / E

Automation
52 3/52
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
For Modicon Quantum, Momentum
Concept is the IEC programming software for the Momentum and Quantum range of PLCs. It provides
advanced Microsoft Windows based tools that deliver a multi-language development environment for
control system programming.
Uses familiar, standardized editors, bundled in a single application to create and integrate PLC control,
communication and diagnostic logic.
Five IEC editors give users the freedom to choose the programming language that ts their application
requirements: Function Block Diagram (FBD), Ladder Diagram (LD), Sequential Function Chart (SFC),
Structured Text (ST) and Instruction List (IL).
Type of software Concept for Quantum/Momentum platforms
Type of license version 2.6 Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) 10 users (10 stations) Site
Software references Concept S 372SPU47101V26
Concept M 372SPU47201V26
Concept XL 372SPU47401V26 372SPU47411V26 372SPU47421V26 372SPU47431V26
Update references Concept S (3) 372ESS47101
Concept M (3) 372ESS47201
Concept XL (3) 372ESS47401 372ESS47403 372ISS4740310 372ISS4741000
(3) From an earlier software version.
Specialist tools
EF/EFB function development software in C language

Type of software Concept EFB Toolkit
Type of license Version 2.6 Upgrade version 2.6
Reference Software package 332SPU47001V26 372ESS47001

Concept service version limited to application loading
Type of software Concept Application Loader
Type of license Version 2.6
Reference Software package 372SPU47701V26
Software for designing and generating batch/process applications
Type of software Unity UAG (Unity Application Generator)
Type of license version 3.0 Single (1 station) Site
Reference Medium Software package UAGSEWMFUCD22 UAGSEWMFFCD22
Large Software package UAGSEWLFUCD22 UAGSEWLFFCD22
SFC View application diagnostic and monitoring software
Type of software Concept SFC View
Type of license version 3.0 Single (1 station) Group (10 stations) Site (100 stations)
Reference 372SFV16000V30 372SFV16020V30 372SFV16030V30

ProWORX for Modicon Quantum, Momentum
ProWORX 32 is the exible, easy-to-use cross-platform LL984-programming software for Modicon range
PLCs. It gives you the power to program your Modicon controllers online or ofine, manage your I/O
subsystems, and analyze your plants activity in real-time, all in a familiar Windows environment.
ProWORX 32 provides client/server capabilities to organize user-groups and -rights, store projects at a
central location and realize ofce-plant oor bridging.
The project emulator provides the ability to test projects prior to running them in the PLC run-time
environment to ensure your system will run at peak efciency.
Type of software ProWORX for Quantum/Momentum platforms
Type of license version 2.1 Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) Multi-user (10 stations) Site
Software references ProWORX 32 Server 372SPU78001PSEV
ProWORX 32 Suite 372SPU78001PSSV
ProWORX 32 Client, Full Dev. 372SPU78001PDEV 372SPU78001PSTH 372SPU78001PSTE 372SPU78001SITE
ProWORX 32 Online 372SPU78101PONL
ProWORX 32 Lite 372SPU71001PLDV 372SPU71001PLTH 372SPU71001PLTE
Upgrade to ProWORX 32references (4) 372SPU78401LPUP 372SPU78401LPTH 372SPU78401LPTE
(4) Only possible for customers, who are up-to-date with CSP (continuing support program)
53 3/53
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
The essentials
A simplied
selection guide to
help you quickly
select your
motion control
products.
Motion
and Drives
A full range
for all your applications
Lexium 15
from
1,5 to 70 A
Lexium 05
from
4 A to 25 A
High-simplicity soft starting and variable speed Altistart, Altivar
Starters
Altistart 01
b 0,37 to 75 kW
Drives
Altivar 11
b 0,18 to 2,2 kW
Drives
Altivar 61
b 0,37 to 800 kW
Starters
Altistart 48
b 4 to 1 200 kW
Drives
Altivar 31
b 0,18 to 15 kW
Drives
Altivar 71
b 0,37 to 630 kW
Complex machines, high power
>>>high performance
Simple machines
>>>compact
Pumping and ventilation machines
>>> tailor-made
Drives
Altivar 21
b 0,75 to 75 kW
Lexium Controller
Up to 8 synchronized
real axes
Servomotors
BSH from
0.5 to 90 Nm
BDH from
0.18 to 53 Nm
Servodrives Motion Controller
High-performance motion control Lexium Pac
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Wide variety of control architectures:
b Fieldbus: FIPIO, CanOpen (native), Modbus
Plus, Probus DP
b Motion Bus: synchronised CANopen dedicated
Motion Bus, Sercos
.
Contents
4/1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Soft starters and
variable speed drives
Altistart / Altivar selection guide ................................... 4/2 and 4/3
b Soft starters Altistart 01 ............................................... 4/4 and 4/5
b Soft starters Altistart 48 ............................................... 4/6 and 4/7
b Variable speed drives Altivar 11 ................................... 4/8 and 4/9
b Variable speed drives Altivar 21 ...............................4/10 and 4/11
b Variable speed drives Altivar 31 .............................. 4/12 and 4/13
b Variable speed drives Altivar 61 ................................. 4/14 to 4/23
b Variable speed drives Altivar 71 ................................. 4/24 to 4/33
b Dialogue and communication ....................................... 4/34 to 4/37
Motion modules and
servodrives
Selection guide: Motion control ............................... 4/38 and 4/39
Selection guide: Servodrives .................................. 4/40 and 4/41
b Axis Cards ................................................................................ 4/42
b Lexium Controller ...................................................... 4/43 and 4/44
b Architectures ............................................................ 4/45 and 4/46
b Lexium 05 servodrives
for BSH servomotors ....................................................... 4/47 to 4/51
b Lexium 15 servodrives
for BSH and BDH servomotors ....................................... 4/52 to 4/59
Supply voltage ranges for 50/60 Hz line supply Single phase 110480 V
Three phase 110690 V
Single phase 100120 V
Motor power 0.3775 kW 0.182.2 kW 0.1815 kW
Drive Output frequency 0.5200 Hz 0.5500 Hz
Type of control Asynchronous motor Sensorless ux vector control
Synchronous motor
Transient overtorque 150...170% of torque 170...200% of the nominal motor torque
nominal motor
Functions
Number of functions 1 26 50
Number of preset speeds 4 16
Number Analog inputs 1 3
of I/O Logic inputs 3 4 6
Analog outputs 1
Logic outputs 1 1
Relay outputs 1 1 2
Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen
Available as an option Combined with TeSys model U DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP,
starter-controller Fipio, Probus DP
Cards (available as an option)
Standards and certications IEC/EN 60947-4/2 EN 50178, EN 61800-3 IEC 61800-5-1, IEC 61800-5-2,
C-TICK, CSA, UL, EN 55011 - EN 55022 EN 61800-3,
CE, CCC class B and class A gr.1 EN 55011 - EN 55022:
NOM 117, CSA, UL, class A, class B with option
C-TICK N998, CE CSA, UL, C-TICK N998, CE
Selection guide
Type of machine Simple machines

C Applications: C Applications: C Applications:
Compressors, pumps, fans, Conveyors, garage and lift doors, Pumps, fans, conveyors, material
conveyors, automatic doors, automatic parking barriers, check handling machines, packaging,
washing gantries, advanced out counters, grinders, saws, conditioning machines,
systems, decentralised drills, exercise equipment, special machines, textile machines
architectures scrolling displays, retractable
hoods, dough mixers
Starters/drives Variable speed drives
Soft starters and soft
start/soft stop units
Altistart 01 Altivar 11 Altivar 31
b Compactness: b Compactness: b Compactness:
side by side mounting side by side mounting side by side mounting
b Simplicity: mounting, cabling b Simplicity: settings simplied b EMC lters integrated class A
and adjustments simplied b EMC lters integrated class B b Simplied start up with
b Efciency: increase your plug and drive function
productivity and maximize the life b Openess: CANopen and
of your machines, reduction of modbus integrated
mechanical shocks, limitation of
current peaks on starting.
4/2
4
Pumping and Complex, high-power
ventilation machines machines
C Applications: C Applications: C Applications C Applications
Compressors, pumps,fans Pumps and fans in HVAC (1) macro-congurations macro-congurations
and high inertia machines, conveyors. Pumps, Multipumps, fans, compressors Hoisting, packaging, material handling,
wood, textile, process machines
Soft start/soft stop units Variable speed drives Variable speed drives Variable speed drives
Building (HVAC)(1) Industry
Altistart 48 Altivar 21 Altivar 61 Altivar 71
b Torque Control System: b Compactness: side by side mounting b Extended ranges b Extended ranges
pressure surges suppression and b Simplicity: plug and drive function b Quick start up and easy diagnostics b Quick start up and easy diagnostics
temperature rise limitation and local remote button thanks to the multilingual graphic keypad thanks to the multilingual graphic keypad
b Simplicity: simplied start up b EMC lters integrated b Openess: to all communication buses b Openess: to all communication buses
b Protection of the motor b Harmonics reduction THDI < 30% b for industry and building b for industry
and the machine: thermal protection, b Openess: communication buses
dtection of phase failure, locked cards for building
rotor detection
Three phase 230415 V Three phase 200240 V Single phase 200240 V Single phase 200240 V
Three phase 208690 V Three phase 380480 V Three phase 200240 V Three phase 200240 V
Three phase 380480 V Three phase 380480 V
41200 kW 0.7575 kW 0.37800 kW 0.37630 kW
0.5200 Hz 0.51600 Hz up to 37 kW 0.11600 Hz up to 37 kW
0.5500 Hz from 45 to 800 kW 0.1500 Hz from 45 to 630 kW
TCS kn
2
quadratic ratio, sensorless ux vector kn
2
quadratic ratio, ux vector control with or Flux vector control with or without sensor,
(Torque Control System) control, voltage/frequency ratio without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio voltage/frequency ratio
(2 points), energy saving ratio (2 or 5 points), energy saving ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System
Vector control with orwithout speed feedback
Transient overload: 110% of the nominal Transient overload: 120130% of the 200% of the nominal motor torque for 2 s
drive current for 60 seconds nominal drive current for 60 seconds 170% for 60 seconds
36 50 > 150 > 150
8 16 16
1 PTC probe 2 24 24
4 3 620 620
1 1 13 13
2 08 08
3 2 24 24
Modbus Modbus Modbus and CANopen Modbus and CANopen
DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, LonWorks, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN, Ethernet TCP/IP, Fipio, Modbus Plus, INTERBUS, Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio,
Fipio, Probus DP BACnet Probus DP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, DeviceNet, Modbus Plus, Probus DP, DeviceNet, INTERBUS
LonWorks, METASYS N2, APOGEE P1, BACnet
I/O extension cards Encoder interface card
Controller Inside programmable card, I/O extension cards
multi-pump cards Controller Inside programmable card
IEC/EN 60947-4-2 EN 50178, IEC/EN 61800-3 IEC/EN 61800-5-1,
EMC class A and B EN 55011, EN 55022: IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2, C1 to C3)
DNV, C-TICK, GOST, class A, class B with option EN 55011, EN 55022,
CCIB, NOM, UL, CE, CE, UL, C-TICK N998 IEC/EN 61000-4-2/4-3/4-4/4-5/4-6/4-11
CCC, CSA CE, UL, CSA, DNV, C-TICK, NOM 117, GOST
(1) Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning
4/3
4
Type of starter Soft starters Soft start/soft stop units
Motor power 0.37 to 11 kW 0.75 to 15 kW
Peak current reduction No (1 controlled phase) Yes (2 controlled phases)
Adjustable starting time 15 s 110 s
Adjustable stopping time No: freewheel stop Yes: 1... 10 s.
Adjustable starting torque 3080% of DOL motor starting torque
Logic inputs 3 logic inputs (start, stop and startup boost)
Logic outputs 1 logic output
Relay outputs 1 relay output
Control supply voltage 110... 220 VAC 10%, 24 VDC 10% Built into the starter
Supply voltage Single phase 110230 V
Motor power
230 V Nominal current
kW (IcL)
0.37 3 A ATS01N103FT
0.75 6 A ATS01N106FT
1.1 9 A ATS01N109FT
1.5 12 A ATS01N112FT
2.2 25 A ATS01N125FT
Supply voltage Three phase 110480 V Three phase 200240 V Three phase 380415 V Three phase 440480 V
Motor power
210 V 230 V 400 V 460 V Nominal current
HP kW HP kW HP (IcL)
0.37-0.55 0.5/ 1.1 0.5-1.5 3 A ATS01N103FT
0.5 0.75-1.1 1-1.5 2.2-3 2-3 6 A ATS01N106FT ATS01N206LU ATS01N206QN ATS01N206RT
1 1.5 2 4 5 9 A ATS01N109FT ATS01N209LU ATS01N209QN ATS01N209RT
1.5 2.2 3 5.5 7.5 12 A ATS01N112FT ATS01N212LU ATS01N212QN ATS01N212RT
4-5.5 5-7.5 7.5-11 10-15 22 A ATS01N222LU ATS01N222QN ATS01N222RT
2-3 3-4-5.5 5-7.5 7.5-9-11 10-15 25A ATS01N125FT
7,5 10 15 20 32 A ATS01N232LU ATS01N232QN ATS01N232RT
Altistart 01
0.3775 kW
Simple machines
Starters
Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth
ATS01 N103FT/N106 FT 22,5 x 100 x 100,4
N109FT/N112 FT/N125 FT
45 x 124 x 130,7
N206pp/N209pp / N212pp
N222pp/N232pp 45 x 154 x 130,7
4/4
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Starters
Type of starter Soft start/soft stop units
Motor power 15 to 75 kW
Degree of protection IP20 on front panel
Peak current reduction Yes
Adjustable starting and stopping times 1... 25 s
Adjustable starting torque 30.... 80% of DOL motor starting torque
Logic inputs 2 logic inputs (run and stop)
Control supply voltage 110 VDC 10% Built into the starter
Supply voltage Three phase 230690 V Three phase 400 V
Motor power
230 V
400 V 460 V 690 V Nominal current
kW HP kW HP HP kW (IcL)
7.5 10 15 15 20 30 32 A ATS01N230LY
11 15 22 25 30 37 44 A ATS01N244LY ATS01N244Q
18.5 25 37 40 50 55 72 A ATS01N272LY ATS01N272Q
22 30 45 50 60 75 85 A ATS01N285LY ATS01N285Q
Starters with TeSys model U

Type of starter Soft start/soft stop units
Motor power 0.75 to 15 kW
Peak current reduction Yes
Adjustable starting and stopping times 110 s
Adjustable starting torque 30.... 80% of DOL motor starting torque
Logic inputs 3 logic inputs (start, stop and startup boost)
Logic outputs 1 logic output
Control supply voltage c 24 V, 100mA, 10 %
References Soft start/soft stop units TeSys model U starter-controller Power connector

Power base Control unit (1) between ATSU and
TeSys model U
Supply voltage Three phase 200480 V
Motor power
230 V 400 V 460 V Nominal
current (IcL) kW HP kW HP
0,75 1 1,5 2 6 A ATSU01N206LT LUB12 LUCp05BL VW3G4104
1,1 1,5 2,2/3 3 6 A ATSU01N206LT LUB12 LUCp12BL
1,5 2 6 9 A ATSU01N209LT LUB12 LUCp12BL VW3G4104
4 9 A ATSU01N209LT LUB12 LUCp12BL
2,2 3 5,5 7,5 12 A ATSU01N212LT LUB12 LUCp12BL VW3G4104
3 12 A ATSU01N212LT LUB32 LUCp18BL
4 5 7,5 10 22 A ATSU01N222LT LUB32 LUCp18BL VW3G4104
5,5 7,5 11 15 22 A ATSU01N222LT LUB32 LUCp32BL
7,5 10 15 20 32 A ATSU01N232LT LUB32 LUCp32BL VW3G4104
(1) To compose your reference, replace p in the reference with: A for a standard control unit, M for a multifunction unit and B for an advanced unit.
ATSU01 N206LT/N209LT/N212LT 45 x 124 x 130,7
N222LT/N232LT 45 x 154 x 130,7
ATS01 N230pp/N244pp
180 x 146 x 126
N272pp/N285pp 180 x 254.5 x 126
4/5
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Altistart 48
41200 kW
Soft start/soft stop units
Supply voltage Three phase 230415 V (1)
Type of application Standard Severe (2)
Starter control supply voltage 220415 V
Protection Degree of protection IP20: ATS48D17p to ATS48C11p starters
IP00: ATS48C14p to ATS48M12p starters
Motor thermal protection Class 10 Class 20
EMC Class A On all starters
Class B On all starters up to 170 A
Starting mode Torque control (patented TCS: Torque Control System)
I/O Analog inputs 1 PTC probe
Logic inputs 4 logic inputs, 2 of which are congurable
Logic outputs 2 congurable logic outputs
Analog outputs 1 analog output
Relay outputs 3 relay outputs, 2 of which are congurable
Dialogue Integrated or remote display terminal, or PowerSuite software workshop (3)
Communication (4) Integrated Modbus
Available as an option DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, Fipio, Probus DP
Motor power
230 V 400 V Nominal current
kW kW (IcL)
3 5.5 12 A ATS48D17Q Size A
4 7.5 17 A ATS48D17Q Size A ATS48D22Q Size A
5.5 11 22 A ATS48D22Q Size A ATS48D32Q Size A
7.5 15 32 A ATS48D32Q Size A ATS48D38Q Size A
9 18.5 38 A ATS48D38Q Size A ATS48D47Q Size A
11 22 47 A ATS48D47Q Size A ATS48D62Q Size B
15 30 62 A ATS48D62Q Size B ATS48D75Q Size B
18.5 37 75 A ATS48D75Q Size B ATS48D88Q Size B
22 45 88 A ATS48D88Q Size B ATS48C11Q Size B
30 55 110 A ATS48C11Q Size B ATS48C14Q Size C
37 75 140 A ATS48C14Q Size C ATS48C17Q Size C
45 90 170 A ATS48C17Q Size C ATS48C21Q Size D
55 110 210 A ATS48C21Q Size D ATS48C25Q Size D
75 132 250 A ATS48C25Q Size D ATS48C32Q Size D
90 160 320 A ATS48C32Q Size D ATS48C41Q Size E
110 220 410 A ATS48C41Q Size E ATS48C48Q Size E
355 660 A ATS48C66Q Size E ATS48C79Q Size F
220 400 790 A ATS48C79Q Size F ATS48M10Q Size F
250 500 1000 A ATS48M10Q Size F ATS48M12Q Size F
355 630 1200 A ATS48M12Q Size F
(1) Possible to connect the starter in the motor delta connection
(2) Starting time greater than 30 seconds (fans, high inertia machines and compressors)
(3) (4) PowerSuite software and communication protocols, see page 4/30

Accessory
Accessory Remote display terminal
Reference VW3G48101
ATS48 D17Q to D47Q Size A: 160 x 275 x 190
D62Q to C11Q Size B: 190 x 290 x 235
C14Q to C17Q Size C: 200 x 340 x 265
C21Q to C32Q Size D: 320 x 380 x 265
C41Q to C66Q Size E: 400 x 670 x 300
C79Q to M12Q Size F: 770 x 890 x 315
4/6
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Soft start/soft stop units
Supply voltage Three phase 208690 V (1)
Type of application Standard Severe (2)
Starter control supply voltage 110230 V
Characteristics Identical to 230415 V starters
Motor power Nominal
208 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 230 V 400 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660 V 690 V current
(IcL) HP kW
2 3 7.5 10 3 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 9 11 12 A ATS48D17Y Size A
3 5 10 15 4 7.5 7.5 9 9 11 15 17 A ATS48D17Y Size A ATS48D22Y Size A
5 7.5 15 20 5.5 11 11 11 11 15 18.5 22 A ATS48D22Y Size A ATS48D32Y Size A
7.5 10 20 25 7.5 15 15 18.5 18.5 22 22 32 A ATS48D32Y Size A ATS48D38Y Size A
10 25 30 9 18.5 18.5 22 22 30 30 38 A ATS48D38Y Size A ATS48D47Y Size A
15 30 40 11 22 22 30 30 37 37 47 A ATS48D47Y Size A ATS48D62Y Size B
15 20 40 50 15 30 30 37 37 45 45 62 A ATS48D62Y Size B ATS48D75Y Size B
20 25 50 60 18.5 37 37 45 45 55 55 75 A ATS48D75Y Size B ATS48D88Y Size B
25 30 60 75 22 45 45 55 55 75 75 88 A ATS48D88Y Size B ATS48C11Y Size B
30 40 75 100 30 55 55 75 75 90 90 110 A ATS48C11Y Size B ATS48C14Y Size C
40 50 100 125 37 75 75 90 90 110 110 140 A ATS48C14Y Size C ATS48C17Y Size C
50 60 125 150 45 90 90 110 110 132 160 170 A ATS48C17Y Size C ATS48C21Y Size D
60 75 150 200 55 110 110 132 132 160 200 210 A ATS48C21Y Size D ATS48C25Y Size D
75 100 200 250 75 132 132 160 160 220 250 250 A ATS48C25Y Size D ATS48C32Y Size D
100 125 250 300 90 160 160 220 220 250 315 320 A ATS48C32Y Size D ATS48C41Y Size E
125 150 300 350 110 220 220 250 250 355 400 410 A ATS48C41Y Size E ATS48C48Y Size E
150 350 400 132 250 250 315 315 400 500 480 A ATS48C48Y Size E ATS48C59Y Size E
200 400 500 160 315 355 400 400 560 560 590 A ATS48C59Y Size E ATS48C66Y Size E
200 250 500 600 355 400 630 630 660 A ATS48C66Y Size E ATS48C79Y Size F
250 300 600 800 220 400 500 500 500 710 710 790 A ATS48C79Y Size F ATS48M10Y Size F
350 350 800 1000 250 500 630 630 630 900 900 1000 A ATS48M10Y Size F ATS48M12Y Size F
400 455 1000 1200 355 630 710 800 800 1200 A ATS48M12Y Size F
(1) Starter connection in the motor delta connection: add S316 at the end of the reference
Kits DNV for starters
Type of starters ATS 48D62p48C17p ATS 48C21p48C32p ATS 48C41p48C66 ATS 48C79p48M12p
Weight (kg) 0.6 0.68 3.4 4.4
References VW3G48106 VW3G48107 VW3G48108 VW3G48109
Line chokes
References Starter ATS48 D17p D75p to C14p C41p to C48p
Choke VZ1L015UM17T VZ1L150U170T VZ1L530U045T
Type of starter ATS48 D22p C17p to C25p C59p to M10p
Choke VZ1L030U800T VZ1L0250U100T VZ1LM10U024T
Type of starter ATS48 D32p and D38p AC32p M12p
Choke VZ1L040U600T VZ1L325U075T VZ1LM14U016T
Type of starter ATS48 D47p and D62p
Choke VZ1L070U350T
ATS48 D17Y to D47Y Size A: 160 x 275 x 190
D62Y to C11Y Size B: 190 x 290 x 235
C14Y to C17Y Size C: 200 x 340 x 265
C21Y to C32Y Size D: 320 x 380 x 265
C41Y to C66Y Size E: 400 x 670 x 300
C79Y to M12Y Size F: 770 x 890 x 315
4/7
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Altivar 11
0.182.2 kW
Simple machines
Drives on heatsinks
Range Europe America Asia
Output frequency 0.5...200 Hz
Type of control Sensorless ux vector control
Speed range 1 to 20
I/O Analog inputs 1 congurable analog input
Logic inputs 4 assignable logic inputs
Outputs 1 PWM open collector output or assignable as logic output
Relay outputs 1 protected relay logic output
Dialogue Integrated display terminal or PowerSuite software workshop (2)
EMC Integrated class B lter External lter available as an option External lter available as an option
Local controls (3)/Negative logic No No Yes
Standard NEC 208 V 1999 No Yes No
Motor power kW/HP 0.18 / 0.25 ATV11HU05F1U Size 1 ATV11HU05F1A Size 1
0.37 / 0.5 ATV11HU09F1U Size 2 ATV11HU09F1A Size 2
0.75 / 1 ATV11HU18F1U Size 4 ATV11HU18F1A Size 4
Motor power kW/HP 0.18 / 0.25 ATV11HU05M2E Size 1 ATV11HU05M2U Size 1 ATV11HU05M2A Size 1
0.37 / 0.5 ATV11HU09M2E Size 2 ATV11HU09M2U Size 2 ATV11HU09M2A Size 2
0.55 ATV11HU12M2E Size 3
0.75 / 1 ATV11HU18M2E Size 3 ATV11HU18M2U Size 3 ATV11HU18M2A Size 3
Motor power kW/HP 0.18 / 0.25 ATV11HU05M3U Size 1 ATV11HU05M3A Size 1
0.37 / 0.5 ATV11HU09M3U Size 2 ATV11HU09M3A Size 2
0.75 / 1 ATV11HU18M3U Size 3 ATV11HU18M3A Size 3
(1) Asia range: Add 7 mm to depth (height of the potentiometer)
(2) PowerSuite software, see page 4/30
(3) Local controls: Run/Stop keys and potentiometer

Drives on base plate
Range Europe America Asia
Motor power kW/HP 0.37 / 0.5 ATV11PU09F1U ATV11PU09F1A
Motor power kW/HP 0.37 / 0.5 ATV11PU09M2E ATV11PU09M2U ATV11PU09M2A
0.55 ATV11PU12M2E
0.75 / 1 ATV11PU18M2E ATV11PU18M2U ATV11PU18M2A
Motor power kW/HP 0.37 / 0.5 ATV11PU09M3U ATV11PU09M3A
0.75 / 1 ATV11PU18M3U ATV11PU18M3A
(1) Asia range: Add 7 mm to depth (height of the potentiometer)
Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth (1)
1 size: 72 x 142 x 101
Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth (1)
Size 1 : 72 x 142 x 101/Size 2: 72 x 142 x 125
Size 3 : 72 x 142 x 138/Size 4: 117 x 142 x 156
4/8
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Additional EMC input lters
Supply voltage Single phase Three phase
100120 V 200240 V 200230 V
Europe range Drive ATV11 HU05M2E to HU41M2E
References Filters Integrated
America range Drive ATV11 HU05F1U, HU09F1U HU05M2U to HU18M2U HU05M3U to HU18M3U
References Filters VW3A11401 VW3A11403 VW3A11401
Drive ATV11 HU18F1U HU29M2U HU41M2U HU29M3U to HU41M3U
Asia range Drive ATV11 HU05F1A - HU09F1A HU05M2A to HU18M2A HU05M3A to HU18M3A
Drive ATV11 HU18F1A - HU18F1A HU29M2A - HU41M2A HU29M3A to HU41M3A
Accessories
Accessory
Mounting plates for
Omega rail
Substitution
plate
Speed reference
potentiometer
Plate for EMC
mounting
Description Width 35 mm For replacing 2.2 k
ATV08
References Drive ATV11 HU05ppp HU18F1p HU05M2p All ATV11 models All ATV11 models
HU09ppp HU29ppp pHU09M2pp
HU12M2p HU41ppp pU12M2E
HU18pp pU18M2p
Accessories VW3A11851 VW3A11852 VW3A11811 SZ1RV1202 VW3A11831
Braking resistors and modules...other accessories: Please consult www.Telemecanique.com.
4/9
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Altivar 21
0.7575 kW
Building (HVAC)
(1)
UL Type 1/IP20 and IP54 drives
Drive IP20 IP54
Supply voltage Three phase 200240 V 380480 V 380480 V
Degree of protection IP21 and IP41 on the upper part IP54 drive available in two manufacturing variants,
ATV21WN4 class A or ATV21WN4C class B
Output frequency 0.5200 Hz
Type of control kn
2
quadratic ratio, sensorless ux vector control, voltage/frequency ratio (2 points), energy saving ratio
Speed range 1 to 10
I/O Analog inputs 1 switch-congurable current or voltage analog input, and
1 voltage analog input congurable as a PTC probe input
Logic inputs 3 programmable logic inputs
Analog outputs 1 switch-congurable current or voltage analog output
Relay outputs 2 relay logic outputs
Dialogue Integrated display terminal with local controls (2) or remote display terminal or PC software (see page 4/11)
Communication
(see page 4/11)
Integrated Modbus RTU
Available as an option HVAC protocols: LonWorks, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN, BACnet
EMC Class A External lter in option Integrated class A lter Integrated class A lter
Class B External lter in option External lter in option Integrated class B lter
Motor power kW/HP 0,75 / 1 ATV21H075M3X S1A ATV21H075N4 S1A ATV21W075N4 S1 ATV21W075N4C S1
1,5 / 2 ATV21HU15M3X S1A ATV21HU15N4 S1A ATV21WU15N4 S1 ATV21WU15N4C S1
3 / ATV21HU30M3X S2A ATV21HU30N4 S2A ATV21WU30N4 S2 ATV21WU30N4C S2
4 / 5 ATV21HU40M3X S2A ATV21HU40N4 S2A ATV21WU40N4 S2 ATV21WU40N4C S2
5,5 / 7,5 ATV21HU55M3X S3A ATV21HU55N4 S2A ATV21WU55N4 S2 ATV21WU55N4C S2
11 / 15 ATV21HD11M3X S4A ATV21HD11N4 S3A ATV21WD11N4 S3 ATV21WD11N4C S3
18,5 / 25 ATV21HD18M3X S4A ATV21HD18N4 S4A ATV21WD18N4 S4 ATV21WD18N4C S4
37 / 50 ATV21HD37N4 S7A ATV21WD37N4 S6 ATV21WD37N4C S6
(1) Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning
(2) Drive with local controls, Run/Stop, Loc/Rem. keys
Remote display terminal
Description The Altivar 21 drive can be connected to a remote display terminal. The display terminal can be mounted on
the door of an enclosure with IP54 protection on the front panel. Max. operating temperature: 40C
Supplied with:
1 cable with 2 RJ45 connectors, length 3.6 m
Seal and screws for IP54 mounting on an enclosure door
Reference VW3A21101

IP20 IP54
S1A : 107 x 143 x 150 S1 : 215 x 297 x 192
S2A : 142 x 184 x 150 S2 : 230 x 340 x 208
S3A : 180 x 232 x 170 S3 : 290 x 560 x 315
S4A : 245 x 329,5 x 190 S4 : 310 x 665 x 315
S5A : 240 x 420 x 210 S5 : 284 x 720 x 315
S6A : 320 x 630 x 290 S5 : 284 x 880 x 343
S7A : 240 x 550 x 266 S5 : 362 x 1000 x 364
S8A : 320 x 630 x 290
4/10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Supply voltage Three phase
200240 V 380480 V
Maximum length of shielded cable m (1) Class A Class B Class A Class B
References Type of drive
Filters
ATV21 H075M3X to HU22M3X 20 m 20 m H075N4 to HU22N4 20 m 20 m
VW3A31404 VW3A31404
Type of drive
Filters
ATV21 HU30M3X and HU40M3X 20 m 20 m HU30N4 to HU55N4 20 m 20 m
VW3A31406 VW3A31406
Type of drive
Filters
ATV21 HU55M3X and HU75M3X 20 m HU75N4 and HD11N4 20 m 20 m
VW3A31407 VW3A31407
Type of drive
Filters
ATV21 HD11M3X to HD18M3X 20 m HD15N4 and HD18N4 20 m 20 m
VW3A31408 VW3A31409
Type of drive
Filters
ATV21 HD22M3X 100 m HD22N4 and HD30N4 100 m
VW3A4406 VW3A4406
Type of drive
Filters
ATV21 HD30M3X 20 m HD37N4 HD45N4 100 m 100 m
VW3A4408 VW3A4407
Type of drive
Filters
ATV21 HD55N4 HD75N4 100 m 100 m
VW3A4408
(1) Maximum lengths for shielded cables connecting motors to drives for a switching frequency of 6 to 16 kHz

Communication cards
Type LonWorks METASYS N2 APOGEE FLN BACnet
Structure Connector
Topology TP/FT-10 (free topology)
Transmission speed 78 Kbps
Diagnostics With LEDs 1 LED on the card: Service 1 LED on the card: COM (network trafc)
Using the graphic display terminal Command word received/reference received
Description le xif le supplied on CD-ROM
Reference VW3A21312 VW3A21313 VW3A21314 VW3A21315
Modbus bus Splitter box Cables (L = 1 m) T-junction boxes (L = 1 m) Line terminator
Description 10 RJ45 connectors Equipped with T-junction boxes Adaptation for
and 1 screw terminal 2 RJ45 connectors (with integrated cable) RJ45 connector
Reference LU9GC3 VW3A8306R10 VW3A8306TF10 VW3A8306RC
PC software for Altivar 21 drives
Free software available on www.telemecanique.com
Description

It includes various functions such as:
Preparing congurations, setup and maintenance (oscilloscope).
It can operate in the following PC environments and congurations:
Microsoft Windows
98, Microsoft Windows
2000, Microsoft Windows
XP, Pentium
233 MHz or more,

hard disk with 10 Mb available, 32 Mb RAM, 256 colour 640 x 480 pixels or higher denition monitor.
Connection kit reference VW3A8106
4/11
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Altivar 31
0.1815 kW
Simple machines
Drives on heatsinks
Supply voltage Single phase
200240 V
Three phase
200240 V 380500 V
Output frequency 0.5500 Hz
Type of control Sensorless ux vector control
Speed range 1 to 50
Degree of protection IP31 and IP41 on upper part and IP21 on connection terminals
I/O Analog inputs 3 congurable analog inputs
Logic inputs 6 programmable logic inputs
Analog outputs 1 current analog output (assignable as logic output) and 1 voltage analog output
Relay outputs 2 relay logic outputs
Dialogue Integrated display terminal with or without local controls (1) or PowerSuite software workshop (see page 4/30)
Communication
(see page 4/30)
Integrated Modbus and CANopen
Available as an option DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, Fipio, Probus DP
EMC Class A Integrated class A lter External lter available as an option Integrated class A lter
Class B External lter available as an option
Motor power kW/HP 0.18/0.25 ATV31H018M2 Size 3 ATV31H018M3X Size 1
0.37/0.5 ATV31H037M2 Size 3 ATV31H037M3X Size 1 ATV31H037N4 Size 5
0.55/0.75 ATV31H055M2 Size 4 ATV31H055M3X Size 2 ATV31H055N4 Size 5
0.75/1 ATV31H075M2 Size 4 ATV31H075M3X Size 2 ATV31H075N4 Size 6
1.1/1.5 ATV31HU11M2 Size 6 ATV31HU11M3X Size 5 ATV31HU11N4 Size 6
1.5/2 ATV31HU15M2 Size 6 ATV31HU15M3X Size 5 ATV31HU15N4 Size 6
2.2/3 ATV31HU22M2 Size 7 ATV31HU22M3X Size 6 ATV31HU22N4 Size 7
3/ ATV31HU30M3X Size 7 ATV31HU30N4 Size 7
4/5 ATV31HU40M3X Size 7 ATV31HU40N4 Size 7
5.5/7.5 ATV31HU55M3X Size 8 ATV31HU55N4 Size 8
7.5/10 ATV31HU75M3X Size 8 ATV31HU75N4 Size 8
11/15 ATV31HD11M3X Size 9 ATV31HD11N4 Size 9
15/20 ATV31HD15M3X Size 9 ATV31HD15N4 Size 9
(1) For drive with local controls (Run/Stop keys and potentiometer) add an A at the end of the reference.
To order a drive intended for spooling applications, add a T at the end of the reference.
Enclosed drives
Supply voltage Single phase 200240 V Three phase 380500 V
Description Enclosure equipped with an ATV31 drive with external heatsink. Removable covers for adding
1 switch-disconnector or 1 circuit-breaker, 3 buttons and/or LEDs, 1 potentiometer
Motor power kW/HP 0.18/0.25 ATV31C018M2 Size 1
0.37/0.5 ATV31C037M2 Size 1 ATV31C037N4 Size 2
0.55/0.75 ATV31C055M2 Size 1 ATV31C055N4 Size 2
0.75/1 ATV31C075M2 Size 1 ATV31C075N4 Size 2
1.1/1.5 ATV31CU11M2 Size 2 ATV31CU11N4 Size 2
1.5/2 ATV31CU15M2 Size 2 ATV31CU15N4 Size 2
2.2/3 ATV31CU22M2 Size 3 ATV31CU22N4 Size 3
3/ ATV31CU30N4 Size 3
4/5 ATV31CU40N4 Size 3
5.5/7.5 ATV31CU55N4 (2) Size 4
7.5/10 ATV31CU75N4 (2) Size 4
11/15 ATV31CD11N4 (2) Size 5
15/20 ATV31CD15N4 (2) Size 5
Drive kit (Altivar 31 drive on metal support plate with EMC lter): Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofce. (2) Drive in metal enclosure without cover.
Size 1: 72 x 145 x 120 / Size 2: 72 x 145 x 130
Size 3: 72 x 145 x 140 / Size 4: 72 x 145 x 145
Size 5: 105 x 143 x 130 / Size 6: 107 x 143 x 150
Size 7: 142 x 184 x 150 / Size 8: 180 x 232 x 170
Size 9: 245 x 330 x 190
Size 1: 210 x 240 x 163 / Size 2: 215 x 297 x 192
Size 3: 230 x 340 x 208 / Size 4: 320 x 512 x 2782
Size 5: 440 x 625 x 282 /
4/12
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Supply voltage Single phase Three phase
200240 V 200240 V 380500 V
Maximum length of shielded cable (1) Class A 5 m 50 m 5 m 5 m 50 m
Class B 20 m 20 m
References Drive ATV31 H018M2 to H075M2 H018M3X to H075M3X H037N4 to HU15N4
Filter Integrated VW3A31401 VW3A31402 Integrated VW3A31404
Drive ATV31 HU11M2 to HU15M2 HU11M3X to HU22M3X HU22N4 to HU40N4
Filters Integrated VW3A31403 VW3A31404 Integrated VW3A31406
Drive ATV31 HU22M2 HU30M3X - HU40M3X HU55N4 - HU75 N4
Filters Integrated VW3A31405 VW3A31406 Integrated VW3A31407
Drive ATV31 HU55M3X - HU75M3X HD11N4 - HD15N4
Filters VW3A31407 Integrated VW3A31409
Drive ATV31 HD11M3X - HD15M3X
Filters VW3A31408
(1) Maximum lengths for shielded cables connecting motors to drives for a switching frequency of 2 to 16 kHz
Line chokes
Supply voltage Single phase
200240 V
Three phase
200240 V 380500 V
References Drive ATV31 H018M2 to H037M2 H018M3X to H075M3X H037N4 to HU15N4
Choke VZ1 L004M010 VW3A4551 VW3A4551
Drive ATV31 H055M2 to H075M2 HU11M3X and HU15M3X HU22N4 to HU40N4
Choke VZ1 L007UM50 VW3A4552 VW3A4552
Drive ATV31 HU11M2 to HU22M2 HU22M3X and HU30M3X HU55N4 and HU75N4
Choke VZ1 L018UM20 VW3A4553 VW3A4553
Drive ATV31 HU40M3X to HU75M3X HD11N4 and HD15N4
Choke VW3A4554 VW3A4554
Drive ATV31 HD11M3X and HD15M3X
Choke VW3A4555
Braking resistors... accessories:Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofce.
4/13
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
IP20 drives
Altivar 61
0.37800 kW
Type of drive
Supply voltage
Single phase
200240 V (3)
Three phase
200240 V (3)
Three phase
380800 V
Degree of protection IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part
Drive Output frequency 0.51600 Hz up to 37 kW; 0.5500 Hz from 45 to 800 kW
Type of control Asynchronous motor kn
2
quadratic ratio, ux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), energy saving ratio
Synchronous motor Vector control without speed feedback
Transient overtorque 120130% of the nominal drive current for 60 seconds
Speed range 1100 in open loop mode
Functions Number of functions > 150
Number of preset speeds 16
Number of I/O Analog inputs 24/Logic inputs 620
Analog outputs 13/Logic outputs 08
Relay outputs 24
Safety input 1
Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal or PowerSuite software workshop (see pages 4/17 and 4/30)
Communication
(see page 4/30)
Available as an option HVAC protocols: LonWorks, BACnet, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN
Industrial: Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Probus DP, DeviceNet, INTERBUS
Cards (available as an option) Multi-pump cards, I/O extension cards, Controller Inside programmable card
Reduction of current harmonics DC choke integrated or supplied with the product (optional chokes and passive lters, see page 4/18)
EMC Class A Integrated lter
Motor power kW / HP 0,37 / 0,5 ATV61H075M3 S2
0,75 / 1 ATV61HU15M3 S2 ATV61H075M3 S2 ATV61H075N4 (3) S2
1,5 / 2 ATV61HU22M3 S3 ATV61HU15M3 S2 ATV61HU15N4 (3) S2
2,2 / 3 ATV61HU30M3 S3 ATV61HU22M3 S3 ATV61HU22N4 (3) S2
3 / ATV61HU40M3 (1) S3 ATV61HU30M3 S3 ATV61HU30pp (3) (4) S3/S6 (5)
4 / 5 ATV61HU55M3 (1) S4 ATV61HU40M3 S3 ATV61HU40pp (3) (4) S3/S6 (5)
5,5 / 7,5 ATV61HU75M3 (1) S5A ATV61HU55M3 S4 ATV61HU55pp (3) (4) S4/S6 (5)
7,5 / 10 ATV61HU75M3 S5A ATV61HU75pp (3) (4) S4/S6 (5)
11 / 15 ATV61HD11M3X(2) S5B ATV61HD11pp (3) (4) S5A/ S6 (5)
15 / 20 ATV61HD15M3X(2) S5B ATV61HD15pp (3) (4) S5B/ S6 (5)
18,5 / 25 ATV61HD18M3X(2) S6 ATV61HD18pp (3) (4) S5A/ S6 (5)
22 / 30 ATV61HD22M3X(2) S6 ATV61HD22pp (3) (4) S6/S6 (5)
30 / 40 ATV61HD30M3X(2) S7B ATV61HD30pp (3) (4) S7A/S6 (5)
37 / 50 ATV61HD37M3X(2) S7B ATV61HD37pp (3) (4) S7A/S8 (5)
45 / 60 ATV61HD45M3X(2) S7B ATV61HD45pp (3) (4) S8/S8 (5)
90 / 125 ATV61HD90M3X(2) S10 ATV61HD90pp (4) S9/S8 (5)
110 / 150 ATV61HC11pp (4) S9/S11 (5)
132 / 200 ATV61HC13pp (4) S10/S11 (5)
160 / 250 ATV61HC16pp (4) S11/S11 (5)
200 / 300 ATV61HC20pp (4) S12/S11 (5)
220 / 350 ATV61HC22N4 (4) S12
250 / 400 ATV61HC25pp (4) S13/S13 (5)
280 / 450 ATV61HC28N4 (4) S13/S13 (5)
315 / 500 ATV61HC31pp (4) S13/S13 (5)
400 / 600 ATV61HC40pp (4) S14/S13 (5)
500 / 700 ATV61HC50pp (4) S14/S15 (5)
630 / 900 ATV61HC63pp (4) S15/S15 (5)
800 / 900 ATV61HC80pp (4) S15/S15 (5)
(1) Must be used with a line choke, see page 4/18
(2) Drive supplied without EMC lter
(3) To order a reinforced version of the drive for specic environmental conditions, conforming to IEC 60721-3-3 class 3c2, add S337 at the end of the reference.
E.g. ATV61H075N4S337. To order drive supplied without EMC lter, add 337 at the end of the reference. E.g. ATV61HD11M3X337
(4) In the reference replace the points with: N4 for 480 V - Y for 690 V
(5) The code of dimensions located on the left of the slash is for 480 V drives, the code located on the right is for 690 V
S2 : 130 x 230 x 175 S3 : 155 x 260 x 187
S4 : 175 x 295 x 187 S5A : 210 x 295 x 213
S5B : 230 x 400 x 213 S6 : 240 x 420 x 236
S7A : 240 x 550 x 266 S7B : 320 x 550 x 266
S8 : 320 x 630 x 290 S9 : 320 x 920 x 377
S10 : 360 x 1022 x 377 S11 : 340 x 1190 x 377
S12 : 440 x 1190 x 377 S13 : 595 x 1190 x 377
S14 : 890 x 1390 x 377 S15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377
4/14
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
IP54 drives
ATV61W ATV61E5C in enclosure
SA2 : 235 x 490 x 272 A1 : 616 x 2000 x 600
SA3 : 235 x 490 x 286 A2 : 816 x 2000 x 600
SB : 255 x 525 x 286 A3 : 1016 x 2000 x 600
SC : 290 x 560 x 315 A3 : 1220 x 2000 x 600
SD : 310 x 665 x 315 A3 : 2024 x 2000 x 600
SE : 284 x 720 x 315 A4 : 1216 x 2000 x 600
SF : 284 x 880 x 343 A4 : 1820 x 2000 x 600
SG : 362 x 1000 x 364 A4 : 2224 x 2000 x 600
Type of drive Three phase 380480 V
(3)
Degree of protection UL Type 12/IP54
2
Number of I/O Analog inputs 24 / Logic inputs 620
Analog outputs 13 / Logic outputs 08
Relay outputs 24
Safety input 1
Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal or PowerSuite software workshop (see page 4/30)
Communication
(see page 4/30)
Available as an option HVAC protocols: LonWorks, BACnet, METASYS N2, APOGEE P1
Reduction of current harmonics Integrated DC choke (optional chokes and passive lters, see page 4/18)
Class B Integrated lter
Motor power kW / HP 0,75 / 1 ATV61W075N4 (6) TA2 ATV61W075N4C TA2
1,5 / 2 ATV61WU15N4 (6) TA2 ATV61WU15N4C TA2
2,2 / 3 ATV61WU22N4 (6) TA2 ATV61WU22N4C TA2
3 / ATV61WU30N4 (6) TA3 ATV61WU30N4C TA3
4 / 5 ATV61WU40N4 (6) TA3 ATV61WU40N4C TA3
5,5 / 7,5 ATV61WU55N4 (6) TB ATV61WU55N4C TB
7,5 / 10 ATV61WU75N4 (6) TB ATV61WU75N4C TB
11 / 15 ATV61WD11N4 (6) TC ATV61WD11N4C TC
15 / 20 ATV61WD15N4 (6) TD ATV61WD15N4C TD
18,5 / 25 ATV61WD18N4 (6) TD ATV61WD18N4C TD
22 / 30 ATV61WD22N4 (6) TE ATV61WD22N4C TE
30 / 40 ATV61WD30N4 (6) TF ATV61WD30N4C TF
37 / 50 ATV61WD37N4 (6) TF ATV61WD37N4C TF
45 / 60 ATV61WD45N4 (6) TG ATV61WD45N4C TG
(6) For products with switch: replace W par E5 in the reference : Example ATV61W075N4 becomes ATV61E5075N4.
4/15
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of enclosure Three phase 380690 V
(3)
2
Number of I/O Analog inputs 24 / Logic inputs 620
Analog outputs 13 / Logic outputs 08
Relay outputs 24
Safety input 1
Dialogue Remote graphic display t erminal or PowerSuite software workshop (see page 4/30)
Communication
(see page 4/30)
Available as an option HVAC protocols: LonWorks, BACnet, METASYS N2, APOGEE P1
Reduction of current harmonics Integrated DC choke (optional chokes and passive lters, see page 4/18)
CEM Class A Integrated lter
Equipment A wide range of catalog options can be added to the standard offer according to specic requirements.
In addition to the range of add-on options, equipment can be customized to your exact specications just
speak to our specialist teams.
- Water-cooled solution.
- Integration of specic options
IP23
Compact enclosure - Three-Phase 380...690 V
kW / HP 110 / 150 ATV61EXC2C11pp E1
132 / 200 ATV61EXC2C13pp E1
160 / 250 ATV61EXC2C16pp E1
220 / 350 ATV61EXC2C22pp (1) E1
250 / 400 ATV61EXC2C25pp E2
315 / 500 ATV61EXC2C31pp E2
400 / 600 ATV61EXC2C40pp E3
500 / 700 ATV61EXC2C50pp E3
630 / 900 ATV61EXC2C63pp E4
800 / 900 ATV61EXC2C80pp (2) E4
At the end of the reference, add:
- N4 for 415 V
- N for 500 V
- Y for 690 V
(1) For Y and N ranges, replace C22 with C20.
(2) No reference for N4
(3) The standard offer Altivar 61 in ready-assembled enclosure comprises:
An Altivar 61 ATV61H speed drive
A switch and fast-acting fuses
An IP65 remote graphic display terminal kit
ATV61EXC2C
A1 : 616 x 2000 x 600 A4 : 1216 x 2000 x 600
A2 : 816 x 2000 x 600 A4 : 1820 x 2000 x 600
A3 : 1016 x 2000 x 600 A4 : 2224 x 2000 x 600
A3 : 1220 x 2000 x 600
A3 : 2024 x 2000 x 600
Solution in IP 23 / IP 54 ready-assembled enclosure
Altivar 61
0,37800 kW
4/16
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
IP54
Compact enclosure - Three-Phase 380...690 V
kW / HP 110 / 150 ATV61EXC5C11 E5
132 / 200 ATV61EXC5C13 E5
160 / 250 ATV61EXC5C16 E5
220 / 350 ATV61EXC5C22 (1) E5
250 / 400 ATV61EXC5C25 E6
315 / 500 ATV61EXC5C31 E6
400 / 600 ATV61EXC5C40 E7
500 / 700 ATV61EXC5C50 E7
630 / 900 ATV61EXC5C63 E8
800 / 900 ATV61EXC5C80 (2) E8
IP54
Separate air cooling circuit - Three-Phase 380...690 V
kW / HP 110 / 150 ATV61EXS5C11.. E9
132 / 200 ATV61EXS5C13 E9
160 / 250 ATV61EXS5C16 E9
220 / 350 ATV61EXS5C22 (1) E9
250 / 400 ATV61EXS5C25 E10
315 / 500 ATV61EXS5C31 E10
400 / 600 ATV61EXS5C40 E11
500 / 700 ATV61EXS5C50 E11
630 / 900 ATV61EXS5C63 E12
800 / 900 ATV61EXS5C80 (2) E12
IP54
Ready-assembled enclosure with braking transistor included in the drive
kW / HP 110 / 150 ATV61E5C11N4 A1
132 / 200 ATV61E5C13N4 A1
160 / 250 ATV61E5C16N4 A1
220 / 350 ATV61E5C22N4 A1
IP54
Ready-assembled enclosure with braking unit included in the cabinet
kW / HP 250 / 400 ATV61E5C25N4F A2
315 / 500 ATV61E5C31N4F A2
IP54
Ready-assembled enclosure without braking unit
kW / HP 250 / 400 ATV61E5C25N4 A2
315 / 500 ATV61E5C31N4 A2
400 / 600 ATV61E5C40N4 A3
500 / 700 ATV61E5C50N4 A3
630 / 900 ATV61E5C63N4 A4
- N4 for 415 V
- N for 500 V
- Y for 690 V
(2) No reference for N4
ATV61E5C ATV61EX
A1 : 616 x 2000 x 600 E1 : 600 X 2155 X 600
A2 : 816 x 2000 x 600 E2 : 800 X 2155 X 600
A3 : 1016 x 2000 x 600 E3 : 1000 X 2155 X 600
A3 : 1220 x 2000 x 600 E4 : 1200 X 2155 X 600
A3 : 2024 x 2000 x 600 E5 : 600 X 2260 X 600
A4 : 1216 x 2000 x 600 E6 : 800 X 2260 X 600
A4 : 1820 x 2000 x 600 E7 : 1000 X 2260 X 600
A4 : 2224 x 2000 x 600 E8 : 1200 X 2260 X 600
E9 : 600 X 2355 X 600
E10 : 800 X 2355 X 600
E11 : 1400 X 2355 X 600
E12 : 1600 X 2355 X 600
4/17
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Altivar 61
0.37800 kW
Type of card I/O extension
Logic Extended
Description 1 relay logic output (C/O contact)
4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs
2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative
logic outputs
1 input for PTC probes
1 x 020 mA differential current analog input
1 software-congurable voltage (010 VDC) or
current (020 mA) analog input
2 software-congurable voltage (10V, 010 VDC) or
current (020 mA) analog outputs
1 relay logic output (C/O contact)
2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic
outputs
1 frequency control input
Reference VW3A3201 VW3A3202
Controller Inside programmable card
Type of card Programmable Controller Inside
Description 10 logic inputs, 2 of which can be used for 2 counters or 4 of which can be used for 2 incremental encoders
2 analog inputs, 6 logic outputs, 2 analog outputs, a master port for the CANopen bus,
a PC port for programming with the PS 1131 software workshop.
Reference VW3A3501
Multi-pump cards
Type of card Multi-pump
Description Ensure the compatibility with Altivar 61 of
the applications developed for Altivar 38.
The cards 9 operating modes are:
b OFF: no function is activated. This mode is used in particular during maintenance of the installation.
b Single variable. b Multiple variable. b Single variable with changeover of auxiliary pumps.
b Multiple variable with changeover of auxiliary pumps. b Single variable with limited operating time.
b Multiple variable with limited operating time. b Single variable with changeover of auxiliary pumps
and limited operating time. b Multiple variable with changeover of auxiliary pumps and limited
operating time.
Reference VW3A3502
Description Can be used to support multi-pump applications.
It is called also Water Solution
In addition to the existing operating modes, it is possible to develop new applications:
booster station, irrigation, etc.
Reference VW3A3503
I/O extension and speci c cards
4/18
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Dialogue accessories
Accessory Remote graphic display terminal Remote mounting kit (1)
Description This display terminal is attached to the front of
the drive.
It includes the integrated 7-segment display
terminal for drives supplied without a graphic
display terminal.
A remote mounting kit for mounting on an
enclosure door with IP54 degree of protection.
It includes:
b All the mechanical ttings
b Fixing accessories
References VW3A1101 VW3A1102
(1) Use a VW3A1104Rpp remote-mounting connection cable, to be ordered separately (please consult the Soft starters and variable speed drives catalogue)
Type of drive Three phase
200240 V 50/60 Hz 380480 V 50/60 Hz
Maximum length of shielded cable Class A Class B Class A Class B
ATV61H075M3, HU15M3 VW3A4401 100 m 50 m
ATV61HU22M3HU40M3 VW3A4402 100 m 50 m
ATV61HU55M3 VW3A4403 100 m 50 m
ATV61HU75M3 VW3A4404 100 m 50 m
ATV61HD11M3X, HD15M3X VW3A4405 200 m 50 m
ATV61HD30M3X...HD45M3X VW3A4408 200 m 50 m
ATV61HD90M3X VW3A4411 100 m 50 m
ATV61p075N4(C)pU22N4(C) VW3A4401 100 m 50 m
ATV61pU30N4(C), pU40N4(C) VW3A4402 100 m 50 m
ATV61pU55N4(C), pU75N4(C) VW3A4403 100 m 50 m
ATV61pD11N4(C) VW3A4404 100 m 50 m
ATV61pD15N4(C), pD18N4(C) VW3A4405 300 m 100 m
ATV61pD22N4(C) VW3A4406 300 m 100 m
ATV61pD30N4(C), pD37N4(C) VW3A4407 300 m 100 m
ATV61pD45N4(C)pD75N4(C) VW3A4408 300 m 100 m
ATV61pD90N4(C)HC16N4, ATV61E5C11N4E5C16N4 VW3A4410 300 m 50 m
ATV61HC22N4HC31N4, ATV61E5C22N4E5C31N4 VW3A4411 300 m 50 m
ATV61HC40N4, HC50N4, ATV61E5C40N4, E5C50N4 VW3A4412 300 m 50 m
ATV61HC63N4, ATV61E5C63N4 VW3A4413 300 m 50 m
p Applies to the following drives: ATV61HN4, ATV61HN4C, ATV61WN4, ATV61WN4C
The additional EMC input lters can be used to meet the
requirements of the EMC products standard IEC/EN 61800-3,
edition 2, category C2 or C3 in environment 1 or 2.
4/19
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Altivar 61
0.37800 kW
Type of drive
Supply voltage
Single phase
200240 V 50/60 Hz
Three phase
200240 V 50/60 Hz 380480 V 50/60 Hz
ATV61HU40M3 VW3A58501
ATV61HU55M3, HU75M3 VW3A58502
ATV61H075M3 VW3A4551
ATV61HU75M3, HD11M3X VW3A4555
ATV61HD15M3X VW3A4556
ATV61HD18M3XHD45M3X VW3A4557
ATV61HD55M3XD, ATV61HD75M3XD VW3A4561
ATV61HD90M3XD VW3A4564
ATV61p075N4(C), pU15N4(C) VW3A4551
ATV61pU22N4(C)pU40N4(C) VW3A4552
ATV61pU55N4(C), pU75N4(C) VW3A4553
ATV61pD11N4(C), pD15N4(C) VW3A4554
ATV61pD30N4(C)pD55N4(C) VW3A4556
ATV61pD75N4(C) VW3A4557
ATV61HD90N4D VW3A4558
ATV61HC11N4D, ATV61E5C11N4 VW3A4559
ATV61HC22N4D, ATV61E5C22N4 Motor P 200 kW VW3A4561
Motor P 220 kW VW3A4569
ATV61HC25N4D, HC50N4D, ATV61E5C25N4, E5C50N4 VW3A4569
ATV61HC31N4D, HC63N4D, ATV61E5C31N4, E5C63N4 VW3A4564
Reduction of current harmonics
Optional DC chokes
(1)
Type of drive
Supply voltage
Three phase
200240 V 50/60 Hz 380480 V 50/60 Hz
ATV61HD11M3X, HD15M3X VW3A4510
ATV61p075N4(C) VW3A4501
ATV61pU15N4(C) VW3A4502
ATV61pU22N4(C), pU30N4(C) VW3A4503
ATV61pD11N4(C) VW3A4507
ATV61pD22N4(C)pD37N4(C) VW3A4510
ATV61pD45N4(C)pD75N4(C) VW3A4 511
(1) For ATV61HD55M3X, HD75M3X and ATV61HD90N4 HC50N4 drives, the choke is supplied as standard with the drive.
AC line chokes
DC chokes are used to reduce current harmonics in order to
comply with standard 61000-3-2 for drives in which the line current
is more than 16 A and less than 75 A.
A line choke can be used to provide improved protection against
overvoltages on the line supply and to reduce harmonic distortion
of the current produced by the drive.
4/20
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of drive Three phase 400 V 50/60 Hz Three phase 460 V 50/60 Hz
THDI 16% (1) THDI 10% (2) THDI 16% (1) THDI 10% (2)
ATV61p075N4(C), pU15N4(C), pU22N4(C), pU30N4(C) VW3A4601 VW3A4621 VW3A4641 VW3A4661
ATV61pU40N4(C), pU55N4(C) VW3A4602 VW3A4622 VW3A4642 VW3A4662
ATV61pU75N4(C), pD11N4(C) VW3A4603 VW3A4623 VW3A4643 VW3A4663
ATV61pD15N4(C) VW3A4604 VW3A4624 VW3A4644 VW3A4664
ATV61HC11N4, ATV61E5C11N4 VW3A4610 VW3A4630 VW3A4649 VW3A4669
ATV61HC31N4, HC40N4, ATV61E5C31N4, E5C63N4 VW3A4612 VW3A4632 VW3A4650 VW3A4670
(1) By adding a DC choke, we get: THD 10%
These reduced current harmonics are obtained on condition that the THDu is < 20% and the RSCE > 66%.
Sinusoidal lters
Type of drive
Supply voltage
Three phase
200240 V 50/60 Hz 380480 V 50/60 Hz
ATV61H075M3, HU15M3 (2) VW3A5201
ATV61HU40M3...HU75M3 VW3A5203
ATV61HD30M3X...HD45M3X VW3A5206
ATV61pU15N4(C)...HU40N4(C) (2) VW3A5201
ATV61pU75N4(C)...pD15N4(C) VW3A5203
ATV61pD18N4(C)...pD30N4(C) VW3A5204
ATV61pD90N4(C), HC11N4, ATV61E5C11N4 VW3A5207
ATV61HC13N4, HC16N4, ATV61E5C13N4, E5C16N4 VW3A5208
ATV61HC22N4, ATV61E5C22N4 VW3A5209
ATV61HC40N4, ATV61E5C40N4 Motor P 355 kW VW3A5210
(2) For ATV61H075M3, HU15M3 abd ATV61HU15N4 drives, it is advisable to use a lower power motor with a sinusoidal lter
Passive lters
Sinusoidal lters allow Altivar 61 drives to operate with longer
motor cables (up to 1000 m).
A passive lter is used to reduce current harmonics with total
harmonic distortion factors of less than 16% or 10%. These factors
may be less than 10%, or 5% if used with a DC choke.
4/21
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Output lter options
Motor chokes
Altivar 61
0.37800 kW
Above a certain motor cable length, it is advisable to insert a motor
choke between the drive and the motor. This maximum length depends
on the drive rating and the type of motor cable.
Type of drive Max. motor cable length Three phase
Shielded Unshielded 200240 V 50/60Hz 380480 V 50/60 Hz
ATV61H075M3HU22M3 150 m 300 m VW3A5101
ATV61HU30M3HU75M3 200 m 260 m VW3A5102
300 m 300 m VW3A5103
ATV61HD11M3XHD22M3X 150 m 300 m VW3A5103
ATV61HD55M3X, HD75M3X 150 m 300 m VW3A5105
ATV61HD90M3X 250 m 300 m VW3A5106
ATV61p075N4(C)pU40N4(C) 75 m 90 m VW3A5101
85 m 95 m VW3A5102
160 m 200 m VW3A5103
ATV61pU55N4(C)pD18N4(C) 85 m 95 m VW3A5102
160 m 200 m VW3A5103
200 m 300 m VW3A5104 (1)
ATV61pD22N4(C)pD30N4(C) 140 m 170 m VW3A5103
150 m 300 m VW3A5104 (1)
ATV61pD37N4(C) 97 m 166 m VW3A5103
200 m 300 m VW3A5104 (1)
ATV61pD45N4(C)pD75N4(C) 150 m 300 m VW3A5104 (1)
ATV61pD90N4(C) 200 m 300 m VW3A5104 (1)
ATV61HC11N4, HC13N4, ATV61E5C11N4,E5C13N4 150 m 250 m VW3A5105 (1)
ATV61HC16N4, ATV61E5C16N4 250 m 300 m VW3A5106 (1)
ATV61HC40N4, ATV61E5C40N4 Motor P 355 kW 200 m 250 m VW3A5107 (1)
Motor P 400 kW 250 m 300 m VW3A5108 (1)
(1) 3 single phase chokes are included with the drive.
KIT Altivar 61 IP54 enclosure pre-assembled
Type of drives Kit
ATV61HC11N4 VW3A9541
ATV61HC31N4
ATV61HC25N4 With braking unit VW3A7101 VW3A9546
ATV61HC31N4 With braking unit VW3A7101
ATV61HC40N4 Without braking unit VW3A9547
ATV61HC50N4
Braking unit VW3A7102 VW3A9549
Additional empty enclosed 600 mm VW3A9550
4/22
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Resistance braking units
(integrated in ATV61 drives up to 220 kW)
ATV61HpppM3, ATV61HpppM3X and ATV61H075N4HC22N4,
ATV61WpppN4 and ATV61WpppN4C drives have a built-in braking
transistor.
The braking resistor enables the Altivar 61 drive to operate while
braking to a standstill or during slowdown braking, by dissipating
the braking energy.
The network braking unit can be used to restore the following to the
line supply:
p The energy from the motor
p The energy from the motors controlled by several drives connected
on the same DC bus
380480 V 50/60 Hz
Type of drive ATV61HC25N4, HC31N4 ATV61HC40N4, HC50N4, HC63N4
Continuous power/Max (kw)
200/420 400/750
Braking resistors
Supply voltage 200240 V 50/60 Hz 380480 V 50/60 Hz
ATV61H075N4HU40N4, ATV61W075N4WU55N4, VW3A7701
ATV61W075N4CWU55N4C
ATV61HU55N4, HU75N4, ATV61WU75N4, WD11N4, VW3A7702
ATV61WU75N4C, WD11N4C
ATV61HD11N4, HD15N4, ATV61WD15N4, WD18N4, VW3A7703
ATV61WD15N4C, WD18N4C
ATV61HD18N4HD30N4, ATV61WD22N4WD37N4, VW3A7704
ATV61WD22N4CWD37N4C
ATV61HD37N4, ATV61WD45N4, WD45N4C VW3A7705
ATV61WD55N4WD90N4, ATV61WD55N4CWD90N4C VW3A7706
ATV61HD45N4HD75N4 VW3A7707
ATV61HD90N4, HC11N4, ATV61E5C11N4 VW3A7710
4/23
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Complex, high-power machines
IP20 drives
Altivar 71
0,37630 kW
Type of drive Single phase Three phase Three phase Three phase on base plate
Supply voltage 200240 V (3) (4) 200240 V (3) (4) 380480 V 380480 V (3)
Degree of protection IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part
Drive Output frequency 0.11600 Hz up to 37 kW, 0.1500 Hz from 45 to 500 kW
Type of control Asynchronous motor Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System
Synchronous motor Vector control without speed feedback and with speed feedback (383)
Transient overtorque 220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds
Speed range 11000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1100 in open loop mode
Number of I/O Analog inputs 24
Logic inputs 620
Analog outputs 13
Logic outputs 08
Relay outputs 24
Safety input 1
Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal or PowerSuite software workshop (see pages 4/25 and 4/30)
(see page 4/30)
Available as an option Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Probus DP, DeviceNet, INTERBUS
Cards (available as an option) Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, Controller Inside programmable card
Reduction of current harmonics DC choke integrated or supplied with the product, (optional chokes and passive lters, see page 4/26)
Motor Power kW / HP 0,37 / 0,5 ATV71H075M3 T2 ATV71H037M3 T2
0,75 / 1 ATV71HU15M3 T2 ATV71H075M3 T2 ATV71H075N4 (3) (4) T2 ATV71P075N4Z T2
1,5 / 2 ATV71HU22M3 T3 ATV71HU15M3 T2 ATV71HU15N4 (3) (4) T2 ATV71PU15N4Z T2
2,2 / 3 ATV71HU30M3 T3 ATV71HU22M3 T3 ATV71HU22pp (3) (4) (5) T2/T6 ATV71PU22N4Z T2
3 / ATV71HU40M3 (1) T3 ATV71HU30M3 T3 ATV71HU30pp (3) (4) (5) T3/T6 ATV71PU30N4Z T3
4 / 5 ATV71HU55M3 (1) T4 ATV71HU40M3 T3 ATV71HU40pp (3) (4) (5) T3/T6 ATV71PU40N4Z T3
5,5 / 7,5 ATV71HU75M3 (1) T5A ATV71HU55M3 T4 ATV71HU55pp (3) (4) (5) T4/T6 ATV71PU55N4Z T4
7,5 / 10 ATV71HU75M3 T5A ATV71HU75pp (3) (4) (5) T4/T6 ATV71PU75N4Z T4
11 / 15 ATV71HD11M3X (2) T5B ATV71HD11pp (3) (4) (5) T5A/T6
15 / 20 ATV71HD15M3X (2) T5B ATV71HD15pp (3) (4) (5) T5B/T6
18,5 / 25 ATV71HD18M3X (2) T6 ATV71HD18pp (3) (4) (5) T5B/T6
22 / 30 ATV71HD22M3X (2) T6 ATV71HD22pp (3) (4) (5) T6/T6
45 / 60 ATV71HD45M3X (2) T7B ATV71HD45pp (3) (4) (5) T8/T8
90 / 125 ATV71HD90pp T9/T8
110 / 150 ATV71HC11pp T10/T11
132 / 200 ATV71HC13pp T11/T11
160 / 250 ATV71HC16pp T12/T11
200 / 300 ATV71HC20pp T13/T13
220 / 350 ATV71HC25pp T13/T13
280 / 450 ATV71HC28N4 T13
315 / 500 ATV71HC31pp T14/T13
355 / ATV71HC40pp T14/T15
500 / 700 ATV71HC50pp T15/T15
630 / 900 ATV71HC63Y T15
(1) Must be used with a line choke, see page 4/26.
(2) Drive supplied without EMC lter.
(3) To order a reinforced version of the drive for specic environmental conditions, conforming to IEC 60721-3-3 class 3c2, add S337 at the end of the reference.
E.g. ATV71H075N4S337. To order drive supplied without EMC lter, add 337 at the end of the reference. E.g. ATV71HD11M3X337.
(4) To order a drive for synchronous motor with speed feedback, add 383 at the end of the reference. E.g. ATV71HO75N4383.
(5) In the reference replace the points with: N4 for 480 V - Y for 690 V.
NB : The rst code of dimensions located before the slash is for 480 V speed drives. The code located after the slash is for 690 V speed drives.
S2 : 130 x 230 x 175 S3 : 155 x 260 x 187
S4 : 175 x 295 x 187 S5A : 210 x 295 x 213
S5B : 230 x 400 x 213 S6 : 240 x 420 x 236
S7A : 240 x 550 x 266 S7B : 320 x 550 x 266
S8 : 320 x 630 x 290 S9 : 320 x 920 x 377
S10 : 360 x 1022 x 377 S11 : 340 x 1190 x 377
S12 : 440 x 1190 x 377 S13 : 595 x 1190 x 377
S14 : 890 x 1390 x 377 S15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377
4/24
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
IP54 drives
ATV71W, ATV71E5 ATV71E5C in enclosure
to 75 kW
SA2 : 235 x 490 x 272 A1 : 616 x 2000 x 600
SA3 : 235 x 490 x 286 A2 : 816 x 2000 x 600
SB : 255 x 525 x 286 A3 : 1016 x 2000 x 600
SC : 290 x 560 x 315 A3 : 1220 x 2000 x 600
SD : 310 x 665 x 315 A3 : 2024 x 2000 x 600
SE : 284 x 720 x 315 A4 : 1216 x 2000 x 600
SF : 284 x 880 x 343 A4 : 1820 x 2000 x 600
SG : 362 x 1000 x 364 A4 : 2224 x 2000 x 600
Type of drive Three phase 380480 V
(3) with switch
Degree of protection UL Type 12/IP54
Logic inputs 620
Analog outputs 13
Logic outputs 08
Relay outputs 24
Safety input 1
(see page 4/30)
Reduction of current harmonics Optional chokes and passive lters (see page 4/26)
Motor power kW/HP 0,75 / 1 ATV71W075N4 SA2 ATV71E5075N4 SA2
1,5 / 2 ATV71WU15N4 SA2 ATV71E5U15N4 SA2
2,2 / 3 ATV71WU22N4 SA2 ATV71E5U22N4 SA2
3 / ATV71WU30N4 SA3 ATV71E5U30N4 SA3
4 / 5 ATV71WU40N4 SA3 ATV71E5U40N4 SA3
5,5 / 7,5 ATV71WU55N4 SB ATV71E5U55N4 SB
7,5 / 10 ATV71WU75N4 SB ATV71E5U75N4 SB
11 / 15 ATV71WD11N4 SC ATV71E5D11N4 SC
15 / 20 ATV71WD15N4 SD ATV71E5D15N4 SD
18,5 / 25 ATV71WD18N4 SD ATV71E5D18N4 SD
22 / 30 ATV71WD22N4 SD ATV71E5D22N4 SD
30 / 40 ATV71WD30N4 SF ATV71E5D30N4 SF
37 / 50 ATV71WD37N4 SF ATV71E5D37N4 SF
45 / 60 ATV71WD45N4 SG ATV71E5D45N4 SG
4/25
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of enclosure Three phase 380480 V
(2)
Logic inputs 620
Analog outputs 13
Logic outputs 08
Relay outputs 24
Safety input 1
(see page 4/30)
Reduction of current harmonics Optional chokes and passive lters (see page 4/26)
Equipment A wide range of catalog options can be added to the standard offer according to specic requirements.
In addition to the range of add-on options, equipment can be customized to your exact specications just
speak to our specialist teams.
- Water-cooled solution.
- Integration of specic options.
IP23
Compact enclosure - Three-Phase 380690 V
kW / HP 110 / 150 ATV71EXC2C11pp E1
132 / 200 ATV71EXC2C13pp E1
160 / 250 ATV71EXC2C16pp E1
220 / 350 ATV71EXC2C22pp (1) E1
250 / 400 ATV71EXC2C25pp E2
315 / 500 ATV71EXC2C31pp E2
400 / 600 ATV71EXC2C40pp E3
500 / 700 ATV71EXC2C50pp E3
630 / 900 ATV71EXC2C63pp E4
- N4 for 415 V
- N for 500 V
- Y for 690 V
(2) The standard offer Altivar 71 in ready-assembled enclosure comprises:
An Altivar 71 ATV71H speed drive
A switch and fast-acting fuses
An IP65 remote graphic display terminal kit.
Altivar 71
0,37630 kW
ATV71EXC2C
E1 : 600 X 2155 X 600 E3 : 1000 X 2155 X 600
E2 : 800 X 2155 X 600 E4 : 1200 X 2155 X 600
4/26
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
IP54
Compact enclosures 3-Phase 380690 V
kW / HP 110 / 150 ATV71EXC5C11 E5
132 / 200 ATV71EXC5C13 E5
160 / 250 ATV71EXC5C16 E5
220 / 350 ATV71EXC5C22 (1) E5
250 / 400 ATV71EXC5C25 E6
315 / 500 ATV71EXC5C31 E6
400 / 600 ATV71EXC5C40 E7
500 / 700 ATV71EXC5C50 E7
630 / 900 ATV71EXC5C63 E8
IP54
Separate air cooling circuit - Three-Phase 380690 V
kW / HP 110 / 150 ATV71EXS5C11.. E9
132 / 200 ATV71EXS5C13 E9
160 / 250 ATV71EXS5C16 E9
220 / 350 ATV71EXS5C22 (1) E9
250 / 400 ATV71EXS5C25 E10
315 / 500 ATV71EXS5C31 E10
400 / 600 ATV71EXS5C40 E11
500 / 700 ATV71EXS5C50 E11
630 / 900 ATV71EXS5C63 E12
IP54
Ready-assembled enclosure with braking transistor included in the drive
kW / HP 110 / 150 ATV71E5C11N4 A1
132 / 200 ATV71E5C13N4 A1
160 / 250 ATV71E5C16N4 A1
220 / 350 ATV71E5C22N4 A1
IP54
Ready-assembled enclosure with braking unit included in the cabinet
kW / HP 250 / 400 ATV71E5C25N4F A2
315 / 500 ATV71E5C31N4F A2
IP54
Ready-assembled enclosure without braking unit
kW / HP 250 / 400 ATV71E5C25N4 A2
315 / 500 ATV71E5C31N4 A2
400 / 600 ATV71E5C40N4 A3
500 / 700 ATV71E5C50N4 A3
630 / 900 ATV71E5C63N4 A4
- N4 for 415 V
- N for 500 V
- Y for 690 V
ATV71E5C ATV71EX
A1 : 616 x 2000 x 600 E5 : 600 X 2260 X 600
A2 : 816 x 2000 x 600 E6 : 800 X 2260 X 600
A3 : 1016 x 2000 x 600 E7 : 1000 X 2260 X 600
A3 : 1220 x 2000 x 600 E8 : 1200 X 2260 X 600
A3 : 2024 x 2000 x 600 E9 : 600 X 2355 X 600
A4 : 1216 x 2000 x 600 E10 : 800 X 2355 X 600
A4 : 1820 x 2000 x 600 E11 : 1400 X 2355 X 600
A4 : 2224 x 2000 x 600 E12 : 1600 X 2355 X 600
4/27
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Altivar 71
0,37630 kW
I/O extension and speci c cards
Type of card I/O extension
Logic Extended
Description 1 relay logic output (C/O contact)
2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative
logic outputs
1 020 mA differential current analog input,
1 software-congurable voltage (010 VDC) or
current (020 mA) analog input,
2 software-congurable voltage (10V, 010 VDC)
or current (020 mA) analog outputs,
1 relay logic output (C/O contact),
4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs, 2 x 24
VDC open collector positive or negative
logic outputs, 1 input for PTC probes, 1 frequency
control input.
Controller Inside programmable card
Type of card Programmable Controller Inside
Description 10 logic inputs, 2 of which can be used for 2 counters or
4 of which can be used for 2 incremental encoders.
2 analog inputs, 6 logic outputs, 2 analog outputs, a master port for the CANopen bus, a PC port for
programming with the PS 1131 software workshop
Reference VW3A3501
Encoder interface cards
Type of card Encoder interface with
Differential outputs (RS422) Open collector outputs (NPN) Push-pull outputs
Operating frequency 300 kHz
References 5 V VW3A3401
12 V VW3A3403 VW3A3405
15 V VW3A3402 VW3A3404 VW3A3406
24 V VW3A3407
Type of card Resolver Universal Incremental with emulation
Speed feedback resolution 12 bits 13 bits 10 000
Supported encoder 2, 4, 6 or 8 poles resolver SinCos, SinCosHiperface
Endat, SSI
Incremental
RS 422 - 5 V ou 15 V
References VW3A3408 VW3A3409 VW3A3411
4/28
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Dialogue accessories
Accessory Remote graphic display terminal Remote mounting kit (1)
Description This display terminal is attached to the front of A remote mounting kit for mounting on an
the drive. enclosure door with IP54 degree of protection.
It includes the integrated 7-segment display It includes:
terminal for drives supplied without a graphic b All the mechanical ttings
display terminal. b Fixing accessories
References VW3A1101 VW3A1102
(1) Use a VW3A1104Rpp remote-mounting connection cable, to be ordered separately (please consult the Soft starters and variable speed drives catalogue)
The additional EMC input lters can be used to meet the
requirements of the EMC products standard IEC/EN 61800-3,
edition 2, category C2 or C3 in environment 1 or 2.
200240 V 50/60 Hz 380480 V 50/60 Hz
Maximum length of shielded cable Class A Class B Class A Class B
ATV71H037M3HU15M3 VW3A4401 100 m 50 m
ATV71HU22M3HU40M3 VW3A4402 100 m 50 m
ATV71HU55M3 VW3A4403 100 m 50 m
ATV71HU75M3 VW3A4404 100 m 50 m
ATV71HD30M3X...HD45M3X VW3A4408 100 m 50 m
ATV71p075N4pU22N4, ATV71P075N4ZPU22N4Z VW3A4401 100 m 50 m
ATV71pU30N4, pU40N4, ATV71PU30N4Z, PU40N4Z VW3A4402 100 m 50 m
ATV71pU55N4, pU75N4, ATV71PU55N4Z, PU75N4Z VW3A4403 100 m 50 m
ATV71pD11N4 VW3A4404 100 m 50 m
ATV71pD15N4, pD18N4 VW3A4405 300 m 100 m
ATV71pD22N4 VW3A4406 300 m 100 m
ATV71pD30N4, pD37N4 VW3A4407 300 m 100 m
ATV71pD45N4pD75N4 VW3A4408 300 m 100 m
ATV71HD90N4HC13N4, ATV71E5D90N4E5C13N4 VW3A4410 300 m 50 m
ATV71HC16N4HC28N4, ATV71E5C16N4E5C28N4 VW3A4411 300 m 50 m
ATV71HC31N4, HC40N4, ATV71E5C31N4, E5C40N4 VW3A4412 300 m 50 m
ATV71HC50N4, ATV71E5C50N4 VW3A4413 300 m 50 m
p Applies to the following drives: ATV71HN4, ATV71WN4
4/29
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Altivar 71
0,37630 kW
AC line chokes
A line choke can be used to provide improved protection against
overvoltages on the line supply and to reduce harmonic distortion
of the current produced by the drive.
ATV71H037M3...H075M3 VW3A4551
ATV71HU15M3...HU22M3 VW3A4552
ATV71HU75M3, HD11M3X VW3A4555
ATV71p075N4, pU15N4, ATV71P075N4Z, PU15N4Z VW3A4551
ATV71pU22N4pU40N4, ATV71PU22N4ZPU40N4Z VW3A4552
ATV71pU55N4, pU75N4, ATV71PU55N4Z, PU75N4Z VW3A4553
ATV71pD11N4, pD15N4 VW3A4554
ATV71pD30N4pD55N4 VW3A4556
ATV71pD75N4 VW3A4557
ATV71HD90N4, ATV71E5D90N4 VW3A4558
DC chokes are used to reduce current harmonics in order to
comply with standard 61000-3-2 for drives in which the line current
is more than 16 A and less than 75 A.
Optional DC chokes
(1)
ATV71HD30M3X HD45M3X VW3A4512
ATV71p075N4, ATV71P075N4Z VW3A4501
ATV71pU15N4, ATV71PU15N4Z VW3A4502
ATV71pU22N4, pU30N4, ATV71PU22N4Z,, PU30N4Z VW3A4503
ATV71pU40N4 , ATV71PU40N4Z VW3A4504
ATV71pD11N4 VW3A4507
(1) For ATV 71HD55M3X, HD75M3X and ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives, the choke is supplied as standard with the drive.
4/30
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Passive lters
A passive lter is used to reduce current harmonics with total
harmonic distortion factors of less than 16% or 10%. These factors
may be less than 10% or 5% if used with a DC choke.
Type of drive Three phase 400 V 50/60 Hz Three phase 460 V 50/60 Hz
THDI 16% (1) THDI 10% (2) THDI 16% (1) THDI 10% (2)
ATV71p075N4pU30N4, ATV71P075N4ZPU30N4Z VW3A4601 VW3A4621 VW3A4 641 VW3A4 661
ATV71pU40N4,pU55N4, ATV71PU40N4Z, PU55N4Z VW3A4602 VW3A4622 VW3A4 642 VW3A4 662
ATV71pU75N4,pD11N4, ATV71PU75N4Z VW3A4603 VW3A4623 VW3A4 643 VW3A4 663
ATV71pD15N4 VW3A4604 VW3A4624 VW3A4 644 VW3A4 664
ATV71pD18N4, pD22N4 VW3A4606 VW3A4626 VW3A4 645 VW3A4 665
ATV71HD90N4, ATV71E5D90N4 VW3A4609 VW3A4629 VW3A4 649 VW3A4 669
ATV71HC11N4, ATV71E5C11N4 VW3A4610 VW3A4630 VW3A4 649 VW3A4 669
ATV71HC20N4, HC25N4, ATV71E5C20N4, E5C25N4 VW3A4613 VW3A4633 VW3A4 651 VW3A4 671
ATV71HC28N4, HC31N4, HC40N4, ATV71E5C28N4, E5C31N4, E5C40N4 VW3A4612 VW3A4632 VW3A4 650 VW3A4 670
These reduced current harmonics are obtained on condition that the THDu is < 20% and the RSCE > 66%.
Sinusoidal lters allow Altivar 71 drives to operate with longer motor
cables (up to 1000 m).
Sinusoidal lters
ATV71H037M3...HU15M3 (2) VW3A5201
ATV71HU40M3... HU75M3 VW3A5203
ATV71HD30M3X... HD45M3X VW3A5206
ATV71p075N4...pU40N4, ATV71P075N4ZPU40N4Z (2) VW3A5201
ATV71pU75N4...pD15N4, ATV71PU75N4Z VW3A5203
ATV71pD18N4...pD30N4 VW3A5204
ATV71 HD90N4, HC11N4, ATV71E5D90N4, E5C11N4 VW3A5207
ATV71 HC13N4, HC16N4, ATV71E5C13N4, E5C16N4 VW3A5208
ATV71 HC20N4, ATV71E5C20N4 VW3A5209
ATV71 HC25N4, ATV71E5C25N4 Motor P 220 kW VW3A5209
ATV71 HC28N4, HC31N4, ATV71E5C28N4, E5C31N4 VW3A5210
ATV71 HC40N4, ATV71E5C40N4 Motor P 355 kW VW3A5210
ATV71 HC50N4, ATV71E5C50N4 VW3A5211
(2) For these drive references, it is advisable to use a lower category motor with a sinusoidal lter
4/31
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Output lter options
Motor chokes
Altivar 71
0,37630 kW
Above a certain motor cable length, it is advisable to insert a motor
choke between the drive and the motor. This maximum length depends
on the drive rating and the type of motor cable.
Type of drive Max. motor cable length Three phase
Shielded Unshielded 200240 V 50/60 Hz 380480 V 50/60 Hz
ATV71H037M3HU22M3 150 m 300 m VW3A5101
ATV71HU30M3HU75M3 200 m 260 m VW3A5102
300 m 300 m VW3A5103
ATV71HD30M3X HD45M3X 150 m 300 m VW3A5 04
ATV71HD55M3X, HD75M3X 150 m 300 m VW3A5105
ATV71p075N4pU40N4, ATV71P075N4ZPU40N4Z 75 m 90 m VW3A5101
85 m 95 m VW3A5102
160 m 200 m VW3A5103
ATV71pU55N4pD18N4, ATV71PU55N4ZPU75N4Z 85 m 95 m VW3A5102
160 m 200 m VW3A5103
200 m 300 m VW3A5104
ATV71pD22N4pD30N4 140 m 170 m VW3A5103
150 m 300 m VW3A5104 (1)
ATV71pD37N4 97 m 166 m VW3A5103
200 m 300 m VW3A5104 (1)
ATV71Hp45N4pD75N4 150 m 300 m VW3A5104 (1)
ATV71HD90N4, ATV71E5D90N4 200 m 300 m VW3A5104 (1)
ATV71HC11N4, HC13N4, ATV71E5C11N4, E5C13N4 150 m 250 m VW3A5105 (1)
ATV71HC16N4HC20N4, ATV71E5C16N4E5C20N4 250 m 300 m VW3A5106 (1)
Motor P 250 kW 200 m 250 m VW3A5107 (1)
ATV71HC28N4, HC31N4, ATV71E5C28N4, E5C31N4 200 m 250 m VW3A5107 (1)
Motor P 400 kW 250 m 300 m VW3A5108 (1)
(1) 3 single phase chokes are included with the drive
KIT Altivar 71 IP54 enclosure pre-assembled
Type of drives Kit
ATV71HD90N4 VW3A9541
ATV71HC25N4
ATV71HC28N4
ATV71HC20N4 With braking unit VW3A7101 VW3A9546
ATV71HC31N4 Without braking unit VW3A9547
ATV71HC40N4
Braking unit VW3A7102 VW3A9549
4/32
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Resistance braking units
(integrated in ATV71 drives up to 160 kW)
ATV 71HpppM3, ATV71HpppM3X and ATV71H075N4HC16N4
drives have a built-in braking transistor.
The braking resistor enables the Altivar 71 drive to operate while
braking to a standstill or during slowdown braking, by dissipating
the braking energy.
380480 V
Type of drive ATV71HC20N4HC28N4 ATV71HC31N4HC50N4
Continuous power/Max (kw)
200/420 400/750
Braking resistors
Type of drive Braking resistor 40 s cycle Hoisting resistor 40 s cycle
Supply voltage 200240 V 50/60 Hz 380480 V 50/60 Hz 200240 V 50/60 Hz 380480 V 50/60 Hz
ATV71H037M3, H075M3 VW3A7701 VW3A7801
ATV71HU15M3, HU22M3 VW3A7702 VW3A7802
ATV71HD11M3X VW3A7705 VW3A7805
ATV71HD18M3X, HD22M3X VW3A7707 VW3A7807
ATV71HD37M3X, HD45M3X VW3A7709 VW3A7809
ATV71p075N4pU40N4, ATV71P075N4ZPU40N4Z VW3A7701 VW3A7801
ATV71pU55N4, pU75N4, ATV71PU55N4Z, PU75N4Z VW3A7702 VW3A7802
ATV71pD11N4, pD15N4 VW3A7703 VW3A7803
ATV71pD18N4pD30N4 VW3A7704 VW3A7804
ATV71pD37N4 VW3A7705 VW3A7805
ATV71pD45N4pD75N4 VW3A7707 VW3A7806
ATV71HD90N4, ATV71E5D90N4 VW3A7710 VW3A7811
ATV71HC11N4, HC13N4, ATV71E5C11N4, E5C13N4 VW3A7711 VW3A7812
ATV71HC16N4, ATV71E5C16N4 VW3A7712 VW3A7813
The network braking unit can be used to restore the following to the
line supply:
The energy from the motor
The energy from the motors controlled by several drives
connected on the same DC bus.
Network braking units
Line voltage 400 VAC 460 VAC
Braking power
7 VW3A7201
continuous (kw)
13 VW3A7202
11 VW3A7203
VW3A7231
21,5 VW3A7204 VW3A7232
26 VW3A7205 VW3A7233
32 VW3A7206 VW3A7234
38 VW3A7207/VW3A7208 VW3A7235/VW3A7236/VW3A7237/VW3A7238
86 VW3A7209 VW3A7239
120 VW3A7210 VW3A7240
135 VW3A7211
200 VW3A7212
240 VW3A7241
4/33
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
3
2
4 4
5
6
2
2
ATV31 ATV31 ATV61 ATV71
1
3
2
4 4
5
6
2
2
ATV31 ATV31 ATV61 ATV71
Altivar/Altistart Dialogue and communication
PowerSuite software workshop
Multilingual conguration software For PC
Conguration of drives and starters Altistart 48, Altivar (except Altivar 21) and TeSys model U
Environment Microsoft Windows
Languages English - French - German - Italian - Spanish
References PowerSuite CD-ROM VW3A8104
PowerSuite update CD-ROM VW3A8105
Connection kit for serial port VW3A8106

Accessories
Multilingual conguration software Bluetooth
adaptor
Description Modbus - Bluetooth
USB - Bluetooth
for PC
References VW3A8114 (1) VW3A8115
(1) Can also be used to communicate between a Twido PLC and the TwidoSoft software workshop
CANopen communication bus:
connection accessories
Drives Tap junction VW3CANTAP2 CANopen CANopen
0.3 m cable 1 m cable
adaptor connector
ATV31 2 RJ45 connectors
ATV61 and ATV71 RJ 45 to 9-way male 9-way female SUB-D
SUB-D output for 2 cables at 180
References VW3CANCARR03 VW3CANCARR1 VW3CANA71 VW3CANKCDF180T
CANopen cables
CANopen LSZH CANopen UL/IEC332-2 LSZH HD exible CANopen
References L = 50 m TSXCANCA50 TSXCANCB50 TSXCANCD50
L = 100 m TSXCANCA100 TSXCANCB100 TSXCANCD100
1 PLC
2 CANopen trunk cable TSXCANCpp
3 CANopen tap junction VW3CANTAP2
4 CANopen drop cable VW3CANCARRpp
5 CANopen connector VW3CANKCDF180T
6 CANopen adaptor VW3CANA71
4/34
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5
4 4 7
1
2 4 3 4 6 6 5
ATV61 ATV71 ATV21 ATS48 ATV31
5
4 4 7
1
2 4 3 4 6 6 5
ATV61 ATV71 ATV21 ATS48 ATV31
Modbus communication bus:
Starters/drives
Altistart 48, Altivar 21, 31, 61, 71
Splitter box Tap junction Subscriber
socket
Line terminators
Description 10 connectors
RJ45 and
1 screw terminal
3 screw terminals
line terminator
RC
2 SUB-D connectors
15-way female and
and 2 screw
terminals RC line
terminator
For connector
RJ 45
R = 120 , C = 1 nF
For screw terminals
R = 120 , C = 1 nF
References LU9GC3 TSXSCA50 TSXSCA62 VW3A8306RC VW3A8306DRC
Modbus connection
Starters/drives
Altistart 48, Altivar 21, 31, 61, 71
Cables Double shielded twisted pair cables
RS 485
T-junction boxes
Description 2 connectors 1 connector Supplied without With integrated cable
RJ 45 RJ45 and one stripped connector
end
References L = 0.3 m VW3A8306R03 VW3A8306TF03
L = 1 m VW3A8306R10 VW3A8306TF10
L = 3 m VW3A8306R30 VW3A8306D30
L = 100 m TSXCSA100
L = 200 m TSXCSA200
L = 500 m TSXCSA500

Connection via splitter boxes
and RJ 45 connectors
1 PLC
2 Modbus cable depending on the type of PLC
3 Modbus splitter box LU9GC3
4 Modbus drop cables VW3A8306Rpp
5 Line terminators VW3A8306RC
6 Modbus T-junction boxes VW3A8306TFpp (with cable)
7 Modbus drop cable VW3A58306Rpp
4/35
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
6
5 5 5
3
4
2
1
3
2
1
6
5 5 5
3
4
2
1
3
Dialogue and communication
Altivar/Altistart
Starters/drives
Altistart 48/Altivar 31
Ethernet/Modbus DeviceNet/Modbus Fipio/Modbus ProbusDP/Modbus
Parameter setting Standard
congurator
ABC congurator
program
References Bridge TSXETG100
Gateway LUFP9 LUFP1 LA9P307 LUFP7
Cable references L = 0.3 m VW3A8306R03 VW3A8306R03 VW3A8306R03
L = 1 m VW3A8306R10 VW3A8306R10 VW3P07306R10 VW3A8306R10
L = 3 m VW3A8306D30 VW3A8306R30 VW3A8306R30 VW3A8306R30
1 To network
2 Communication modules
3 PLC cables VW3A8 306 Rpp,
VW3 P07 306 R10
4 Modbus splitter box LU9 GC3
5 Modbus drop cables
VW3A8 306 Rpp
6 Line terminator
VW3A8 306 RC
4/36
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Communication cards and modules
Drives
Altivar 61, Altivar 71
Modbus TCP Modbus TCP Daisy
Chain
Modbus/Uni-Telway Fipio
Maximum number of drives controlled
Transmission speed 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 1 Mbit/s
References VW3A3310 VW3A3316 VW3A3310d VW3A3311
Drives
Modbus Plus Probus DP Probus DPv1 INTERBUS
Maximum number of drives controlled 64 126 126 64
Transmission speed 1 Mbit/s 9600 bit/s...12 Mbit/s 9600 bit/s...12 Mbit/s 1 Mbit/s
References VW3A3302 VW3A3307 VW3A3307S371 VW3A3304
Drives
CC-Link Ethernet/IP DeviceNet
Maximum number of drives controlled 64 63
Transmission speed 10 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 125/250/500 Kbit/s
References VW3A3317 VW3A3316 VW3A3309
Drives
Altivar 61
LONWORKS METASYS N2 APOGEE FLN BACnet
Connector 1 removable 3-way 1 removable 4-way 1 removable 4-way 1 removable 4-way
screw terminal screw terminal screw terminal screw terminal
Transmission speed 78 Kbps
References VW3A3312 VW3A3313 VW3A3314 VW3A3315
For other connection accessories, please consult the Soft starters and variable speed drives catalogue.
4/37
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Solutions Motion controller-based solutions
Standalone solutions
Standalone solution Yes
Maximum number of axes 8
Control mode Synchronized CANopen dedicated to Motion
Coordinated axes Yes (PLCopen single-axis library)
Synchronized axes: PLCopen multi-axis library
* Slave axis (velocity)/Gearing Yes
* Slave axis (position)/Phasing Yes
* Cam proles Yes
* Interpolation Yes
* Application function block Rotary knife, Flying shear, Clamping, Grouping/Ungrouping
Conguration and programming software Easy Motion, Motion Pro (Codesys)
Graphic display terminal Yes
Standards IEC 61131 PLCopen
Selection guide
Motion control
LMC
Compact machines
b Handling, assembly, inspection, on-the-y-processes, etc.
4
4/38
PLC-based solutions
PLC modules
PLC-based solutions
Standalone solutions
No Yes
1 to 4 16 16 63
Analog/Pulse SERCOS CANopen CANopen
Yes Yes Yes Yes (PLCopen, MFB library)
Yes Yes No No
Yes Yes No Yes (with Lexium 15)
No Yes No Yes (with Lexium 15)
No Yes No No
Yes (with TSXCAY 33) Yes No No
No No No No
Unity/PL7 Unity/PL7 Twido Soft Unity
No No No No
IEC 61131 IEC 61131 IEC 61131 IEC 61131 PLCopen
CFY / CAY CSY Twido M340
Compact machines Special machines Compact machines Compact and special machines
b Handling, assembly, etc. b Handling, on-the-y processes, etc. b Handling, etc. b Assembly, handling, etc.
4
4/39
Supply voltage ranges, 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/120 V Single-phase 200/240 V
Single-phase 200/240 V 3-phase 200/240 V
3-phase 200/240 V 3-phase 208/480 V
3-phase 380/480 V
Input voltage 24 V, < to 1 A 2428 or 2030 V, 1 or 2.5 A
Output voltage Maximum 3-phase voltage equal to line supply voltage
Electrical isolation Between power and control sections (inputs, outputs, power supplies)
Protection Power Removal safety function
Number of inputs/outputs:
Analog inputs/outputs 2/ 2/2 MP/HP only
Logic inputs/outputs 4/2 5/2
Safety inputs 2 1
Relay outputs 1
Drive characteristics:
Switching frequency 4 or 8 kHz 8 kHz
Control loop characteristics:
Torque, Speed, Position 62.5s, 250s, 250s 62.5s, 250s, 250s
Control signals
Resolver feedback 1
Motor encoder feedback signals 1 1
Pulse/direction, A/B encoder signals 1 1
Simulated encoder output signals 1 1
Communication
integrated Motion Bus, CANopen, Probus DP ou Modbus Motion Bus, CANopen
option Probus DP, Modbus Plus, FIPIO, Sercos, Ethernet
Option cards Input/output extension card
Standards and certications IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 50178, IEC/EN 61800-3 EN 50178, EN 61800-3, environments 1 and 2,
environments 1 and 2 catgories C2 and C3 categories C2 and C3, (73/23/CEE) and CEM (89/336/CEE)
EN 55011 class A group 1 and 2, (73/23/CEE UL, cUL (Canada)
and 93/68/CEE) and CEM (89/336/CEE) IEC 60721-3-3 class 3C1
UL, cUL, IEC 60721-3-3 class 3C1 IEC 60721-3-3, class 3K3
Selection guide
Servodrives

C Applications: C Applications:
Motion Bus, single axis, simple master/slave,
materials handling, automatic assembly, automated
inspection, coil winding, cutting to length, packaging.
Motion Bus, single axis, simple master/slave,
advance master/slave, coordinated axes,
materials handling, automatic assembly,
coil winding, cutting to length, tension control.
Lexium 05 Lexium 15
b Compactness: side by side mounting,
integrated EMC class A lters.
b Compactness: integrated EMC lters
and braking resistors
b Simplicity: simple setting-up,
Simply start menu
b Simplicity: simple setting-up,
Simply start menu
b Safety: Power removal function b Safety: Power removal function
b Openness: CANopen or Probus DP integrated b Openness: CANopen integrated
b Intelligence: 4 operating modes, including b Absolute positioning control
integrated point to point positioning. b Intelligence: Up to 200 programmable motiont
tasks, 8 operating modes, including integrated
point to point positioning.
4
4/40
Flange size (mm) 55, 70, 100, 140, 205 40, 58, 70, 84, 108, 138, 188
Nominal speed (rpm) 500 to 8000 500 to 8000
Nominal torque (Nm) 0.41 to 80 0.17 to 48
Maximum rotational speed (rpm) 3800 to 8000 6000 to 8000
Continuous stall torque (Nm) 0.5 to 90 0.18 to 53
Peak stall torque (Nm) 1.4 to 300 0.61 to 108
Type of mounting IEC IEC,
NEMA
IP protection IP40, IP54,
IP65 IP67
Shaft end Smooth Smooth
With closed shaft key (IEC standard) With closed shaft key (IEC standard)
With open shaft key (NEMA standard)
Holding brake Option Option
Integrated sensor Single turn SinCos Hiperface encoder Resolver
Multiturn SinCos Hiperface encoder Single turn SinCos Hiperface encoder
Multiturn SinCos Hiperface encoder
Connector type IP65 Straight IP65 Elbowed
Elbowed
Magnet type Neodymium Iron Boron (NdFeB) Neodymium Iron Boron (NdFeB)
Standards Operating characteristics, robustness, safety, , conforming to IEC/EN 60034-1
Certications European directives UL1004 European directives UL1004
Altitude Altitude: 1000 m without derating, 2 1000 m without derating,
000 m with k = 0.86 (1), 3000 m with k = 0.8 2000 m with k = 0.94 (1), 3000 m with k = 0.83
Operational temperature Ambient operating temperature: - 20...40 C 5...40 C conforming to EN 50178 Climatic class 3K3.
conforming to DIN 50019R14. Maximum 55 C Maximum 50 C with derating above
with derating above 40 C by 1% per additional C 40 C by 1% per additional C
Relative humidity Class F conforming to DIN 400 95% without condensation conforming to EN 50178
Climatic class 3K3
Nominal life of bearings L
10h
= 20 000 hours L
10h
=20000 hours
(1) k: Derating factor

Servomotors

BSH motors BDH motors
b Wide range b Wide range: more than 68 types of motor.
b High dynamics b Excellent adaptability:
b Compactness: new salient pole based p Degree of protection IP54 or IP67
winding technology. p With or without brake
b Automatic motor identication and high p Straight or right-angled connectors
precision positioning provided by p Smooth shaft or with key
SinCos Hiperface encoder b Compactness: new salient pole based
winding technology.
b Absolute positioning control provided
by SinCos Hiperface encoder
4
4/41
Motion control
Modules for Modicon Premium platform
Module type For translators
(amplier for stepper motor)
For analog control servomotors
(for asynchronous and brushless motors)
Control outputs RS 422 +/- 10 V
Compatible with servodrives Lexium 05 Lexium 05/15
Functions Linear axes Limited Limited or innite Limited or
innite (1)
Slave axes With static ratio With dynamic ratio
Frequency for each axis 187 kHz 500 kHz with incremental encoder, 200 kHz with absolute encoder
(SSI serial or parallel output)
Number of axes 1 2 2 4 2 4 3
Reference TSXCFY11 TSXCFY21 TSXCAY21 TSXCAY41 TSXCAY22 TSXCAY42 TSXCAY33
(1) With linear interpolation on 2 or 3 axes
Module type Servomotors with SERCOS digital ring
(for brushless motors)
Control outputs SERCOS network ring
Compatible with servodrives Lexium 15
Functions Linear or innite independent axes, slave axes with cam prole or ratio
Processing 4 sets of axes with linear
4 sets of axes with linear and circular
interpolation from 2 to 3 axes (2)
4 sets of axes with linear
Frequency for each axis 4 Mb SERCOS network ring
Number of axes 8 (3) 8 (3) 16 (4)
Reference TSXCSY84 TSXCSY85 TSXCSY164
(2) TSXCSY85 module supplied with TJE trajectory editor: linear trajectories with links between segments according to polynomial or circular interpolation and circular trajectories.
(3) 8 real axes, 4 imaginary axes and 4 remote axes
(4) 16 axes (real axes, imaginary and remote axes)
Connection accessories for
Modicon Premium modules
Type Fiber optic cables
For Lexium 15 MDHA1N00/A00 drives
Connection Pre-equipped cable with SMA connectors
Reference L = 0.3 m 990MCO00001
L = 0.9 m 990MCO00003
L = 1.5 m 990MCO00005
L = 4.5 m 990MCO00015
L = 16.5 m 990MCO00055
L = 22.5 m 990MCO00075
L = 37.5 m 990MCO00125
Axis cards
4/42
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
Motion controller
Lexium Controller
Controller type Optimized Standard Extended
Drives synchronisation Up to 4 axes 2 ms
Motion bus Up to 8 axes 4 ms
Drives interpolated position loop 250 s
Internal memory RAM 2 Mbytes
Flash Eeprom 2 Mbytes
Non volatile RAM 64 kbytes
Application expertise Application functions (AFB) yes
PLCopen single axis control yes
PLCopen multi axis control yes
2D interpolation yes
Number of logical inputs 8 8 8 8
Number of logical outputs 4 8 8 8
Communication Modbus yes yes yes yes
CANopen automation yes yes yes
Ethernet TCP/IP yes yes yes
Probus DP V1 yes
Device Net yes
Reference LMC10 LMC20 LMC20A1307 LMC20A1309
Graphic terminal
A remote graphic terminal combined with the Lexium Controller is offered as an option with Lexium PAC :
b Backup and recovery of application data
b Manual mode wiring test
b Adjustment and diagnostics of Lexium Controller and servodrive
b Maintenance
Reference VW3M1701
Remote graphic display terminal accessories
Remote cables Equipped with 2 RJ45 connectors
Reference L = 1 m VW3 A1 104 R10
L = 3 m VW3 A1 104 R30
L = 5 m VW3 A1 104 R50
Female/female RJ45 adapter
Reference VW3 A1 105
4/43
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
Softwares solutions
Lexium Controller
Easy Motion for conguring the motioncontrol
functions
b Conguration of the axis
b Servodrive and Lexium Controller adjustment and diagnostics
b Creation of a position register by teaching
b Axis operating modes and manual control management
b Edit positioning tasks
b Edit cam proles
b Application backup and recovery
Motion Pro for conguring and programming
the motion control functions
b Retains the benets of Easy Motion for motion control
b The entire application, automation functions and motion control are
realized using a programming editor IEC 61131 compliant
b Machine signature recording
b Program code protection
Sofware solution included in Lexium Controller
4/44
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
5
1
7 9
Lexium 15
Lexium 05 Lexium 05
Lexium Controller
LMC 20 ou
LMC 20A130p
2
5
1
7 9
Lexium 15
Lexium 05 Lexium 05
Lexium Controller
LMC 20 ou
LMC 20A130p
3 4
8 6 6
7 6
8
Altivar 31 Altivar 31
Lexium Controller
LMC 20 or
LMC 20A130p
Starter-controller
TeSys U
Altivar 71
I/O
Advantys OTB
IcLA
9 9
3 4
8 6 6
7 6
8
Altivar 31 Altivar 31
Lexium Controller
LMC 20 or
LMC 20A130p
Starter-controller
TeSys U
Altivar 71
I/O
Advantys OTB
IcLA
9 9
7
4
9
Twido
Lexium 05 Lexium 05
7
4
9
Twido
Lexium 05 Lexium 05
Motion control
CANopen dedicated to Automation and CANopen
dedicated to Motion - Connection accessories
Architectures
Examples of connection to the CANopen bus dedicated to Motion with the Lexium Controller
Example of connection to the CANopen bus dedicated to Automation with the Lexium Controller
Example of connection to the CANopen bus with Twido and Lexium 05
4/45
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
CANopen dedicated to Automation and CANopen
dedicated to Motion - Connection accessories
Connectors and junction boxes
Designation No. Reference
9-way female SUB-D connector/screw terminals 1 VW3 M3 802
Daisy chain tap with 3 RJ45 connectors and 0.3 m cable 2 TCS CTN023F13M03
IP 20 CANopen junction boxes
4 SUB-D and line terminator 3 TSX CAN TDM4
IP 20 CANopen junction boxes
2 RJ45 and line terminator 4 VW3 CAN TAP2
(1) Product not to be used on Motion bus
Cordsets
Designation No. Length (m) Reference
9-way female SUB-D with line terminator/RJ45 cordset 5 1 VW3 M3 805R010
9-way female SUB-D/RJ45 cordsets 6 0.5 TCS CCN4F3M05T
1 TCS CCN4F3M1T
3 TCS CCN4F3M3T
RJ45/RJ45 cordsets 7 0.3 VW3 CAN CARR 03
1 VW3 CAN CARR 1
9-way female SUB-D/9-way female SUB-D cordsets 8 0.3 TSX CAN CADD 03
1 TSX CAN CADD 1
3 TSX CAN CADD 3
5 TSX CAN CADD 5
Connection cables
Designation No. Length (m) Reference
IP 20 CANopen cables Halogen-free 9 50 TSX CAN CA 50
100 TSX CAN CA 100
300 TSX CAN CA 300
UL Certied 50 TSX CAN CB 50
100 TSX CAN CB 100
300 TSX CAN CB 300
Harsh environment 50 TSX CAN CD 50
100 TSX CAN CD 100
300 TSX CAN CD 300
Architectures
VW3 CAN TAP2
TSX CAN TDM4
4/46
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
Servodrives for BSH servomotors
Servodrive type Digital for servomotors
Size 1 Size 2 Size 3
Supply voltage 110120 VAC single phase
Output current (A) Continuous (RMS) 4 8 15
Maximum (RMS) 7 12 20
Power (kW) 0.4 0.65 0.85
Safety function Integrated Power Removal
Braking resistor Integrated
EMC lter Integrated
Reference (1) LXM05pD10F1 LXM05pD17F1 LXM05pD28F1
Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3
Supply voltage 200240 VAC single phase 200240 VAC 3-phase
Output current (A) Continuous (RMS) 4 8 15 4 8 17
Maximum (RMS) 7 12 20 7 12 30
Power (kW) 0.75 1.2 2.5 0.75 1.4 3.2
EMC lter Integrated Not integrated
Reference (1) LXM05pD10M2 LXM05pD17M2 LXM05pD28M2 LXM05pD10M3X LXM05pD17M3X LXM05pD42M3X
Size 2 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4
Supply voltage 380480 VAC 3-phase 380480 VAC 3-phase
Output current (A) Continuous (RMS) 6 9 15 25
Maximum (RMS) 10 16 24 40
Power (kW) 1.4 2 3 6
EMC lter Integrated
Reference (1) LXM05pD14N4 LXM05pD22N4 LXM05pD34N4 LXM05pD57N4
(1) To order a Lexium 05 servodrive with CANopen bus integrated, replace p by A. Example LXM05pD14N4 become LXM05AD14N4.
To order a Lexium 05 servodrive with PROFIBUS DP bus integrated, replace p by B. Example LXM05pD14N4 become LXM05BD14N4.
Lexium 05

Control and connectivity
+ or - 10 V.
Pulse / direction Probus DP
Motion Bus / CANopen
Torque control, speed control, point to point, gearing, homing
4/47
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Lexium 05
Motion control
PowerSuite software workshop
Multilingual conguration software For PC
Conguration of drives and softstarters Lexium 05 / Altivar / Altistart
Environment Microsoft Windows
Languages English - French - German - Italian - Spanish
Reference PowerSuite CD-ROM
Connection kit VW3A8106
Supply voltage Single phase 3-phase
Maximum cable length Category C3 40 m (100 m with a switching frequency of 8 kHz) 40 m (100 m with a switching frequency of 8 kHz)
Category C2 20 m 20 m
Reference Drives Size 1 LXM05AD10F1, LXM05AD10M2 LXM05AD10M3X
Filters VW3A31401 VW3A31402
Drives Size 2 LXM05AD17F1, LXM05AD17M2 LXM05AD17M3X, LXM05AD14N4
Drives Size 3 LXM05AD28F1, LXM05AD28M2 LXM05AD42M3X, LXM05AD22N4, LXM05AD34N4
Drives Size 4 LXM05AD57N4
Filters VW3A31407
Line inductances
Supply voltage Single phase 3-phase
110120 V 200240 V 200240 V 380480 V
References Drives Size 1 LXM05AD10F1 LXM05AD10M2 LXM05AD10M3X
Inductances VZ1L007UM50 VZ1L007UM50 VW3A4551
Drives Size 2 LXM05AD17F1 LXM05AD17M2 LXM05AD17M3X LXM05AD10N4, LXM05AD22N4
Inductances VZ1L018UM20 VZ1L018UM20 VW3A4552 VW3A4551
Drives Size 3 LXM05AD28F1 LXM05AD28M2 LXM05AD42M3X LXM05AD34N4
Inductances VZ1L018UM20 VZ1L018UM20 VW3A4553 VW3A4552
Drives Size 4 LXM05AD57N4
Inductances VW3A4552
4/48
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Lexium 05 Motion control
Holding brake controller
Controller type Holding brake
Power supply 24 VDC
Maximum current 1.6 A
Maximum power 50 W
Reference VW3M3103
External braking resistors
Resistor type External braking for Lexium 05 drives
Resistance 10 27 72
Power 400 W 100 W 200 W 400 W 100 W 200 W 400 W
Reference (1) cable lenght L = 0.75 m VW3 A7601R07 A7602R07 A7603R07 A7604R07 A7605R07 A7606R07 A7607R07
L = 2 m VW3 A7601R20 A7602R20 A7603R20 A7604R20 A7605R20 A7606R20 A7607R20
L = 3 m VW3 A7601R30 A7602R30 A7603R30 A7604R30 A7605R30 A7606R30 A7607R30
(1) In order to select the braking resistor, you need to calculate the continuous and peak power to be dissipated in it. Please consult our Lexium 05 catalog
4/49
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5
4 4
1
2 4 3 4 6 6 5
5
4 4
1
2 4 3 4 6 6 5
3 2
6 7
4 5
1
3 2
6 7
4 5
1
Drives Lexium 05
Connection type Description Splitter box with
10 RJ45 connectors
and 1 screw terminal block
Junction box
for drop cable
VW3A8306D30
Subscriber socket
for drop cable
VW3A8306
Reference LU9GC3 TSXSCA50 TSXSCA62
Line terminators For RJ 45 connector R = 120 , C = 1 nf R = 150 , C = 1 nf
Reference VW3A8306RC VW3A8306R
For screw terminals R = 120 , C = 1 nf R = 150 , C = 1 nf
Reference VW3A8306DRC VW3A8306DR
T-junction boxes With integrated cable 0.3 m VW3A8306TF03
With integrated cable 1 m VW3A8306TF10
Cables Description 2 RJ 45 connectors
Reference 0.3 m VW3A8306R03
1 m VW3A8306R10
3 m VW3A8306R30
RS 485 shielded twisted
double pair cables
Description 1 RJ45 connector and one stripped end
Reference 3 m VW3A8306D30
Description Supplied without connector
Reference 100 m TSXCSA100
200 m TSXCSA200
500 m TSXCSA500
Connection with RJ45 splitter box and screw terminals Connection with junction box or subscriber sockets
Motion control
Modbus serial link
1 Controller Twido
2 Cable for controller Twido serial link
3 Modbus splitter box LU9 GC3
4 Modbus drop cables VW3 A8 306Rpp
5 Line terminators VW3 A8 306RC
6 Modbus T-junction boxes VW3 A8 306TFpp (with cable)
1 Controller Twido
2 Cable for controller Twido serial link
3 Modbus cables TSX CSAp00
4 T-junction box TSX SCA 50
5 Subscriber socket TSX SCA 62
6 Modbus drop cables VW3 A8 306
7 Modbus drop cables VW3 A8 306 D30
Connection via screw terminals
In this case, a Modbus drop cable (VW3 A8 306D30) and line terminators (VW3 A8 306DRC) are used.
Lexium 05
4/50
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
BSH servomotors for Lexium 05
Lexium 05
p replaced by A for the CANopen/analog inputs version, replaced by B for the Probus DP version
.
This value
corresponds to the peak torque
at standstill that can be provided
by the Lexium 05 servodrive/
BSH servomotor combination.
1.4 Nm
BSH servomotors Lexium 05 servodrives
110/120 V single phase, 200/240 V single phase,
with integrated EMC lter with integrated EMC lter
LXM 05p LXM 05p
Reference Torque at Nominale D10F1 D17F1 D28F1 Nominale D10M2 D17M2 D28M2
standstill speed 0.4 kW 0.65 kW 1.4 kW speed 0.75 kW 1.2 kW 2.5 kW
BSH 0551T 0.5 Nm 3000 min
-1
1.4 Nm 6000 min
-1
1.4 Nm
BSH 0552M 0.9 Nm 1500 min
-1
2.3 Nm
BSH 0552P 0.9 Nm 4000 min
-1
2.7 Nm
BSH 0552T 0.9 Nm 3000 min
-1
1.77 Nm 2.7 Nm 6000 min
-1
1.77 Nm
BSH 0553M 1.3 Nm 1500 min
-1
4.2 Nm
BSH 0553P 1.3 Nm 4000 min
-1
3.18 Nm
BSH 0553T 1.3 Nm 3000 min
-1
3.31 Nm 6000 min
-1
3.31 Nm
BSH 0701P 1.4 Nm 3000 min
-1
3.2 Nm
BSH 0701T 1.4 Nm 2500 min
-1
2.42 Nm 5000 min
-1
3.19 Nm
BSH 0702M 2.1 Nm 1500 min
-1
6.8 Nm
BSH 0702P 2.2 Nm 3000 min
-1
5.37 Nm 7.55 Nm
BSH 0702T 2.12 Nm 2500 min
-1
4.14 Nm 6000 min
-1
4.14 Nm 6.8 Nm
BSH 0703M 2.8 Nm 1500 min
-1
10 Nm
BSH 0703P 3.1 Nm 3000 min
-1
7.28 Nm 10.3 Nm
BSH 0703T 2.8 Nm 2500 min
-1
7.38 Nm 6000 min
-1
7.38 Nm
BSH 1001T 3.4 Nm 2500 min
-1
8.5 Nm 4000 min
-1
8.5 Nm
BSH 1002P 5.8 Nm 2000 min
-1
18.3 Nm
BSH 1003P 7.8 Nm 2000 min
-1
22.79 Nm
200/240 V three phase, 380/480 V three phase,
without integrated EMC lter with integrated EMC lter
LXM 05p LXM 05p
Reference Torque at Nominale D10M3X D17M3X D42M3X Nominale D14N4 D22N4 D34N4 D57N4
standstill speed 0.75 kW 1.4 kW 3.2 kW speed 1.4 kW 2 kW 3 kW 6 kW
BSH 0551T 0.5 Nm 6000 min
-1
1.4 Nm
BSH 0552M 0.9 Nm 1500 min
-1
2.3 Nm
BSH 0552P 0.9 Nm 4000 min
-1
2.7 Nm 6000 min
-1
2.7 Nm
BSH 0552T 0.9 Nm 6000 min
-1
1.77 Nm
BSH 0553M 1.3 Nm 1500 min
-1
4.2 Nm
BSH 0553P 1.3 Nm 4000 min
-1
3.18 Nm 6000 min
-1
3.87 Nm
BSH 0553T 1.3 Nm 6000 min
-1
3.31 Nm
BSH 0701M 1.4 Nm 1500 min
-1
3.2 Nm
BSH 0701P 1.4 Nm 3000 min
-1
3.2 Nm
BSH 0701T 1.4 Nm 6000 min
-1
2.41 Nm 3.19 Nm
BSH 0702M 2.1 Nm 1500 min
-1
6.8 Nm
BSH 0702P 2.2 Nm 3000 min
-1
5.37 Nm 7.55 Nm 6000 min
-1
7.55 Nm
BSH 0702T 2.12 Nm 4500 min
-1
6.8 Nm
BSH 0703M 2.8 Nm 1500 min
-1
10 Nm 3000 min
-1
10.3 Nm
BSH 0703P 3.1 Nm 3000 min
-1
7.28 Nm 6000 min
-1
8.92 Nm
BSH 0703T 2.8 Nm 6000 min
-1
10.25 Nm
BSH 1001M 3.4 Nm 2000 min
-1
8.5 Nm
BSH 1001P 3.3 Nm 2000 min
-1
9.45 Nm 4000 min
-1
9.45 Nm
BSH 1001T 3.4 Nm 4000 min
-1
8.5 Nm
BSH 1002M 5.5 Nm 2000 min
-1
16 Nm
BSH 1002P 5.8 Nm 2000 min
-1
12.35 Nm 4000 min
-1
15.43 Nm
BSH 1002T 5.52 Nm 4000 min
-1
16 Nm
BSH 1003M 7.8 Nm 2000 min
-1
27.8 Nm
BSH 1003P 8 Nm 2000 min
-1
28.3 Nm 4000 min
-1
26.97 Nm
BSH 1004P 10 Nm 1500 min
-1
35.7 Nm 3000 min
-1
22.53 Nm 30.41 Nm
BSH 1401P 11.1 Nm 30.41 Nm 2500 min
-1
26.2 Nm
BSH 1401T 11.1 Nm 2500 min
-1
27.1 Nm
BSH 1402M 19.5 Nm 1250 min
-1
57.1 Nm
BSH 1402P 19.5 Nm 1500 min
-1
46.42 Nm 3000 min
-1
38.6 Nm 57.42 Nm
BSH 1402T 14.73 Nm 2000 min
-1
25.04 Nm
BSH 1403M 27.8 Nm 1500 min
-1
76.66 Nm 88.17 Nm
BSH 1403P 27.8 Nm 3000 min
-1
57.24 Nm
BSH 1404M 33.4 Nm 1500 min
-1
126.45 Nm
BSH 1404P 33.4 Nm 3000 min
-1
60.04 Nm
4/51
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
Servodrives Lexium 15 for BSH and BDH servomotors
Servodrive type Lexium 15 LP
Supply voltage 3-phase 200...240 V, 50/60 Hz 3-phase 208...480 V, 50/60 Hz
Available in 1-phase with derating
Output current (A) Continuous 3 A 6 A 10 A 1,5 A 3 A 6 A
Maximum (discontinuous, 2 s) 13 A 21 A 28 A 6 A 10 A 17 A
Powers (kW) 1 2.1 3.4 1.1 2.1 4.3
Scurity function Power removal integrated
EMC lters class A Integrated
Line reactors Integrated
References LXM15LD13M3 LXM15LD21M3 LXM15LD28M3 LXM15LU60N4 LXM15LD10N4 LXM15LD17N4
Servodrive type Lexium 15 MP
Supply voltage 3-phase 208...480 V, 50/60 Hz
200-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Output current (A) Continuous 10 A 14 A 20 A
Maximum (discontinuous, 5 s) 28 A 40 A 56 A
Powers (kW) 5.7 7.9 11.4
EMC lters class A Integrated
Line reactors Integrated
References LXM15MD28N4 LXM15MD40N4 LXMMD56N4
Servodrive type Lexium 15 HP
Supply voltage 3-phase 208...480 V, 50/60 Hz
Output current (A) Continuous 40 A 70 A
Maximum (discontinuous, 5 s) 80 A 140 A
Powers (kW) 22.3 42.5
Braking resistor Option, requires in neutral mode TT and TN
EMC lters class A Option
Line reactors Option, requires in neutral mode TT and TN
References LXM15HC11N4X LXM15HC20N4X
Lexium 15
4/52
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
External braking resistor
Resistor type External braking for Lexium 15 servodrives
Continuous power PPr (W) 100 200 400 1000
Reference 5 VW3A7707
10 VW3A7601Rp (1) VW3A7705
27 VW3A7602Rp (1) VW3A7603Rp (1) VW3A7604Rp (1)
72 VW3A7605Rp (1) VW3A7606Rp (1) VW3A7607Rp (1)
100 VW3A7608Rp (1)
(1) For a length of connection cable of 0,75 m replace p by 07
2 m replace p by 20
3 m replace p by 30
Supply voltage 3-phase
208480 VAC
Type of Lexium 15 HP servodrive LXM15HC11N4X LXM15HC20N4X
Input rms current (A) 42 75
Maximum motor cable length 100 m 100 m
References VW3M4101 VW3M4102
Line reactors
208480 VAC
Type of Lexium 15 HP servodrive LXM15HC11N4X LXM15HC20N4X
Input current (A) 60 75
References (1) VW3M4301 VW3M4302
(1) Must be ordered with the drive, unless an isolation transformer is being used with IT connection
Motor reactor
208480 VAC
Type of Lexium 15 HP servodrive LXM15LD13M3 LXM15LD28M3 LXM15MD40N4 LXM15MD56N4
LXM15LD21M3 LXM15MD28N4
LXM15L...N4
Input nominal current (A) 6 10 14 20
References VW3M5301 VW3M5302 VW3M5303 VW3M5304
Lexium 15
4/53
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
Servodrives control and connectivity
Accessories type Backup key
Use Saves the servodrive operating parameters and instantly reinitiates settings
(without PC)
References VW3 M8 701

Accessories type Master / Slave cable Cable for PC serial port
Connector type 2 SUB-D connectors female 9 pins
References L = 0.5 m VW3 M8 501 R05
L = 2 m VW3 M8 501 R20
L = 3 m VW3 M8 501 R03
L = 6 m VW3 M8 501 R60

Inputs/outputs extension card
Card type Card AM0 INE 001V000
Number of logic inputs 10
Number of logic outputs 8

Communication bus connection
CANopen
Connection type Integrated
Connector
Card AM02CA001V000
Connector Cable
Connector type 1 SUB-D 2 SUB-D
male 9 pins male 9 pins
1 SUB-D
female 9 pins
Cable type Halogen-free UL certication Harsh environments
References L = 50 m TSXCANCA50 TSXCANCB50 TSXCANCD50
FIPIO card
Connection type Card AM0 FIP 001V000
Connector Cable
Connector type SUB-D male 9 pins
Cable type Standard environment Harsh environments
References L = 100 m TSX FP CA 100 TSX FP CR 100
L = 200 m TSX FP CA 200 TSX FP CR 200
L = 500 m TSX FP CA 500 TSX FP CR 500
Lexium 15

Control and connectivity
+ ou -10 V.
Pulse / direction
Motion Bus / CANopen

Probus DP / FIPIO
Modbus Plus / Ethernet

Sercos

Torque control loop, speed control loop, position control loop,

motion tasks, point to point, gearing, position registers, homing

4/54
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Modbus Plus card
Connection type Card AM0 MBP 001V000
Connector Cable
Connector type SUB-D female 9 pins
References L = 30.5 m 490 NAA 271 01
L = 152.5 m 490 NAA 271 02
L = 305 m 490 NAA 271 03
L = 457 m 490 NAA 271 04
L = 1525 m 490 NAA 271 06
Pro bus DP card
Connection type Card DP VW3 M3 306
Connector Cable
Connector type 2 SUB-D female 9 pins
References L = 100 m TSX PBS CA 100
L = 400 m TSX PBS CA 400
Ethernet card
Connection type Card AM0 ETH 001V000
Connector Cable
Connector type 2 RJ45 connectors
Cable type Straight twisted pair Crossed twisted pair
References L = 2 m 490 NTW 000 02
L = 5 m 490 NTW 000 05 490 NTW 000 05
L = 12 m 490 NTW 000 12
L = 15 m 490 NTW 000 15
L = 40 m 490 NTW 000 40 490 NTW 000 40
L = 80 m 490 NTW 000 80 490 NTW 000 80
Sercos card
Connection type Card AM0 SER 001V000
Connector Cable
Connector type SMA
Fiber optic references L = 0.3 m 990 MCO 000 01
L = 0.9 m 990 MCO 000 03
L = 1.5 m 990 MCO 000 05
L = 4.5 m 991 MCO 000 15
L = 16.5 m 991 MCO 000 55
L = 22.5 m 991 MCO 000 75
L = 37.5 m 992 MCO 001 25
Motion control
Communication bus connection
Lexium 15
4/55
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
Unilink software
Unilink software for PC is a tool for conguring Lexium 15 servodrive operating
parameters.
Its simple, easy-to-follow graphic interface helps to reduce setup costs.
It incorporates various functions for the setup phases, such as:
- Parameter setting
- Advanced adjustment of the various control loops
- Programming motion tasks
- Supervision
This software is available in two versions, for conguring Lexium 15 LP servodrives
(Unilink L) and Lexium 15 MP/15 HP servodrives (Unilink MH).
It is supplied with the servodrive as standard.
Conguration and adjustment software Unilink for PC
Drives conguration Lexium 15
Environment Microsoft Windows R
Language English, French, German, Italian and Spanish
Contents CD- Rom deliver with the product : Unilink software + documentation (1)
(1) All the documentation on www.telemecanique.com
Lexium 15
4/56
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
BSH servomotors for Lexium 15
Lexium 15
Servodrive type Lexium 15 LP Lexium 15 HP Lexium 15 HP
With EMC lters integrated
200240V/1-phase and 3-phase 208480 V 3-phase 208480 V 3-phase 208480V/3-phase
LXM15L LXM15M LXM15H
BSH Mo (1) Nmax (2) D13M3 D21M3 D28M3 U60N4 D10N4 D17N4 D28N4 D40N4 D56N4 C11N4X C20N4X
0551 P 0.5 3000 1.4 1.4
0551 T 0.5 7000 1.4
0552 M 0.9 4000 2.25
0552 P 0.9 4000 2.54
0552 T 0.9 7000 2.7 2.26
0553 M 1.3 4000 3.5
0553 P 1.3 7500 4.2 3.87
0701 P 1.41 3000 2.66 3.19 2.66
0701 T 1.36 6000 3.19 2.91
0702 M 2.12 3000 5.63
0702 P 2.12 7000 5.63 4.85
0702 T 2.12 6000 5.45 4.47
0703 P 2.83 6500 9.28 7.71
0703 T 2.83 5500 7.38
1001 P 3.39 2500 7.68 6.19
1001 T 3.39 4000 8.5
1002 P 5.52 5000 14.79 12.13
1002 T 5.52 4000 11.59
1003 M 7.76 2000 23 22.95
1003 P 7.76 4500 19.69 19.7 23.17
1004 M 9.31 2000 29.9 29.87 33.83
1004 P 9.31 4000 23.6 33.83
1004 T 9.31 3500 21.04
1401 M 11.4 1500 26
1401 P 11.4 3000 23.3 23.33
1401 T 11.4 2520 22.27 23.33
1402 M 19.2 1500 47.5
1402 P 19.2 3500 39.33 47.5
1403 M 25.4 1500 71.67
1403 P 25.4 3500 57.2
1404 M 32.1 1500 82.32 95
2051 M 36 1500 68.33 68.33 68.33
2051 P 36 3000 82
2052 M 65 1500 200 200
2052 P 65 2000 118.54 193.45
2053 M 90 1500 227.18 300
2053 P 90 2000 202.96
(1) Mo = Nominal torque in Nm
(2) N max = Maximum speed in rpm
1.4 = Value in Nm corresponding to the peak stall torque of servodrive-motor combination
4/57
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
BDH servomotors for Lexium 15
Servodrive type Lexium 15 LP Lexium 15 MP
200240V/1-phase and 3-phase 208480V/3-phase 208480V/3-phase
LXM15L LXM15M
BDH Mo (1) Nmax (2) D13M3 D21M3 D28M3 U60N4 D10N4 D17N4 D28N4 D40N4 D56N4
0401 B 0.18 8000 0.61
0402 C 0.31 8000 1.08
0403 C 0.41 8000 1.46
0582 C 0.84 7500 2.34
0582 E 0.87 7000 2.42
0583 C 1.13 6000 3.2
0583 D 1.16 8000 3.84 3.42
0583 F 1.18 8000 3.52
0584 C 1.38 5000 3.94
0584 D 1.41 8000 4.76 4.22
0584 F 1.42 6500 4.68
0701 C 1.15 5500 3.34
0701 E 1.2 5500 3.24
0702 C 2 3500 5.74
0702 D 2.04 5500 7.05 6.18
0702 H 2.1 6500 5.36
0703 C 2.71 2500 7.83
0703 E 2.79 4500 8.95 7.7
0703 H 2.88 5000 7.35
0841 C 1.95 3000 5.12
0841 E 2.02 5500 5.33 4.64
0841 H 2.06 6000 4.78
0842 C 3.35 3500 9.37
0842 E 3.42 6000 9.72 8.41
0842 G 3.53 5500 9.56 7.99
0842 J 3.56 5500 7.75 7.75
0843 E 4.7 3000 11.7
0843 G 4.8 5000 13.2 10.9
0843 K 4.9 5000 9.66 9.66
0844 E 5.76 2500 14.1
0844 G 5.88 4500 16.1 13.3
0844 J 6 3500 12.9 12.9
1081 E 4.7 3000 10.9
1081 G 4.75 5000 11.7 10.2
1081 K 4.9 5000 9.22 9.22
1082 E 8.34 2000 18.5
1082 G 8.43 3000 21.5 18.9
1082 K 8.6 6000 16.9 16.9
1082 M 8.6 4000 16.7
1083 G 11.4 2500 25.8
1083 K 11.6 4500 22.9 22.9
1083 M 11.4 3000 22.1
1083 P 11.4 5000 22.2
1084 G 14.3 2000 31.7
1084 K 14.4 2000 28.1 28.1
1084 L 14.1 4500 29.5
1084 N 14.1 4000 29.6
1382 G 11,9 2000 25.6
1382 K 12,2 4500 30.1 30.1
Lexium 15
4/58
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
BDH servomotors for Lexium 15
Servodrive type Lexium 15 LP Lexium 15 MP
200240V/1-phase and 3-phase 208480V/3-phase 208480V/3-phase
LXM15L LXM15M
BDH Mo (1) Nmax (2) D13M3 D21M3 D28M3 U60N4 D10N4 D17N4 D28N4 D40N4 D56N4
1382 M 12.2 6000 22.8
1382 P
1383 G
12.3 4000 23.2
16.5 1500 38.4
1383 K 16.8 3500 31 31
1383 M 17 4500 31.4
1383 N 17 5500 34.8
1384 K 20.8 2500 41.2
1384 L 21 3500 41.9
1384 P 20.4 5000 40.2
1385 K 24.8 2000 46.8
1385 M 25 3000 47.6
1385 N 24.3 4000 50.2
1882 K 29.7 1500 59.4
1882 M 30 2000 59.8
1882 P 29.4 3000 58.4
1883 M 42 1500 80.7
1883 P 41.6 2500 79.4
1884 L 53 1500 108
1884 P 52.5 2000 106
(1) Mo = Nominal torque in Nm
(2) N max = Maximum speed in rpm
0.61 = Value in Nm corresponding to the peak stall torque of servodrive-motor combination
Lexium 15
4/59
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To order a BSH motor, please use these references
Reference to be completed: BSH
ppp p p p p p p A
Flange size 55 mm 055
70 mm 070
100 mm 100
140 mm 140
205 mm 205
Length (Number of magnet stacks) 1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
Winding type Lowest speed M
Medium speed P
Highest speed T
Shaft (1) w/o key (smooth) : IP40 (IP65) 0
with key : IP40 (IP65) 1
w/o key : IP65 2
with key IP65 3
Encoder Absolute SinCos, single turn (128 periods per revolution) 1
Absolute SinCos multi turn (4096 revolutions) 2
Brake w/o brake A
with brake F
Connection System Straight connector 1
right angle turnable connector 2
Mounting International standard mounting A
BDH servomotors
To order a BDH motor, please use these references
Reference to be completed:
BDH ppp p p p p p p p
Flange size 40 mm 040
58 mm 058
70 mm 070
84 mm 084
108 mm 108
138 mm 138
188 mm 188
Length (Number of magnet stacks) 1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
Winding type AZ
Shaft end IP 54 Untapped 0
Keyed 1
IP 67 Untapped 2
Keyed 3
Integrated sensor Single turn, SinCos Hiperface
4096 points/turn 1
Multiturn, SinCos Hiperface
4096 points/turn, 4096 turns 2

2-pole resolver 5
Holding brake None A
With F
Connection Angled connectors that can be rotated through 90
Flange International IEC standard 2 A
NEMA B
(1) Other possibilities to be detailed: see www.telemecanique.com
Motion control
BSH servomotors
Lexium 05 &
Lexium 15
4/60
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Cable type Power cable
tted with 1 connector (servomotor side)
Servomotor type BSH 055pp / 070pp / 100pp 1401T / 1403P /
1404P
2051M
1402T

1401P / 1402M / 2051P
1402P / 1403M /
1404M
BDH 040pp/058pp/070pp/
084pp/108pE/108pG/
108pK/138pG/138pK
Servodrive type LXM05 LXM15 LXM05 LXM05 LXM15
All type L.. D42M3X / D57N4 D57N4 HC..N4X
Composition 4x1.5 mm
2
+ 2x1 mm
2
4x2.5 mm
2
+ 2x1 mm
2
4x4 mm
2
+ 2x1 mm
2
Reference L = 3 VW3M5101R30 VW3M5101R30 VW3M5102R30 VW3M5103R30
L = 5 VW3M5101R50 VW3M5101R50 VW3M5102R50 VW3M5103R50
L = 75 VW3M5101R750 VW3M5102R750 VW3M5103R750
Cable type
Power cable
tted with 2 connectors
Servomotor type BSH 1003P / 1004p / 1401T / 1403P / 1402T / 2051M / 2052M / 2052P /
1401M / 1401P / 1404P 2051P 2053M / 2053P
1402M / 1402P /
1403M / 1404M
BDH 084pp / 108pK / 108pL / 108pM / 108pN / 108pP /
138pK / 188pK 138pL / 138pM / 138pN / 138pP /
; 188pL / 188pM 188pP
Servodrive type LXM15 LXM15
MD..N4 HC..N4X
2
+ 4x2.5 mm
2
+ 4x4 mm
2
+ 4x4 mm
2
+ 4x10 mm
2
+
2x1 mm
2
2x1 mm
2
2x1 mm
2
2x1 mm
2
2x1 mm
2
Reference L = 3 VW3M5201R30 VW3M5202R30 VW3M5203R30 VW3M5213R30
L = 10 VW3M5201R100 VW3M5202R100 VW3M5203R100 VW3M5213R100 VW3M5304R100
L = 100 VW3M5304R1000
Motion control
Connecting cables
Lexium 05 &
Lexium 15
4/61
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motion control
Connecting cables
Cable type Encoder cable Resolver cable
SinCos Hiperface tted with 2 connectors tted with 2 connectors
Servomotor type BSH All type All type All type
BDH All type All type
Servodrive type LXM05 LXM15 LXM15
All type All type All type
Composition 5x(2x2.5 mm
2
) + 2x0.5 mm
2
5x(2x0.25 mm
2
) + 2x0.5 mm2
2
5x(2x0.25 mm
2
) + 2x0.5 mm
2
Reference L = 3 VW3M8101R30 VW3M8301R30 VW3M8401R30
L = 5 VW3M8101R50 VW3M8301R50 VW3M8401R50
L = 10 VW3M8101R100 VW3M8301R100 VW3M8401R100
L = 15 VW3M8101R150 VW3M8301R150 VW3M8401R150
L = 20 VW3M8101R200 VW3M8301R200 VW3M8401R200
L = 25 VW3M8101R250 VW3M8301R250 VW3M8401R250
L = 50 VW3M8101R500 VW3M8301R500 VW3M8401R500
L = 75 VW3M8101R750 VW3M8301R750 VW3M8401R750
Connection elements
Connection type Power cable Control cable
SinCos Hiperface
Servomotor type
BSH All type
Servodrive type LXM05 All type
2
+ 2x1 mm
2
4x2.5 mm
2
+ 2x1 mm
2
4x4 mm
2
+ 2x1 mm
2
Reference L = 25 VW3 M5 301 R250 VW3 M5 302 R250 VW3 M5 303 R250 VW3 M8 221 R250
L = 50 VW3 M5 301 R500 VW3 M5 302 R500 VW3 M5 303 R500 VW3 M8 221 R500
L = 100 VW3 M5 301 R1000 VW3 M5 302 R1000 VW3 M5 303 R1000 VW3 M8 221 R1000
Connection type
Connector
BSH end LXM 05 end
Power connection cross-section 1.5 mm
2
VW3 M8 215
2.5 mm
2
VW3 M8 216
4 mm
2
VW3 M8 217
Control connection VW3 M8 213 VW3 M8 214
Lexium 05 &
Lexium 15
4/62
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Schneider Electric has selected GBX gearboxes made by Neugart to be used in
association with the BSH and BDH servomotor ranges.
As their association with BSH or BDH servomotors has been fully qualied and they are
very easy to mount, the gearboxes are simple to put into operation and risk free.
Available in 5 sizes (GBX 40... GBX 160), the planetary gearboxes are offered in 12
gear ratios (3:1...40:1).
To order a GBX planetary gearbox, complete each reference with
Reference to be completed:
GBX
ppp ppp ppp p p
Size (Junction box diameter) 40 mm 040
60 mm 060
80 mm 080
115 mm 120
160 mm 160
Speed reduction ratio 3:1 003
4:1 004
5:1 005
8:1 008
9:1 009
12:1 012
15:1 015
16:1 016
20:1 020
25:1 025
32:1 032
40:1 040
Servomotor Associated BDH Type BDH 040 040
BDH 058 058
BDH 070 070
BDH 084 084
BDH 108 108
BDH 138 138
Associated BSH Type BSH 055 055
BSH 070 070
BSH 100 100
BSH 140 140
BSH 205 (1)
Model BSH ou BDH ppp1 1
BSH ou BDH ppp2 2
BSH ou BDH ppp3 3
BSH ou BDH ppp4 4
BDH ppp5 5
Servomotor adaptation BDH D
BSH F
(1) Consult your Schneider Electric agency
Motion control
GBX planetary gearboxes
Lexium 05 &
Lexium 15
4/63
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
The essential
guide
A simplied
selection guide
enabling you to
quickly select
motor starters.
TeSys range provide you more simplicity, compactness,
openness and exibility
... so many evolutions and new items to aid your productivity.
A simple,
compact and
advanced motor
starters offer.
New horizons are opening up to you. Increase your productivity -
adopt our solutions which help to simplify setting-up.
Motor starters
b Ready-to-use component combinations,
designed to work together in perfect harmony.
b Safe operation and level of coordination
guaranteed by a major manufacturer.
Power circuit control
b A wide range of components.
b Solutions for a variety of power control
applications: lighting, capacitor switching,
heating, changeover contactor pairs, resistive
loads, upstream protection.
Motor control
Accurate and reliable
control of motors
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TeSys U
With open communication across CANopen, Probus DP,
Modbus, AS-interface, Advantys STB, DeviceNet and
Ethernet networks, TeSys U has openness in mind.
TeSys T
Motor management system
Give your motor starters
a sixth sense!
TeSys T is an advanced motor management and
protection system. It is able to guard against all motor
malfunctions: overland, current peak, excessive
consumption, etc.
N
e
w
TeSys Motor starters
up to 65 A
Play your own combination !
The new
TeSys GV3
circuit-breakers,
LC1D 40/50/65
contactors,
LRD3
thermal relays
are equiped with the
new terminal block:
Long lasting connection quality.
Schneider Electric
patented technology.
Contents
5/1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Motor control components
TeSys contactors .............................................................. 5/2 to 5/11
b Contactors, TeSys K, D, F, B
b Variable composition contactors, TeSys CV
TeSys protection components ..................................... 5/12 to 5/33
b Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers
b Magnetic circuit-breakers
b Fuse carriers, switch-disconnector-fuses
b Thermal overload relays
b Electronic thermal overload relays
b Electronic overload relays
b Starter-controller, TeSys T
b Multifunction protection relays
b Switch disconnectors Mini Vario and Vario
TeSys starters ............................................................... 5/34 to 5/41
b Combination motor starters
b Starter-controller, TeSys U
b Controller, TeSys U
b Enclosed motor starters
TeSys installation system ............................................. 5/42 to 5/43
b For motor starter components with spring
terminals, TeSys Quickt technology
Components for power
control applications .................................. 5/44 to 5/50
b Lighting, capacitor switching, heating,
changeover contactor pairs
Connections
screw clamp terminals
Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue 440V) 6 A 9 A 12 A
Ie AC-1 ( 40 C) - 20 A -
Rated operational power 220/240 V 1.5 kW 2.2 kW 3 kW
in category AC3 380/400 V415/440 V 2.2 kW 4 kW 5.5 kW
660/690 V500 V 3 kW 4 kW 4 kW
Contactor type
(1)
* a LC1-K06 LC1-K09 LC1-K12
c LP1-K06 or LP4-K06 LP1-K09 or LP4-K09 LP1-K12 or LP4-K12
Reversing contactor type * a LC2-K06 LC2-K09 LC2-K12
with mechanical interlock c LP2-K06 or LP5-K06 LP2-K09 or LP5-K09 LP2-K12 or LP5-K12
b spring terminals
Add the gure 3 before the voltage code. Example LC1-K0610 becomes LC1-K06103
b Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8
b solder pins for printed circuit boards
(1) Basic reference, to be completed by adding 01 for N/C auxiliary contact, or 10 for N/O auxiliary contact.
* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage
Standard control circuit voltages
a supply
Contactors LC1-K (0.81.15 Uc) (0.851.1UC)
Volts 12 20 24 36 42 48 110 115 120 127 200/208 220/230 230 230/240
50/60 Hz J7 Z7 B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 G7 FC7 L7 M7 P7 U7
Volts 256 277 380/400 400 400/415 440 480 500 575 600 660/690
50/60 Hz W7 UE7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 T7 S7 SC7 X7 Y7
Example of complete reference LC1-K0910P7
c supply
Contactors LP1-K (0.81.15 Uc)
Volts 12 20 24 36 48 60 72 100 110 125 155 174 200 220 230 240 250
Code JD ZD BD CD ED ND SD KD FD GD PD QD LD MD MPD MUD UD
Coil with integral suppression device available, add 3 to the code required. Example JD3
Low consumption
Contactors LP4-K (0.71.30 Uc), coil suppression as standard
Volts 12 20 24 48 72 110 120
Code JW3 ZW3 BW3 EW3 SW3 FW3 GW3
Example of complete reference LC1-K0910BD
TeSys K Contactors
0.065.5 kW
5/2
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Auxiliary contact blocks
instantaneous, screw clamp connections
for LC1, LP1-K, LP4 for LC1, LP1-K
Composition 2N/O - 2N/C 1N/O 1N/C 4N/O 3N/O 1N/C 2N/C 2N/C 1N/O 3N/C - 4N/C
Reference LA1-KN20 LA1-KN02 LA1-KN11 LA1-KN40 LA1-KN31 LA1-KN22 LA1-KN13 LA1-KN04
electronic time delay
Relay outputs, with common point changeover contact, a or c 2448, 2 A maximum
Control voltage 0.851.1Uc
Maximum switching capacity 250 VA or 150 W
Operating temperature -10+ 60C
Reset time: 1.5 s for 0.5 s after the time delay period
Type On-delay
Timing range 130 s
Composition 1
Voltage a or c 2448 V a 110240
Reference LA2-KT2E LA2-KT2U
Suppressor modules
For LC1, LP1-K
Type Varistor (a and c) Diode (c) + zener RC (a)
Voltage 1224 V 3248 V 50129 V 130250 V 1224 V 3248 V 220250 V
Reference LA4-KE1B LA4-KE1E LA4-KE1FC LA4-KE1UG LA4-KC1B LA4-KC1E LA4-KA1U
5/3
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Connections
screw clamp terminals or connectors
Rated operational voltage 690 V
Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue 440V) 9 A 12 A 18 A 25 A 32 A 38 A
Ie AC-1 ( 60 C) 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A
Rated operational power 220/240 V 2.2 kW 3 kW 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW
in category AC3 380/400 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW
415/440 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW
500 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW
660/690 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW
1000 V
Contactor type * LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D38
Reversing contactor type * with mechanical interlock LC2-D09 LC2-D12 LC2-D18 LC2-D25 LC2-D32 LC2-D38
spring terminals
(1)
Add the gure 3 before the voltage code. Example LC1-D09P7 becomes LC1-093P7
lug-clamps
(2)
Faston connectors
(3)
2 x 6.35 (power) and 1 x 6.35 (control) up to D12 only
a supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
Contactors LC1-D09D150 (coils D115 and D150 with integral suppression device tted as standard)
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7
Contactors LC1-D80D115
50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5
60 Hz B6 - E6 F6 - M6 - U6 Q6 - - R6 -
c supply
Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440
Contactors LC1-D09D65A (coils with integral suppression device tted as standard)
U 0.751.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Contactors LC1-D80D95
U 0.851.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
U 0.751.2 Uc JW BW CW EW - SW FW - MW - -
Contactors LC1-D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device tted as standard)
U 0.751.2 Uc - BD - ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Low consumption
Contactors LC1-D09D38 (coils with integral suppression device tted as standard)
Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 120 250
U 0.71.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL
Example of complete reference LC1-D09P7
TeSys D Contactors
0.0675 kW
(1) (3) (2)
5/4
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors
2 identical contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors, horizontally mounted
Mechanical interlock Set of connections Mechanical interlock
with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors
LC1-D09D38 LAD-9R1V included
with integral electrical interlocking
LC1-D80 and D95 (a) LA9-D8069 LA9-D4002
LC1-D80 and D95 (c) LA9-D8069 LA9-D8002
LC1-D115 and D150 LA9-D11569 LA9-D11502
without electrical interlocking
LC1-D09D38 LA9-9R1 included
LC1-D40AD65A LAD-9R3 included
LC1-D80 and D95 (a) LA9-D8069 LA9-D50978
LC1-D80 and D95 (c) LA9-D8069 LA9-D80978
Mechanical latch blocks
Clip-on front mounting, manual or electrical unlatching control
For use on contactor Reference Standard control circuit voltages
LC1-D09D65A a or c, LC1-DT20DT80 a or c LA6-6K10 B E F M Q
LC1-D80D150 3P a, LC1-D80 and D115 3P a, LC1-D115 4P c LA6-DK20 B E F M Q
690 V 1 000 V on a supply, 690 V on c supply
40 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 95 A 115 A 150 A
60 A 80 A 80 A 125 A 200 A
11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 25 kW 30 kW 40 kW
18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW 75 kW
22 kW 25 kW 30 kW 45 kW 45 kW 59 kW 80 kW
22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 55 kW 55 kW 75 kW 90 kW
30 kW 33 kW 37 kW 45 kW 45 kW 80 kW 100 kW
45 kW 45 kW 75 kW 90 kW
LC1-D40A LC1-D50A LC1-D65A LC1-D80 LC1-D95 LC1-D115 LC1-D150
LC2-D40A LC2-D50A LC2-D65A LC2-D80 LC2-D95 LC2-D115 LC2-D150
5/5
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TeSys D Contactors
Auxiliary contacts
Contact type instantaneous, connection by screw terminals
Block mounting Front mounting Side mounting
References Contact 1 N/O LADN10
1 N/C LADN01
1 N/O 1 N/C LADN11 LAD8N11
2 N/O LADN20 LAD8N20
2 N/C LADN02 LAD8N02
2 N/O 2 N/C LADN22
1 N/O 3 N/C LADN13
3 N/O 1 N/C LADN31
4 N/O LADN40
4 N/C LADN04
Type de contacts Time delay, connection by screw terminals
Block mounting Front mounting
Temporisation 0.13 s 0.130 s 10180 s
References On-delay LADT0 LADT2 LADT4
Off-delay LADR0 LADR2 LADR4
Maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be tted
Instantaneous Time delay
Type Number of poles Side mounting Front mounting Front
and size on left side on right side 1 contact 2 contacts 4 contacts mounting
AC 3P LC1D09D38 1 and 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D40AD65A 1 or 1 and 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D8095 (50/60Hz) 1 1 or 2 and 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D8095 (50 or 60Hz) 1 1 and 2 and 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D115 and D150 1 and 1 or 1 or 1
4P LC1DT20DT40 1 and 1 or 1 or 1
LC1DT60AD80A 1 or 1 and 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D115 1 1 and 1 or 1 or 1 or 1
DC 3P LC1D09D38 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D40AD65A 1 or 1 and 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D80 and 95 1 or 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D115 and D150 1 and 1 or 1 or 1
4P LC1DT20DT40 1 or 1 or 1
LC1DT60AD80A 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D115 1 1 and 1 or 1 or 1
DC low
consumption
3P LC1D09D38 1
4P LC1DT20DT40 1
5/6
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of module RC circuits (Resistor-Capacitor)
Mounting Side clip-on Front clip-on Screw xing
For use with contactor D09D38(3P) DT20DT40(4P) D40AD65A(3P) DT60ADT80A(4P) D80D150(3P) D40D115(4P)
References Voltage 2448 VAC LAD4RCE LAD4RC3E LA4DA2E
50127 VAC LAD4RCG LAD4RC3G LA4DA2G
110240 VAC LAD4RCU LAD4RC3U LA4DA2U
380415 VAC LAD4RC3N LA4DA2N
Type of module Varistors (peak limiting)
References Voltage 2448 VAC LAD4VE LAD4V3E LA4DE2E
50127 VAC LAD4VG LAD4V3G LA4DE2G
110240 VAC LAD4VU LAD4V3U LA4DE2U
2448 VDC LAD4DE3E (AC and DC)
50127 VDC LAD4DE3G (AC and DC)
110240 VDC LAD4DE3U (AC and DC)
Type of module Flywheel diodes
References Voltage 24250 VDC LAD4DDL LAD4D3U LAD4DC3U
Type of module Bidirectional peak limiting diode
References Voltage 24 VAC LAD4TB LAD4T3B LA4DB2B
24 VDC LAD4TBDL LAD4T3B LA4DB2S
72 VAC LAD4TS LAD4T3S LA4DB3B
72 VDC LAD4TSDL LAD4T3S LA4DB3S
125 VDC LAD4TGDL LAD4T3G (AC and DC)
250 VDC LAD4TUDL LAD4T3U (AC and DC)
600 VDC LAD4TXDL LAD4T3R (AC and DC)

TeSys D Contactors
Suppressor modules
5/7
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue 440V) 185 A 225 A 265 A 330 A
Ie AC-1 ( 40 C) 275 A 315 V 350 A 400 A
Rated operational voltage 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V
Number of poles 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4
Rated operational power 220/240 V 55 kW 63 kW 75 kW 100 kW
in category AC3 380/400 V 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW
415 V 100 kW 110 kW 140 kW 180 kW
440 V 100 kW 110 kW 140 kW 200 kW
500 V 110 kW 129 kW 160 kW 200 kW
660/690 V 110 kW 129 kW 160 kW 220 kW
1000 V 100 kW 100 kW 147 kW 160 kW
Contactor type* LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F330
Reversing contactor type* LC2-F185 LC2-F225 LC2-F265

a supply
Volts 24 48 110 115 120 208 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
Contactors LC1-F115F225(0.851.1UC)
50 Hz (coil LX1) B5 E5 F5 FE5 - - M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 -
60 Hz (coil LX1) - E6 F6 - G6 L6 M6 - U6 Q6 - - R6U7
40400 Hz (coil LX9) - E7 F7 FE7 G7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Contactors LC1-F265F330U7
40400 Hz (coil LX1) B7 E7 F7 FE7 G7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Contactors LC1-F400F630U7
40400 Hz (coil LX1) - E7 F7 FE7 G7
(1)
L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Contactor LC1-F780U7
40400 Hz (coil LX1) - - F7 FE7 F7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Contactor LC1-F800U7
40400 Hz (coil LX1) - - FE7 FE7 FE7 - P7 P7 P7 V7 V7 V7 V7Y7
c supply
Volts 24 48 110 125 220 230 250 400 440
(coil LX4-F) BD ED FD GD MD MD UD - RD
(coil LX4-F) - ED FD GD MD - UD - RD
Contactor LC1-F780(0.851.1UC)
(coil LX4-F) - - FD GD MD - UD - RD
Contactor LC1-F800(0.851.1UC)
(coil LX4-F) - - FW FW MW MW - QW -
Example: For a 630 A contactor with a 110 V a coil, order LC1-F630F7
(1) F7 for LC1-F630
TeSys F Contactors
90450 kW
5/8
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Auxiliary contact blocks
instantaneous
dust & damp protected contacts time delay 1N/O + 1 N/C
Composition Reference Composition Reference Composition Reference Composition Reference Type Range Reference
N/O N/C N/O N/C N/O N/C N/O N/C
1 - LAD-N10 1 1 LAD-N11 2 2 LAD-N22 2 - - - LA1-DX20 On-delay 0.13 s LAD-T0
- 1 LAD-N01 2 - LAD-N20 1 3 LAD-N13 2 2 - - LA1-DY20 0.130 s LAD-T2
- 2 LAD-N02 4 - LAD-N40 2 - 2 - LA1-DZ40 10180 s LAD-T4
- 4 LAD-N04 2 - 1 1 LA1-DZ31 130 s LAD-S2
3 1 LAD-N31 Off-delay 0.13 s LAD-R0
2 2 LAD-C22 0.130 s LAD-R2
10180 s LAD-R4
Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control
2 identical contactors, horizontally mounted
Mechanical interlock with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors
Contactor type Set of connections Mechanical interlock
LC1-F115 LA9-FF976 LA9-FF970
LC1-F150 LA9-F15076 LA9-FF970
LC1-F185 LA9-FG976 LA9-FG970
LC1-F225 LA9-F22576 LA9-FG970
LC1-F265 LA9-FH976 LA9-FJ970
LC1-F330 LA9-FJ976 LA9-FJ970
LC1-F400 LA9-FJ976 LA9-FJ970
LC1-F500 LA9-FK976 LA9-FJ970
LC1-F630 or LC1-F800 LA9-FL976 LA9-FL970

400 A 500 A 630 A 780 A 800 A
500 A 700 A 1 000 A 1 600 A 1 000 A
1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V
2, 3 or 4 2, 3 or 4 2, 3 or 4 3 or 4 3
110 kW 147 kW 200 kW 220 kW 250 kW
200 kW 250 kW 335 kW 400 kW 450 kW
220 kW 280 kW 375 kW 425 kW 450 kW
250 kW 295 kW 400 kW 425 kW 450 kW
257 kW 355 kW 400 kW 450 kW 450 kW
280 kW 335 kW 450 kW 475 kW 475 kW
185 kW 335 kW 450 kW 450 kW 450 kW
LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F630 LC1-F780 LC1-F800
For customer assembly
5/9
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Ofce)
Volts 48 110 125 127 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
a 50400 Hz - F - G M P U Q V N R S
c ED FD GD - MD - - - - - RD -
Example: To order a 1500 A contactor with 127 V c coil with 3 N/O + 1 N/C, select LC1-BP33G31
Mounting accessories
Description For contactor Reference
Bar support bracket LC1-BL to BR LA9-B103
for mounting on 120 or 150 mm centres
Mechanical interlock and locking device components LC1-B EZ2-LB0601
Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue 440V) 750 A 1000 A 1500 A 1800 A
Ie AC-1 ( 40 C) 800 A 1250 V 2000 A 2750A
Rated operational voltage 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V
Number of poles 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
Rated operational power 220/240 V 220 kW 280 kW 425 kW 500 kW
in category AC3 380/400 V 400 kW 500 kW 750 kW 900 kW
415 V 425 kW 530 kW 800 kW 900 kW
440 V 450 kW 560 kW 800 kW 900 kW
500 V 500 kW 600 kW 700 kW 900 kW
660/690 V 560 kW 670 kW 750 kW 900 kW
1000 V 530 kW 530 kW 670 kW 750 kW
4 instantaneous contact congurations
2 N/C + 2 N/O, 3 N/O + 1 N/C, 1 N/O + 3 N/C or 4 N/O
Contactor type* LC1-BL LC1-BM LC1-BP LC1-BR
* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage, followed by the instantaneous contact conguration.
TeSys B Contactors
400900 kW
5/10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Reference to compiled by the customer
Contactor type, according to required use
a supply 690 V, c supply 220 V/pole CV1-B
a supply 1000 V, c supply 440 V/pole CV3-B
Contactor rating CV1: 80 A CV3: 80 A F
CV1: 200 A CV3: 170 A G
CV1: 300 A CV3: 250 A H
CV1: 470 A CV3: 320 A J
CV1: 630 A CV3: 500 A K
CV1: 1000 A L
Number of poles (PN1 main poles for CV1 and PA3 main poles for CV3)
Normally Open main poles 1 N/O 1
2 N/O 2
3 N/O 3
4 N/O 4
5 N/O 5
Normally Closed main poles 1 N/C 1
2 N/C 2
3 N/C 3
No main poles 0 Z 0 Z
Operational current 10 A E E
20 A N N
40 A P P
80 A F F
125 A R R
170 A W W
200 A G G
250 A S S
300 A H H
320 A T T
470 A J J
500 A V V
630 A K K
1000 A L L
Control circuit voltage 48 V E
110 V F
120 V K
208 V L
220 V M
230 V P
240 V U
380 V Q
400 V V
440 V R
Operating frequency 50 Hz 5
60 Hz 6
50/60 Hz 7
c D
c + economy resistor R
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
Normally Open 1 N/O 1
2 N/O 2
3 N/O 3
4 N/O 4
Normally Closed 1 N/C 1
2 N/C 2
3 N/C 3
4 N/C 4
Without instantaneous contact 0 0
On-delay 1 C/O J
Off-delay 1 C/O N
Example 1/ for single-phase capacitor switching: 400 V - 80 A - 1 N/O pole - Control circuit 220 V / 50 Hz, 1 N/O and 1 1N/C auxiliary contacts: CV1-BF1F0ZM511.
2/ for heating circuits, d.c. supply 800 V - 150 A - 2 N/O poles - Control circuit 48 V c , 1 N/O + 1 N/O On-delay auxiliary contacts: CV3-BG2W0ZED10J
TeSys
CV1-B, CV3-B
Contactors variable composition
CV1-B : 801000 A, CV3-B : 80500 A
5/11
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME and GV2-P for connection by screw clamp terminals
GV2-ME with pushbutton control, GV2-P control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Setting range Magnetic Reference
400/415 V 500 V 690 V of thermal tripping
P Icu Ics
(1)
P Icu Ics
(1)
P Icu Ics
(1)
trips current
kW kA kW kA kW kA A A (d 20%)
- - - - - - - - - 0.10.16 1.5 GV2-ME01 GV2-P01
0.06 - - - - - - 0.160.25 2.4 GV2-ME02 GV2-P02
0.09 - - - - - - 0.250.40 5 GV2-ME03 GV2-P03
0.12 - - - 0.37 0.400.63 8 GV2-ME04 GV2-P04
0.18 - - - - - - 0.400.63 8 GV2-ME04 GV2-P04
0.25 - - - 0.55 - 0.631 13 GV2-ME05 GV2-P05
0.37 0.37 - - - 11.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 GV2-P06
0.55 0.55 0.75 11.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 GV2-P06
- - - 0.75 1.1 11.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 GV2-P06
0.75 1.1 1.5 3 75 1.62.5 33.5 GV2-ME07
0.75 1.1 1.5 8 100 1.62.5 33.5 GV2-P07
1.1 1.5 2.2 3 75 2.54 51 GV2-ME08
1.1 1.5 2.2 8 100 2.54 51 GV2-P08
1.5 2.2 3 3 75 2.54 51 GV2-ME08
1.5 2.2 3 3 100 2.54 51 GV2-P08
2.2 3 50 100 4 3 75 46.3 78 GV2-ME10
2.2 3 4 6 100 46.3 78 GV2-P10
3 4 10 100 5.5 3 75 610 138 GV2-ME14
3 4 50 100 5.5 6 100 610 138 GV2-P14
4 5.5 10 100 7.5 3 75 610 138 GV2-ME14
4 5.5 50 100 7.5 6 100 610 138 GV2-P14
5.5 15 50 7.5 6 75 9 3 75 914 170 GV2-ME16
5.5 7.5 42 75 9 6 100 914 170 GV2-P16
- - - - - - 11 3 75 914 170 GV2-ME16
- - - - - - 11 6 100 914 170 GV2-P16
7.5 15 50 9 6 75 15 3 75 1318 223 GV2-ME20
7.5 50 50 9 10 75 15 4 100 1318 223 GV2-P20
9 15 40 11 4 75 18.5 3 75 1723 327 GV2-ME21
9 50 50 11 10 75 18.5 4 100 1723 327 GV2-P21
11 15 40 15 4 75 - - - 2025 327 GV2-ME22
(2)
11 50 50 15 10 75 - - - 2025 327 GV2-P22
15 10 50 18.5 4 75 22 3 75 2432 416 GV2-ME32
15 50 50 18.5 10 75 22 4 100 2432 416 GV2-P32
H > 100 kA
(1) as % of Icu
(2) combined with a recommended contactor
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME for connection by spring terminals
Add the gure 3 to the end of the reference. Example GV2-ME22 becomes GV2-ME223
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME for connection by ring terminals
Add the gure 6 to the end of the reference. Example GV2-ME32 becomes GV2-ME326
Common accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/15
TeSys
GV2-ME, GV2-P
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers
0.0615 kW
5/12
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-LE and GV2-L for connection by screw clamp terminals
GV2-LE control by rocker lever, GV2-L control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Magnetic Tripping Use in association Reference
400/415 V 500 V 690 V protection current with thermal
P Icu Ics
(1)
P Icu Ics
(1)
P Icu Ics
(1)
rating d 20% overload relay
kW kA kW kA kW kA A A
0.06 - - - - - - 0.4 5 LR2-K0302 GV2-LE03
0.09 - - - - - - 0.4 5 LR2-K0304 GV2-LE03
or LRD-03 GV2-L03
0.12 - - - 0.37 0.63 8 LR2-K0304 GV2-LE04
or LRD-04 GV2-L04
0.18 - - - - - - 0.63 8 LR2-K0305 GV2-LE04
or LRD-04 GV2-L04
- - - - - - 0.55 1 13 LR2-K0305 GV2-LE05
or LRD-05 GV2-L05
0.25 - - - - - - 1 13 LR2-K0306 GV2-LE05
or LRD-05 GV2-L05
- - - - - - 0.75 1 13 LR2-K0306 GV2-LE05
or LRD-06 GV2-L05
0.37 0.37 - - - 1 13 LR2-K0306 GV2-LE05
or LRD-05 GV2-L05
0.55 0.55 1.1 1.6 22.5 LR2-K0307 GV2-LE06
or LRD-06 GV2-L06
- - - 0.75 - - - 1.6 22.5 LR2-K0307 GV2-LE06
or LRD-06 GV2-L06
0.75 1.1 1.5 3 75 2.5 33.5 LR2-K0308 GV2-LE07
0.75 1.1 1.5 4 100 2.5 33.5 LRD-07 GV2-L07
1.1 - - - - - - 2.5 33.5 LR2-K0308 GV2-LE08
or LRD-08 GV2-L08
1.5 1.5 3 3 75 4 51 LR2-K0310 GV2-LE08
1.5 1.5 3 4 100 4 51 LRD-08 GV2-L08
- - - 2.2 - - - 4 51 LR2-K0312 GV2-LE08
or LRD-08 GV2-L08
2.2 3 50 100 4 3 75 6.3 78 LR2-K0312 GV2-LE10
2.2 3 4 4 100 6.3 78 LRD-10 GV2-L10
3 4 10 100 5.5 3 75 10 138 LR2-K0314 GV2-LE14
3 4 10 100 5.5 4 100 10 138 LRD-12 GV2-L14
4 5.5 10 100 - - - 10 138 LR2-K0316 GV2-LE14
or LRD-14 GV2-L14
- - - - - - 7.5 3 75 10 138 LRD-14 GV2-LE14
- - - - - - 7.5 4 100 10 138 LRD-14 GV2-L14
- - - - - - 9 3 75 14 170 LRD-16 GV2-LE16
- - - - - - 9 4 100 14 170 LRD-16 GV2-L16
5.5 15 50 7.5 6 75 11 3 75 14 170 LR2-K0321 GV2-LE16
5.5 50 50 7.5 10 75 11 4 100 14 170 LRD-16 GV2-L16
7.5 15 50 9 6 75 15 3 75 18 223 LRD-21 GV2-LE20
7.5 50 50 9 10 75 15 4 100 18 223 LRD-21 GV2-L20
9 15 40 11 4 75 18.5 3 75 25 327 LRD-22 GV2-LE22
9 50 50 11 10 75 18.5 4 100 25 327 LRD-22 GV2-L22
11 15 40 15 4 75 - - - 25 327 LRD-22 GV2-LE22
11 50 50 15 10 75 - - - 25 327 LRD-22 GV2-L22
15 10 50 18.5 4 75 22 3 75 32 416 LRD-32 GV2-LE32
15 50 50 18.5 10 75 22 4 100 32 416 LRD-32 GV2-L32
H > 100 kA
(1) as % of Icu
Common accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/15
TeSys
GV2-L, GV2-LE
Magnetic circuit-breakers
0.06 to 15 kW
5/13
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by EverLink

terminal blocks (2)
Control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Setting range Reference
400/415 V 500 V 660/690 V of thermal
P Icu Ics
(1)
P Icu Ics
(1)
P Icu Ics
(1)
trips
kW kA kW kA kW kA A
5,5 100 50 7,5 12 50 11 6 50 913 GV3-P13
7,5 100 50 11 12 50 15 6 50 1218 GV3-P18
11 100 50 15 12 50 18,5 6 50 1725 GV3-P25
15 100 50 18,5 12 50 22 6 50 2332 GV3-P32
18,5 50 50 22 10 50 30 5 60 3040 GV3-P40
22 50 50 30 10 50 37 5 60 3750 GV3-P50
30 50 50 37 10 50 45 5 60 4865 GV3-P65
(1) as % of lcu
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by ring terminals
Add the gure 6 to the end of the reference. Example GV3-P13 becomes GV3-P136
For motor starter solution, only 1 EverLink
terminal block, add the gure 1 at the end of the reference. Example : GV3P65 becomes GV3P651
Magnetic 1130 kW
with EverLink

terminal blocks
Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by EverLink

terminal blocks (2)
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Associated equipment Circuit-breaker
400/415 V 500 V 690 V Thermal Short-circuit
P Icu Ics P Icu Ics P Icu Ics overload protection
kW kA kW kA kW kA relay Rating A Reference
11 100 50 15 12 50 18,5 6 50 LRD-22 25 GV3-L25
15 100 50 18,5 12 50 22 6 50 LRD-32 32 GV3-L32
18,5 50 50 22 10 50 30 5 60 LRD-3355 40 GV3-L40
22 50 50 30 10 50 45 5 60 LRD-3357 50 GV3-L50
30 50 50 37 10 50 45 5 60 LRD-3359 65 GV3-L65
Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by ring terminals
Add the gure 6 to the end of the reference. Example GV3-L25 becomes GV3-L256
For motor starter solution, only 1 EverLink
terminal block, add the gure 1 at the end of the reference. Example : GV3L65 becomes GV3L651
(2) BTR screw of 4 mm
Add-on blocks and accessories
(3)
Add-on blocks (front) Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact
Contact type N/O (fault) + N/C N/O (fault) + N/O
Rfrences (4) GV-AED011 GV-AED101
Accessories
Type for contactor
for lug type
terminals
IP20 cover
for lug type
terminals
Set of 3-pole
115 A busbars
2-pole busbars Wide spacing
UL 508 type E
cover
Side by side
mounting
busbars
Rfrences LAD96575 LAD96570 GV3G364 GV36264 GV3G66 GV3S
(3) Common add-on blocks and accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/15
(4) For spring terminal version add 3 to the end of the reference. Example GV-AED011 becomes GV-AED0113
TeSys
GV3-P/GV3-L
Circuit-breakers
Thermal-magnetic 5,530 kW
with EverLink

terminal blocks
5/14
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Accessories GV2
Combination block
For mounting on LC1-K or LP1-K LC1-D09D38 LAD-31 and LC1-D09D38
GV2-AF01 GV2-AF3 GV2-AF4
Sets of 3-pole busbars
63 A Pitch 45 mm 54 mm 72 mm
Number of tap-offs 2 GV2-G245 GV2-G254 GV2-G272
3 GV2-G345 GV2-G354
4 GV2-G445 GV2-G454 GV2-G472
5 GV2-G554
Protective end cover
For unused busbar outlets GV1-G10
Terminal blocks
For supply to one or more GV2-G busbar sets connection from the top can be tted with current limiter GV1-L3 (GV2-ME and GV2-P)
GV1-G09 GV1-G05
Padlockable external operator for GV2 and GV3 (150 to 290 mm)
Padlocking In On and Off position In Off position
Handle black red
Legend plate blue yellow
IP 54 For GV2-ME/P/L GV2-AP01 GV2-AP02
For GV2-LE GV2-AP03
For GV3-P/L GV3-AP01 GV3-AP02
Add-on blocks common to GV2 / GV3
Contact blocks
Contact types N/O or N/C N/O + N/C N/O + N/O (fault) + N/C (fault) + N/O C/O common
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts point
Mounting front GV-AE1 GV-AE11 GV-AE20
LH side GV-AN11 GV-AN20
Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact
LH side F fault GV-AD1001 GV-AD1010
O fault GV-AD0101 GV-AD0110
Short-circuit signalling contact
LH side GV-AM11
Electric trips
Undervoltage or shunt trips (1)
Side mounting (1 block on RH side of circuit-breaker) 50 Hz 60 Hz
Voltage 24 V
GV-A025 GV-A026
48 V
GV-A055 GV-A056
100 V
GV-A107
100110 V
GV-A107
110115 V
GV-A115 GV-A116
120127 V
GV-A125
127 V
GV-A115
200 V
GV-A207
200220 V
GV-A207
220240 V
GV-A225 GV-A226
380400 V
GV-A385 GV-A386
415440 V
GV-A415
415 V
GV-A416
Padlocking device
For use with up to 4 padlocks (padlocks not supplied) 6 mm shank max GV2-V03
TeSys
GV2/GV3
Circuit-breakers
Accessories
5/15
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TeSys
GV7-R
0.7590 kW
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV7-R for connection by screw clamp terminals
Control by rocker lever
400/415 V 500 V 660/690 V of thermal
P Icu Ics
(1)
P Icu Ics
(1)
P Icu Ics
(1)
trips
kW kA kW kA kW kA A
7.5 25 100 9 18 100 11 8 100 1220 GV7-RE20
9 25 100 11 18 100 15 8 100
7.5 70 100 9 50 100 11 10 100 1220 GV7-RS20
9 70 100 11 50 100 15 10 100
9 25 100 11 18 100 15 8 100 1525 GV7-RE25
11 25 100 15 18 100 18.5 8 100
9 70 100 11 50 100 15 10 100 1525 GV7-RS25
11 70 50 15 50 100 18.5 10 100
18.5 25 100 18.5 18 100 22 8 100 2540 GV7-RE40
22 18 100
18.5 70 100 18.5 50 100 22 10 100 2540 GV7-RS40
22 25 100 30 18 100 30 8 100 3050 GV7-RE50
37 25 100 45 18 100 55 8 100 4880 GV7-RE80
55 18 100
37 70 100 45 50 100 55 10 100 4880 GV7-RS80
55 50 100
45 25 100 - 18 100 75 8 100 60100 GV7-RE100
45 70 100 - 50 100 75 10 100 60100 GV7-RS100
55 35 100 75 30 100 90 8 100 90150 GV7-RE150
75 70 100 90 30 100 110 8 100
55 70 100 75 50 100 90 10 100 90150 GV7-RS150
75 70 100 90 50 100 110 10 100
90 35 100 110 30 100 160 8 100 132220 GV7-RE220
110 35 100 132 30 100 200 8 100
160 30 100
90 70 100 110 50 100 160 10 100 132220 GV7-RS220
(1) as % of Icu
5/16
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Add-on blocks
Contact blocks
Auxiliary contacts
Contact type C/O
GV7-AE11
Thermal or magnetic fault discrimination
z 2448 V or c 2472 V z 110240 V
GV7-AD111 GV7-AD112
Electric trips
Voltage 50/60 Hz 48 V 110 130 V 200 240 V 380440 V
50 Hz 525 V
Undervoltage trip
(1)
GV7-AU055 GV7-AU107 GV7-AU207 GV7-AU387 GV7-AU525
Shunt trip
(1)
GV7-AS055 GV7-AS107 GV7-AS207 GV7-AS387 GV7-AS525
(1) For mounting of a GV7-AD or a GV7-AU or AS
Accessories
Terminal shields IP 405
Supplied with the sealing accessory GV7-AC01
Phase barriers
Safety accessories GV7-AC04
used when tting of shields is impossible
Insulating screens
Ensure insulation between GV7-AC05
the connections and the backplate
Kit for combination with contactor
Allowing link between the circuit-breaker and the contactor LC1-F115 to F185 LC1-F225 and F26 LC1-D115 and D150
GV7-AC06 GV7-AC07 GV7-AC08
Rotary handles
Handle black red
Legend plate black yellow
direct IP 40 GV7-AP03 GV7-AP04
extended IP 55 GV7-AP01 GV7-AP02
Conversion accessory
for mounting on enclosure door IP 43 GV7-AP05
Locking device
For circuit-breaker not tted with a rotary handle GV7-V01
5/17
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TeSys
GV3-ME
37 kW
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-ME for connection by screw clamp terminals
Pushbutton control
400/415 V 500 V 660/690 V of thermal
P Icu Ics
(1)
P Icu Ics
(1)
P Icu Ics
(1)
trips
kW kA kW kA kW kA A
37 15 50 45 4 100 55 2 100 5680 GV3-ME80
(1) as % of Icu
Add-on blocks for GV3-ME
Contact blocks
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (1 per breaker)
Normal early break type contacts N/C + N/O N/O + N/O N/C + N/O + N/O N/O + N/O + N/O N/O + N/O
(1)
N/C + N/O
(1)
GV3-A01 GV3-A02 GV3-A03 GV3-A05 GV3-A06 GV3-A07
Fault signalling contact
Normal early break type contacts N/C N/O
GV3-A08 GV3-A09
Electric trips
Voltage 50 Hz 110, 120, 127 V 220, 240 V 380, 415 V
60 Hz 120, 127 V 277 V 440, 480 V
Undervoltage trip GV3-B11 GV3-B22 GV3-B38
Shunt trip GV3-D11 GV3-D22 GV3-D38
Padlocking device
Start button (for bare device) GV1-V02
(1) + 2 volt free terminals
5/18
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TeSys
GK3-EF
Magnetic circuit-breakers
37 kW
Magnetic circuit-breakers GK3-EF for connection by screw clamp terminals
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Associated equipment Circuit-breaker
400/415 V 500 V 690 V Thermal Short-circuit
P Icu Ics P Icu Ics P Icu Ics min. size protection
kW kA kW kA kW kA relay Rating A Reference
37 35 25 45 15 30 - - - LRD-3363 80 GK3-EF80
Add-on blocks for GK3
Contact blocks
Contact types N/O N/O + N/O N/C + N/O N/C N/O
On-Off signalling contacts GK2-AX10 GK2-AX20 GK2-AX50
and Control circuit test function (1 or 2 blocks per device)
mounted on RH side of GK3-EF
Instantaneous fault signalling contacts GK2-AX12 GK2-AX22 GK2-AX52
(1 or 2 blocks per device) mounted on LH side of GK3-EF
Fault signalling contact
(1)
GV3-A08 GV3-A09
(1) 1 trip OR 1 fault signalling contact to be tted inside the circuit-breaker.
Accessories
Padlocking device
for padlocking the operator, with up to 3 padlocks (padlocks not supplied) GK3-AV01
External operator
for mounting on enclosure door. GK3-AP03
Red 40 pushbutton on yellow plate, can be locked in
position O by means of up to 3 padlocks with door locked in
position I, and door locked in position O when padlocked
5/19
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TeSys Notes
5/20
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TeSys DF Fuse carriers
0.5125 A
Type Fuse carriers witout indicator
Rated operational voltage (Ui) 500 V 690 V
Fuse size 8,5 x 31,5 mm 10 x 38 mm 14 x 51 mm 22 x 58 mm
Conventional rated thermal current (ith) 25 A 32 A 50 A 125 A
References Number of poles 1P DF81 DF101 DF141 DF221
N DF10N DF10N DF14N DF22N
1P+N DF81N DF10N DF14N DF22N
2P DF82 DF102 DF142 DF222
3P DF83 DF103 DF143C DF223C
3P+N DF83N DF103N DF143NC DF223NC
Type Fuse carriers with indicator
Rated operational voltage (Ui) 500 V 690 V
Fuse size 8,5 x 31,5 mm 10 x 38 mm 14 x 51 mm 22 x 58 mm
Conventional rated thermal current (ith) 25 A 32 A 50 A 125 A
References Number of poles 1P DF81V DF101V DF141V DF221V
1P+N DF81NV DF10NV DF14NV DF22NV
2P DF82V DF102V DF142V DF222V
3P DF83V DF103V DF143CV DF223CV
3P+N DF83NV DF103NV DF143NCV DF223NCV
Accessories
Type Auxiliary early break and blown fuse signalling contacts
Fuse carrier to be equipped DF14 DF22
Size of cartridge fuse or link 14 x 51 mm 22 x 58 mm
Number of contacts 1 2 1 2
References DF14AM1 DF14AM2 DF22AM1 DF22AM2
Type Fuse carrier assembly kits
Fuse carrier to be assembled DF8 DF10 DF14 DF22
Size of cartridge fuse or link 8,5 x 31,5 mm 10 x 38 mm 14 x 51 mm 22 x 58 mm
Kit contents 1 pin, 2 clips 1 pin, 3 clips
References DF10AP DF14AP DF22AP
5/21
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TeSys
LS1, GK1
Fuse carriers
0125 A
Fuse carriers
Rated operational voltage with links, a.c. supply 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V
Maximum continuous current for ambient temperature 40 C
with links min cable /le (mm
2
/A) 6/32 or 4/25 or 2.5/16 4/25 or 2.5/16 10/50 or 6/40 32/125 or 25/100
with aM fuses (mm
2
/A) 6/32 or 4/22 or 2.5/20 4/22 or 2.5/20 10/50 or 6/35 32/125 or 25/100
with gG fuses (mm
2
/A) 6/32 or 2.5/20 or 1.5/16 2.5/20 or 1.5/16 10/40 or 6/32 25/100 or 16/80
Conforming to standards NF EN 60947-3
IEC 947-3
Product certications BV, UR - -
Fuse carrier type LS1-D32 LS1-D323 GK1-E GK1-F
Basic blocks
Connection
Rating 25 A 32 A 50 A 125 A
Cartridge fuse size 10 x 38 10 x 38 14 x 51 22 x 58
by spring terminals
Number of early break contacts

-
Single-phase protection device Without Without Without With Without With
3-pole LS1-D323
by screw clamp terminals or connectors
Number of early break contacts - - 1 1
3-pole LS1-D32 GK1-EK GK1-EV GK1-FK GK1-FV
4-pole LS1-D32 + LA8-D324 GK1-EM GK1-EY GK1-FM GK1-FY
Number of early break contacts 2 2
3-pole GK1-ES GK1-EW GK1-FS GK1-FW
4-pole GK1-ET GK1-EX GK1-FT GK1-FX
5/22
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Operators
Handles side front
Number of poles, 3 or 4
For fuse carrier rating 125 A 32, 50, 125 A
For mounting on RH side LH side
GK1-AP07 GK1-AP08 Fitted as standard
external
For fuse carrier rating 32 A 50 A 125 A
For mounting on RH or LH side RH side LH side RH side LH side
DK1-FB005 GK1-AP05 GK1-AP06 GK1-AP07 GK1-AP08
Padlocking devices
For fuse carrier rating 32 A 50 A
Number of poles 3 or 4 3 4
Single-phase protection device Without Without With Without With
Integral GK1-AV07 GK1-AV08 GK1-AV08 GK1-AV09
Links
Tubular links
Number of poles, 3 or 4
For fuse carrier rating 32 A 50 A 125 A
Reference DK1-CB92
(1)
DK1-EB92
(2)
DK1-FA92
(2)
(1) For use on a neutral circuit, the tubular link can be interlocked with special device LA8-D25906.
(2) 4-pole fuse carriers GK1-50 and 125 A 4 are tted with an interlocked neutral tubular link as standard.
Add-on blocks
Contact blocks
For use on LS1-D32 LS1-D323
Contact type N/O + N/C N/O + N/O N/O + N/C N/O + N/O
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
Mounting front GV-AE11 GV-AE20 GV-AE113 GV-AE203
5/23
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Switch-disconnector-fuse switch bodies
for use with NF C or DIN fuses
Number of poles 3 3 + N
(1)
3 4 3 4 3 4 3
Switch rating 32 A 50 A 63 A 100 A 125 A
Fuse size 10 x 38 14 x 51 00C
(2)
22 x 58 22 x 58
Type of operator:
internal or external RH or LH side and front GS1-DD3 GS1-DD4
RH side GS1-FD3 GS1-FD4 GS1-GD3 GS1-GD4 GS1-JD3 GS1-JD4 GS1-KD3
external LH side GS1-FG3 GS1-FG4 GS1-GG3 GS1-GG4 GS1-JG3 GS1-JG4 GS1-KG3
front GS1-F3 GS1-F4 GS1-G3 GS1-G4 GS1-J3 GS1-J4 GS1-K3
internal and external front
for use with BS fuses
Switch rating 32 A 63 A 100 A 160 A
Fuse size A1 A2-A3 A4 31 mm A4 B1-B2
Type of operator:
internal or external RH or LH side and front GS1-DDB3 GS1-DDB4
RH side GS1-GBR3 GS1-GBR4 GS1-JBR3 GS1-JBR4 GS1-LLBR3 GS1-LLBR4 GS1-LBR3
external front
internal and external front GS1-DB3 GS1-DB4 GS1-GB3 GS1-GB4 GS1-JB3 GS1-JB4 GS1-LLB3 GS1-LLB4 GS1-LB3
(1) N = Switched Neutral
(2) Fuses for German market
Auxiliary blown fuse signalling contacts for use with NF C or DIN fuses
Contact type 1
st
C/O
Switch rating 50 A 100 and 125 A 160 A
Fuse size 14 x 51 22 x 58 T0
Number of poles 3 4 3 4 3 4
GS1-AF13 GS1-AF14 GS1-AF23 GS1-AF24 GS1-AF33 GS1-AF34
Auxiliary early break and/or signalling contacts
Switch rating 32 A 50400 A 6301250 A 50400 V
Contact type 1

N/O 1

N/C 1

C/O 2

C/O 1 C/O 2 C/O 1 C/O 2 C/O 1 N/C + 1 N/O 2 N/C + 2 N/O
Standard contacts GS1-AM110 GS1-AM101 GS1-AM111 GS1-AM211 GS1-AM1 GS1-AM2 GS1-AM3 GS1-AM4 GS1-AN11 GS1-AN22
Contacts with test facility GS1-ANT11 GS1-ANT22
TeSys
GS1
Switch-disconnector-fuses
01250 A
5/24
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 1250 A
Size 00 Size 0 Size 00 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4
GS1-KD4 GS1-KKD3 GS1-KKD4 GS1-LD3 GS1-LD4 GS1-LLD3 GS1-LLD4 GS1-ND3 GS1-ND4 GS1-QQD3 GS1-QQD4 GS1-SD3 GS1-SD4 GS1-VD3 GS1-VD4
GS1-KG4 GS1-KKG3 GS1-KKG4 GS1-LG3 GS1-LG4 GS1-LLG3 GS1-LLG4 GS1-NG3 GS1-NG4 GS1-QQG3 GS1-QQG4
GS1-K4 GS1-KK3 GS1-KK4 GS1-L3 GS1-L4 GS1-LL3 GS1-LL4 GS1-N3 GS1-N4 GS1-QQ3 GS1-QQ4
GS1-S3 GS1-S4 GS1-V3 GS1-V4
200 A 250 A 315 A 400 V 630 A 800 A 1250 A
B1-B2 B1B3 B1B3 B1B4 C1-C2 C1C3 D1
GS1-LBR4 GS1-MMBR3 GS1-MMBR4 GS1-NBR3 GS1-NBR4 GS1-PPBR3 GS1-PPBR4 GS1-QQBR3 GS1-QQBR4 GS1-SBR3 GS1-SBR4 GS1-TBR3 GS1-TRB4 GS1-VRB3 GS1-VRB4
GS1-LB4 GS1-MMB3 GS1-MMB4 GS1-NB3 GS1-NB4 GS1-PPB3 GS1-PPB4 GS1-QQB3 GS1-QQB4
GS1-SB3 GS1-SB4 GS1-TB3 GS1-TB4 GS1-VB3 GS1-VB4
2
nd
C/O
250 and 400 A 630 A 1250 A 50400 A 6301250 A
T1 and T2 T3 T4 - -
3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
GS1-AF43 GS1-AF44 GS1-AF63 GS1-AF64 GS1-AF73 GS1-AF74 GS1-AF GS1-AF GS1-AFF GS1-AFF
5/25
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Thermal overload relays, TeSys K
adjustable from 0.11 to 12 A
Connection by screw clamp terminals, direct mounting on contactors LC1-K, manual or automatic reset
Relay setting range Fuses to be used with selected relay Reference
Class 10 A aM gG BS88
0.110.16 A 0.25 A 0.5 A - LR2-K0301
0.160.23 A 0.25 A 0.5 A - LR2-K0302
0.230.36 A 0.5 A 1 A - LR2-K0303
0.360.54 A 1 A 1.6 A - LR2-K0304
0.540.8 A 1 A 2 A - LR2-K0305
0.81.2 A 2 A 4 A 6 A LR2-K0306
1.21.8 A 2 A 6 A 6 A LR2-K0307
1.82.6 A 2 A 6 A 10 A LR2-K0308
2.63.7 A 4 A 10 A 16 A LR2-K0310
3.75.5 A 6 A 16 A 16 A LR2-K0312
5.58 A 8 A 20 A 20 A LR2-K0314
811.5 A 10 A 25 A 20 A LR2-K0316
Thermal overload relays for use on class 10 A unbalanced loads: for above references LR2-K0305 to LR2-K0316 only, replace the prex LR2 with LR7.
Example LR7-K0310.

Accessories
Prewiring kit
Allowing direct connection of the N/C contact For use on
of relay LRD-0135 or LR3-D01 D35 to the contactor LC1-D09D18 LAD-7C1
LC1-D25D38 LAD-7C2
Terminal blocks (1)
For clip-on mounting on 35 mm mounting rail (AM1-DP200) LRD-0135 and LR3-D01D35 LAD-7B10
or screw xing LRD-3, LR3-D3, LRD-35 LA7-D3064
(2)
For independent mounting of the relay LR2-K LA7-K0064
EverLink Terminal blocks
Separate terminal block LRD-313 LRD-365 LAD-9R3
Terminal block adapter
For mounting a relay beneath an LC1-D115 or D150 contactor LRD-3, LR3-D3, LRD-35 LA7-D3058
Stop or electrical reset
Remote
(3)
LRD-0135 and LR3-D01D35 LAD-703
(4)
Tripping or electrical reset device
Remote
(3)
All relays except LRD-0135 and LR3-D01D35 LA7-D03
(4)

(1) Terminal blocks are supplied with terminals protected against direct nger contact and screws in the open ready-to-tighten position.
(2) To order a terminal block for connection by lug-clamps, the reference becomes LA7-D30646.
(3) The time for which the coil of remote tripping or electrical resetting device LA7-D03 or LAD-703 can remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse duration with 9 s rest
time; maximum pulse duration of 20 s with a rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time 200 ms.
(4) Reference to be completed by adding the code indicating the control circuit voltage.
a supply
Volts 12 24 48 96 110 220/230 380/400 415/440
50/60 Hz. Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 VA - B E - F M Q N
c supply
Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 W J B E DD F M - -
TeSys K Thermal overload relays
0.1111.5 A
5/26
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TeSys D Thermal overload relays
0.1140 A
Thermal overload relays, TeSys D
adjustable from 0.1 to 140 A
Compensated relays with manual or automatic reset, with relay trip indicator, for a.c. or d.c.
Relay setting range Fuses to be used with selected relay With contactor Reference
Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors aM gG BS88
Class 10 A 0.100.16 A 0.25 A 2 A - LC1-D09D38 LRD 01
0.160.25 A 0.5 A 2 A - LC1-D09D38 LRD 02
0.250.40A 1 A 2 A - LC1-D09D38 LRD 03
0.400.63 A 1 A 1.6 A - LC1-D09D38 LRD 04
0,631 A 2 A 4 A - LC1-D09D38 LRD 05
11.7 A 2 A 4 A 6 A LC1-D09D38 LRD 06
1.62.5 A 4 A 6 A 10 A LC1-D09D38 LRD 07
2.54 A 6 A 10 A 16 A LC1-D09D38 LRD 08
46 A 8 A 16 A 16 A LC1-D09D38 LRD 10
5.58 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1-D09D38 LRD 12
710 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1-D09D38 LRD 14
913 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1-D12D38 LRD 16
1218 A 20 A 35 A 32 A LC1-D18D38 LRD 21
1624 A 25 A 50 A 50 A LC1-D25D38 LRD 22
2332 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1-D25D38 LRD 32
3038 A 50 A 80 A 80 A LC1-D32 et D38 LRD 35
5570 A 80 A 125 A 125 A D50D95 LRD 3361
6380 A 80 A 125 A 125 A D65D95 LRD 3363
80104 A 100 A 160 A 160 A D80 et D95 LRD 3365
80104 A 125 A 200 A 160 A D115 et D150 LRD 4365
95120 A 125 A 200 A 200 A D115 et D150 LRD 4367
110140 A 160 A 250 A 200 A D150 LRD 4369
80104 A 100 A 160 A 160 A Montage spar LRD 33656
Class 20 6 A 10 A 16 A LC1-D09D32 LRD 1508
46 A 8 A 16 A 16 A LC1-D09D32 LRD 1510
5.58 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1-D09D32 LRD 1512
710 A 16 A 20 A 25 A LC1-D09D32 LRD 1514
913 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1-D12D32 LRD 1516
1218 A 25 A 35 A 40 A LC1-D18D32 LRD 1521
1725 A 32 A 50 A 50 A LC1-D25 et D32 LRD 1522
2328 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1-D25 et D32 LRD 1530
2532 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1-D25 et D32 LRD 1532
5570 A 100 A 125 A 125 A D65D95 LR2 D3561
6380 A 100 A 160 A 125 A D80 et D95 LR2 D3563
Connection by EverLink terminal blocks, with BTR screws
Class 10 A 913 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 313 (1)
1218 A 20 A 32 A 35 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 318 (1)
1725 A 25 A 50 A 50 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 325 (1)
2332 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 332 (1)
3040 A 40 A 80 A 80 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 340 (1)
3750 A 63 A 100 A 100 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 350 (1)
4865 A 63 A 100 A 100 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 365 (1)
Class 20 913 A 20 A 32 A 35 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 313L (1)
1218 A 25 A 40 A 40 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 318L (1)
1725 A 32 A 50 A 50 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 325L (1)
2332 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 332L (1)
3040 A 50 A 80 A 80 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 340L (1)
3750 A 63 A 100 A 100 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 350L (1)
4865 A 80 A 125 A 125 A LC1-D40AD65A LRD 365L (1)
Class 10A with connection by lug-clamps:
Select overload relay with screw clamp terminals or connectors from the table above and add
one of following suffixes:
b gure 6 for relays LRD01 to LRD35 and LRD313 to LRD365.
b gure A66 for relays LRD3361 to LRD3365.
Relays LRD43 are suitable as standard, for use with lug-clamps
Thermal overload relays for use with unbalanced loads Class 10A
with connection by screw clamp terminals and lug-clamp terminals:
In the reference selected above, change LRD (except LRD 4ppp) by LR3D
Example: LRD01 becomes LR3D01
Example with screw clamp terminal: LRD340 becomes LR3D340
Example with lug-clamp terminal: LRD3406 becomes LR3D3406
(1) Independant mounting on a DIN rail, order an EverLink
LAD96560 terminal block.

5/27
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
For use with contactor LC1-D LC1-F
Motor current 60150 A 30630 A
Basic reference, to be completed LR9-D LR9-F
Relay setting range Fuse to be used with selected relay For mounting Compensated and differential
beneath contactor LC1- or not with alarm
aM gG Class 10 Class 20 Class 10 or 20
60100 100 160 D115 and D150 LR9-D5367 LR9-D5567
90150 160 250 D115 and D150 LR9-D5369 LR9-F5569
3050 50 80 F115F185 LR9-F5357 LR9-F5557 LR9-F57
4880 80 125 F115F185 LR9-F5363 LR9-F5563 LR9-F63
60100 100 200 F115F185 LR9-F5367 LR9-F5567 LR9-F67
90150 160 250 F115F185 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5569 LR9-F69
132220 250 315 F185F400 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5571 LR9-F71
200330 400 500 F225F500 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7575 LR9-F75
300500 500 800 F225F500 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7579 LR9-F79
380630 630 800 F400F630 and F800 LR9-F7381 LR9-F7581 LR9-F81
Accessories
Remote control
Function Reset Stop and/or Reset
Electrical reset
(1)
LA7-D03
(2)
Reset by exible cable (length 0.5 m) LA7-D305
Adapter for door interlock mechanism LA7-D1020
Operating head for pushbutton
Spring return ZA2-BL639 ZA2-BL432
Rod with snap-off end
Adjustable from 17 to 120 mm ZA2-BZ13
Insulated terminal blocks
For relays LR9-F557, F563, F567, F569, F57, F63, F67 and F69 Set of 2 blocks
LA9-F103
(1) The time for which the coil of remote electrical reset device LA7-D03 can remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse with 9 s rest time; 5 s pulse duration with 30 s
rest time; 10 s pulse duration with 90 s rest time: maximum pulse duration 20 s with rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time: 200 ms.
(2) Reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code, see page 5/27
TeSys
LR9
Electronic thermal overload relays
60630 A
5/28
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Relay type Electronic over current relays
TeSys LR97D
Relay setting range 0,31,5 A 1,27 A 525 A 2038 A
For use with contactor LC1D09D38 LC1D25D38
References 200 240 VAC LR97D015M7 LR97D07M7 LR97D025M7 LR97D038M7
100 120 VAC LR97D015F7 LR97D07F7 LR97D025F7 LR97D038F7
24 VAC/DC LR97D015B LR97D07B LR97D025B LR97D038B
48 VAC/DC LR97D015E LR97D07E LR97D025E LR97D038E
0,560 A
TeSys LT47 with manual reset
Relay setting range 0,56 A 330 A 560 A
References 200 240 VAC LT4706M7S LT47D30M7S LT4760M7S
100 120 VAC LT47D06F7S LT47D30F7S LT4760F7S
24 VAC/DC LT47D06BS LT47D30BS LT4760BS
48 VAC/DC LT47D06ES LT47D30ES LT4760ES
TeSys LT47 with automatic reset
Relay setting range 0,56 A 330 A 560 A
References 200 240 VAC LT4706M7A LT47D30M7A LT4760M7A
100 120 VAC LT47D06F7A LT47D30F7A LT4760F7A
24 VAC/DC LT47D06BA LT47D30BA LT4760BA
48 VAC/DC LT47D06EA LT47D30EA LT4760EA
Accessories : please consult your Schneider Electric agency.
TeSys
LR/LT
Electronic over current relays
0,338 A
5/29
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of eldbus Modbus Probus DP
Supply voltage 24 VDC 100240 VAC 24 VDC 100240 VAC
References Current range 0.48 A LTMR08MBD LTMR08MFM LTMR08PBD LTMR08PFM
1.3527 A LTMR27MBD LTMR27MFM LTMR27PBD LTMR27PFM
5100 A LTMR100MBD LTMR100MFM LTMR100PBD LTMR100PFM
Type of eldbus CANopen DeviceNet
Supply voltage 24 VDC 100240 VAC 24 VDC 100240 VAC
References Current range 0.48 A LTMR08CBD LTMR08CFM LTMR08DBD LTMR08DFM
1.3527 A LTMR27CBD LTMR27CFM LTMR27DBD LTMR27DFM
5100 A LTMR100CBD LTMR100CFM LTMR100DBD LTMR100DFM
Extension module
Type of module Extension
4 additional inputs + voltage measuring
Ethernet external port
Modbus RTU / Modbus TCP/IP
Inputs voltage 24 VDC 100240 VAC 24 VDC
References LTMEV40BD LTMEV40FM TCSEQM113M13M
Operator dialogue terminal and software
Type of terminal Compact display Conguration software
Description 4 lines of 20 characters For Windows 98, 2000, XP
References XBTN410 XBTL1000
Controllers
TeSys T
5/30
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of transformer External
Operational current primary 100 A 200 A 400 A 800 A
secondary 1 A
References LT6CT1001 LT6CT2001 LT6CT4001 LT6CT8001
Earth fault toroids
Type of toroid Closed Split
Maximum current 65 A 85 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 85 A 250 A
Internal diameter 30 50 80 120 200 300 46 110
References TA30 PA50 IA80 MA120 SA200 GA300 POA GOA
PTC thermistor probe
Type of probe Triple
Operating temperature 90C 110C 120C 130C 140C 150C 160C 170C
References DA1TT090 DA1TT110 DA1TT120 DA1TT130 DA1TT140 DA1TT150 DA1TT160 DA1TT170
Accessories (1)
Type of accessory Connecting cable
Controller / Extension module
Length of cable 0.04 m 0.3 m 1 m
References LTMCC004 LU9R03 LU9R10
Type of accessory Connecting cable
Controller / Display
Connection kit
PC serial port
Length of cable 2.5 m
References XBTZ938 VW3A8106
(1) For other connection accessories, see www.telemecanique.com
Current transformers
TeSys T
5/31
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3-pole multifunction protection relays
Operational current A 0.21. 15 525
LT6-P0M005FM LT6-P0M025FM
TeSys
LT3, LT6
Electronic protection relays for use
with PTC thermistor probes
0800 A
For use with contactor LC1-D or LC1-F LC1-D or LC1-F
Motor current No limit 15 A
Basic reference, to be completed LT3-S LT6-P0M05FM
3-pole multifunction protection relays
Operational current A 0.21. 15 525
LT6-P0M005FM LT6-P0M025FM
Protection units with automatic reset with thermistor short-circuit detection
without fault memory
Connection Voltage Output contact Reference
by cage connectors
a 50/60 Hz
115 V N/C LT3-SE00F
230 V N/C LT3-SE00M
c
24 V N/C LT3-SE00F
On front panel: fault and voltage signalling indicator
a 50/60 Hz
115/230 V N/C + N/O LT3-SA00M
c
24/48 V N/C + N/O LT3-SA00ED
a 50/60 Hz or c
24230 V 2 C/O LT3-SA00MW
with fault memory
On front panel: fault and voltage signalling indicator, Test and Reset button
a 50/60 Hz 400 V N/C + N/O LT3-SM00V
24/48 V N/C + N/O LT3-SM00E
115/230 V N/C + N/O LT3-SM00M
c
24/48 V N/C + N/O LT3-SM00ED
a 50/60 Hz1 or c
24230 V 2 C/O LT3-SM00MW
Accessories
PTC thermistor probes for LT3 and LT6 relays
Normal operating temperature (NOT) 90 C 110 C 120 C 130 C 140 C 150 C 160 C 170 C
Integrated triple probes DA1-TT090 DA1-TT110 DA1-TT120 DA1-TT130 DA1-TT140 DA1-TT150 DA1-TT160 DA1-TT170
Normal operating temperature (NOT) 60 C 70 C 80 C 90 C 100 C
Surface probes DA1-TS060 DA1-TS070 DA1-TS080 DA1-TS090 DA1-TS100
Conguration software for LT6 relays
Languages: English, French, German, Italian, Spanish Kit
(1)
Diskette
For use with all relay sizes LA9-P620 LA9-P621
Current transformers for LT6 relays
Operational current primary 100 A 400 A 800 A
secondary 1 A 1 A 1 A
LT6-CT1001 LT6-CT4001 LT6-CT8001
(1) Comprising 2 x 3 1/2 diskettes, 1 x 2 m connection cable with 2 SUB-D 9-pin connectors (female-female)
5/32
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
Vario Protection components 12175 A
Switch disconnectors
Type Mini-Vario for standard applications
Mounting door Backplate mounting in enclosure
Colour handle / Front plate Red / Yellow Black / Black Red / Yellow
Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60
Fixing 22.5 mm 22.5 mm
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V
Thermal current in open air (Ith) 12 A VCDN12 VBDN12 VCCDN12
20 A VCDN20 VBDN20 VCCDN20
Type Vario for high performance applications
Mounting door Backplate mounting in enclosure
Colour handle / Front plate Red / Yellow Black / Black Red / Yellow Black / Black Red / Yellow
Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90 60 x 60 90 x 90
Fixing 22,5 mm 4 screws 4 screws 22,5 mm 4 screws 4 screws
Degree of protection IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V
Thermal current in open air (Ith) 12 A VCD02 VBD02 VCF02 VBF02 VCCD02 VCCF02
20 A VCD01 VBD01 VCF01 VBF01 VCCD01 VCCF01
63 A VCF3 VBF3 VCCF3
80 A VCF4 VBF4 VCCF4
125 A VCF5 VCCF5
175 A VCF6 VCCF6
Add-on modules For mini-Vario For Vario
Main pole modules
Rating 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A 80 A
References VZN12 VZN20 VZ02 VZ01 VZ0 VZ1 VZ2 VZ3 VZ4
Neutral pole module with early make and late break contacts
Rating 1220 A 1240 A 63 and 80 A 125 and 175 A
References VZN11 VZ11 VZ12 VZ13
Earthing module
References VZN14 VZ14 VZ15 VZ16
Auxiliary contact block modules
Contact types N/O N/C N/O + N/C N/O + N/O
References VZN05 VZN06 VZ7 VZ20
5/33
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Starters GV2-ME
Non-reversing Reversing
Standard power ratings Setting Fixed For customer assembly Factory assembled
of 3-phase motors range of magnetic Motor Contactor Basic reference, to be completed with
50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (kW) thermal trips tripping current circuit-breaker code indicating control circuit voltage
400/415 V 440 V 500 V 13 Irth
0.37 0.37 0.37 11.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC1-K06 GV2-ME06K1 GV2-ME06K2
0.55 0.55 0.55
- - 0.75
0.75 0.75 - 1.62.5 33.5 GV2-ME07 LC1-K06 GV2-ME07K1 GV2-ME07K2
- 1.1 1.1
1.1 - 1.5 2.54 51 GV2-ME08 LC1-K06 GV2-ME08K1 GV2-ME08K2
1.5 1.5 2.2
2.2 2.2 - 46.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC1-K06 GV2-ME10K1 GV2-ME10K2
- - 3
3 - 4 610 138 GV2-ME14 LC1-K09 GV2-ME14K1 GV2-ME14K2
4 4 5.5
5.5 5.5 7.5 914 170 GV2-ME16 LC1-K12 GV2-ME16K1 GV2-ME16K2
TeSys
GV2, LC
Combination motor starters
0.0615 kW
D.O.L. starters
with circuit-breaker with fuse protection
Level of service Coordination: Type 1 Type 2
Power at 400 V Up to: 5.5 kW 15 kW 37 kW
Type of components Combination automatic motor starter with overload protection Fuse carrier +
incorporated in the circuit-breaker plate-mounted contactor
Basic reference, to be completed GV2-ME GV2-DM GV2-DP LC4-D
Volts 24 110 220/230 230 230/240 380/400
a 50400 Hz
B7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7
c
(1)
BW3 - - - - -
(1) Low consumption coil (1.5 W), wide range (0.71.3 Uc) and with integral suppression device as standard.
5/34
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
D.O.L. starters GV2-DM and GV2-DP
Non-reversing Reversing
Standard power ratings Setting Fixed For customer assembly Factory assembled
of 3-phase motors range of magnetic Motor Contactor Basic reference, to be completed with
50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (kW) thermal trips tripping current circuit-breaker code indicating control circuit voltage
400/415 V 440 V 500 V 13 Irth
0.06 0.06 - 0.160.25 2.4 GV2-ME02 LC1-D09 GV2-DM102 GV2-DM202
GV2-P02 LC1-D09 GV2-DP102 GV2-DP202
0.09 0.09 - 0.250.40 5 GV2-ME03 LC1-D09 GV2-DM103 GV2-DM203
- 0.12 - GV2-P03 LC1-D09 GV2-DP103 GV2-DP203
0.12 - - 0.400.63 8 GV2-ME04 LC1-D09 GV2-DM104 GV2-DM204
0.18 0.18 - GV2-P04 LC1-D09 GV2-DP104 GV2-DP204
0.25 0.25 - 0.631 13 GV2-ME05 LC1-D09 GV2-DM105 GV2-DM205
0.37 0.37 - GV2-P05 LC1-D09 GV2-DP105 GV2-DP205
- - 0.37 11.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC1-D09 GV2-DM106 GV2-DM206
0.55 0.55 0.55 GV2-P06 LC1-D09 GV2-DP106 GV2-DP206
- - 0.75
0.75 0.75 - 1.62.5 33.5 GV2-ME07 LC1-D09 GV2-DM107 GV2-DM207
- 1.1 1.1 GV2-P07 LC1-D09 GV2-DP107 GV2-DP207
1.1 - 1.5 2.54 51 GV2-ME08 LC1-D09 GV2-DM108 GV2-DM208
1.5 1.5 2.2 GV2-P08 LC1-D09 GV2-DP108 GV2-DP208
2.2 2.2 - 46.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC1-D09 GV2-DM110 GV2-DM210
- 3 3 GV2-P10 LC1-D09 GV2-DP110 GV2-DP210
3 - 4 610 138 GV2-ME14 LC1-D09 GV2-DM114 GV2-DM214
4 4 5.5 GV2-P14 LC1-D09 GV2-DP114 GV2-DP214
5.5 5.5 7.5 914 170 GV2-ME16 LC1-D12 GV2-DM116 GV2-DM216
- 7.5 9 GV2-P16 LC1-D25 GV2-DP116 GV2-DP216
7.5 9 - 1318 223 GV2-ME20 LC1-D18 GV2-DM120 GV2-DM220
9 11 11 1723 327 GV2-ME21 LC1-D25 GV2-DM121 GV2-DM221
11 - 15 2025 327 GV2-ME22 LC1-D25 GV2-DM122 GV2-DM222
15 15 18.5 2432 416 GV2-ME32 LC1-D32 GV2-DM132 GV2-DM232
Volts 24 220 230
a 50400 Hz B7 M7 P7
c
(1)
BD -
(1) Low consumption coil (1.5 W), wide range (0.71.3 Uc) with integral suppression device as standard.
5/35
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
= +
ADVANCED motor starter
MULTIFUNCTION motor starter
TeSys U Starter-controller for 3-phase motors
STANDARD motor starter
Function characteristics, LUB + LUCA Maximum Power base Standard control unit
motor power
Non-reversing Reversing Class 10 Setting range
< 400/415 V (1) (2)
- Thermal overload protection against: 0.09 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA6Xpp 0.150.6 A
short-circuit, overcurrent, 0.25 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA1Xpp 0.351.4 A
phase failure or imbalance, 1.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA05pp 1.255 A
insulation breaks (equipment only). 5.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA12pp 312 A
- Manual reset following thermal fault. 7.5 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCA18pp 4.518 A
15 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCA32pp 832 A
Function characteristics, LUB + LUCA Maximum Power base Advanced control unit
motor power
Non-reversing Reversing Class 10 Class 20 Setting range
< 400/415 V (1) (2) (3) (2)
- Thermal overload protection against: 0.09 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCB6Xpp LUCD6Xpp 0.150.6 A
short-circuit, overcurrent, 0.25 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCB1Xpp LUCD1Xpp 0.351.4 A
phase failure or imbalance, 1.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCB05pp LUCD05pp 1.255 A
insulation breaks (equipment only). 5.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCB12pp LUCD12pp 312 A
- Manual reset following thermal fault. 7.5 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCB18pp LUCD18pp 4.518 A
- Thermal overload test function. 15 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCB32pp LUCD32pp 832 A
(3) For single-phase-motors, replace LUCBpppp by LUCCpppp.
Function characteristics, LUB + LUCA
- Thermal overload protection against:
short-circuit, overcurrent,
phase failure or imbalance,
insulation breaks (equipment only).
- Manual, automatic or remote reset,
- Thermal overload test function,
- Overtorque and no-load running, alarm,
- Motor operation log,
- Motor parameters display on LUCM.., PC or HMI,
- Integrated Modbus communication.
Maximum Power base Multifunction control unit
motor power
Non-reversing Reversing Class 5 to 30 Setting range
< 400/415 V (1)
0.09 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCM6XBL 0.150.6 A
0.25 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCM1XBL 0.351.4 A
1.5 KW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCM05BL 1.255 A
5.5 KW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCM12BL 312 A
7.5 KW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCM18BL 4.518 A
15 KW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCM32BL 832 A
(1) Complete the references of the power bases according to the following table. Example: LU2B12 pp
(2) Complete the references of the control units according to the following table. Example: LUCA/B/D/M6X
pp
24 V DC BL
24 V AC B
48 V AC / 4872 V DC ES
110240 V AC / 110220 V DC FU
5/36
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
= +
Contact blocks
TeSys U Starter-controller for 3-phase motors
Function modules
Type of optional function Thermal Thermal fault signalling Motor load
overload alarm indication
Compatible with LUCA NO NO NO NO NO
Compatible with LUCL NO NO NO NO NO
Compatible with LUCB, LUCD YES YES YES YES YES
Compatible with LUCM NO NO NO NO YES
Output signal 1 NO 1 NO +1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 420 mA
Reset NA Manual Automatic or remote NA
References LUFW10 LUFDH11 LUFDA01 LUFDA10 LUFV2
Type of communication Modbus Advantys Probus DP CANopen DeviceNet AS-Interface Parallel
STB wiring
Only compatible with 24 V DC control units YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
LUCA..BL, LUCB..BL, LUCD..BL, LUCM..BL
Transfer speed 19.2 Kbps Dpg. on NIM (1) 9,612 Mbps 20 K1 Mbps 125500 Kbaud 167 Kbps NA
Number of slaves 31 per Modbus Dpg. on Network 125 per Probus DP 128 per CANopen 63 per DeviceNet 62 per AS-Interface 8 per LU9GC02
master Interface Module module module module master splitter box
Pre-wired coil connection (A1 A2) LU9BN11C, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11C, LU9Rxx
LU9MRC LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRC
Connecting cable to PC VW3 A8 306 Rpp LU9RCDpp, TSXPBSCApp TSXCANCpp DeviceNet XZCG0142 TSXCDPppp
LU9RDDpp standard
References LUFC033 LULC15 LULC07 LULC08 LULC09 ASILUFC51 LUFC00
(1) Network Interface Module.
Information carried by the Modbus, Advantys STB or CANopen bus
Type of control unit LUCAppBL LUCBppBL, LUCDppBL LUCMppBL
Start and Stop commands X X X
Starter status (ready, running, fault) X X X
Thermal alarm X X
Remote reset via the bus X X
Indication of motor load X X
Signalling and fault differentiation X X
Alarms (overcurrent, ) X
Remote programming and monitoring of all the functions X
Log function X
Monitoring function X
Type of contact block Add-on Auxiliary
Signalling contacts of any fault NC (95-96) NO (97-98)
position of control handle NO (17-18) NO (17-18)
2 auxiliary contacts module NO (33-34) NC (31-32) NC (31-32)
NO (43-44) NO (43-44) NC (41-42)
References Screw clamp terminals LUA1C11 LUA1C20 LUFN20 LUFN11 LUFN02
Without connections LUA1C110 LUA1C200
5/37
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
= +
TeSys GV3L
TeSys LC1D
Contactor
Circuit-breakers
TeSys GV3L
TeSys LC1D
Contactor
Circuit-breakers
ADVANCED protection
Current transformers
TeSys
LUTM
Controller for 3-phase motors
MULTIFUNCTION protection
Function characteristics Control base for use Multifunction
with contactors control unit
TeSys D (LC1D..) TeSys F (LC1F..) Class 5 to 35
- Thermal overload protection against: LUTM10BL LUTM20BL LUCMT1BL
insulation breaks (equipmemt only).
- Manual, automatic or remote reset,
- Thermal overload test function,
- Overtorque and no-load running, alarm,
- Motor operation log,
- Motor parameters display on LUCM.., PC or HMI,
- Integrated Modbus communication.
Function characteristics Control base for use Advanced
with contactors control unit
TeSys D (LC1D..) TeSys F (LC1F..) Class 10 Class 20
- Thermal overload protection against: LUTM10BL LUTM20BL LUCBT1BL LUCDT1BL
insulation breaks (equipmemt only).
- Manual reset following thermal fault.
- Thermal overload test function.
Type of transformer
Supply voltage 24 V DC
Operating current Primary 30 A 50 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 800 A
Secondary 1 A
References LUTC0301 LUTC0501 LUTC01001 LUTC02001 LUTC04001 LUTC05001
Above 32 A, the TeSys U controller provides a motor starter management system solution identical to that provided by the TeSys U starter-controller.
Used in conjunction with a short-circuit protection device and a contactor, it provides a motor starter whose functions are the same as those of a TeSys U starter-controller
and, in particular, provides the following functions: overload protection, motor starter control and application monitoring.
It comprises a control unit, whose adjustment range is compatible with the secondary of current transformers, and a control base that also enables the tting of a function module or
communication module.
It requires a 24 V DC external power supply.
5/38
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
= +
TeSys
LUTM
Controller for 3-phase motors
Function modules
Type of optional function Thermal overload alarm Motor load indication
Compatible with LUCA NO NO
Compatible with LUCL NO NO
Compatible with LUCB, LUCD YES YES
Compatible with LUCM NO YES
Output signal 1 NO 420 mA
Reset NA NA
References LUFW10 LUFV2
Type of communication Modbus Advantys STB CANopen DeviceNet Parallele
wiring
Only compatible with 24 V DC control units YES YES YES YES YES
LUCA..BL, LUCB..BL, LUCD..BL, LUCM..BL
Transfer speed 19.2 Kbps Dpg. on NIM (1) 20 K1 Mbps 125500 Kbaud NA
Number of slaves 31 per Modbus Dpg. on Network 128 per CANopen 63 per DeviceNet 8 per LU9GC02
master Interface Module module module splitter box
Pre-wired coil connection (A1 A2) LU9BN11C, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9Rxx
LU9MRC LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRL
Connecting cable to PC VW3 A8 306 Rpp LU9RCDpp, TSXCANCpp DeviceNet TSXCDPppp
LU9RDDpp standard
References LUFC033 LULC15 LULC08 LULC09 LUFC00
Information carried by the Modbus, Advantys STB or CANopen bus
Type of control unit LUCBT1BL, LUCDT1BL LUCMT1BL
Start and Stop commands X X
Starter status (ready, running, fault) X X
Thermal alarm X X
Remote reset via the bus X X
Indication of motor load X X
Signalling and fault differentiation X X
Alarms (overcurrent, ) X
Remote programming and monitoring of all the functions X
Log function X
Monitoring function X
5/39
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Starters
D.O.L.
standard
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors in category AC3 400/415 V 437 kW 0.0637 kW 0.5530 kW 0.375.5 kW 0.2545 kW
Starters manual - -
auto - - -
Isolating device switch-disconnector-fuse - - - -
circuit-breaker - -
fuse carrier - - - - -
Protection short-circuit - -
overload - -
Communication - - - - -
Basic reference Non reversing VF GV2-ME GV2-LC LE1-GVME LE1-M
VCFN GV3-PC GV-NGC LE1-D
VFX GV3-CE
Reversing LE2-K
LE2-D
TeSys Enclosed motor starters
0.06132 kW
5/40
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2 stage
safety applications AS-i bus standard star-delta
2.245 kW 0.0611 kW 0.069 kW 0.069 kW 0.065.5 kW 5.5132 kW 7.575 kW
- - - - - -
-
- - - - - -
- - -
- - - - -
-

- - - - - -
LE4-K GV2-ME LG1-K LG7-K LF1-M LE3-K LE6-D
LE4-D LG1-D LG7-D LF1-P LE3-D LE3-D
LJ7-K LF7-P LE3-F
LE8-K LG8-K LF2-M
LE8-D LJ8-K LF2-P
LE2-D LF8-P
5/41
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TeSys
Quickt
Installation system
Presentation
TeSys Quickt is a modular system which standardises and simplies the implementation of motor start-
ers with its pre-wired control and power circuits.
Installation of a motor starter becomes quick, simple, safe and exible.
In addition, this system:
b enables the motor starter to be customised at a later date,
b reduces maintenance time and
b optimises panel space by reducing the number of terminals and intermediate interfaces and the amount
of ducting.
The motor starters concerned are those created by combining:
GV2 ME or GV3 P circuit-breakers, with an operating limit of 80% of the maximum current at an ambient
temperature of 60 C, up to 690 V
with 9 to 65 A TeSys D (LC1) contactors.
This offer comprises components for pre-wiring
b the power part,
b the control part.
Components for pre-wiring the power part
b a power kit comprising, for each starter, a plate for mounting the contactor and the circuit-breaker, and
two power connection modules,
b a power splitter box for 2 or 4 starters,
b an upstream terminal block for a power supply up to 60 A (16 mm
2
),
b a downstream terminal block for connecting the motor power supply cables and the earth cables
(6 mm
2
).
Components for pre-wiring the control part
b a control circuit connection module that mounts directly on the contactor and the circuit-breaker of
each starter. This module integrates the status and control information of this particular motor starter.
b a parallel wiring module enabling grouping of the information relating to each motor starter:
v HE 10, intended for centralised applications. The information is transmitted to the PLC via the Advantys
Telefast pre-wired system.
v STB, intended for decentralised automation architectures. This module is integrated in an Advantys STB
conguration for connection to the PLC via a eldbus.
925 A power pre-wiring components
Type Terminal block 60 A power splitter box
Upstream Downstream
Extension by LAD32p
Maximum c.s.a. of connection 16 mm
2
6 mm
2

Use Splitter boxes supply Motor cables
Number of starters 2 4
Reference LAD3B1 LAD331 LAD322 LAD324
Type Connection kit Mounting plate for Power connection
For D.O.L. starter (1) GV2 ME & contactor module
Composition 1 mounting plate LAD311 for GV2ME For 1 motor starter
2 power connection modules LAD341
Reference LAD252 LAD311 LAD341
(1) For a reversing starter order 2 connection kits LAD252
5/42
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type Connection module
TeSys D coil voltage 12250 V AC or 5130 V DC 24 V DC
Type of coil control relay Electronic Without relay
Type of motor starter Direct Reversing Direct Reversing
Reference LAD9AP31 LAD9AP32 LAD9AP3D1 LAD9AP3D2
Type 24 V DC parallel wiring module
Splitter box Advantys STB parallel interface module
PLC/motor starter side connectors 2 x HE10/8 x RJ45 /4 x RJ45
Reference LU9G02 STBEPI2145

Accessories
Type Connecting cables
(1) From splitter box LU9G02 to the PLC
Connectors 2 x RJ45 2 HE10 Bare wires and HE10
Gauge / c.s.a. 22 / 0.324 mm
2
28 / 0.080 mm
2
22 / 0.324 mm
2
Reference L = 0.3 m LU9R03
0.5 m TSXCDP053
1 m LU9R10 TSXCDP103 ABFH20H100
2 m TSXCDP203 ABFH20H200
3 m LU9R30 TSXCDP303 ABFH20H300 TSXCDP301
5 m TSXCDP503 TSXCDP301
(1) From connection module LAD9AP3p to splitter box LU9G02 or module STBEPI2145
Type Connectors Connecting cable
Spring terminals Self-stripping
Use External contact, auxiliary power supply Between communication module APP1Cp and
splitter box LU9GG02
Reference APE1PRE21 APE1PAD21 APP2AH40H060
Control-command pre-wiring components
5/43
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Sodium vapour lamps
low pressure
Non corrected With parallel compensation
P (W) 3- 55 90 135 150 180 200 35 55 90 135 150 180 200
IB (A) 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.9 1 1.2 1.3
C (F) - - - - - - - 17 17 25 36 36 36 36 LC1-
Max. number of lamps 6 5 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - K09
accordint to P (W), per contactor 10 7 5 3 3 3 3 40 30 - - - - - D09, D12
12 9 6 4 4 4 4 50 37 25 - - - - D18
15 11 7 6 5 5 5 63 47 31 21 19 15 14 D25
21 16 10 8 8 7 7 86 65 43 28 26 21 20 D32, D38
27 20 13 10 10 10 9 110 82 55 36 33 27 25 D40
35 26 17 13 13 12 12 140 105 70 46 42 35 32 D50, D65
50 37 25 19 18 18 17 200 150 100 66 60 50 46 D80, D95
100 75 50 38 36 36 34 400 300 200 132 120 100 92 D115, D150
140 104 70 54 52 50 48 560 420 280 186 168 140 128 F185
152 114 76 58 56 54 54 606 454 302 202 182 152 140 F225
174 130 88 68 66 64 62 700 524 350 232 210 174 162 F265
198 148 98 76 74 72 70 792 594 396 264 238 198 182 F330
250 188 124 96 94 90 88 1002 752 502 334 300 250 252 F400
338 254 168 130 126 122 118 1352 1014 676 450 406 338 312 F500
496 372 248 192 186 180 174 1982 1488 992 660 594 496 458 F600, F800
high pressure
P (W) 150 250 400 700 1000 150 250 400 700 1000
IB (A) 1.9 3.2 5 8.8 12.4 0.84 1.4 2.2 3.9 5.5
C (F) - - - - - 20 32 48 96 120 LC1-
Max. number of lamps 4 2 1 - - - - - - - K09
accordint to P (W), per contactor 6 3 2 1 - - - - - - D09, D12
7 4 3 1 1 17 - - - - D18
10 5 3 2 1 22 13 8 - - D25
13 8 5 2 2 30 18 11 6 - D32, D38
17 10 6 3 2 39 23 15 8 6 D40
22 13 8 4 3 50 30 19 10 7 D50, D65
31 18 12 6 4 71 42 27 15 10 D80, D95
62 36 24 12 8 142 84 54 30 20 D115, D150
88 52 34 18 14 200 120 76 42 30 F185
96 56 36 20 16 216 130 82 46 32 F225
110 66 42 24 18 250 150 94 54 38 F265
124 74 48 26 20 282 170 108 60 42 F330
158 94 60 34 24 358 214 136 76 54 F400
214 126 80 46 32 482 290 184 104 74 F500
312 186 118 68 48 708 424 270 152 108 F630, F800
Metal iodine vapour lamps
P (W) 250 400 1000 2000 250 400 1000 2000
IB (A) 2.5 3.6 9.5 20 1.4 2 5.3 11.2
C (F) - - - - 32 32 64 140 LC1-
Max. number of lamps 3 2 - - - - - - K09
accordint to P (W), per contactor 4 3 1 - - - - - D09, D12
6 4 1 - - - - - D18
7 5 2 - 13 9 - - D25
10 7 2 1 18 13 4 - D32, D38
13 9 3 1 23 16 6 - D40
16 11 4 2 30 21 7 - D50, D65
24 16 6 3 42 30 11 5 D80, D95
48 32 12 6 84 60 22 10 D115, D150
66 46 18 8 120 84 32 14 F185
72 50 20 10 130 90 34 16 F225
84 58 22 12 150 104 40 18 F265
94 66 24 14 170 118 44 20 F330
120 84 32 16 214 150 56 26 F400
162 112 42 20 290 202 76 36 F500
238 164 62 30 424 298 112 52 F630, F800
Components Lighting applications (AC5)
5/44
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Incandescent and halogen lamps
P (W) 60 75 100 150 200 300 500 750 1000
IB (A) 0.27 0.34 0.45 0.68 0.91 1.40 2.30 3.40 4.60 LC1-
Max. number of lamps 35 28 21 14 10 6 4 2 2 K09
accordint to P (W), per contactor 59 47 35 23 17 11 7 4 3 D09, D12
77 61 46 30 23 15 9 6 4 D18
92 73 55 36 27 18 11 7 5 D25
129 103 77 51 38 25 15 10 7 D32, D38
163 129 97 64 48 31 19 13 9 D40
207 164 124 82 62 40 24 16 12 D50, D65
296 235 177 117 88 57 34 23 17 D80, D95
430 340 256 170 126 82 50 34 24 D115
466 370 280 184 138 90 54 36 26 D150
710 564 426 282 210 136 82 56 40 F185
770 610 462 304 228 148 90 60 44 F225
888 704 532 352 262 170 104 70 52 F265
1006 800 604 400 298 194 118 80 58 F330
1274 1010 764 504 378 244 148 100 74 F400
1718 1364 1030 682 508 330 200 136 100 F500
2328 1850 1396 924 690 448 272 184 136 F600
2776 2204 1666 1102 824 534 326 220 162 F800
Fluorescent lamps with starter
single tting
Non-corrected With parallel correction
P (W) 20 40 65 80 110 20 40 65 80 110
IB (A) 0.39 0.45 0.70 0.80 1.2 0.17 0.26 0.42 0.52 0.72
C (F) - - - - - 5 5 7 7 16 LC1-
Max. number of lamps 24 21 13 12 8 56 36 22 18 - K09
accordint to P (W), per contactor 41 35 22 20 13 94 61 38 30 22 D09, D12
53 46 30 26 17 123 80 50 40 29 D18
66 57 37 32 21 152 100 61 50 36 D25
89 77 50 43 29 205 134 83 67 48 D32, D38
112 97 62 55 36 258 169 104 84 61 D40
143 124 80 70 46 329 215 133 107 77 D50, D65
205 177 114 100 66 470 367 190 153 111 D80, D95
410 354 228 200 132 940 614 380 306 222 D115, D150
492 426 274 240 160 1128 738 456 368 266 F185
532 462 296 260 172 1224 800 490 400 288 F225
614 532 342 300 200 1412 922 570 462 332 F265
696 604 388 340 226 1600 1046 648 522 378 F330
882 764 490 430 286 2024 1322 818 662 478 F400
1190 1030 662 580 386 2728 1724 1104 892 644 F500
1612 1398 698 786 524 3700 2418 1498 1210 874 F630, F800
twin tting
P (W) 2x20 2x40 2x65 2x80 2x110 2x20 2x40 2x65 2x80 2x110
IB (A) 2x0.22 2x0.41 2x0.67 2x0.82 2x1.1 2x0.13 2x0.24 2x0.39 2x0.48 2x0.65 LC1-
Max. number of lamps 2x21 2x11 2x7 2x5 2x4 2x36 2x20 2x12 2x10 2x7 K09
accordint to P (W), per contactor 2x36 2x18 2x10 2x8 2x6 2x60 2x32 2x20 2x16 2x12 D09, D12
2x46 2x24 2x14 2x12 2x8 2x80 2x42 2x26 2x20 2x16 D18
2x58 2x30 2x18 2x14 2x10 2x100 2x54 2x32 2x26 2x20 D25
2x78 2x42 2x26 2x20 2x14 2x134 2x72 2x44 2x36 2x26 D32, D38
2x100 2x52 2x32 2x26 2x18 2x168 2x90 2x56 2x44 2x32 D40
2x126 2x68 2x40 2x34 2x24 2x214 2x116 2x70 2x58 2x42 D50, D65
2x180 2x96 2x58 2x48 2x36 2x306 2x166 2x102 2x82 2x60 D80, D95
2x360 2x194 2x118 2x96 2x72 2x614 2x332 2x204 2x166 2x122 D115, D150
2x436 2x234 2x142 2x116 2x86 2x738 2x400 2x246 2x200 2x148 F185
2x472 2x254 2x154 2x126 2x94 2x800 2x432 2x266 2x216 2x160 F225
2x544 2x292 2x178 2x146 2x108 2x922 2x500 2x308 2x250 2x184 F265
2x618 2x332 2x202 2x166 2x124 2x1046 2x566 2x348 2x282 2x208 F330
2x782 2x420 2x256 2x210 2x156 2x1322 2x716 2x440 2x358 2x264 F400
2x1054 2x566 2x346 2x282 2x210 2x1784 2x966 2x594 2x482 2x356 F500
2x1430 2x766 2x468 2x384 2x286 2x2418 2x1310 2x806 2x654 2x484 F630, F800
5/45
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
On-load capacitor switching
for bar-mounted contactors, a.c. control circuit
Without damping resistor With damping resistor
Rated operational voltage (V) Number of poles Max. operational Basic reference, Number of poles Max.operational Basic reference,
current (A) to be completed current (A) to be completed
50 Hz 180 Hz 50 Hz 180 Hz
1300 1 80 60 CE5-FB1111 1 + 1 staggered pole 80 60 CE6-FB1211
160 125 CE5-GB1111 160 125 CE6-GB1211
240 190 CE5-HB1111 240 190 CE6-HB1211
2 80x2 60x2 CE5-FB2111
160x2 125x2 CE5-GB2111
240x2 190x2 CE5-HB2111 2 + 2 staggered poles 240x2 190x2 CE6-HB2211
3 80x3 60x3 CE5-FB3111
160x3 125x3 CE5-GB3111
240x3 190x3 CE5-HB3111 1 + 2 staggered poles
1500 2 poles in series 160 125 CE5-GB1211 160 125 CE6-GB1311
280 220 CE5-HB1211 280 220 CE6-HB1311
2 x 2 poles in series 280x2 220x2 CE5-HB2211
2000 2 poles in series 240 190 CS5-HB1211 1 + 2 staggered poles 240 190 CS6-HB1311
2 x 2 poles in series 240x2 190x2 CS5-HB2211
3000 3 poles in series 280 220 CS5-HB1311 1 + 3 staggered poles 280 220 CS6-HB1411
Components Capacitor switching
01000 kVAR
a supply
Volts 110 125 127 200 220 240 250 380 415 440 500
50 Hz (coil LX1) F - G L M U - Q N R S
5/46
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Maximum operational power of contactors
standard contactors
Operational power at 50/60 Hz
40 C 55 C Peak current Contactor
220 V 400 V 600 V 220 V 400 V 600 V size
240 V 440 V 690 V 240 V 440 V 690 V
kVAR kVAR kVAR kVAR kVAR kVAR A
6 11 15 6 11 15 560 LC1-D09, D12
9 15 20 9 15 20 850 LC1-D18
11 20 25 11 20 25 1600 LC1-D25
14 25 30 14 25 30 1900 LC1-D32, D38
17 30 37 17 30 37 2160 LC1-D40A
22 40 50 22 40 50 2160 LC1-D50A
22 40 50 22 40 50 3040 LC1-D65A
35 60 75 35 60 75 3040 LC1-D80, D95
50 90 125 38 75 80 3100 LC1-D115
60 110 135 40 85 90 3300 LC1-D150
70 125 160 50 100 100 3500 LC1-F185
80 140 190 60 110 110 4000 LC1-F225
90 160 225 75 125 125 5000 LC1-F265
100 190 275 85 140 165 6500 LC1-F330
125 220 300 100 160 200 8000 LC1-F400
180 300 400 125 220 300 10000 LC1-F500
250 400 600 190 350 500 12000 LC1-F630
250 400 600 190 350 500 14200 LC1-F800
200 350 500 180 350 500 25000 LC1-BL
300 550 650 250 500 600 25000 LC1-BM
500 8350 950 400 750 750 25000 LC1-BP
600 1100 1300 500 1000 1000 25000 LC1-BR
special contactors
Operational power at 50/60 Hz
55 C

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts Tightening torque on cable end Basic reference,
220 V 400 V 660 V to be completed
240 V 440 V 690 V
kVAR kVAR kVAR N/O N/C N.m
6.7 12.5 18 1 1 1.2 LC1-DFK11
- 2 1.2 LC1-DFK02
8.5 16.7 24 1 1 1.7 LC1-DGK11
- 2 1.7 LC1-DGK02
10 20 30 1 1 1.9 LC1-DLK11
- 2 1.9 LC1-DLK02
15 25 36 1 1 2.5 LC1-DMK11
- 2 2.5 LC1-DMK02
20 33.3 48 1 2 5 LC1-DPK12
25 40 58 1 2 5 LC1-DTK12
40 60 92 1 2 9 LC1-DWK12
a supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
50/60 Hz (coil LX1) B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
5/47
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Maximum operational current (device in open air)
Contactors LC1-/LP1- LC1-/LP1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1-
3-pole K09 K12 D09 D12 D18 D25 D32 D38 D40A
4-pole DT20 DT25 DT32 DT40
LC2- changeover contactor pairs, factory assembled K09004 K12004 DT20 DT25 DT32 DT40 DT60A
Operational current in AC-1, in A, 40 C A 20 20 25 20 25 32 40 50 50 60
according to ambient temperature 60 C A 20 20 25 20 25 32 40 50 50 60
70 C
Maximum operational 220/230 V kW 8 8 9 8 9 11 14 18 18 21
power 60 C 240 V kW 8 8 9 8 9 12 15 19 19 23
380/400 V kW 14 14 15 14 15 20 25 31 31 37
415 V kW 14 14 17 14 17 21 27 34 34 41
440 V kW 15 15 18 15 18 23 29 36 36 43
500 V kW 17 17 20 17 20 23 33 41 41 49
660/690 V kW 22 22 27 22 27 34 43 54 54 65
Increase in operational current
by parallel connection of poles
Apply the following coefcients to the currents or powers above;
these coefcients take into account an often unbalanced distribution
of current between the poles:
2 poles in parallel K = 1.6
Connection accessories for heating applications
Paralleling links for: Reference
TeSys K 2 poles with screw clamp terminals LA9-E01
4 poles with screw clamp terminals LA9-E02
TeSys D 2 poles D09D38 LA9-D2561
DT20 and DT25 (4P) LA9-D1261
DT32DT40 (4P) LAD-D96061
D40AD65A LAD-9P32
D80 LA9-D80961
3 poles D09D38 LAD-9P3
(1)
D40AD65A LAD-9P33
D80 LA9-D80962
4 poles DT20DT25 LA9-D1263
D40AD65A 2 x LAD-9P33
D80 LA9-D80963
TeSys F 2 to 2 LC1-F1154 LA9-FF602
LC1-F1504, F1854 LA9-FG602
LC1-F2254, F2654, F3304, F4004 LA9-FH602
LC1-F5004 LA9-FK602
LC1-F6304 LA9-FL602
(1) Link that can be split, allowing parallel connection of 2 poles
Heating applications and changeover
contactor pairs
02750 A
Components
5/48
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1-
D50A D65A D80 D115 F185 F225 F265 F330 F400 F500 F630 F780 F800 BL BM BP BR
DT80A D80004 D115004 F1854 F2254 F2654
80 80 125 250 275 315 350 400 500 700 1000 1600 1000 800 1250 2000 2750
80 80 125 200 275 280 300 360 430 580 850 1350 850 700 1100 1750 2400
180 200 250 290 340 500 700 1100 700 600 900 1500 2000
29 29 45 80 90 100 120 145 170 240 350 550 350 300 425 700 1000
31 31 49 83 100 110 125 160 180 255 370 570 370 330 450 800 1100
50 50 78 135 165 175 210 250 300 430 600 950 600 500 800 1200 1600
54 54 85 140 170 185 220 260 310 445 630 1000 630 525 825 1250 1700
58 58 90 150 180 200 230 290 330 370 670 1050 670 550 850 1400 2000
65 65 102 170 200 220 270 320 380 660 750 1200 750 600 900 1500 2100
86 86 135 235 280 300 370 400 530 740 1000 1650 1000 800 1100 1900 2700
5/49
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Mounting accessories for changeover contactor pairs
(for customer assembly)
Contactor type Set of power connections Mechanical Contactor type Set of power connections Mechanical
interlock interlock
2 contactors, vertically mounted
4-pole changeover pairs with locking device components
LC1-B EZ2-LB0601
2 identical contactors, horizontally mounted
with electrical interlocking kit for the contactors
LC1-DT20DT40 LAD-T9R1V
(1)
mechanical interlock with integral electrical interlocking
LP1-D80004 LA9-D8070 LA9-D8002 LC1-D115004 LA9-D11570 LA9-D11502
without electrical interlocking
(2)
LC1-DT20DT32 LAD-T9R1
(2)
LC1-DT40 and DT60 LAD-T9R2
(2)
LP1-D80004 LA9-D8070 LA9-D80978
2 contactors of identical rating, horizontally mounted
4-pole changeover pairs
LC1-F1154 LA9-FF977 LA9-FF970 LC1-F1504 LA9-F15077 LA9-FF970
LC1-F1854 LA9-FG977 LA9-FG970 LC1-F2254 LA9-F22577 LA9-FG970
LC1-F2654 LA9-FH977 LA9-FJ970 LC1-F3304 LA9-FJ977 LA9-FJ970
LC1-F4004 LA9-FJ977 LA9-FJ970 LC1-F5004 LA9-FK977 LA9-FJ970
LC1-F6304 LA9-FL977 LA9-FL970
3-pole changeover pairs with electrical interlocking
LC1-D115 and D150 LA9-D11571 LA9-D11502
reversers assembled using 2 contactors, vertically mounted
4-pole changeover pairs using contactors of identical rating
(3)
3 or 4-pole changeover pairs using contactors of different rating
At bottom At top
LC1-F1154 or F1505 (3) LA9-FF4F LC1-F115 or F1154 LC1-F185 or F1854 LA9-FG4F
LC1-F1854 (3) LA9-FG4G or LC1-F150 or F1504 LC1-F225 or F2254 LA9-FG4F
LC1-F2254 (3) LA9-FG4G LC1-F265 or F2654 LA9-FH4F
LC1-F2654 or F3304 (3) LA9-FH4H LC1-F300 or F3304 LA9-FH4F
LC1-F4004 (3) LA9-FJ4J LC1-F400 or F4004 LA9-FJ4F
LC1-F5004 (3) LA9-FK4K LC1-F500 or F5004 LA9-FK4F
LC1-F6304 (3) LA9-FL4L LC1-F630, F6304 or F800 LA9-FL4F
LC1-F7804

(4) LA9-FX971
(4)
LC1-F185 or F1854 LC1-F265 or F2654 LA9-FH4G
or LC1-F225 or F2254 LC1-F330 or F3304 LA9-FH4G
LC1-F400 or F4004 LA9-FJ4G
LC1-F500 or F5004 LA9-FK4G
LC1-F630, F6304 or F800 LA9-FL4G
LC1-F265 or F2654 LC1-F400 or F4004 LA9-FJ4H
or LC1-F330 or F3304 LC1-F500 or F5004 LA9-FK4H
LC1-F630, F6304 or F800 LA9-FL4H
LC1-F400 or F4004 LC1-F500 or F5004 LA9-FK4J
LC1-F630, F6304 or F800 LA9-FL4J
LC1-F500 or F5004 LC1-F630, F6304 or F800 LA9-FL4K
(1) Including mechanical interlock, (2) Order separately 2 auxiliary contact blocks LAD-N1 to obtain electrical interlocking between the two contactors, (3) Power connections to
be made by the customer. (4) Double mechanical interlock mechanism with 2 interlock connecting rods and 4 power connecting links.
Accessories for changeover contactor pairs
02750 A
Components
5/50
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TeSys Notes
5/51
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
The essential
guide
A simplied
selection guide
enabling you to
quickly select
power supplies.
Filtered Recti ed Power Supplies
Ruggedness serving your applications
Filtered rectied models are used for supply of circuits not
requiring output voltage regulation, such as: solenoid valves,
contactors, etc.
Their simple and proven technology enables them to offer
greatly extended working life.
Transformers
A response to each requirement
Discover the 3 Telemecanique transformer ranges: the
high performance Universal range with double windings and
innovative product design, the Optimum range, a generation
of proven products with single winding and the Economy
range for repetitive automated systems.
Universal Power Supplies
Performance and service for your automated systems
A new generation of regulated switch mode power supplies for single and
three-phase networks delivering 3 A to 40 A.
Their extremely wide operating range and their integration of a large
number of new functions make them the new reference in universal power
supply.
single/three phase 100-500 V 72 W-960 W
Optimum, Modular Power Supplies
Simple and compact
Designed for simple applications and machines, optimum
and modular power supplies are primarily appreciated for
their highly compact size.
single phase 100-240 V 7 W-145 W
single phase 100-240 V 60 W-240 W
Dedicated Power Supplies
Tailor-made for your repetitive machines...
Designed for simple and repetitive commercial machines,
a range of competitive high quality dedicated power supplies.
single/three phase 230-400 V / 12 W-1440 W
single phase 230-400 V 25 VA-2500 VA
Power Supplies &
Transformers
Power supplies
to keep you running
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Universal Power supplies for single
and tri-phase 100-500 V networks
Output voltage: 24 V / 72-960 W
Converters: 5-15 V / 30 W
Integrated energy reserve
6 power supply references from 3 A to 40 A
Omega rail clip-in
Advanced diagnostics by LED and relay contact
PFC lter integrated
Power supplies for single-phase
230/400 V and tri-phase 400 V networks
Output voltage: 24 V / 12-1440 W
Omega rail clip-in (to 4 A) or by screw
Output protection by integrated fuse (depending on model)
LED display of voltage presence at primary and secondary
Modular and optimum Power supplies
for single-phase 100-240 V networks
Output voltage: 5, 12, 24, 48 V / 7-145 W
High compacity
Omega rail clip-in or by screw (according to model)
Universal range 25 VA to 2500 VA -
Double winding
Omega rail clip-in (according to model) or
panel mount (screw)
Secondary earthing by plug-in jumpers
depending of model
LED display
Series/parrallel wiring of secondary windings by
plug-in jumpers depending of the model
Optimum range 25 VA to 2500 VA and
Economique range 40 VA to 400 VA -
Simple winding
Dedicated Power supplies for
single phase 100-500 V networks
Output voltage: 12, 24 V / 60-240 W
Omega rail clip-in or by screw (in option)
Discover 6/2 and 6/3 pages the fonction
modules to answer for the different problemes
as network cut, 24 VDC circuit overlaod
and availability
Contents
6/1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
b Modular, Optimum, Universal Power supplies
Phaseo ABL7, ABL8 ......................................................... 6/2 to 6/5
b Dedicated, Filtered Rectied Power supplies
Phaseo ABL7, ABL8 ................................................................... 6/6
b Transformers
Phaseo ABL6, ABT7 ................................................................... 6/7
1000 10 20 40 200
mA
40
10
20
40
60
2
4
10
20
3,2AH 7AH 12AH
BACKUP CURRENT
B
A
C
K
U
P

T
I
M
E
m
n
h
A
1000 10 20 40 200
mA
40
10
20
40
60
2
4
10
20
3,2AH 7AH 12AH
BACKUP CURRENT
B
A
C
K
U
P

T
I
M
E
m
n
h
A
Network cuts
More service
Network voltage interrupts create equipment
operating irregularity that can result in production
losses and even require maintenance team
intervention for restarting.
Phaseo universal solutions can:
b Render microcuts transparent for equipment
b Enable equipment stop with necessary data backup, so allowing restart without
problems at return of network voltage.
Buffer module solution Simple and efcient
b No setting required
b Diagnostic relay contact (module charge state)
b Standard and backup circuit separation possible.
Buffer module
Battery backup solution Total condence
b Battery state automatic test
b Advanced and user-friendly diagnostics:
- Power supply operation
- Battery operation
- Fault presence.
Flexible and adaptable
b 2 current supply modules are available:
- Backup until complete battery discharge (battery is however disconnected
before overdischarge)
- Backup for an adjustable time period, keeping energy
in reserve in case of a closely following cut.
Quick installation
b Copy of conguration between 2 modules using
memory cartridge
b Quick conguration of battery control module by a
single selector switch and display pictograms.
Microcuts <few secondes
+OUT
+IN
+
Cuts >few secondes
+OUT
+IN
+
Battery module
Control module
6/2
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
24 VDC circuit overload Starter protection solution
Protection module
Disponi-
bilit
On certain equipment, the consequences of a 24 V
control voltage breakdown can be extremely detrimental
and can justify paralleling 2 or more power supplies to
maintain faultless operating continuity.
The Phaseo solution consists of coupling 2 universal
power supplies with an electronic redundancy
module.
The primaries of these power supplies can be on the
same or on different networks.
Service continuity in total condence
b Advanced diagnostics by LED
b C/O contact enables signalling of fault in one of the 2 power
supplies and alerts maintenance.
Protection of circuits supplied in DC low voltage has
traditionally been by fuses or electromechanical circuit-
breakers. In certain cases (notably short-circuits) this
protection is not sufciently selective, and electronic
protection of the power supply suspends low voltage
supply before downstream protections can react.
The Phaseo solution is a 4-starter electronic protec-
tion module, dedicated to ABL 8R/W Universal power
supplies.
Each of these starters is adjustable from 1 to 10 A.
High-performance solution ensuring
service continuity
b Selectivity enabling isolation of fault circuits only
b Advanced diagnostics by LED and relay contact
b Manual opening of each circuit by switch
b Lead-sealed settings.
Minimised stock levels
b 1 product reference each covering 1 to 10 A.
Availability Redundancy solution
Redundancy module
6/3
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Phaseo Power supplies
Modular, Optimum, Universal,
Type of power supply Modular, regulated switch mode with automatic reset
Rated input voltage 100240 VAC
Rated output voltage 24 V 5 V 12 V
Rated power / Rated current 7.5 W / 0.3 A 15 W / 0.6 A 30 W / 1.2 A 60 W / 2.5 A 20 W / 4 A 25 W / 2 A
Reset Auto
Conformity to IEC 61000-3-2 Without
Certications cULus, cCSAus, TUV, CE, C-Tick
Dimensions (mm) 36x59x90 54x59x90 72x59x90 54x59x90
Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw
References ABL8MEM24003 ABL8MEM24006 ABL8MEM24012 ABL7RM24025 ABL8MEM05040 ABL8MEM12020
Type of power supply Universal, regulated switch mode with automatic or manual reset
Rated input voltage 100120 VAC and 200500 VAC
Rated output voltage 24 V
Rated power / Rated current 72 W / 3 A 120 W / 5 A 240 W / 10 A
Permissible temporary inrush current (boost) 1.5 In during 4 s
Conformity to IEC 61000-3-2 Yes
Diagnostic relay (output voltage >21.6V) No Yes
Certications UL (in progress), cCSAus, CB scheme, CE
Dimensions (mm) 44x120x143 56x120x143 85x140x143
Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15
References ABL8RPS24030 ABL8RPS24050 ABL8RPS24100

Type of module Microcuts and cuts network solutions. Fixing Omega rail clip-in (1)
Compatibility Output connection of Universal power supplies ABL8RPS24 and ABL8WPS24
Technology Buffer module battery backup module +battery
Rated voltage 40 A 20 A 40 A
Holding time 1A 2 s typique adjustable from 10 s to 24 H (battery depending)
Holding time for maximum current 100 ms typique adjustable from10 s to 30 mn (batterydepending) adjustable from10 to 10 mn (battery depending)
Certications UL (in progress), cCSAus, CB scheme, CE
Dimensions (mm) 85x140x146 86x175x143 86x175x143
Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 (1)
References Control module ABL8BUF24400 ABL8BBU24200 ABL8BBU24400
References battery 3,2AH (2) ABL8BPK24A03 ABL8BPK24A03
7AH (2) ABL8BPK24A07 ABL8BPK24A07
12AH (2) ABL8BPK24A12 ABL8BPK24A12
(1) Battery module except 7AH and 12AH. For battery module 3.2AH with ABL1A02 kit.
(2) Battery to be chosen according to the graph page 6/2
6/4
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Optimums, regulated switch mode
100240 VAC
24 V 12 V 48 V
72 W / 3 A 120 W / 5 A 60 W / 5 A 144 W / 2.5 A
Auto Auto or manual
No Yes
cULus, cCSAus, TUV, CE, C-Tick
27x120x120 54x120x120
DIN rail 75x7.5, 35x7.5 or 35x15
ABL8REM24030 ABL8REM24050 ABL7RP1205 ABL7RP4803
Universal, regulated switch mode with automatic or manual reset Type of module Converters DC/DC
100120 VAC and 200240 VAC 3 x 380500 VAC Compatibility Output connection of Universal power supplies
ABL8RPS24 and ABL8WPS24 24 V
480 W / 20 A 960 W / 40 A Rated output
voltage
5 V 12 V
1.5 In during 4 s
Yes Rated output
current
6 A 2 A
Yes
UL (in progress), cCSAus, CB scheme, CE Certications UL (in progress), cCSAus, CB scheme, CE
145x140x143 95x155x143 165x155x143 Dimensions (mm) 44x140x146
DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15
ABL8RPM24200 ABL8WPS24200 ABL8WPS24400 References ABL8DCC05060 ABL8DCC12020
Type of module Redundancy power supplies solutions Type of module Starter protection solution
Compatibility Connection of 2 power supplies inputs
up to 20 A (1 power supply 40A)
Compatibility Output connection of Universal power supplies
ABL8RPS24 and ABL8WPS24
Rated output voltage 24 V Rated output current 10A par voie
Rated output current 40 A Calibres 1 / 2.5 / 4 / 5 / 7 / 8 / 10 A
Certications UL (in progress), cCSAus, CB scheme, CE Nombre de voies 4
Dimensions (mm) 44x140x146 Relais de dfaut Yes
Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 ou 35x15 Coupure manuelle (1 par voie) Two-pole
References ABL8RED24400 Certications UL (in progress), cCSAus, CB scheme, CE
Dimensions (mm) 71x109x110
Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw
References ABL8PRP24100
6/5
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Phaseo Power supplies
Dedicated
Type of power supply Dedicated, regulated switch mode
Input voltage 85264 VAC 85132 VAC / 170264 VAC
Output voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC
Power / rated current 60 W / 5 A 100 W / 8.3 A 60 W / 2.5 A 100 W / 4.2 A 150 W / 6.2 A 240 W / 10 A
Certications UL, c CSA us, CE, Ctick
Dimensions WxDxH (mm) 150x38x98 200x38x98 150x38x98 200x38x98 200x50x98 200x65x98
Fixing (mm) Panel mount by scew, by bracket ABL1A01 (1) , on DIN rail 35mm by panel ABL1A02 (1).
References Without lter ABL1REM12050 ABL1REM24025 ABL1REM24042 ABL1REM24062 ABL1REM24100
With lter (2) ABL1RPM12083 ABL1RPM24042 ABL1RPM24062 ABL1RPM24100
(1) has to order separately.
(2) Anti harmonic IEC/EN 61000-3-2
Filtered recti ed
Type of power supply Filtered rectied single-phase or two-phase
Input voltage 215/230/245 V or 385/400/415 VAC
Certications cULus, ENEC
Rated power / Rated current 12 W / 0.5 A 24 W / 1 A 48 W / 2 A 96 W / 4 A 144 W / 6 A 240 W / 10 A 360 W / 15 A 480 W / 20 A
Dimensions (mm) 87x124x108 87x124x108 87x142x108 87x165x108 123x153x153 123x185x153 135x185x138 175x215x128
Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw On panel mount by screw
References ABL8FEQ24005 ABL8FEQ24010 ABL8FEQ24020 ABL8FEQ24040 ABL8FEQ24060 ABL8FEQ24100 ABL8FEQ24150 ABL8FEQ24200
Type of power supply Filtered rectied three-phase
Input voltage 3x 380 / 400 / 420 V
Certications cULus, ENEC
Rated power / Rated current 240 W / 10 A 480 W / 20 A 720 W / 30 A 960 W / 40 A 1440 W / 60 A
Dimensions (mm) 185x190x78 220x215x104 240x252x108 310x310x140 310x310x154
Fixing (mm) On panel mount by screw
References ABL8TEQ24100 ABL8TEQ24200 ABL8TEQ24300 ABL8TEQ24400 ABL8TEQ24600
6/6
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of transformer Universal range, double winding operating temperature +60C
Rated input voltage 230/400 VAC (15 V) 1-phase
Certications c us, ENEC
Rated power / Rated current 25 VA 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 250 VA 320 VA 400 VA 630 VA 1000 VA
Visualization LED display of voltage presenceat primary Without
Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x15 or on panel mount by screw On panel mount by screw
References ABT7PDU(1)
Rated output voltage 24/48 V 002B 004B 006B 010B 016B 025B 032B 040B 063B 100B
115/230 V 002G 004G 006G 010G 016G 025G 032G 040G 063G 100G
(1) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABL6TS02J)
Type of transformer Optimum range, single winding operating temperature +50C
Rated input voltage 230/400 VAC (15 V) 1-phase
Certications
Nominal power 25 VA 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 250 VA 400 VA 630 VA 1000 VA
References

ABL6TS(1)
Rated output voltage

24 V 02B 04B 06B 10B 16B 25B 40B 63B 100B
115 V 02G 04G 06G 10G 16G 25G 40G 63G 100G
230 V 02U 04U 06U 10U 16U 25U 40U 63U 100U
Type of transformer Economy range, single winding operating temperature +40C
Rated input voltage 230 VAC (15 V) 1-phase
Certications Without
Rated power / Rated current 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 250 VA 320 VA 400 VA
References ABT7ESM(1)
Rated output voltage 24 V 004B 006B 010B 016B 025B 032B 040B
Transformers
6/7
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Advantys Telefast pre-wired system:
Simplify your cabling by replacing long and difficult cable runs incorporating
traditional terminals by Telefast sub-bases.
Advantys AS-Interface cabling system:
Take the direct route for simplicity and security by connecting all the
components of an automation system on the yellow cable.
Advantys distributed inputs/outputs:
Simplify machine architectures by connecting the sensors and actuators
distributed throughout your machines via a fieldbus.
Advantys range
in enclosure
IP 20
at the heart of processes or machines in
severe environments
IP 67
Advantys Telefast ABE7 Advantys Telefast ABE9
Advantys OTB Advantys FTB
Optimised block
Advantys FTM Advantys STB
Modular system
The essential
guide
A simplied
selection guide
enabling you to
quickly select all
the products
required for
interfacing.
From simplicity to openness
the 3 Advantys solutions!
N
e
w
Interfaces and I/Os
Pre-wired system and distributed I/O
solutions to help you put everything
together
N
e
w
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Also see:
b Advantys AS-Interface IP 20 and IP 67 cabling system
(Chapter 8 AS-Interface cabling system)
b The intelligence
integrated in Advantys
STB and its software
responds perfectly to
your needs by
simplifying the
implementation of your
automation systems.
She offer too a simple
integration solution of
human/machine dialog,
motor starter, speed
drives, electronic
valves,...through a
simple drad&drop
b Simplicity:
connectors and sockets
simplify installation and
commissioning;
removable memory
card enable island
conguration to be
copied in a few
seconds.
b Adaptability:
The modular and
evolutionary design of
the range, I/O modules,
network interfaces and
options available
enable you to design a
system suited to your
needs.
b Open:
Advantys STB can be
interfaced with the
main eldbuses:
CANopen, DeviceNet,
Ethernet, Fipio,
INTERBUS, Modbus Plus,
Probus DP.
Distributed I/O
solution
Advantys STB
AB1 Terminals Blocks
3 connection technologies:
- Screw technology type AB1 VV
Rugged and reliable
- Spring technology type AB1 RRN
Quick and reliable
- Insulation displacement technology
type AB1 AA
Quick and innovative
Contents
7/1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Connection
b Terminal blocks AB1 ....................................................................7/2
b Cable ends DZ5/AZ5 ...................................................................7/3
b Cabling accessories XZ for sensors/actuators, IP 67
(see Chapter 1 Detection)
Interfaces and pre-wired
system
b IP 20 pre-wired system
Advantys Telefast ABE7 ................................................................7/4
b IP 20 connection interfaces for Twido
Advantys Telefast ABE7 ................................................................7/6
b IP 67 passive splitter boxes
Advantys ABE9 ..............................................................................7/7
Distributed inputs/outputs
b IP 20 distributed I/O, optimised block
Advantys OTB ................................................................................7/8
b IP 67 distributed I/O, optimised block
Advantys FTB ................................................................................7/9
b IP 20 distributed I/O, modular system
Advantys STB ..................................................................7/10 to 7/13
b IP 67 distributed I/O, modular system
Advantys FTM ..............................................................................7/14
b IP 20 distributed I/O with processor
Modicon Momentum ........................................................7/18 to 7/21
Terminal blocks
Spring clamp technology
AB1
Clip-on mounting on 35 mm rails Terminal blocks
(sold in lots of 100)
End covers
Commoning link
2.5 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1RRN235U2GR AB1RRNAC242GR AB1RRAL22 (1)
Protective earth conductor AB1RRNTP235U2 AB1RRNTPAC242
4 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1RRN435U2GR AB1RRNAC442GR AB1RRAL42 (1)
6 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1RRN635U2GR AB1RRNAC642GR AB1RRNAL62 (2)
10 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1RRN1035U2GR (3) AB1RRNAC1042GR AB1RRNAL102
Protective earth conductor AB1RRNTP1035U2 (3) AB1RRNTPAC1042
16 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1RRN1635U2GR (3) AB1RRNAC1642GR AB1RRNAL162
Protective earth conductor AB1RRNTP1635U2 (3) AB1RRNTPAC1642
35 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1RRN3535U2GR (4) AB1RRAL352
Protective earth conductor AB1RRNTP3535U2 (4)
(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RRAL22 becomes A1BRRAL23)
(2) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RRNAL62 becomes A1BRRNAL64)
(3) Sold in lots of 50
Clip-on mounting on 35 mm rails Terminal blocks End covers Commoning link
(sold in lots of 100) (sold in lots of 100) (sold in lots of 100)
2.5 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1VV235U AB1AC24 AB1ALN22 (1)
Protective earth conductor AB1TP235U AB1AC25
4 mm
2
Protective earth conductor AB1TP435U
6 mm
2
Protective earth conductor AB1TP635U
10 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1VVN1035U (2) AB1ACN10 AB1ALN102 (1)
Protective earth conductor AB1TP1035U (2)
16 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1VVN1635U (2) AB1ACN16 AB1ALN162 (1)
35 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1VVN3535U (3) _ AB1ALN352 (1)
70 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1VVN7035U (3) _ AB1ALN702
150 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1VVN15035U (4) _ AB1ALN1502 (1)
(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1ALN22 becomes AB1ALN23)
Clip-on mounting on 35 mm rails 2-way terminal blocks End covers 2-pole commoning link (1)
(sold in lots of 100) (sold in lots of 10) (sold in lots of 10)
1 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1AA135U2GR AB1AAAC122GR AB1RRAL22
Protective earth conductor AB1AATP135U2 AB1AAAC122VE
2.5 mm
2
c.s.a. Conducting AB1AA235U2GR AB1AAAC122GR AB1RRAL22
Protective earth conductor AB1AATP235U2 AB1AAAC122VE
(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RAL22 becomes AB1RAL23).
Screw clamp technology
Insulation displacement technology
7/2
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Insulated cable ends
Conforming to DIN 46228 (1)
Type Single cable ends
Sold in lots of 10 x 100
Packaging Individual or strings of bags Dispenser pack Strips of 50 in bag
Conductor c.s.a. 0.5 White DZ5CE005D AZ5CE005D DZ5CEB005D
in mm
2
0.75 Grey DZ5CE007D AZ5CE007D DZ5CEB007D
1 Red DZ5CE010D AZ5CE010D DZ5CEB010D
1.5 Black DZ5CE015D AZ5CE015D DZ5CEB015D
2.5 Blue DZ5CE025D AZ5CE025D DZ5CEB025D
Type Double cable ends
Sold in lots of 5 x 100
Packaging Dispenser pack
Conductor c.s.a. 2 x 0.75 Grey AZ5DE007D
in mm
2
2 x 1 Red AZ5DE010D
2 x 1.5 Black AZ5DE015D
2 x 2.5 Blue AZ5DE025D
(1) For insulated cable ends conforming to standard NF C 63-023 , please refer to your Schneider Electric agency.
Cabling accessories
Type Pliers/cutters
Functions Stripping Cutting/stripping Crimping Crimping (ratchet) Cutting/stripping/crimping (2)
For cable c.s.a. 0.08 to 4 mm
2
0.4 to 4 mm
2
0.5 to 16 mm
2
0.25 to 6 mm
2
0.5 to 2.5 mm
2
References AT1PA7 AT2PE1 AT1PA2 AT2PA5 AT2TRIF01
(2) For use with cable ends packed in strips of 50.
mm
2
b b1 c c1
0.75 2.8 x 5 1.8 15 8
1 3.4 x 5.4 2.05 15 8
1.5 3.6 x 6.6 2.3 15 8
2.5 4.2 x 7.8 2.9 18.5 10
mm
2
b b1 c
0.5 3 1.4 13
0.75 3.1 1.6 13
1 3.4 1.8 13.5
1.5 4 2.1 13.5
2.5 4.6 2.7 14.5
DZ5/AZ5
7/3
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Telefast
pre-wired system
Passive I/O sub-bases Discrete
Type of connection sub-base Optimum
Max. current per channel 0.5 A 0.5 A
Control voltage / output voltage 24 VDC / 24 VDC 24 VDC / 24 VDC
LED per channel With
Number of terminals per channel/on row number 1/2 1/1 2/2 3/3
Dimensions (WxDxH) 55 x 59 x 67 mm 106 x 60 x 49 mm
References ABE7H16C11 ABE7H16C21 ABE7H16C31
Cable L = 1 m ABE7H20E100 (1)
Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m (2) ABFH20H100
(1) Connection cable supplied for PLCs.
(2) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).
Type of connection sub-base Universal
Max. current per channel 0.5 A
Control voltage / output voltage 24 VDC / 24 VDC
LED per channel With With With
Number of terminals per channel/on row number 1/1 1/1 1/2 2/2 2/2 3/3
Dimensions (WxDxH) 125 x 58 x 70 mm 84 x 58 x 70 mm 125 x 58 x 70 mm
References ABE7H16R10 ABE7H16R11 ABE7H16R50 ABE7H16R20 ABE7H16R21 ABE7H16R31
Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m: ABFH20H100 (2)
Type of connection sub-base
For counter and Passive distribution Distribution and supply
analogue channels with shielding continuity of analogue channels
Number of channels 1 counter channel (3) 8 8
Max. current per channel 25 mA 25 mA 25 mA
Control voltage / output voltage 24 VDC / 24 VDC
Number of terminals per channel 2 2 or 4 2 or 4
Dimensions (WxDxH) 143 x 58 x 70 mm 125 x 58 x 70 mm 125 x 58 x 70 mm
References ABE7CPA01 ABE7CPA02 ABE7CPA03
Connection cable recommended
for Modicon PLCs (4)
TSX Micro L = 2.5 m TSXCCPS15
Premium L = 3 m TSXCAP030
(3) Or 8 inputs + 2 outputs, analogue .
(4) Connection cables available for other PLCs, please refer to your Schneider Electric agency.
Advantys ABE7
7/4
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Sockets with plug-in relays and terminals
Type of connection sub-base With soldered solid-state
relay inputs
With soldered solid-state With soldered electro-
relay outputs mechanical relay outputs
Max. current per channel 12 mA 0.5 A 2 A 5 A
Input voltage / output voltage 24 VDC / - 110 VAC / - - / 24 VDC - / 530 VDC, 250 VAC
Number of contacts 1 N/O
Polarity distribution (1) Volt-free
Number of terminals per channel 2
Dimensions (WxDxH) 206 x 58 x 77 mm
References ABE7S16E2B1 ABE7S16E2F0 ABE7S16S2B0(2) ABE7S16S1B2 ABE7R16S111 ABE7R16S210
(1) Contact common per group of 8 channels.
(2) With fault detection signal (can only be used with modules with protected outputs).
(3) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomesABFH20H200).
Type of connection sub-base With plug-in electromechanical relays
Max. current per channel 5 A 2.5 A 4 A 5 A
Control voltage / output voltage 24 VDC / 524 VDC, 230 VAC
Number of contacts 1 N/O 1 C/O 2 C/O
Polarity distribution (4) (5) Volt-free
Number of terminals per channel 2 2 or 3 2 to 6
Dimensions (WxDxH) 110x54x89 mm 211 x 64 x 89 mm 272 x 74 x 89 mm
References ABE7R16T111 ABE7R16T212 ABE7R16T210 ABE7R16T230 ABE7R16T330 ABE7R16T370
(4) Contact common per group of 4 channels.
(5) Common on both poles.
Connection cables for PLCs (7)
Input/Output functions Discrete Analogue Analogue
and counter
Counter Axis control
References Cable L = 1 m ABFH20H100
Cable L = 2 m ABFH20H200 ABFY25S200 TSXCXP213
Cable L = 2.5 m TSXCCPS15 TSXCCPH15
Cable L = 3 m ABFH20H300 TSXCAP030
Cable L = 6 m TSXCXP613
(7) Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs.
For other connection cables and accessories, please refer to your Schneider Electric agency.
7/5
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Telefast

connection interfaces
Sub-bases for Twido controllers
Advantys ABE7
Type of connection sub-base Discrete inputs/outputs
Solid-state and relay
Number of inputs 12 I (1 common for 12 channels)
Number of outputs 8 O 8 O, fuse protected 2 O, solid-state
(1 common for 8 channels) (1 common for 8 channels) 6 O, relay (1 common for 6 chnls.)
Voltage / current of inputs 24 VDC / 57 mA
Voltage / current of outputs 24 VDC / 0.3 A Solid-state: 24 VDC / 2 A
Relay: 530 VDC, 250 VAC / 3 A
Number of terminals per channel/row number 2/2
Dimensions (WxDxH) 130 x 62.5 x 83 mm
References ABE7B20MPN20 ABE7B20MPN22 ABE7B20MRM20
Sub-base for input/output module
Type of connection sub-base Discrete outputs
Relay
Number of channels 16 16 16 16
Type of outputs 16 I 16 O 16 O, fuse protected 16 O
(1 common for 16 channels) (1 common for 16 channels) (1 common for 16 channels) (1 common for 4 channels)
Voltage / current of outputs 24 VDC / 5 mA 24 VDC / 0.1 A Relay: 530 VDC, 250 VAC / 3 A
Number of terminals per channel/row number 2/2
Dimensions (WxDxH) 106 x 60 x 49 mm 130 x 62.5 x 83 mm
References ABE7E16EPN20 ABE7E16SPN20 ABE7E16SPN22 ABE7E16SRM20
Connection cables for Twido
Type of cable For linking Twido and Telefast sub-base
For use with TWDLMDA20DTK/40DTK TWDDI16DK/32DK/DDO16TK/32TK
Type of connectors HE10, 26-pin, at either end HE10, 20-pin, at either end
References Cable L = 0.5 m ABFT26B050 ABFT20E050
L = 1 m ABFT26B100 ABFT20E100
L = 2 m ABFT26B200 ABFT20E200
Accessories
Type of accessory Optional clip-in terminals
Number of linked terminals 20 12 + 8
References ABE7BV20 ABE7BV20TB
7/6
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Passive splitter boxes
IP 67
Advantys ABE9
Type of connection To PLC using multicore cable
Type of female connector M12, 5-pin M12, 5-pin
Max. number of signals 8 16
Max. current per channel 4 A
Max. current per splitter box 16 A (1 mm
2
)
Product certication cULus
Dimensions (WxDxH) 50.2 x 42 x 92.2 mm 50.2 x 42 x 149.2 mm
References Without LEDs Cable L = 5 m ABE9C1240L05 ABE9C1280L05
Cable L = 10 m ABE9C1240L10 ABE9C1280L10
With LEDs (1) Cable L = 5 m ABE9C1241L05 ABE9C1281L05
Cable L = 10 m ABE9C1241L10 ABE9C1281L10
(1) Green LED: power supply status, yellow LED: channel status.
Type of connection To PLC using M23 connector
Type of female connector M12, 5-pin M12, 5-pin
Max. number of signals 8 16
Max. current per channel 4 A
Max. current per splitter box 16 A
Dimensions, W X D x H 50.2 x 36.5 x 92.2 mm 50.2 x 36.5 x 149.2 mm
References Without LEDs ABE9C1240C23 ABE9C1280C23
With LEDs (1) ABE9C1241C23 ABE9C1281C23
(1) Green LED: power supply status, yellow LED: channel status.
Accessories
Type of accessory Splitter boxes w/o cable Terminal connectors Sealing plugs
Without LEDs With LEDs Cable L = 5 m Cable L = 10 m (sold in lots of 10)
References 4-channel ABE9C1240M ABE9C1241M ABE9XCA1405 ABE9XCA1410
8-channel ABE9C1280M ABE9C1281M ABE9XCA1805 ABE9XCA1810
for 12 connector FTXCM12B
7/7
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
IP 20 distributed I/O, optimised block
Interface modules
Advantys OTB
Discrete Type of bus CANopen Ethernet TCP/IP Modbus Series
Machine bus network (2) network
Number of I/Os 20 I/O
Number of inputs 12 inputs 24 VDC IEC type 1
Number of outputs 6 relay outputs and 2 solid state 24 VDC outputs
Connection method Removable terminal block
Number of I/O expansion modules (1) 7 discrete or analogue input/output modules, or connection accessories
Maximum I/O conguration With interface module base: 132 with screw terminal I/O expansion;
244 with HE10 connector I/O expansion; up to 48 analogue channels
Counting 5 kHz 2 channels, 32 bits (04 294 967 295 points)
dedicated discrete inputs -up counting/down counting with preset
20 kHz 2 channels, 32 bits (04 294 967 295 points)
up/down counting, up counting, down counting, frequency meter
Pulse generator, 7 kHz 2 PWM function channels (output with pulse width modulation)
or PLS function (pulse generator output)
Dimension (WxDxH) 55x70x90 mm
References OTB1C0DM9LP OTB1E0DM9LP OTB1S0DM9LP
(1) for the references of discrete I/O and analogue expansion modules, refer to the Twido or Advantys OTB catalogue
(2) Transparent Ready : Class A10
Accessories
Type of accessory Commoning modules Documentation
Usage For grouping input or output User guides
commons, max 8 A for hardware & software
Positioning Inter-module
Rfrence OTB9ZZ61JP FTXES00
7/8
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
IP 67 distributed I/O, optimised block
Interface modules, plastic enclosure
Type of module CANopen
machine bus
DeviceNet
Fieldbus
ProBus
Fieldbus
InterBus
Fieldbus
Type of female connector M12, 5-pin
Max. voltage / current of inputs 24 VDC type 2/200 mA
Max. voltage / current of outputs 24 VDC/1.6 A
Dimensions, W X D x H 63 x 50.5 x 220 mm 63 x 69 x 220 mm
Diagnostics Splitter boxes By LED for: bus and I/O undervoltage + I/O short-circuit + I/O power supply
Channels By LED for: I/O short-circuit + wire breakage fault + I/O fault
References 16 inputs FTB1CN16EP0 FTB1DN16EP0 FTB1DP16EP0 FTB1IB16EP0
8 inputs/8 outputs FTB1CN08E08SP0 FTB1DN08E08SP0 FTB1DP08E08SP0 FTB1IB08E08SP0
12 inputs/4 outputs FTB1CN12E04SP0 FTB1DN12E04SP0 FTB1DP12E04SP0 FTB1IB12E04SP0
16 congurable inputs/outputs FTB1CN16CP0 FTB1DN16CP0 FTB1DP16CP0 FTB1IB16CP0
Interface modules, metal enclosure
Type of module CANopen DeviceNet ProBus
Type of female connector M12, 5-pin
Max. voltage / current of inputs 24 VDC type 2/200 mA
Max. voltage / current of outputs 24 VDC/1.6 A
Dimensions (WxDxH) 62.7 x 38.9 x 224.7 mm
Diagnostics Splitter boxes By LED for: bus and I/O undervoltage + I/O short-circuit + I/O power supply
Channels By LED for: I/O short-circuit + wire breakage fault + I/O fault
References 16 inputs FTB1CN16EM0 FTB1DN16EM0 FTB1DP16EM0
8 inputs/8 outputs/congurable outputs FTB1CN08E08CM0 FTB1DN08E08CM0 FTB1DP08E08CM0
16 congurable inputs/outputs FTB1CN16CM0 FTB1DN16CM0 FTB1DP16CM0
Advantys FTB
7/9
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
IP 20 Distributed I/O, modular system
Type of module NIM Ethernet TCP/IP network
Binary speed 10 Mbps
Protocol Modbus TCP/IP
Transparent Ready Class B20
Embedded Web server Standard services
Ethernet services SNMP agent, FDR client (replacement of faulty equipment), BOOTP (allocation of IP addresses by a server)
Max. number of addressable I/O modules 32 per island
Dimensions (WxDxH) 40x70x128,3 mm
Reference Standard STBNIP2212
Type of module NIM Machine bus Fieldbus
CANopen Fipio INTERBUS Probus DP
Max. number of addressable I/O modules 32 per island (1) (2) 32 per island (1) 32 per island (1) (2) 32 per island (1) (2)
Binary speed 10 K1 Mbps 1 Mbps 0.5 Mbps 9.6 K12 Mbps
Reference Standard STBNCO2212 STBNFP2212 STBNIB2212 STBNDP2212
Basic STBNCO1010 STBNIB1010 STBNDP1010
(1) On 7 segments max.
(2) 12 per island on 1 segment max for basic versions.
Modbus Plus DeviceNet
Max. number of addressable I/O modules 32 per island 32 per island 12 per island
Speed 1 Mbps 125, 250 or 500 Kbps 125, 250 or 500 Kbps
Reference Standard STBNMP2212 STBNDN2212
Basic STBNDN1010
Type of accessory Removable terminals for
24 VDC power supply DeviceNet
Use All communication modules Network link DeviceNet module
Reference Screw terminals STBXTS1120 (1) STBXTS1111
Spring terminals STBXTS2120 (1) STBXTS2111
(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10 only for spares parts.(STBXTSp120 are delivered systematicaly with STBNpppppp)
Marking label sheets STBXMP6700
Screwdriver STBXTT0220
Advantys STB
7/10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Power distribution modules (1)
Type of module PDM Auxiliary
Power supply
Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1130 (2) (3) Screw STBXTS1120 (2)
Spring STBXTS2130 (2) (3) Spring STBXTS2120 (2)
Supply voltage 24 VDC 115230 VAC 24 VDC
Maximum current Inputs (4) 4 A at 30C, 2.5 A at 60C 5 A at 30C, 2.5 A at 60C
Outputs (4) 8 A at 30C, 5 A at 60C 10 Aat 30C, 2.5 Aat 60C
Inputs/Outputs (4) 4 A at 30C, 2.5 A at 60C 5 A at 30C, 2.5 A at 60C
Logique interne 5 V 1.2 A
Sensor/actuator bus voltage range 19.230 VDC 85265 VAC
Dimensions (WxDxH) 18.4x70x128.3 mm
Reference Module Standard STBPDT3100 STBPDT2100 STBCPS2111
Basic STBPDT3105 STBPDT2105
Base STBXBA2200 STBXBA2200 STBXBA2100
(2) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10.
(3) PDM connector keying pin kit STBXMP7810.
(4) PDM fuse kit STBXMP5600.
Type of module EOS BOS Extension for CANopen
End of segment Beginning of segment connection devices
Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1120 (2) Screw STBXTS1110 (3)
Spring STBXTS2120 (2) Spring STBXTS2110 (3)
Use For placing at end of segment For placing at head of each For placing at end of last
(except for the last) extension segment segment
Reference Module Standard STBXBE1100 STBXBE1300 STBXBE2100
(2) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10. (3) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.
Software and memory card
Type Advantys STB, OTB, FTM, FTB conguration software Removable
(PC connection cable supplied)
memory card
Software User Guide Single station 3 pack 10 pack Unlimited Site System Aliance
Integrator
Memory size 32 Ko
Reference STBSPU1000 STBSPU1003 STBSPU1011 STBSPU1130 STBSPU1010 STBXMP4440
Hardware User Guide STBSUS8800
Type of accessory Cble dextention de bus dilot
Length 0.3 m 1 m 4.5 m 10 m 14 m
Reference STBXCA1001 STBXCA1002 STBXCA1003 STBXCA1004 STBXCA1006
Bus termination module or plug Programmation connection cable L= 2 m
Reference STBXMP1100 STBXCA4002
Bus extension modules for standard range
7/11
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
IP 20 Distributed I/O, modular system
Discrete modules
Advantys STB
Connection by removable terminals (1) Screw (2) STBXTS1100 STBXTS1180 STBXTS1110
Spring (2) STBXTS2100 STBXTS2180 STBXTS2110
Number of channels 2 4 6 16 2 2 (isolated) 2
Input voltage 24 VDC 115 VAC 230 VAC
Dimensions (WxDxH) 13.9x70x128.3 mm 18.4x70x128.3 mm
Reference Module Standard STBDDI3230 STBDDI3420 STBDDI3610 STBDAI5230 STBDAI5260 STBDAI7220
Basic STBDDI3425 STBDDI3615 STBDDI3725 (4)
Base (3) STBXBA1000 STBXBA3000 STBXBA2000
Type of module Discrete solid state outputs
Connection by removable terminals (1) Screw (2) STBXTS1100 STBXTS1180
Spring (2) STBXTS2100 STBXTS2100
Output voltage 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC
Output current 0.5 A 2 A 0.25 A 0.5 A 0.25 A 0.5 A 0.5 A
Reference Module Standard STBDDO3200 STBDDO3230 STBDDO3410 STBDDO3600
Basic STBDDO3415 STBDDO3605 STBDDO3705 (5)
Base (3) STBXBA1000 STBXBA3000

Triac Relay
Connection by removable terminals (1) Screw (2) STBXTS1100
Spring (2) STBXTS2100
Number of channels 2 2 (isolated) 2 OF 2 O+F
Output voltage 115230 VAC 115 VAC 24 VDC ou 115230 VAC
Output current 2 A 30C, 1 A 60C 2 A par contact 7 A par contact
Dimensions (WxDxH) 18.4x70x128.3 mm 28.1x70x128.3 mm
Reference Module Standard STBDAO8210 STBDAO5260 STBDRC3210 STBDRA3290
Base (3) STBXBA2000 STBXBA3000
(2) I/O connector keying pin kit STBXMP7800
(3) Module keying pin kit STBXMP7700
(4) if connection on Telefast2 order STBXTS6510 or connection on Telefast Twido order STBXTS5510
(5) if connection on Telefast2 order STBXTS6610 or connection on Telefast Twido order STBXTS5610
7/12
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Analog modules
Type of module (1) Analog inputs
Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1100 (2) / Spring STBXTS2100 (2)
Input signal - 10+10 V 0+10 V 020 mA 420 mA 420 / 020 mA Selectable Selectable Multigamme (3)
Resolution 9 bits + sign 10 bits 12 bits 10 bits 15 bits + sign
Dimensions (WxDxH) (mm) 13,9x70x128,3 18,4x70x128,3 13,9x70x128,3
Reference Module
Standard
STBACI1230 STBACI0320 STBAVI0300 STBACI1400 (5) STBART0200
STBACI8320 (4) STBAVI1400 (6)
Basic STBAVI1275 STBAVI1255 STBACI1225
Type of module (1) Analog outputs
Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1100 (2) / Spring STBXTS2100 (2)
Output signal 420 mA - 0+10 , - 10+10 V 0+10 V -10 V+10 V 020 mA 420 mA 420 mA Selectable (6)
Resolution 15 bits + sign 11 bits + sign or 12 bits 10 bits 9 bits + sign 12 bits 10 bits 15 bits + sign
Dimensions (WxDxH) (mm) 18,4x70x128,3 13,9x70x128,3 18,4x70x128,3
Reference Module Standard STBACO0120 STBAVO1250 STBACO1210 STBACO0220 STBAVO0200
Basic STBAVO1255 STBAVO1265 STBACO1225
Application-speci c modules
Type of module (1) For motor starters
Tego Power
Counter
TeSys model U
Connection by connector 1 HE10 (30 contacts) 4 RJ45 Spring STBXTS2150 (2)
Number of inputs/outputs 16 E / 8 S 12 E / 8 S 4 E / 2 S
Input voltage 24 VDC 24 VDC
Output voltage/current 24 VDC/0.1 A per channel 24 VDC/0.5 A
Number of channels 8 non reversing motor starters 4 starters-controllers 1 counter channel 40 kHz
Dimensions (WxDxH) (mm) 18.4x70x128.3 28.1x70x128.3
Reference Module Standard STBEPI1145 STBEPI2145 STBEHC3020
Base STBXBA2000 STBXBA3000
Connection cables STBXCA3002 (L= 1 m) (7)
STBXCA3003 (L= 2 m) (7)
(1) Grounding kit (conseilled for counter > 40 kHz): STBXSP3000 (connecting support) + STBXSP3010 (1.56 mm
2
cables) + STBXSP3020 (511 mm
2
cables)
(3) Multirange temperature probe thermocouples B, E, J, K, R, S, T. Thermal probe Pt 100, Pt 1000, Ni 100, Ni 1000, cu 10, 80 mV.
(4) 4 HART-tolerant channels (5) Input signal selectable / channel 020 mA and 420 mA (6) Input signal selectable / channel 15 VDC, 05 VDC, 010 VDC, 5 VDC and 10 VDC
(7) LU9R03 (0,3 m), LU9R10 (1 m), 490NTW00002 (2 m), LU9R30 (3 m), 490NTW00005 (5 m), 490NTW00012 (12 m)
7/13
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
IP 67 distributed I/O, modular system
Interface modules
Advantys FTM
Type of bus module CANopen
machine bus
DeviceNet
eldbus
Probus
eldbus
Max. number of Discrete I/O 256
Max. number of splitter boxes 16
Bus module supply voltage 24 V DC
Bus module max. supply current 9 A
Product certication UL/CSA CULus
References FTM1CN10 FTM1DN10 FTM1DP10

Splitter boxes
Type of splitter box Discrete inputs/outputs
Compact Expandable
Input voltage 24 V DC/type 2/200 mA 24 V DC/type 2/200 mA
Output voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
Type of output Solid-state Solid-state
Output current 0.5 A 0.5 A
Maximum supply current by internal bus 4 A 4 A
Diagnostics Short-circuit on I/O, wire breakage fault, sensor/actuator fault
Dimensions (WxDxH) 30 x 34.5 x 126 mm 30 x 34.5 x 151 mm
I/O connection M8 connector M12 connector M8 connector M12 connector
References 8 inputs FTM1DE08C08 FTM1DE08C12 FTM1DE08C08E FTM1DE08C12E
8 congurable inputs/outputs FTM1DD08C08 FTM1DD08C12 FTM1DD08C08E FTM1DD08C12E
16 inputs FTM1DE16C12 (1) FTM1DE16C12E (1)
16 congurable inputs/outputs FTM1DD16C12 (1) FTM1DD16C12E (1)
(1) Dimensions: 50 x 34.5 x 126 mm.
Type of splitter box Analogue inputs/outputs
Compact
Type of inputs/outputs Current Voltage
Measuring range 020 mA/420 mA 10 V DC/010 V DC
Diagnostics Short-circuit on I/O, wire breakage fault, sensor/actuator fault
Conversion time 2 ms per channel
Resolution 16 bit 12 bit 15 bit + sign 11 bit + sign
References 4 inputs FTM1AE04C12C FTM1AE04C12T
4 outputs FTM1AS04C12C FTM1AS04C12T
7/14
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Accessories for distributed I/O FTM (1)
Internal bus connection cables
(1) For sensor/actuator cabling accessories, see page 7/13
Type of cable For linking bus module and splitter boxes
Type of connector Elbowed M12, 6-pin, at either end
References Cable L = 0.3 m FTXCB3203
L = 0.6 m FTXCB3206
L = 1 m FTXCB3210
L = 2 m FTXCB3220
L = 3 m FTXCB3230
L = 5 m FTXCB3250
Auxiliary power supply connection cables

Type of cable For connection of 24 V DC auxiliary power supply
Type of connector Elbowed M12, 6-pin, at either end Elbowed M12, 6-pin, at one end (other end free)
References Cable L = 0.3 m FTXCA3203 FTXCA3103
L = 0.6 m FTXCA3206 FTXCA3106
L = 1 m FTXCA3210 FTXCA3110
Accessories
Type Line terminator for end of internal bus
Type of connector M12
References FTXCBTL12
7/15
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Accessories for distributed I/O FTB/FTM (1)
Bus connection cables
Power supply connection cables
Type of bus CANopen DeviceNet ProBus
machine bus eldbus eldbus
Type of female connector Type 7/8, 5-pin, at either end
References Cable L = 0.6 m FTXDP2206
L = 1 m FTXDP2210
L = 2 m FTXDP2220
L = 5 m FTXDP2250
Type of female connector Type 7/8, 5-pin, at one end (other end free)
Cable L = 1.5 m FTXDP2115
References L = 3 m FTXDP2130
L = 5 m FTXDP2150
Accessories
Type of bus CANopen DeviceNet ProBus INTERBUS
machine bus eldbus eldbus eldbus
References Conguration CD-ROM FTXES00
Diagnostics M12 adaptor FTXDG12
Power supply T-connector FTXCNCT1
Line terminator FTXCNTL12 FTXDPTL12
(1) For sensor and actuator cabling accessories:
see page 7/17
Advantys
Type of bus CANopen DeviceNet ProBus INTERBUS
machine bus eldbus eldbus eldbus
Type of female connector M12, 5-pin, at either end
Connector coding A encoded B encoded
References Cable L = 0.3 m FTXCN3203 FTXDP3203
L = 0.6 m FTXCN3206 FTXDP3206 FTXIB1206 (2)
L = 1 m FTXCN3210 FTXDP3210 FTXIB1210 (2)
L = 2 m FTXCN3220 FTXDP3220 FTXIB1220 (2)
L = 3 m FTXCN3230 FTXDP3230
L = 5 m TXCN3250 FTXDP3250 FTXIB1250 (2)
(2) Reference includes the Bus connection cable + the power supply cable.
7/16
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Accessories for sensors/actuators
M12 / M12 jumper cables
Type Male / Female jumper cables
Type of male connector, interface side M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread
Type of female connector, sensor side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread
Cable PUR, black PUR, black PUR, black
References Cable L = 1 m XZCR1511040A1 XZCR1511041C1 XZCR1511064D1
L = 2 m XZCR1511040A2 XZCR1511041C2 XZCR1511064D2
M8/M8, M8/M12 and M12/DIN jumper cables
M8/M8, M8/M12 and M12/DIN jumper cables
Type Male / Female jumper cables
Type of male connector, interface side M8, 3-pin M12, 3-pin M12, 3-pin M12, 3-pin
straight, screw thread straight, screw thread straight, screw thread straight, screw thread
Type of female connector, sensor side M8, 3-pin M8, 3-pin M8, 3-pin DIN 43650A
straight, screw thread straight, clip together straight, screw thread elbowed, screw thread
Cable PUR, black PUR, black PUR, black PUR, black
References Cable L = 1 m XZCR2705037R1 XZCR1501040G1 XZCR1509040H1 XZCR1523062K1
L = 2 m XZCR2705037R2 XZCR1501040G2 XZCR1509040H2 XZCR1523062K2
Pre-wired connectors and splitter box
Type Connectors Pre-wired connectors Splitter box Y
Type of male connector, interface side M12, 4-pin M8, 3-pin M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread 1 x M12 1 x M12
Type of female connector, sensor side 2 x M12 2 x M8
Cable PUR, black
References Straight connector, screw thread XZCC12MDM40B XZCC8MDM30V FTXCY1212 FTXCY1208
Elbowed connector, screw thread XZCC12MCM40B
Cable L = 0.5 m XZCP1564L05
L = 2 m XZCP1564L2
7/17
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Distributed I/O and processors
Type of module Multibus discrete inputs
Connection By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)
Input voltage 24 VDC 120 VAC 230 VAC
Number of channels 16 (1 common point) 32 (2 common points) 16 (2 common points)
Dimensions (WxDxH) 125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)
144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)
Reference 170ADI34000 170ADI35000 170ADI54050 170ADI74050
Type of module Multibus discrete outputs
Relay Solid state Triac
Output voltage 524 VAC, 24230 VAC 24 VDC 120 VAC 230 VAC
Number of protected channels 6 16 32 8 16 8 16
(1 common pt) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts)
Output current Per channel 5A 0,5 A 0,5 A 2 A 0,5 A 2 A 0,5 A
Per group of channels 4 A 8 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A
Per module 21A 8 A 16 A 8 A 8 A 8 A 8 A
Reference 170ADO83030 (1) 170ADO34000 170ADO35000 170ADO53050 170ADO54050 170ADO73050 170ADO74050
(1) Scew connectors included
Type of module Multibus discrete I/O
Solid state Relay Triac
Number of channels Inputs 16 (1 common pt) 16 (4 com. pts) 16 (1 com. pt) 10 (1 common pt)
Input logic Positive Positive (2) Negative Positive
Outputs 16 (1 common pt) 16 (2 common pts) 8/4 (1 com. pt) 12 8 (2 common pts) 8 (1 com. pt)
Input voltage 1248 VDC 24 VDC 120 VAC
Output voltage 1248 VDC 24 VDC 24230 VAC/20115 VDC 120 VAC
Output current Per output 0,5 A 0,5 A 2 A 0,5 A 2 A 0,5 A
Per group of channels 4 A 4 A 4/2 A 8 A 4 A
Per module 8 A 8 A 8 A 6 A 16 A 4 A
Reference 170ADM85010 170ADM35010 170ADM35015 170ADM37010 170ADM39010 170ADM39030 170ARM37030 170ADM69051
(2) For a version with high-speed positive logic, replace 0 at the end of the reference with 1. E.g. 170ADM35010 becomes 170ADM35011
Modicon Momentum
7/18
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Analog I/O modules
Type of module Multibus analog inputs
Number of channels 8 isolated 16 with common point 4 isolated
Input signal 5 V, 10 V, 20 mA, 5 V, 10 V, 4...20 mA Multi-range 25 mV, 10 mV
15 V, 420 mA (1)
Resolution 14 bits + sign, 15 bits unipolar 12 bits + sign 15 bits + sign
Reference 170AAI03000 170AAI14000 170AAI52040
(1) Temperature probe: Pt 100, Pt 1000, Ni 100, Ni 1000, Thermocouple: B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T.
Type of module Multibus analog outputs Analog I/O and
multibus discrete I/O
Number of channels Inputs 4 differential + 4 discrete 6 with com pt + 8 discrete (24 VDC)
Outputs 4 2 + 2 discrete (24VDC) 4 with com pt + 8 discrete (24 VDC)
Input signal 10 V, 0...20 mA 10 V, 4...20 mA 5 V, 10 V, 20 mA, 010 V 10 V
15 V, 420 mA
Output signal 10 V, 4...20 mA 010 V 10 V
Resolution 12 bits + sign 12...14 bits dep. on signal 14 bits 14 bits
Reference 170AAO12000 170AAO92100 170AMM09000 170ANR12090 170ANR12091
Application-speci c I/O modules
Type of module High-speed counter Discrete I/O
with Modbus port
Type of inputs for Incremental or absolute encoders RS 485 Modbus port
Operating voltage 24 VDC 120 VAC
Counting frequency 200 kHz
Number of channels 2 independent
Number of discrete I/O 2 x 3 inputs/2 x 2 outputs 6 inputs/3 outputs
Dimensions (WxDxH) 125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or M1/M1E processors)
Reference 170AEC92000 170ADM54080
7/19
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Distributed I/O and processors
Type of module Ethernet Fipio (1) INTERBUS (2) Probus DP
TCP/IP network eldbus eldbus eldbus
Speed 10 Mbps 10/100 Mbps 1 Mbps 0.5 Mbps 9.6 K12 Mbps
Manager PLC Premium - -
Redundancy No No No No
Standard services Modbus TCP/IP
Reference 170ENT11002 170ENT11001 170FNT11001 (1) 170INT11000 (2) 170DNT11000
(1) Fipio version 1 for communication with the TSX7 controller family, use model 170FNT11000 adapter
(2) Generation 4, twisted pair medium: 170INT11003, with optical ber medium: 170INT12000
Modbus Plus DeviceNet
Speed 1 Mbps 0.5 Mbps
Manager PLC Premium or Quantum Quantum
Redundancy No Yes No
Standard services
Reference 170PNT11020 170PNT16020 170LNT71000
Optional modules for M1/M1E processors
Type of module (3) Modbus Plus Asynchronous serial link
Communication ports 1 Modbus Plus 2 redundant Modbus Plus RJ45
Real-time clock Integrated, 13 sec/day accuracy
Connection By 9-way SUB-D connector
Reference 172PNN21022 172PNN26022 172JNN21032
(3) Include save battery of the M1/M1E processors application and data memories.
Type RS 232C communication cable
Length 1 m 3 m 6 m
Reference 110XCA28201 110XCA28202 110XCA28203
Power supply module (4)
Type of power supply module for Momentum processors
Input voltage 120 or 230 VAC (selected by jumper)
Output voltage 24 VDC
Output current 0.7 A
Reference 170CPS11100
Modicon Momentum
7/20
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
M1/M1E processors
Type of processor M1
Number of I/O Discrete 2048 I/O 2048 I/2048 Q 8192 I/O
Registers 2048 words 4096 words 26048 words
Integrated communication ports Modbus 1 RS 232C 1 RS 232C + 1 RS 485 1 RS 232C 1 RS 232C + 1 RS 485
Ethernet TCP/IP
I/O bus (1) 1 I/O port
Transparent Ready Embedded Web server
Memory capacity RAM 64 Kb 256 Kb 512 Kb
Flash 256 Kb 256 Kb 512 Kb
User, 984 LL language (2) 2.4 K 12 K 18 K
User, IEC language (3) 160 K 240 K
Data 2 K 4 K 24 K
Cycle time 1 ms/K 0.63 ms/K 1 ms/K 0.63 ms/K 1 ms/K
Reference 171CCS70000 171CCS70010 171CCS78000 171CCS76000 171CCC78010
(1) I/O bus derived from INTERBUS bus.
(2) ProWORX 32 or Concept programming software.
(3) Concept programming software.
Type of processor M1 M1E
Number of I/O Discrete 8192 I/O
Registers 26048 words
Integrated communication ports Modbus 1 RS 232C 1 RS 485
Ethernet TCP/IP 1 integrated Ethernet port
I/O bus (1) 1 I/O port 1 I/O port
Transparent Ready Embedded Web server Standard services (class A10)
Memory capacity RAM 512 Kb 544 Kb
Flash 512 Kb 1 Mb 512 Kb 1 Mb
User, 984 LL language (2) 18 K
User, IEC language (3) 240 K 200 K 200 K
Data 24 K
Cycle time 1 ms/K 0.3 ms/K
Reference 171CCC76010 171CCC98020 171CCC98030 171CCC96020 171CCC96030
Type of processor 171 CBB97030
Integrated communication ports Modbus 1 RS 232/485
Ethernet TCP/IP 4 integrated Ethernet port
Transparent Ready Embedded Web server Standard services (class B)
Memory capacity RAM 512 Kb
Flash 1 Mb
User, 984 LL language (2) 18 K
User, IEC language (3) 200 K
Data 24 K
Cycle time 0.25 ms/K
Reference 171CBB97030
7/21
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
The essential
guide
A simplied
selection guide
enabling you to
quickly select all
the necessary
products and
accessories to
build your
installation.
ConneXium products are the industrial Ethernet-ready network devices that can provide you with integrated Ethernet
solutions to unite everything in your plant, from the device level all the way to your corporate intranet.
With innovative new tools like ConneXview Industrial Ethernet Diagnostic Software, intelligent managed switches, and
an ever-expanding line of cables and accessories, the ConneXium range can help you realize the benets of open and
reliable networking in the industrial environment.
A unied communication solution
based on Ethernet standards and 3rd party compatibility
Improved network performance
ConneXium switched networks limit the number of collisions in the media and increase overall network
performance. Furthermore, ConneXium full duplex capability delivers a high level of determinism to your
industrial Ethernet network. ConneXium IP Multicast capability supports the Publish/Subscribe and
streaming protocols of todays Industrial networks.
ConneXview Ethernet Diagnostic Software
Help your network perform at peak efciency with ConneXview, the powerful yet easy to use Ethernet
network diagnostic tool. It automatically discovers and maps your networks and devices, then gives you
all the tools youll need to easily monitor and troubleshoot network operations.
Diagnosing and managing installations
ConneXium switches implement SNMP protocol to facilitate network monitoring and diagnosis of
problems. A web server is embedded in every TCSESM switch to deliver complementary management
services that can be accessed via any web browser.
Fault-Tolerant
ConneXium managed switches incorporate a mechanism to support a high level of resilience. With their
scalable redundant features, from single to double ring structure, it is easy to build a network that ts the
specic requirements of your environment.
Designed for Harsh Environments
p Industrial IEC 61131-2
p UL & FM3611 Class 1, Div 2
p Marine
ConneXium
ConneXium
cabling system
Industrial Ethernet solutions
for open architectures
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
As part of Schneiders
Transparent Ready strategy,
we are making a commitment
to implement the open
standards of the Internet
within the industrial control
environment in order to provide
you with solutions that are
simple and cost-effective
to deploy.
Contents
8/1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Hub,
Transceiver,
IP 67 Switch ...................................................................... 8/4
Switches ................................................................. 8/ 5 t o 8/ 7
Gateways & Converters ....................................... 8/8
ConneXview Software ........................................... 8/9
Cables & Connectors ........................................... 8/10
Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready
Cabling system: ConneXium Hub, Transceiver
and Switch
Hub
Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10BASE-T ports
Shielded connectors RJ45
Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E
Total length of pair 100 m
Power supply Voltage 24 V (1832) DC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)
Dimensions W x H x D 40 x 125 x 80 mm
Conformity to standards cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL
FM 3810, FM 3611 Class 1 Division 2 , C-TICK
Reference 499 NEH 104 10
Transceiver
Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-TX port
Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-FX port
Connectors SC
Medium Multimode optical ber
Length of optical ber
50/125 m ber 3000 m (1)
62.2/125 m ber 3000 m (1)
Attenuation analysis
50/125 m ber 8 dB:
62.2/125 m ber 11 dB:
Power supply Voltage 24 V (1832) DC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)
Conformity to standards cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL , C-TICK
Reference 499 NTR 101 00
(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical ber (typical value: 2000 m).
IP 67 switch Twisted pair, unmanaged
Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 5 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports
Shielded connectors M12 (type D)
Total length of pair 100 m with rated cable
Power supply Voltage 24 VDC (1832 VDC), safety extra low voltage (SELV)
Degree of protection IP 65/67
Conformity to standards cUL 508 and CSA 22.2 14 , C-TICK
Reference TCS ESU 051 F0
ConneXium
8/2
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Cabling system: ConneXium unmanaged switches
Switches Optimized, copper twisted pair,
unmanaged
Copper twisted pair,
unmanaged
Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 5 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports 8 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports
Power supply Voltage 24 VDC (19.230) 24 VDC (1832) safety extra low voltage (SELV)
Dimensions W x H x D 75.2 x 143 x 43 mm 47 x 135 x 111 mm
Conformity to standards UL 508, CSA 1010, EN 61131-2 , C-TICK cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and
CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL , C-TICK
References 499 NES 251 00 499 NES 181 00
Switches Copper twisted pair and ber optic, unmanaged
Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10BASE-T/ 3 x 10BASE-T/ 4 x 10BASE-T/ 3 x 10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX ports 100BASE-TX ports 100BASE-TX ports 100BASE-TX ports
Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports
Connectors SC
Medium Multimode optical ber Single mode optical ber
5,000 m (1) 50/125 m ber
62.2/125 m ber 4,000 m (1)
9/125 m ber 32,500 m (2)
Power supply Voltage 24 VDC (1832), safety extra low voltage (SELV)
Conformity to standards cUL 60950, cUL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL , C-TICK
References 499 NMS 251 01 499 NMS 251 02 499 NSS 251 01 499 NSS 251 02
(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the ber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).
ConneXium
8/3
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Cabling system: ConneXium managed switches
ConneXium
Switches Copper twisted pair and ber optic, managed
Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 3 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 2 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 3 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 2 x 10/100BASE-TX ports
Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports
Connectors Duplex SC
Medium Multimode optical ber Single mode optical ber
50/125 m ber 5,000 m (1)
62.2/125 m ber 4,000 m (1)
9/125 m ber 32,500 m (2)
Power supply Voltage Operation 9.6...60 VDC/1830 VAC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)
Conformity to standards IEC 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2, CSA C22.2 14 (cUL),
CSA C22.2 213 Class 1 Division 2 (cUL), e, GL , C-TICK
References TCS ESM 043F1CU0 TCS ESM 043F2CU0 TCS ESM 043F1CS0 TCS ESM 043F2CS0
Switches Copper twisted pair, managed
Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 8 x 10/100BASE-TX ports
Dimensions W x H x D 47 x 131 x 111 mm 74 x 131 x 111 mm
References TCS ESM 043F23F0 TCS ESM 083F23F0
8/4
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Cabling system: ConneXium managed switches
ConneXium
Switches Copper twisted pair and ber optic, managed
Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 7 x 10/100BASE-TX
ports
6 x 10/100BASE-TX
ports
7 x 10/100BASE-TX
ports
6 x 10/100BASE-T
ports
Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-FX 2 x 100BASE-FX 1 x 100BASE-FX 2 x 100BASE-FX 1 + 1 x 100BASE-FX
port port port port port
Connectors Duplex SC
Medium Multimode optical ber (MM) Single mode optical ber (SM) Multimode optical
ber (MM),
Single mode optical
ber (SM)
5,000 m (1) 5,000 m (1) 50/125 m ber
62.2/125 m ber 4,000 m (1) 4,000 m (1)
9/125 m ber 32,500 m (2) 32,500 m (2)
References TCSESM083F1CU0 TCSESM 083F2CU0 TCSESM 083F1CS0 TCSESM 083F2CS0 TCSESM 083F2CX0
Switches Copper twisted pair,
managed
Copper twisted pair and
ber optic, managed
Copper twisted pair and
ber optic, managed
Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 16 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 14 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 22 x 10/100BASE-TX ports
Fiber optic ports Number and type 2 x 100BASE-FX ports
Connector Duplex SC
Medium Multimode optical ber
5,000 m (1) 50/125 m ber
62.2/125 m ber 4,000 m (1)
Conformity to standards cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL , C-TICK
References TCSESM 163F23F0 TCSESM 163F2CU0 TCSESM 243F2CU0
8/5
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Ethernet gateways
Ethernet/Modbus gateway and
Ethernet/Modbus Plus gateway/router
ConneXium
Type of gateway TSX ETG 100
Transparent Ready
services
Class B10
Standard Web
services
Conguration Predened Web pages
Read/Write Acces to connected products list, reading of Modbus devices registers
Diagnostic Via predened Web pages : diagnostic on Ethernet and Modbus links
Ethernet TCP/IP
communication
management
services
Modbus messaging Read/Write Modbus registers of connected devices
SNMP SNMP Agent, device administration with a SNMP manager
BOOTP protocol FDR Client (replacement of defective product)
Security Miniature rewall on-board (IP address ltering) and password protection
Ethernet connectivity Physical interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (RJ45)
Data rate 10/100 Mbps with automatic recognition
Medium Twisted pair
Modbus connectivity Type of port RS 485 (2 or 4-wire) or RS 232
Protocol Modbus (RTU and ASCII)
Maxi transmission speed 38,4 Kbps (RS 485), 57,6 Kbps (RS 232)
Number of devices 32 max.
Power supply 24 VDC, 4 W or by power supply device PoE (Power Over Ethernet - IEEE 802.3af)
Dimensions W x H x D 72 x 81 x 76 mm, mounting on symmetrical DIN rail
Conformity to standards UL, cUL (conforming to CSA C22-2 no. 14-M91), UL508 , C-TICK, e
Reference TSX ETG 100 (1)
(1) Fonctions: Twido, Compact, Momentum, TSX Micro, Altivar, Altistart, Magelis, ... All products compatible with Modbus standard.
Type of gateway Ethernet/Modbus Plus gateway/router Class B10
Transparent Ready
services
Class B10
Standard Web
services
Conguration Predened Web pages
Read/Write Acces to connected products list, reading of Modbus Plus devices registers
Diagnostic Via predened Web pages : diagnostic on Ethernet and Modbus Plus links
Standard Ethernet TCP/IP communication Modbus TCP messaging
services SNMP Agent
Functions Communication gateway Ethernet/Modbus Plus
(many-to-many Modbus Plus)
Interface for programming Ethernet/Modbus Plus
Interfaces Ethernet TCP/IP port Type 1 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Medium Shielded twisted pair
Max. distances 100 m (327 ft)
Serial port Type 1 x Modbus Plus
Shielded connectors 9-way SUB-D connector
Medium Shielded twisted pair (single or double)
Power supply Voltage 110/220 VAC (93.5 VAC242 VAC), 4763 Hz
Conformity to standards UL 508, CSA 142, e
Reference 174 CEV 200 40 (2)
(2) Fonctions: 1 Ethernet port, 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX, 1 Modbus Plus port
8/6
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ConneXview V2.0
Ethernet Network Diagnostic Software
ConneXium
Introduction
ConneXview is a user friendly software tool used to diagnose industrial Ethernet networks. It provides a
very easy and intuitive interface for network operators and maintenance personnel, plus a set of features
and advanced functions that are of great value to system integrators and controls engineers.
Product features and functions
Automatic discovery of connected devices
ConneXview performs an automatic discovery of IP devices connected on an Ethernet network and then
automatically maps the network topology and devices, providing a green/ yellow/ red color coding of links
and devices to enable users to quickly evaluate the status of the network.
Client/ server architecture
ConnexView v2.0 now provides a client/ server architecture, giving you the ability to monitor your
network, make routine checks on performance and troubleshoot problems, from anywhere you have
access to a PC and a browser.
Alarm Notication
In the event of an alarm, you can choose to be automatically notied by eMail, pager or text message,
and even get a list of all alarms and their severity.
Network Assistant
The Network Assistant is a context-sensitive help le containing topics describing every network alarm
and warning reported by ConneXview. Selecting an alarm and clicking on the help button will launch the
Network Assistant where you will nd the alarm text message, a denition of the alarm, a list of the
possible causes of the alarm, and a series of recommended actions to clear the alarm.
Device Type Editor (DTE)
ConneXview has a device-type library that enables it to identify a large number of Schneider devices.
The DTE can also be used to add 3rd party devices that are not already in the library.
Product References
ConneXview
Server Single License TCSEAZ01PSFM20S
Client Single License TCSEAZ01PSFM20C
Subscription services
Single Server Subscription TCSEAZ01PSSM20S
Single Client Subscription TCSEAZ01PSSM20C
8/7
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Cabling system: Connection components
Shielded copper connection cables
ConneXium shielded connection cables are available in two versions to meet the various current standards
and approvals:
ConneXium
EIA/TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables
These cables conform to:
- EIA/TIA-568 standard, category CAT 5E,
- IEC 11801/EN 50173 standard, class D.
Their re resistance conforms to:
- NFC 32070# C2 classication
- IEC 322/1 standards
- Low Smoke Zero Halogen (LSZH).
EIA/TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables for CE market
Length m / (ft) 2 (6.6) 5 (16.4) 12 (39.4) 15 (49.2) 40 (131.2) 80 (262.5)
Straight cables Preformed at both ends 2 RJ45 connectors for connection to terminal devices (DTE)
References 490 NTW 000 02 490 NTW 000 05 490 NTW 000 12 490 NTW 000 40 490 NTW 000 80
Crossed cord cables Preformed at both ends 2 RJ45 connectors for connections between hubs, switches and transceivers
References 490 NTC 000 05 490 NTC 000 15 490 NTC 000 40 490 NTC 000 80
EIA/TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables
Cable material is :
- CEC type FT-1
- NEC type CM
EIA/TIA shielded twisted pair cables for UL markets
Length m / (ft) 2 (6.6) 5 (16.4) 12 (39.4) 15 (49.2) 40 (131.2) 80 (262.5)
Straight cables Preformed at both ends 2 RJ45 connectors for connection to terminal devices (DTE)
References 490 NTW 000 02U 490 NTW 000 05U 490 NTW 000 12U 490 NTW 000 40U 490 NTW 000 80U
Crossed cord cables Preformed at both ends 2 RJ45 connectors for connections between hubs, switches and transceivers
References 490 NTC 000 05U 490 NTC 000 12U 490 NTC 000 40U 490 NTC 000 80U
8/8
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Cabling system: Connection components
ConneXium
Cables M12
Cables M12
M12 / M12 Length (m) 1 1,5 3 5 7 10 15 25 40
Reference TCSECL1M1MppS2pp
RJ45 / M12 Length(m) 1 1,5 3 5 10 15 25 40
Reference TCSECL1M3MppS2pp
Glass ber optic cables
These glass ber optics are for making connections:
- To a terminal device (DTE)
- Between hubs, transceivers and switches
Glass ber optic cables
Length m / (ft) 5 (16.4) 5 (16.4) 3 (9.8) 5 (16.4) 15 (49.2)
Glass ber optic cables Preformed at both ends 1 SC connector 1 ST connector (BFOC) 2 MT-RJ connectors
1 MT-RJ connector 1 MT-RJ connector
References 490 NOC 000 05 490 NOT 000 05 490 NOR 000 03 490 NOR 000 05 490 NOR 000 15
8/9
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
2 2
2
1
1
2 2
2
1
2
1
3
3
3
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
The essential
guide
A simplied
selection guide
enabling you to
quickly select all
the necessary
products and
accessories to
build your
installation.
IP20 interface
IP67 interface
Dedicated control
components
Dedicated dialogue
components
Safety monitor
Safety interface
Power supply units and
earth fault detection
AS-Interface master
AS-Interface With the Smart Cable opt for:
b Simplicity
A quick and expandable cabling system:
> Only 1 cable for connecting all the components of an automation system
> Management of communications integrated in the products
b Maximum security
AS-Interface signicantly improves the reliability, availability and safety of your machine:
> Cabling errors are eliminated
> Risk of electrical connection failure greatly reduced
> High immunity to electromagnetic interference (EMC)
> The machines safety function is fully integrated with AS-Interface Safety at Work.
b Up to 40% savings in costs
> Savings in time for design, installation, setting-up and commissioning
> Savings in space required in enclosures due to smaller products and elimination of
intermediate boxes
> Control cabling eliminated and reduction in cable ducting
T
h
e

S
m
a
r
t
C
a
b
le
(Actuator Sensor Interface)

AS-Interface cabling
system
The cabling system that meets your
needs for industrial automation systems
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
These IP20 or IP67 interfaces allow any
standard automation component to be
connected to the AS-Interface cable.
These handle automation functions and can
be connected directly to the AS-Interface
cable. An integrated circuit (ASIC) built into
the products manages all interfacing
functions and communication.
The incorporation of safety functions in the
AS-Interface system is achieved by adding
a safety monitor and safety interfaces,
connected together with other standard
AS-Interface components on the same
yellow cable.
Sensors and actuators are connected to
the processing unit by the AS-Interface
system. This system comprises a cable,
accessories, a master module and a power
supply unit.
The terminals enable the assigning of an
address to each interface and component
in the system and diagnostics of the
installation.
Contents
8/11
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Advantys interfaces for
generic products ........................................... 8/14 et 8/15
b IP20 interfaces
b IP67 interfaces
Dedicated components .......................... 8/16 et 8/17
b For control
b For dialogue
Safety solutions
(see Chapter 9 Machine safety)
b Safety monitors
b Safety interfaces
Installation system ....................................... 8/18 8/20
b Master modules,
power supply units
b Cables, repeaters
b Accessories
Tools ....................................................................................... 8/21
b Adjustment and
addressing terminals
AS-Interface
Advantys interfaces for generic products
IP20 for mounting in enclosure
Modular interface, width 25 mm Analogue Digital
V2.1 with standard addressing
Number of inputs 2 (010V) 2 (0/420mA) 4 4 4 isolated
Number of outputs 4 relay, 2A 4 solid state, 0.5A 4 solid state, 0.5A
Type of addressing Standard
Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.)
Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable) Outputs (2)
AS-Interface prole S.7.3.F.D S.7.3.F.D S.7.0.F.E S.7.0.F.E S.7.0.F.E
Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply) 60 mA 60 mA 110 mA 50 mA 20 mA
Dimensions (WxDxH) 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm
References ASI20MA2VU ASI20MA2VI ASI20MT4I4OR ASI20MT4I4OS ASI20MT4I4OSA
Accessory (1) for connection to at cables XZCG0122 XZCG0122 XZCG0122 ASIDCPFIL20 ASIDCPFIL20
(1) Or direct screw terminal connection (without accessory), (other accessories, see page 8/9).
(2) Inputs, outputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.).
Modular interface, width 25 mm Digital
V2.1 with extended (A/B) addressing
Number of inputs 4 2 4 4 4 isolated
Number of outputs 1 triac, 2A 3 relay, 2A 3 solid state, 0.5A 3 solid state, 0.5A
Type of addressing Extended (A/B)
Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.) (3)
Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable) Outputs (2)
AS-Interface prole S.0.A.7.0 S.3.A.7.0 S.7.A.7.0 S.7.A.7.0 S.7.A.7.0
Dimensions (WxDxH) 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm
References ASI20MT4IE ASI20MT2I1OTE ASI20MT4I3ORE ASI20MT4I3OSE ASI20MT4I3OSAE
Accessory (1) for connection to at cables XZCG0122 XZCG0122 XZCG0122 ASIDCPFIL20 ASIDCPFIL20
(1) Or direct screw terminal connection (without accessory), (other accessories, see page 8/9).
(2) Inputs, outputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.).
(3) Except ASI20MT4I3ORE (170 mA max.).
8/12
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
IP67 for mounting on machine
Interface Digital
V2.1 with extended (A/B) addressing
Number of inputs 4 2 4 4 4
Input cabling Standard (1 x M12 input) Y (2 x M12 inputs)
Number of outputs 2 solid-state, 2A 3 solid-state, 2A 3 solid-state, 2A 3 solid-state, 2A
Type of addressing Extended (A/B)
Supply by AS-Interface
Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max. except ASI67FFP22: 100 mA)
Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable) Outputs Outputs Outputs
AS-Interface prole S.0.A.7.0 S.B.A.7.0 S.8.A.7.0 S.7.A.7.0 S.0.A.7.2 S.7.A.7.E
Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply) 45 mA 32 mA 18 mA 48 mA 45 mA 48 mA
Dimensions (WxDxH) 45x42x80 mm 45x42x80 mm 45x42x80 mm 60x30.5x151 mm 45x42x80 mm 60x30.5x151 mm
Connection IDC Interface ASI67FFP40E ASI67FFP22E ASI67FFP03E ASI67FFP43E ASI67FFP40EY ASI67FFP43EY
Standard connection base ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB03 ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB03
M12 connector Interface + Connection base ASI67FMP40E ASI67FMP22E ASI67FMP03E ASI67FMP43E ASI67FMP40EY ASI67FMP43EY
(1) A connection base with xing centres that are compatible with the ASIB4VM12 connection base is available. Reference ASI67FFB02.
Interface Digital
V2.1 with standard addressing
Number of inputs 4 2 4 4
Input cabling Standard (1 x M12 input) Y (2 x M12 inputs)
Number of outputs 2 solid-state, 2A 4 solid-state, 2A 4 solid-state, 2A 4 solid-state, 2A
Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable) Outputs Outputs Outputs Outputs
AS-Interface prole S.0.0.F.E S.3.0.F.E S.8.0.F.E S.7.0.F.E S.7.1.F.E
Dimensions (WxDxH) 45x42x80 mm 45x42x80 mm 45x42x80 mm 60x30.5x151 mm 60x30.5x151 mm
Connection IDC Interface ASI67FFP40D ASI67FFP22D ASI67FFP04D ASI67FFP44D ASI67FFP44DY
Standard connection base ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB03 ASI67FFB03
M12 connector Interface + Connection base ASI67FMP40D ASI67FMP22D ASI67FMP04D ASI67FMP44D ASI67FMP44DY
(1) A connection base with xing centres that are compatible with the ASIB4VM12 connection base is available. Reference ASI67FFB02.
Interface Digital
V2.1 (V1 compatible) with standard addressing
Number of inputs 4 2 4
Input cabling Standard (1 x M12 input)
Number of outputs 2 solid-state, 2A 4 solid-state, 2A 4 solid-state, 2A
Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable) Outputs Outputs Outputs
AS-Interface prole S.0.0.F.F S.3.0.F.F S.8.0.F.F S.7.0.F.F
Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply) 45 mA 32 mA 19 mA 49 mA
Dimensions (WxDxH) 45x42x80 mm 45x42x80 mm 45x42x80 mm 60x30.5x151 mm
Connection IDC Interface ASI67FFP40A ASI67FFP22A ASI67FFP04A ASI67FFP44A
Standard connection base ASI67FFB01 ASI67FFB01 ASI67FFB01 ASI67FFB01
8/13
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
AS-Interface
Dedicated components
For control
Starter in insulated enclosure (1) Control by
V1
Black rotary knob (blue bkgrnd.) Pushbuttons Red rotary knob (yellow bkgrnd.)
Type of addressing Standard Standard Standard
Supply by AS-Interface Inputs, sensor supply (2) Inputs, sensor supply
Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable) (2) (2) Contactors
AS-Interface prole S.7.D S.7.D S.7.F
Maximum consumption from AS-Interface 120 mA 120 mA 12 mA
Dimensions (WxDxH) 175x175x195 mm 175x175x195 mm 175x175x195 mm
References (3) Non reversing LF1PppD LF1MppD LF7PppD
(see table below) Reversing LF2PppD LF2MppD LF8PppD
Connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX) by accessory for at cable: ASIDCPM12D03 (AS-Interface and AUX cables) or XZCG01205D (AS-Interface cable).
(1) For an LF1 or LF2 starter in a metal enclosure, add the letter M after the 3rd digit in the references listed above (example: LF1P02D becomes LF1MP02D).
(2) Contactors supplied by AS-Interface or external source, congurable directly on terminal block.
(3) To complete the reference, replace pp by the numbers indicated in the table below. (Example: LF1PppD becomes LF1P00D).
kW= Motor power ratings in category AC-3, 400/415V, in kilowatts.
A= Adjustable range of circuit-breaker thermal trips, in amperes.
Communication interface for TeSys Model U Tego Power
V2.1 V1
Type of addressing Standard Standard 2 addresses
Supply by external source (AUX) Coil Contactors
AS-Interface prole S.7.D.F.0 S.7.0
Maximum consumption from AS-Interface 30 mA280 mA
Dimensions (WxDxH) depending on LU model 35x129x254 mm
References ASILUFC5 APP1CAS2
Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable (4) ASIDCPFIL20 ASIDCPFIL20
(4) Or direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX), (other accessories, see page 8/9).
kW A
pp
kW A
pp
without MCB 00 0.75 1.62.5 07
0.06 0.160.25 02 1.1 / 1.5 2.54 08
0.09 0.250.40 03 2.2 46.3 10
0.12 / 0.18 0.400.63 04 3 / 4 610 14
0.25 0.631 05 5.5 914 16
0.37/ 0.55 11.6 06
8/14
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
For dialogue
Keypads and Control stations Control stations with 2 pushbuttons

V1
Black and white Illuminated
Type of addressing Standard Standard
Supply by AS-Interface Buttons Buttons and pilot lights
Supply by external source (AUX)
AS-Interface prole S.3.F S.3.F
Consumption from AS-Interface < 40 mA < 80 mA
Dimensions (WxDxH) 68x62x128 mm 68x68x128 mm
References XALS2001 XALS2003
Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable (4) ASIDCPM12D03 ASIDCPM12D03
(4) Or direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX), (other accessories, see page 8/9).
Interface For 2 control units and 2 pilot lights
V1
Number of pages available
Number of inputs 2
Number of outputs 2 solid state, 0.5A
Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and pilot lights
AS-Interface prole S.3.F
Maximum consumption from AS-Interface 80 mA
Dimensions (WxDxH) 52x15x38 mm
References XALSZ1
Direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface or by accessory for at cable: XZCG0122, (other accessories, see page 8/9).
Indicator banks, 70 mm (7) Base units and cover Illuminated units Audible
V1
Flash discharge tube Steady light
unit
Type of addressing Standard Standard
Connection to AS-Interface cable and AUX (male M12 connector) yes yes, remote L=1m
Supply by AS-Interface (5) (5)
Supply by external source (AUX) (5) (5)
Consumption from AS-Interface, supply by AS-Interface / external 250 / 30 mA 250 / 30 mA
Light source 5 Joule LED
Buzzer 7080 db at 1m
References XVBC21A XVBC21B XVBC6Bp (6) XVBC2Bp (6) XVBC9B
Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable & AUX ASIDCPM12D03 XZCG0120
(5) Illuminated units supplied by AS-Interface or externally, congurable by shunt.
(6) To complete the reference, replace the p by the following number designating the colour: green: 3, red: 4, orange: 5, blue: 6, clear: 7, yellow: 8.
(7) To obtain a complete indicator bank, order a base unit + the illuminated or audible units (5 units maximum).
8/15
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
Current in A at 30 V AS-Interface
C
u
r
r
e
n
t

i
n

A

a
t

2
4

V
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
5,8
4,5
3
7
2 3 4 5 1
Current in A at 30 V AS-Interface
C
u
r
r
e
n
t

i
n

A

a
t

2
4

V
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
5,8
4,5
3
7
2 3 4 5
AS-Interface
Installation system
Master modules
Type of supply AS-Interface AS-Interface + Auxiliary
Input voltage 100240 VAC 100240 VAC 100240 VAC 100120 & 200240 VAC
AS-Interface output voltage 30 VDC 30 VDC 30 VDC 30 VDC
Auxiliary output voltage 24 VDC 24 VDC
AS-Interface nominal power 73 W 146 W 73 W 61-153 W
Auxiliary nominal power 72 W 72-168 W
AS-Interface nominal current 2.4 A 4.8 A 2.4 A 5 A (2)
AUX nominal current 3 A 7 A (2)
Direct connection to AS-Interface cable by terminal block by terminal block by terminal block by terminal block
Dimensions (WxDxH) 54x120x120 mm 81x120x120 mm 81x120x120 mm 225x135x151.5 mm
References without earth fault detection ASIABLB3002 ASIABLB3004 ASIABLM3024 TSXSUPA05
with earth fault detection ASIABLD3002 ASIABLD3004
(2) Power supply unit with constant maximum output, see curve above.
Platform Twido Premium Micro Quantum
Maximum number of master modules per PLC 2 2, 4 or 8 depending on processor 1 8 (1)
Compatibility with AS-Interface interfaces and components V1 / V2.1 V1 / V2.1 V1 V1
Direct connection to AS-Interface cable by terminal block by terminal block by terminal block by terminal block
Maximum number of addresses 62 62 31 31
Type of addressing Standard/Extended (A/B) Standard/Extended (A/B) Standard Standard
Compatibility with analogue interfaces Yes Yes
Compatibility with safety interfaces Yes Yes Yes Yes
AS-Interface prole M.3 M.2.E M.2 M.2
References TWDNOI10M3 TSXSAY1000 TSXSAZ10 140EIA92100
(1) 4 per local rack, 4 per remote I/O, 2 per distributed I/O.
Power supply units
8/16
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Cables and repeater
Type Yellow AS-Interface cable Black Auxiliary cable Repeater (4)
Wire c.s.a. 2 x 1.5 mm
2
2 x 1.5 mm
2
References Cable L = 20 m XZCB10201 (3) XZCB10202 (3)

L = 50 m XZCB10501 (3) XZCB10502 (3)
L = 100 m XZCB11001 (3) XZCB11002 (3)
Reference of repeater ASIRPT01
(3) Standard cable. For TPE cable (oil and vapour resistant) add the letter H to the end of the reference, example: XZCB10201 becomes XZCB10201H.
(4) Enables an AS-Interface network to be extended by 100 m. Direct connection to the AS-Interface yellow cable by IDC
Tap-offs for at cable
(For connecting interfaces and components)
Connection to cable by IDC AS-Interface AS-Interface + Auxiliary
IP54 IP67
Cable extremity M12 connector (5) Bared wires (6) M12 connector (5) Bared wires (7)
References Cable L = 0.3 m ASIDCPM12D03
L = 0.6 m XZCG01205D
L = 1 m XZCG0121D
L = 2 m XZCG0122 ASIDCPM12D20 ASIDCPFIL20
L = 5 m ASIDCPFIL50
(5) Female 5-pin M12 end connector, screw threaded for connection with M12 male connector.
(6) 2 x 0.34 mm
2
for product with terminal block.
(7) 4 x 0.34 mm
2
for product with terminal block.
Connection to cable by IDC AS-Interface 2 AS-Interface
or 2 Auxiliary
Tap-off 1 x M12 connector 1 at cable
5-pin female, screw threaded
References Tap-off XZCG0120
IDC connection base XZSDE1113
Cover XZSDP (8)
(8) For the complete product, include the connection base.
8/17
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
AS-Interface
Installation system
Jumper cables M12 / M12
Type Male / Female jumper cable
Male connector type, interface side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.
Female connector type, sensor side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.
References Cable L = 1 m XZCR1511040A1 XZCR1511041C1 XZCR1511064D1
L = 2 m XZCR1511040A2 XZCR1511041C2 XZCR1511064D2
Jumper cables M12 / M8 or DIN
Type Male / Female jumper cable
Male connector type, interface side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread.
Female connector type, sensor side M8, 3-pin, straight (1) M8, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. DIN 43650A, elbowed, screw thrd.
References Cable L = 1 m XZCR1501040G1 XZCR1509040H1 XZCR1523062K1
L = 2 m XZCR1501040G2 XZCR1509040H2 XZCR1523062K2
(1) Clip together connector.
Connectors, splitter box

Type Connectors Pre-wired connectors Splitter box
Male connector type, interface side M12, 4-pin M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread. 1 x M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thrd.
Female connector type, sensor side 2 x M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thrd.
Cable PUR, black
References Straight connector, screw thread. XZCC12MDM40B FTXCY1212
Elbowed connector, screw thread. XZCC12MCM40B
Cable L = 0.5 m XZCP1564L05
Cable L = 2 m XZCP1564L2
8/18
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Tools
Adjustment and addressing terminals
Display 25 mm LCD screen 13 mm LCD screen
AS-Interface voltage / current measurement yes no
Addresses stored in memory yes no
Access to functions direct by selector switch by pull-down menu
Compatibility V1/V2 V1/V2
Operating time 2500 addressing operations 250 read/write operations
References ASITERV2 XZMC11
Reference with set of 7 leads + protective cover for terminal ASITERV2SET
Addressing accessories for terminals ASITERV2
and XZMC11
Product connection Infrared addressing Socket
For products ASISSL ABE8 / APP1 / ASILUF /
XBZS43 / ASI20M
References ASITERIR1 XZMG12
Product connection M12, male M12, female Jack plug
For products (2) ASI67FMP
XVB / XAL / LF
ASI20M / ASI67FFP
References ASITERACC1M ASITERACC1F ASITERACC
(2) Possibility to connect AS-Interface cable using T connector XZCG0120.
8/19
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Safety relevant sensors
Acquire the information
Safety relevant processing
Monitor & process the information
Safety relevant actuators
Stop the machine or equipment
Design
Implementation /
Certification
Risk assessment
analysis
Maintenance /
Inspection /
Audit
Safe signal transmission
Since a perfect
safety system
does not exist, the
latest standards
relating to
functional safety
and voluntary
application
provide new risk
management
methods to be
used from the
design stage by
applying
principles such as
the safety
integrity level
(SIL) as well as
extensively using
established
operating safety
concepts.
Full safety chain:
Preventa Ingenious and innovative, Preventa safety solutions provide maximum protection for all the
safety functions of your automation system.
b To export your machines to any location in the world, you expect solutions that are both
approved and conform to international standards.
b To maintain productivity, you need solutions quickly to assist you, irrespective of the
circumstances.
b You seek universal solutions to respond to the diversity of your customers requirements
and, at the same time, optimise your stock.
Select
Preventa:
Machine safety
Safety solutions using
Preventa for better protection
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Contents
9/1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Safety standard .................................................. 9/2 to 9/9
Automation ........................................................... 9/6 to 9/11
b Safety PLCs
b Safety controllers and modules
AS-Interface Safety at work ............9/12 and 9/13
b Safety monitors and interfaces
Detection ...............................................................9/14 to 9/21
b Safety switches
b Safety limit switches and mats
b Safety light curtains
Operator dialogue ........................................9/22 to 9/26
b Emergency stops
b Foot switches
b Two-hand control and enabling switches
b Products for explosive atmospheres
(see chapter 10 Explosive Atmospheres)
Motor control ....................................................9/27 to 9/29
b Switch disconnectors
b TeSys motor starters
EN IEC 61511 EN IEC 61508-3 EN IEC 62061 EN ISO 13849-1*
EN 954-1*
Safety related parts of
control systems
EN IEC 61508
Functional safety of electrical / electronic /
programmable electronic safety-related systems
Safety of Systems and Equipment
Process Machines
Software
*Covering also the non-electrical technologies?e.g. hydraulics...
EN IEC 61511 EN IEC 61508-3 EN IEC 62061 EN ISO 13849-1*
EN 954-1*
Safety related parts of
control systems
EN IEC 61508
Functional safety of electrical / electronic /
programmable electronic safety-related systems
Safety of Systems and Equipment
Process Machines
Software
*Covering also the non-electrical technologies?e.g. hydraulics...
Residual risk Tolerable risk equipment under control risk
Necessary risk reduction
Actual risk reduction
Increasing
risk
Practical risk covered
by external risk
reduction facilities
Practical risk covered by electrical /
electronic / programmable electronic
safety-related systems
by other technology
Risk reduction achieved by all safety-related systems and external risk reduction facilities
Residual risk Tolerable risk equipment under control risk
Necessary risk reduction
Actual risk reduction
Increasing
risk
by external risk
reduction facilities
Practical risk covered by electrical /
electronic / programmable electronic
by other technology
Risk reduction achieved by all safety-related systems and external risk reduction facilities
1
2
3
Safety integrity
level
SIL
High demand or continuous
mode of operation
(Probability of a dangerous
failure per hour)
PFHD
10
-8
to < 10
-7
10
-7
to < 10
-6
10
-6
to < 10
-5
1
2
3
Safety integrity
level
SIL
High demand or continuous
mode of operation
(Probability of a dangerous
failure per hour)
PFHD
10
-8
to < 10
-7
10
-7
to < 10
-6
10
-6
to < 10
-5
Risk reduction according to EN IEC 61508
b Safety is achieved by risk reduction (for those hazards that cannot
be designed-out).
b Residual risk is the risk remaining after protective measures have
been taken.
b Protective measures realised by E/E/PE safety related systems
contribute to risk reduction.
Functional Safety and Safety Integrity Level (SIL)
For machinery, the probability of dangerous failures per hour of a
control system is denoted in EN IEC 62061 as the PFHD
b The rate of failures can be expressed as follows:
=
s
+
dd
+
du
b The calculation of the PFHD for a system or subsystem depends on
several parameters:
p the dangerous failure rate (
d
) of the subsystem elements
p the fault tolerance (e.g. redundancy) of the system
p the diagnostic test interval (T2)
p the proof test interval (T1) or lifetime whichever is smaller
p the susceptibility to common cause failures ()
b For each of the four different logical architectures A to D there is a
different formula to calculate the PFHD. (see EN IEC 62061)
(The principal relationship is: PFHD

=
d
x 1h)
s
= rate of safe failures,
dd
= rate of detected dangerous failures,
du
= rate of undetected dangerous failures
In practice, detected dangerous failure are dealt with by fault
reaction functions
9/2
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Probability of
occurrence of
that harm
Frequency and duration of exposure Fr
Probability of occurrence of a hazardous event Pr
Probability of avoiding or limiting harm Av
Risk related
to the
identified
hazard
Severity of
the possible
harm
= and
Probability of
occurrence of
that harm
Frequency and duration of exposure Fr
Probability of occurrence of a hazardous event Pr
Probability of avoiding or limiting harm Av
Risk related
to the
identified
hazard
Severity of
the possible
harm
= and

Consequences Frequency and duration of exposure (Fr) Severity (Se)
Irreversible: death, losing an eye or arm 4
3
2
1
Probability of occurrence Probability (Pr)
Very high
Likely
Possible
Rarely
Negligible
Frequency of exposure
Duration
> 10 min
5
5
4
3
2
5
4
3
2
1
Probability of a voiding or limiting harm (Av)
Impossible
Rarely
Probable
5
3
1
1 h
> 1 h to 1 day
> 1 day to 2 weeks
> 2 weeks to 1 year
> 1 year
Irreversible: broken limb(s), losing a finger(s)
Reversible: requiring attention from a medical practitioner
Reversible: requiring first aid
Serial no. Hazard Se Fr Pr Av Cl
1 Hazard x 4 5 + + = 4 3 12
2
Product :
Issued by :
Date :
Black area = Safetymeasures required
Grey area = Safety mesures recommended
3 - 4 5 - 7 8 - 10 14 - 15
4 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 3 SIL 3 <= 1 hour 5 Common 5
3 OM SIL 1 SIL 2 SIL 3 > 1 h to <= 1 day 5 Likely 4
2 OM SIL 1 SIL 2 > 1 day to <= 2 wks 4 Possible 3 Impossible 5
1 OM SIL 1 > 2 wks to <= 1 year 3 Rarely 2 Possible 3
> 1 year 2 Negligible 1 Likely 1
No. Se Fr Pr Av Cl
Risk assessment and safety measures
11 - 13
Safe Hazard
Reversible, medical attention
Reversible, first aid
Safety Measure
Avoidance
Av
Consequences
Class Cl Frequency and duration
Fr
Death, losing an eye or arm
Permanent, losing fingers
(Se)
Probability of hzd. Event
Pr
Comments

Consequences Frequency and duration of exposure (Fr) Severity (Se)
Irreversible: death, losing an eye or arm 4
3
2
1
Probability of occurrence Probability (Pr)
Very high
Likely
Possible
Rarely
Negligible
Frequency of exposure
Duration
> 10 min
5
5
4
3
2
5
4
3
2
1
Probability of a voiding or limiting harm (Av)
Impossible
Rarely
Probable
5
3
1
1 h
> 1 h to 1 day
> 1 day to 2 weeks
> 2 weeks to 1 year
> 1 year
Irreversible: broken limb(s), losing a finger(s)
Reversible: requiring attention from a medical practitioner
Reversible: requiring first aid
Serial no. Hazard Se Fr Pr Av Cl
1 Hazard x 4 5 + + = 4 3 12
2
Product :
Issued by :
Date :
Black area = Safetymeasures required
Grey area = Safety mesures recommended
3 - 4 5 - 7 8 - 10 14 - 15
4 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 3 SIL 3 <= 1 hour 5 Common 5
3 OM SIL 1 SIL 2 SIL 3 > 1 h to <= 1 day 5 Likely 4
2 OM SIL 1 SIL 2 > 1 day to <= 2 wks 4 Possible 3 Impossible 5
1 OM SIL 1 > 2 wks to <= 1 year 3 Rarely 2 Possible 3
> 1 year 2 Negligible 1 Likely 1
No. Se Fr Pr Av Cl
Risk assessment and safety measures
11 - 13
Safe Hazard
Reversible, medical attention
Reversible, first aid
Safety Measure
Avoidance
Av
Consequences
Class Cl Frequency and duration
Fr
Death, losing an eye or arm
Permanent, losing fingers
(Se)
Probability of hzd. Event
Pr
Comments
Machinery: Risk estimation and SIL assignment of EN IEC 62061
Given as an example in an informative Annex
Machinery: Determination of the required SIL.
Example according to EN IEC 62061
9/3
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
a
b
c
d
e
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
F1
F2
F1
S1
S2
F2
Starting point for
the evaluation of
the contribution
to the risk
reduction
of a safety
function
Required
performance
level (PL
r
)
High contribution
to risk reduction
Low contribution
to risk reduction
a
b
c
d
e
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
F1
F2
F1
S1
S2
F2
Starting point for
the evaluation of
the contribution
to the risk
reduction
of a safety
function
Required
performance
level (PL
r
)
High contribution
to risk reduction
Low contribution
to risk reduction
a
b 1
c 1
d 2
e 3
Cat. B
MTTF
d
of each channel = low
DC avg =
0
Cat. 1
DC avg =
0
Cat. 2
DC avg =
low
Cat. 2
DC avg =
medium
Cat. 3
DC avg =
low
Cat. 3
DC avg =
medium
Cat. 4
DC avg =
high
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

l
e
v
e
l

E
N

I
S
O

1
3
8
4
9
-
1
S
a
f
e
t
y

I
n
t
e
g
r
i
t
y

L
e
v
e
l

E
N

I
E
C

6
2
0
6
1

MTTF
d
of each channel = medium
MTTF
d
of each channel = high
Safety category level EN 954-1
a
b 1
c 1
d 2
e 3
Cat. B
MTTF
d
of each channel = low
DC avg =
0
Cat. 1
DC avg =
0
Cat. 2
DC avg =
low
Cat. 2
DC avg =
medium
Cat. 3
DC avg =
low
Cat. 3
DC avg =
medium
Cat. 4
DC avg =
high
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

l
e
v
e
l

E
N

I
S
O

1
3
8
4
9
-
1
S
a
f
e
t
y

I
n
t
e
g
r
i
t
y

L
e
v
e
l

E
N

I
E
C

6
2
0
6
1

MTTF
d
of each channel = medium
MTTF
d
of each channel = high
Safety category level EN 954-1
b The parameter for the failure rate in
EN ISO 13849-1 is the Mean Time To
Failure (MTTF). This time value indicates
the number of years in which the rst
failure probably occurs.
p MTTF = mean time to failure [years]
The mean time after installation of
devices to any rst failure.
The general relation between
and MTTF is:
MTTF = 1/
p MTBF = mean time between failures
Not relevant for devices which are not
repaired.
p MTTF
d
= mean time to dangerous failure
The MTTF
d
is dened in EN ISO 13849-1
as the expectation of the mean time to
dangerous failure of a safety related
part of a control system.
S = Severity of injury
S1 = Slight (normally reversible injury)
S2 = Serious (normally irreversible) injury including death
F = Frequency and/or exposure time to the
hazard
F1 = Seldom to less often and/or the exposure time is short
F2 = Frequent to continuous and/or the exposure time is long
P = Possibility of avoiding the hazard or
limiting the harm
P1 = Possible under specic conditions
P2 = Scarcely possible
Safety of Machinery:
*
EN ISO 13849-1 Risk graph and parameters
Safety of Machinery:
*
EN ISO 13849-1, denition of MTTF
d
* In several application the realisation of performance level c by category 1 may not
be sufcient. In this case a higher category e.g. 2 or 3 should be chosen.
9/4
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SafetySuite V2 software
b Protect Area Design
Safety light curtains and
sensing mats conguration
software.
b ASI SWIN
AS-Interface safety monitor
conguration software.
b XPS MCWIN
XPS MC safety controllers
conguration software.
b XPS MFWIN
XPS MF safety PLCs
programming software.
SafetySuite V2 software incorporates 4 software applications
for machine safety, it is available in 4 complete versions and 3
versions updated, adapted to your particular needs:
SafetySuite V2 comprising Protect Area Design (full version) and
demo versions of the 3 other software applications.
Reference: SISCD104200
SafetySuite V2 comprising Protect Area Design and ASI SWIN (full
versions) and demo versions of the other 2 software applications.
Reference: ASISWIN2
ASISWIN update version comprising the new ASISWIN 2+, only if
the previous version of Safety Suite V1 with ASISWIN2 version 2.0.3
(ref: ASISWIN) have been already installed.
Reference: SSVASISWINUP
SafetySuite V2 comprising Protect Area Design, ASI SWIN and
XPS MCWIN (full versions) and demo version of XPS MFWIN.
Reference: XPSMCWIN
XPSMCWIN update version comprising the new XPSMCWIN 2.10,
only if the previous version of Safety Suite V1 with XPSMCWIN
version 2.0 (ref: XPSMCWIN) have been already installed.
Reference: SSVXPSMCWINUP
SafetySuite V2 comprising Protect Area Design, ASI SWIN,
XPS MCWIN and XPS MFWIN (full versions).
Reference: SSV1XPSMFWIN
XPSMFWIN update version comprising the new XPSMFWIN 4.1 build
6150, only if the previous version of Safety Suite V1 with XPSMFWIN
version 4.1 (ref: SSV1XPSMFWIN) have been already installed.
Reference: SSVXPSMFWINUP
9/5
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Safety PLC type Compact
Number of inputs/outputs Digital (congurable with XPSMFWIN software) 24
Pulsed (1) 2x4
Memory capacity Application 250 Kb
Data 250 Kb
Supply External 24 VDC supply (with separate protection conforming to IEC 61131-2)
Communication On Ethernet network with safe Ethernet protocol Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45)
On Modbus TCP/IP Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45)
On Modbus (Serial link) Integrated (1xRJ45) Integrated (1xRJ45)
On Probus DP Integrated (SUB-D9) Integrated (SUB-D9)
Input/output connections Removable screw terminal blocks or removable cage clamp terminal blocks coded with locating device
References XPSMF4000 XPSMF4002 XPSMF4020 XPSMF4022 XPSMF4040 XPSMF4042
(1) They outputs are not safety outputs.
Compact
Safety PLC type Compact
Number of inputs Digital 20 20 24 24 24
Analogue 8 8 8
Counting 2 2 2
Number of outputs Digital 8 8 8 8 8
Analogue
Relay
Memory capacity Application 250 Kb
Data 250 Kb
Communication On Ethernet network (Modbus TCP/IP) Integrated (4xRJ45) Integrated (4xRJ45) Integrated (4xRJ45) Integrated (4xRJ45) Integrated (4xRJ45)
On Modbus (Serial link) Integrated (SUB-D9) Integrated (SUB-D9)
On Probus DP Integrated (SUB-D9)
Input/output connections Removable screw terminal blocks, coded with locating device
References (2) XPSMF3022 XPSMF31222 XPSMF3502 XPSMF3522 XPSMF3542
(2) Products referenced XPSMF30/MF31/MF35 are marked Himatrix F30, F31 and F35.
Safety PLCs
Compact
Preventa
Automation
For all XPSMF PLCs
p Maximum category of the solution .................................. Category 4
(EN 954-1)
p Max performance level for the solution .......................... PL e
(EN ISO 13849-1)
p Max safety integrity level for the solution ........................ SIL 3
(EN IEC 62061)
9/6
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type CPU Power supply
module
Rack
with 6 slots
Software
Memory capacity Application 500 Kb For XPSMF PLCs
Data 500 Kb
Supply External 24 VDC, integrated
Communication On Ethernet network (Modbus TCP/IP) Integrated (4xRJ45) Complete version
On Modbus bus (Serial link) Integrated (SUB-D9) SSV1XPSMFWIN
Power connections Screw terminal blocks Screw terminal blocks (1)
Dimensions W x D x H 257 x 239 x 310 mm Update version
References XPSMFCPU22 XPSMFPS01 XPSMFGEH01 SSVXPSMFWINUP
I/O module type For modular safety PLC
Analogue Digital Relay
Number of inputs Digital 24 32 24
Analogue 8
Counting 2
Number of outputs Digital 4 16
Analogue 8
Relay 8
Supply Removable screw terminal blocks, coded with locating device
References XPSMFAI801 XPSMFAO801 XPSMFCIO2401 XPSMFDI2401 XPSMFDI3201 XPSMFDIO241601 XPSMFDO801
Decentralised safety I/O modules
Module type Inputs/Ouputs
Digital
Number of inputs Digital 16 8+2 16 20
Number of outputs Digital 8 8 8
Pulsed 4 2 2
Communication On Safe Ethernet network (Modbus TCP/IP) Integrated (2xRJ45)
References (2) XPSMF1DI1601 XPSMF3DIO8801 XPSMF3DIO16801 XPSMF3DIO20802
I/O module type Inputs/Outputs
Analogue
Outputs
Digital Relay
Number of inputs Analogue 8
Number of outputs Digital 4 16
Analogue (not safety) 4
Relay 8 16
Communication On Safe Ethernet network (Modbus TCP/IP) Integrated (2xRJ45)
References (2) XPSMF3AIO8401 XPSMF2DO401 XPSMF2DO1601 XPSMF2DO801 XPSMF2DO1602
(1) To be ordered only if the previous version of have been already installed.
(2) Products referenced XPSMF1/MF2/MF3 are marked Himatrix F1, F2 and F3.
For all XPSMF PLCs
p Maximum category of the solution .................................. Category 4
(EN 954-1)
p Max performance level for the solution .......................... PL e
(EN ISO 13849-1)
(EN IEC 62061)
9/7
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Universal
Universal
Universal
Preventa
Automation
Safety controllers for monitoring
emergency stops and limit switches
For all XPSMC controllers
p Max performance level for the solution (EN ISO 13849-1) ...................PL e
p Max safety integrity level for the solution (EN IEC 62061) ....................SIL 3
Maximum category of the solution Category 4
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits Safety 2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state 2 x 3N/O per function
Additional 3 solid-state
Display (number of LEDs) 30 12
Width of housing 74 mm 45 mm
Communication interface Modbus Modbus, CANopen Modbus, Probus DP
Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z (1) (2) XPSMC32ZC (1) (2) XPSMC32ZP (1) (2) XPSMP11123P (3)
coded magnetic switches
enabling switch
(EN 954-1)
For monitoring magnetic switches and enabling switch
Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z (1)(2) XPSMC32ZC (1)(2) XPSMC32ZP (1)(2) XPSMP11123P (3)
safety mats and edging
(EN 954-1)
Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z (1)(2) XPSMC32ZC (1)(2) XPSMC32ZP (1)(2) XPSMP11123P (3)
(1) Version with 32 inputs. For version with 16 inputs, replace 32 in the reference by 16 (example: XPSMC32Z becomes XPSMC16Z).
(2) Conguration software XPSMCWIN (complete version) or SSVXPSMCWINUP (update version), connecting cable, adaptor and set of screw terminal plug-in connectors
XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of spring clip terminal plug-in connectors XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32 to be ordered separately.
(3) For xed connector version, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).
9/8
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Safety modules for monitoring
emergency stops and limit switches
Maximum category of the solution Category 3 Category 4
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits Safety 3N/O 3N/O 3N/O 7N/O 3N/O+3N/O time del. 2N/O+3N/O time del.
Additional 1 solid-state 1N/C + 4 solid-state 2N/C + 4 solid-state 3 solid-state 4 solid-state
Display (number of LEDs) 2 3 4 4 11 4
Width of housing 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 45 mm 90 mm 45 mm 45 mm
Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage (1) 24 VDC XPSAV11113P
24 VAC/DC XPSAC5121P XPSAF5130P XPSAK311144P XPSAR311144P XPSATE5110P
230 VAC XPSATE3710P
(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSAV11113P becomes XPSAV11113).
coded magnetic switches
enabling switch
(EN 954-1)
For monitoring 2 coded magnetic 6 coded magnetic enabling switch
switches maximum switches maximum
Number of circuits Safety 2N/O 2N/O 2N/O
Additional 2 solid-state 2 solid-state 2 solid-state
Display (number of LEDs) 3 15 3
Width of housing 22.5 mm 45 mm 22.5 mm
Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSDMB1132P (1) XPSDME1132P (1) XPSVC1132P (1)
(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSDMB1132P becomes XPSDMB1132).
safety mats and edging
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits Safety 3N/O
Additional 1N/C + 4 solid-state
Display (number of LEDs) 4
Width of housing 45 mm
Supply voltage 24 VAC/DC XPSAK311144P (1)
(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSAK311144P becomes XPSAK311144).
9/9
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0,0
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1,0
0,0
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1,0
Universal
Universal
Universal
Preventa
Automation
Safety controllers for monitoring
two-hand control
For all XPSMC controllers
p Max performance level for the solution (EN ISO 13849-1) ...................PL e
p Max safety integrity level for the solution (EN IEC 62061) ....................SIL 3
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits Safety 2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state
Additional
Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z (1)(2) XPSMC32ZC (1)(2) XPSMC32ZP (1)(2)
light curtains
2 light curtains
(EN 954-1)
monitoring max.
Number of circuits Safety 2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state 2x3N/O per function 6 PNP solid-state
Additional 3 solid-state 1 PNP + 1 NPN
Display (number of LEDs) 30 12 14 + double display units
Width of housing 74 mm 45 mm 100 mm
Integral Muting function Yes No Yes
Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z(1)(2) XPSMC32ZC(1)(2) XPSMC32ZP(1)(2) XPSMP11123P (3) XPSLCM1150 (4)
(1) Version with 32 inputs, for version with 16 inputs, replace 32 in the reference by 16 (example: XPSMC32Z becomes XPSMC16Z).
(3) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).
(4) Removable terminal blocks
zero speed, time delay
(EN 954-1)
For monitoring Motor zero speed condition
Number of circuits Safety 2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state
Additional
Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z (5) (2) XPSMC32ZC (5) (2) XPSMC32ZP (5) (2)
(2) Conguration software XPSMCWIN (complete version) or SSVXPSMCWINUP (update version), connecting cable, adaptor and set of screw terminal plug-in connectors
XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of spring clip terminal plug-in connectors XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32 to be ordered separately.
(5) Plug-in connector version only.
9/10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0,0
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1,0
Safety modules for monitoring
two-hand control
(EN 954-1) (type IIIA to EN 574) (type IIIC to EN 574)
Number of circuits Safety 1N/O 2N/O 2N/O
Additional 1N/C 1N/C 2 solid-state
Display (number of LEDs) 2 3 3
Width of housing 22.5 mm 45 mm 22.5 mm
Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSBC1110 XPSBF1132P (1)
24 VAC/DC XPSBA5120
(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSBF1132P becomes XPSBF1132).
light curtains
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits Safety 2N/O 3N/O 3N/O 7N/O
Additional 4 solid-state 1N/C + 4 solid-state 1N/C + 4 solid-state
Display (number of LEDs) 4 3 4 4
Width of housing 45 mm 22.5 mm 45 mm 90 mm
Integral Muting function Yes No No No
Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSCM1144P (1)
24 VAC/DC XPSAFL5130P (1) XPSAK311144P (1) XPSAR311144P (1)
(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSCM1144P becomes XPSCM1144).
zero speed, time delay and lifts
(EN 954-1)
For monitoring Motor zero speed condition Safety time delay Lifts
Number of circuits Safety 1N/O + 1N/C 1N/O time delay 1N/O pulse 2N/O
Additional 2 solid-state 2N/C + 2 solid-state 2N/C + 2 solid-state 2 solid-state
Display (number of LEDs) 4 4 4 4
Width of housing 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm
Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSVNE1142P (1)
24 VAC/DC XPSTSA5142P (2) XPSTSW5142P (2) XPSDA5142
(1) Motor frequency 60 Hz.. For frequencies 60 Hz, please refer to the Safety solution catalogue.
(2) Removable terminal block version only.
9/11
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Preventa
AS-Interface safety at work
Safety monitors
Monitors
Conguration software, adjustment terminal and
AS-Interface analyser
Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Category 4
Number of circuits Safety 2N/O 2 x 2N/O
Auxiliary 1 solid-state 2 solid-state
Master module compatibility V1 / V2.1 V1 / V2.1
References of monitor with enhanced functions ASISAFEMON1B ASISAFEMON2B
standard functions ASISAFEMON1 ASISAFEMON2
(1) CD-ROM with hardware and software user guides.
(2) For addressing safety interfaces, use the infrared adaptor ASITERIR1 or the standard adaptor ASISAD1.
(3) To be ordered only if the previous version of have been already installed.
Accessories
Type Adaptor
for the adressing
of safety interfaces
Infrared adaptor
for adjustment terminal
Tap-off
for AS-Interface cable
Cable
for monitor
parametering, RS 232
Cable
for monitor to monitor
transfer
Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 20 IP 20
Cable length 1 m 2 m 2 m 0.2 m
References ASISAD1 ASITERIR1 XZCG0122 ASISCPC ASISCM
Type Safety Suite
conguration software (1)
Adjustment terminal (2) AS-Interface Analyser
Multilingual EN / FR / DE / ES / IT / PT b Analysis and diagnostics of AS-Interface
For use with ASISAFEMON1/2, line and Safety at Work
ASISAFEMON1B/2B b Complements the diagnostic functions of
Media CD-ROM PC the local AS-Interface master
Environment Windows b Maintenance or validation of AS-Interface
Degree of protection IP 20 lines
Supply 4 x LR6 batteries b Print-out of AS-Interface line tests
References Complete version ASISWIN2 ASITERV2 ASISA01
Update version (3) SSVASISWINUP
For all ASISAFEMON monitors
p Max performance level for the solution ......................... PL e
(EN ISO 13849-1)
(EN IEC 62061)
9/12
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Accessories
(5) For connection using 2 pre-wired connectors, or 1 pre-wired connector + 1 connector.
(6) For 1 x ISO M20 entry, use adaptor shown below.
Type of entry 2 x M12 entries (5) 1 x M12 entry 1 x ISO M16 entry (6)
Dimensions W x D x H 40 x 40 x 58 mm 40 x 40 x 58 mm 40 x 40 x 57.5 mm
AS-Interface prole S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F
Consumption from AS-Interface 45 mA 45 mA 45 mA
Infrared addressing Yes Yes Yes
Connection on AS-Interface IDC (1) IDC (1) IDC (1)
References ASISSLC2 ASISSLC1 ASISSLLS
Safety interfaces
For 22 Emergency stop
Interface type For mushroom head pushbuttons Control stations
Metal
(1)
Plastic
(1)
Plastic
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 40 x 90 x 68 40 x 80 x 40 40 x 90 x 64 40 x 90 x 40 66 x 95 x 78 66 x 95 x 78
AS-Interface prole S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F
Consumption from AS-Interface 45 mA 45 mA 45 mA 45 mA 45 mA 45 mA
Infrared addressing Yes No Yes No No No
Connection on AS-Interface IDC (2) Connector IDC (2) Connector M12 connector M12 connector
Reference with N/C + N/C contact (head not included) ASISSLB4 ASISSLE4 ASISSLB5 ASISSLE5 ASISEA1C ASISEK1C
Reference of head (40 latching mushroom head, turn to release) ZB4BS844 (3) ZB4BS844 (3) ZB4AS844 (3) ZB5AS844 (3) Integrated (4) Integrated (5)
(1) For installation in enclosures.
(2) IDC: Insulation Displacement Connector.
(3) Head to be ordered separately. For other heads, please refer to www.telemecanique.com.
(4) Turn to release latching mushroom head.
(5) Key release (n 455) latching mushroom head.
For other safety products with
M12 connector outputs or ISO M16/20
Type Tap-off for
AS-Interface cable
Connectors Pre-wired
connector
Adaptor
(sold in lots of 5)
Description M12 female, threaded elbowed straight straight ISO M16/M20
Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Length of cable 2 m
References XZCG0120 XZCC12MCM40B XZCC12MDM40B XZCP1541L2 DE9RI2016
9/13
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20/22 20/22
20/22
40,3
20/22
40,3
20/22 20/22
9
5
88
9
5
88
6
0
30
6
0
30
20/22 20/22
2-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O)
2-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C)
3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O + N/O)
3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C + N/O)
Preventa
Detection
Safety switches
and actuators
Plastic, double insulated switches Type XCSMP Type XCSPA and TA Type XCSTE
pre-cabled, L = 2 m 1xISO M16 entry. (2) 2xISO M16 entries. (2) 1 x ISO M16 cable entry (2)
Actuation speed (min max) 0,05 m/s 1,5 m/s 0,1 m/s 0,5 m/s 0,1 m/s 0,5 m/s
Rated operational characteristics (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1) AC 15, C 300 / DC 13, Q 300 AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 AC 15, B 300 / DC 13, Q 300
Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H 30 x 15 x 87 mm 30 x 30 x 93,5 mm 52 x 30 x 114,5 mm 110 x 33 x 93,5 mm
Solenoid supply voltage 24 VAC/DC
Complete switch N/C+N/O stag. slow break XCSMP59L2 (3)

XCSPA592

XCSTE5312

N/C+N/C slow break XCSMP79L2 (3)

XCSPA792

XCSTE7312

N/C+N/C+N/C slow break XCSMP70L2 (3)

XCSPA892

XCSTA592

N/C+N/C+N/C snap action

N/C+N/C+N/C slow break XCSMP80L2 (3)

XCSPA992

XCSTA792

N/C+N/C+N/C snap action
XCSPA492

Without locking
Locking on de-energisation
of solenoid (1)
3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O + N/O)
3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C + N/O) Without locking With interlocking, manual unlocking
By button By key lock
Locking on de-energisation
of solenoid (1)
(1) For locking on energisation of solenoid, please refer to www.Telemecanique.com.
(2) With entry for n 11 (Pg 11) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSPA592 becomes XCSPA591).
(3) For other models, please refer to www.Telemecanique.com.
Metal switches Type XCSA/B/C
1 x ISO M20 cable entry (2)
Type XCSE
2 x ISO M20 cable entries (2)
Actuation speed (min max) 0.1 m/s 0.5 m/s 0.1 m/s 0.5 m/s
Rated operational characteristics (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1) AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 AC 15, B 300 / DC 13, Q 300
Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H 40 x 44 x 113.5 mm 52 x 44 x 113.5 mm 52 x 44 x 113.5 mm 98 x 44 x 146 mm
Solenoid supply voltage 24 VAC/DC 110/120 VAC/DC 220/240 VAC/DC
Complete switch N/C + N/O + N/O slow break XCSA502

XCSB502

XCSC502

XCSE5312

XCSE5332

XCSE5342

N/C + N/C + N/O slow break XCSA702

XCSB702

XCSC702

XCSE7312

XCSE7332

XCSE7342

(1) For locking on energisation of solenoid, please refer to www.Telemecanique.com.
(2) With entry for n 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSA502 becomes XCSA501).
Accessories
Straight actuator Wide actuator L=40 mm (1) Right-angled actuator Pivoting actuator
Straight actuator Right-angled actuator Pivoting actuator, RH door Pivoting actuator, LH door
Guard/door retainer
Straight actuator Wide actuator Pivoting actuator
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
For safety switches XCSMP Actuators
References XCSZ81 XCSZ84 XCSZ83 XCSZ85
References
Actuators Retaining device
(1) For L = 29 mm, reference = XCSZ15. XCSZ11 XCSZ12 XCSZ14 XCSZ13 XCSZ21
For safety switches XCSA/B/C/E Actuators Door lock
9/14
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20/22 20/22
20/22
40,3
20/22
40,3
2-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O)
2-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C)
Safety switches
with rotary lever or spindle
Stainless steel, elbowed (ush with rear of switch) lever Stainless steel straight lever Stainless steel
Lever to left Lever centred Lever to right Lever to left or right Lever centred spindle, L = 30 mm
Plastic switches Type XCSPL with rotary lever or XCSPR with spindle
Minimum torque (actuation / positive opening) 0,1 / 0,25 N.m
Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (selon EN IEC 60947-5-1)
Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H 30 x 30 x 160 mm 30 x 30 x 96 mm
Tripping angle 5
Complete switch N/C+N/O stag. slow break XCSPL592

XCSPL582

XCSPL572

XCSPL562

XCSPR552
N/C+N/C slow break XCSPL791 (2)

XCSPL781 (2)

XCSPL771 (2)

XCSPL762

XCSPR752
N/C+N/C+N/C slow break XCSPL862

N/C+N/C+N/C slow break XCSPL981 (2)

XCSPL962

XCSPR952
3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O + N/O)
3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C + N/O)
Stainless steel, elbowed (ush with Stainless steel straight lever Stainless steel spindle
rear of switch) lever - Lever centred Lever centred Length 30 mm
Plastic switches Type XCSTL with rotary lever or XCSTR with spindle
2 x ISO M16 cable entries (1)
Minimum torque (actuation / positive opening) 0.1 / 0.45 N.m
Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)
Dimensions (body + head) W x P x H 52 x 30 x 180 mm 52 x 30 x 117 mm
Tripping angle
5
Complete switch N/C + N/O + N/O, 2 N/O staggered slow break XCSTL582
XCSTL552

XCSTR552

N/C + N/C + N/O, N/O staggered slow break XCSTL782

XCSTL752
XCSTR752
(1) With entry for n 11 (Pg 11) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSPL592 becomes XCSPL591).
(2) For entry for ISO M20 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA1620 (sold in lots of 5).
(1) With entry for n 11 (Pg 11) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSTL582 becomes XCSTL581).
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
9/15
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/BN
NO
NO
I1
I2
O1
O2
7/GY
4/BK
6/PK
2/WH
3/BU
K1 K2
+
+
+
1
7
6 4
3
2
F1
2 A
1/BN
NO
NO
I1
I2
O1
O2
7/VT Er
5/GY
4/BK
6/PK
2/WH
3/BU
K1 K2
K1 K2
+
+
+
8/OG
+
Diag
1
7
6 4
5
3
2
8
+
F1
2 A
Contact
(N/C + N/O,
N/C
staggered)
Contact
(N/O + N/O,
1N/O
staggered)
Contact
(N/C + N/C
+ N/O, 1N/C
staggered)
Contact
(N/C + N/O
+ N/O, 1N/O
staggered)
(1) (1)
B
K
B
U
W
H
B
N
B
K
B
U
W
H
B
N
B
K
B
U
W
H
B
N
B
K
B
U
W
H
B
N
P
K
G
Y
B
K
W
H
B
U
B
N
P
K
G
Y
B
K
W
H
B
U
B
N
P
K
G
Y
B
K
W
H
B
U
B
N
P
K
G
Y
B
K
W
H
B
U
B
N
Rectangular Rectangular Cylindrical Rectangular Rectangular Cylindrical
Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2)
Coded magnetic
Plastic switches Type XCSDM coded magnetic
Pre-cabled, L = 2 m
Connector on ying lead, L = 10 cm (3)
Switches for actuation Face to face, face to side, side to side Face to face Face to face, face to side, side to side Face to face
Degree of protection IP 66 + IP 67 IP 66 + IP 67
Type of contact REED REED
Rated operational characteristics Ue = 24 VDC, Ie = 100 mA Ue = 24 VDC, Ie = 100 mA
Dimensions W x D x H 16 x 7 x 51 mm 25 x 13 x 88 mm M30 x 38,5 mm 16 x 7 x 51 mm 25 x 13 x 88 mm M30 x 38.5 mm
Operating zone (4) Sao = 5 / Sar = 15 Sao = 8 / Sar = 20 Sao = 5 / Sar = 15 Sao = 8 / Sar = 20
Switch with coded magnet N/C + N/O, N/C staggered XCSDMC5902 XCSDMP5902 XCSDMR5902 XCSDMC590L01M8 XCSDMP590L01M12 XCSDMR590L01M12
N/O + N/O, 1N/O staggered XCSDMC7902 XCSDMR7902 XCSDMR7902 XCSDMC790L01M8 XCSDMP790L01M12 XCSDMR790L01M12
N/C + N/C + N/O, 1N/C staggered XCSDMP5002 XCSDMP500L01M12
N/C + N/O + N/O, 1N/O staggered XCSDMP7002 XCSDMP700L01M12
(1) NB. Contact states shown are with the magnet present.
(2) For version with LED indicator, replace the last 0 in the reference by 1 (example: XCSDMC5902 becomes XCSDMC5912).
(3) For associated pre-wired female connectors, please refer to the Safety solution catalogue.
(4) Sao: assured operating distance. Sar: assured release distance.
Type of system SIL2/Category 3 Sil3/Category 4
With integrated safety module XCSDM3 XCSDM4
Switches for actuation Face to face, face to side, side to side
Degree of protection Pre-cabled: IP66 / IP67, IP69K, connector: IP67
Type of contact 2 solid-state output PNP/NO, 1,5 A / 24VDC (2 A up to 60C)
Rated operational characteristics Ub: 24 VDC +10% - 20%
Operating zone Sao= 10 mm / Sar= 20 mm
References Connection for cable L= 2m XCSDM379102 XCSDM480102
for cable L= 5m XCSDM379105 XCSDM480105
for cable L= 10m XCSDM379110 XCSDM480110
for connector M12 XCSDM3791M12 XCSDM4801M12
Preventa
Detection
Coded magnetic technology
Plastic coded magnetic system
(1) (1)
XCSDM3 XCSDM4
9/16
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
R
D
-
W
H
R
D
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
-
W
H
B
K
R
D
-
W
H
R
D
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
-
W
H
B
K
R
D
-
W
H
R
D
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
-
W
H
B
K
R
D
-
W
H
R
D
B
U
B
N
GN-YE
B
K
-
W
H
B
K
Preventa
Detection
Limit switches
Safety limit switches
3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
Slow break
3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
Snap action
3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
Slow break
3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
Snap action
(2) For Pg 13.5 and 1/2" NPT cable entries, refer to www.Telemecanique.com.
Metal Roller plunger Thermoplastic
end plunger roller lever
Metal Roller Thermoplastic Metal Roller Thermoplastic
end plunger plunger roller lever end plunger plunger roller lever
Miniature switches Type XCSM, metal
pre-cabled, L = 1 m (1)
Maximum actuation speed 0.5 m/s 0.5 m/s 1.5 m/s
Minimum force or torque (actuation / positive opening) 8.5 N / 42.5 N 7 N / 35 N 0.5 N.m / 0.1 N.m
Degree of protection IP 66 + IP 67 + IP 68 IP 66 + IP 67 + IP 68 IP 66 + IP 67 + IP 68
Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H 30 x 16 x 60 mm 30 x 16 x 70.5 mm 30 x 32 x 92.5 mm
Complete switch N/C + N/C + N/O snap action XCSM3910L1 XCSM3902L1 XCSM3915L1
N/C + N/C + N/O slow break XCSM3710L1 XCSM3702L1 XCSM3715L1
(1)

For a 2 m long cable, replace the last digit of the reference by 2 (example: XCSM3910L1 becomes XCSM3910L2).
For a 5 m long cable, replace the last digit of the reference by 5 (example: XCSM3910L1 becomes XCSM3910L5).
Compact switches Type XCSD, metal Type XCSP, plastic
1 x ISO M20 x 1.5 cable entry (2) 1 x ISO M20 x 1.5 cable entry (2)
Maximum actuation speed 0.5 m/s 1.5 m/s 0.5 m/s 1.5 m/s
Minimum force or torque (actuation / positive opening) 15 N / 45 N 12 N / 36 N 10 N.m / 0.1 N.m 15 N / 45 N 12 N / 36 N 10 N.m / 0.1 N.m
Degree of protection IP 66 + IP 67 IP 66 + IP 67
Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H (mm) 34 x 34.5 x 89 34 x 34.5 x 99.5 34 x 43 x 121.5 34 x 34.5 x 89 34 x 34.5 x 99.5 34 x 43 x 121.5
Complete switch N/C + N/C + N/O snap action XCSD3910P20 XCSD3902P20 XCSD3918P20 XCSP3910P20 XCSP3902P20 XCSP3918P20
N/C + N/C + N/O slow break XCSD3710P20 XCSD3702P20 XCSD3718P20 XCSP3710P20 XCSP3702P20 XCSP3718P20
(2) For Pg 13.5 and 1/2" NPT cable entries, refer to www.Telemecanique.com.
9/17
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
(2) For associated jumper cable and pre-wired connector, please refer to www.Telemecanique.com.
Maximum category usage Category 3
(EN 954-1)
Response time (s) Mat itself: 20 ms, with module: XPSAK 40 ms, XPSMP < 30 ms
Sensitivity Single mat > 20 kg / Group of mats > 35 kg
Maximum load 2000 N/cm
2
Connection (2) By M8 jumper cable (1 male / 1 female), L = 100 mm
Dimensions W x D x H 500 x 500 x 11 mm 500 x 750 x 11 mm 750 x 750 x 11 mm 750 x 1250 x 11 mm
References XY2TP1 XY2TP2 XY2TP3 XY2TP4
(2) For associated jumper cable and pre-wired connector, please refer to www.Telemecanique.com
Accessories
Rails (set of 2) Length 194 mm 394 mm 444 mm 494 mm 644 mm 694 mm 744 mm 1194 mm 1244 mm
References XY2TZ10 XY2TZ20 XY2TZ30 XY2TZ40 XY2TZ50 XY2TZ60 XY2TZ70 XY2TZ80 XY2TZ90
Corners and rail connectors External corners Internal corner Rail connectors, L = 56 mm Rail connectors, L = 6 mm
(set of 4) + external corner with outlet for cable (set of 2) (set of 2)
References XY2TZ4 XY2TZ5 XY2TZ1 XY2TZ2
(1) For simplication of installation, see the Protect Area design
software conguration tool. Reference: SISCD104200
Preventa
Detection
Mats
Safety mats
(1)
9/18
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Light curtains
Type 2 conforming to IEC 61496-2
Light curtain functions
Auto/Manual,
Monitoring of external switching devices
(EDM: External Devices Monitoring),
LED display of operating modes
Type Multi-beam, infrared transmission
Slim range Manual starting Automatic starting
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 0.315 m
Detection capacity 30 mm hand
Number of safety circuits 2 solid-state PNP
Response time (depending on model) 1424 ms
Connection M12 Connector
Height protected (mm) 150 XUSLNG5D0150 XUSLNG5C0150
300 XUSLNG5D0300 XUSLNG5C0300
Accessories
Cable length 3 m 10 m 30 m
Pre-wired connector for XUSLN For receiver XSZNCR03 XSZNCR10 XSZNCR30
(screened cable)
For transmitter XSZNCT03 XSZNCT10 XSZNCT30
Type 2 conforming to IEC 61496-1 et 2
Type Single-beam, infrared transmission
Height protected (conforming to prEN 999) 7501200 mm (1 to 4 beams)
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 8 m
Number of circuits Safety 2N/O
Response time < 25 ms
Modules (integral muting function) 24 VDC XPSCM1144P (1)
Thru-beam pairs, Pre-cabled, L = 5m PNP XU2S18PP340L5 (2)
axially aligned
M12 connector PNP XU2S18PP340D (2)
(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference. Example: XPSCM1144P becomes XPSCM1144).
(2) For alignment at 90 to the mounting axes, insert the letter W in the reference before the last letter. Example: XU2S18PP340L5 becomes XU2S18PP340WL5).
Auto/Manual,
LED display of operating modes
Integral muting function.
9/19
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type Multi-beam, infrared transmission
Compact range
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 0.37.5 m 0.39 m
Detection capacity 14 mm "nger" 30 mm "hand"
Number of circuits Safety 2 solid-state PNP 2 solid-state PNP
Auxiliary (alarm) 1 solid-state PNP 1 solid-state PNP
Response time (depending on model) 2040 ms 2030 ms
Connection Flying lead with end M12 connector, L = 0.25 m
Transmitter + receiver Height protected (mm) 260 XUSLTQ6A0260
350 XUSLTQ6A0350 XUSLTR5A0350
435 XUSLTQ6A0435
610 XUSLTQ6A0610
955 XUSLTQ6A0955
1570 XUSLTR5A1570
1745 XUSLTR5A1745
1920 XUSLTR5A1920
2095 XUSLTR5A2095
Auto/Manual/Manual 1
st
cycle
Test input (MTS: Monitoring Test Signal),
Blanking (ECS/B),
Floating Blanking (FB),
Blanking + Floating Blanking,
Alignment aid by LED display of each light beam broken,
LED display of operating modes and alarms.
Preventa
Detection
Light curtains
9/20
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Auto/Manual/Manual 1
st
cycle
Test input (MTS: Monitoring Test Signal),
Alignment aid by LED display of each light beam broken,
LED display of operating modes and alarms,
Coding of the beams
Type Single-beam and multi-beam, infrared transmission
Compact range Transmitter/receiver Transmitter/passive receiver
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 0.820 ou 70 m (according to cong) 0.88 m
Detection capacity Body
Number of circuits Safety 2 solid-state PNP
Auxiliary (alarm or following) 1 solid-state PNP
Response time (depending on model) 1624 ms
Connection M12 Connector (1) M12 Connector
Beam Interval Number
1 XUSLPZ1AM
300 mm 4 XUSLPZ4A300M
5 XUSLPZ5A300M
6 XUSLPZ6A300M
400 mm 3 XUSLPZ3A400M
500 mm 2 XUSLPZ2A500M XUSLPB2A500M
3 XUSLPZ3A500M
600 mm 2 XUSLPZ2A600M XUSLPB2A600M
(1) Light curtain with M12 connector output, for terminal block output, replace M from the end of the reference by B. Example : XUSLPZ1AM becomes XUSLPZ1AB
Accessories
Cable length 3 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 30 m
Pre-wired connector for XUSLT For receiver XSZTCR05 XSZTCR10 XSZTCR15 XSZTCR30
(screened cable)
For transmitter XSZTCT05 XSZTCT10 XSZTCT15 XSZTCT30
XUSLM For receiver XSZMCR03 XSZMCR10 XSZMCR30
For transmitter XSZMCT03 XSZMCT10 XSZMCT30
XUSLP For receiver XSZPCR05 XSZPCR10 XSZPCR15 XSZPCR30
For transmitter XSZPCT05 XSZPCT10 XSZPCT15 XSZPCT30
Selection guidance software
Protect Area Design (2)
For light curtains XUSLT, XUSLM
Reference SISCD104200
(2) "Protect Area Design" sofware is integrated in SafetySuite V2
9/21
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
3
2
3
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
3
2
3
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
3
2
3
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
3
2
3
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
3
2
3
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
3
2
3
1
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
Key release
(key n 455)
Preventa
Operator dialogue
Emergency stops
22 trigger action latching pushbuttons
Turn to release Turn to release Key release
(key n 455)
N/C + N/O
contact
N/C + N/O + N/C
contact
Key release (key n 455) Turn to release
22 trigger action latching pushbutton stations
N/C + N/O
contact
N/C + N/C
contact
N/C + N/O + N/C
contact
Pushbuttons Metal Plastic
Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 0.3 0.3
Shock / vibration resistance 10 gn / 5 gn 10 gn / 5 gn
Dimensions x Depth 40 x 82 mm 40 x 104 mm 40 x 81.5 mm 40 x 103 mm
Contact N/C + N/O XB4BS8445 XB5AS8445 XB5AS8445 XB5AS9445
2 N/C + 1 N/O XB4BS84441 ZB5AS944 + ZB5AZ141
Enclosure Plastic
2 x ISO M20 cable entries or n 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland
Contact N/C + N/O XALK178E XALK188E
N/C + N/C XALK178F XALK188F
2 N/C + 1 N/O XALK188G
Accessories
Type tiquettes Padlocking kit Bellows seals
Colour Red with white lettering Yellow with black lettering Yellow Red Silicone Black EPDM
Dimensions 30 x 40 mm (1) 60 mm
Rfrences Marking: Emergency stop ZBY2130 ZBY9130
Arrt d'urgence ZBY2330 ZBY9330
Not Aus ZBY2230 ZBY9230
ZBZ3605 ZBZ48 ZBZ28
(1) circular appearance
With legend holder
9/22
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
3
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
3
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
3
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
3
Emergency stops
Cable (tripwire) operated
Booted pushbutton reset Key release pushbutton reset (key n 421)
N/C + N/O contact
slow break
N/C + N/C contact
slow break
Booted pusbutton reset Key release pushbutton reset (key n 421)
N/C + N/O contact
slow break
N/C + N/C contact
slow break
For operating cable length 15 m Latching, without indicator light with indicator light
Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 0.01
Shock / vibration resistance 50 gn / 10 gn
Rated operational characteristics AC-15, A300 / DC-13, Q300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)
Operating cable length 15 m
Operating cable anchoring point To right or to left
Contact 1 N/C + N/O slow break XY2CH13250H29 XY2CH13450H29 XY2CH13253
1 N/C + N/C slow break XY2CH13270H29 XY2CH13470H29 XY2CH13273
(1) With entry for n 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland, delete H29 from the end of the reference (example: XY2-CH13250H29 becomes XY2-CH13250).
For operating cable length 50 m Latching, without indicator light
3 x ISO M20 cable entries or n 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland
Rated operational characteristics AC-15, A300 / DC-13, Q300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)
Operating cable length 50 m 50 m
Operating cable anchoring point To left To right To left To right
Contact 1 N/C + N/O slow break XY2CE2A250 XY2CE1A250 XY2CE2A450 XY2CE1A450
1 N/C + N/C slow break XY2CE2A270 XY2CE1A270 XY2CE2A470 XY2CE1A470
2 N/C + N/O slow break
XY2CE2A290 (2) XY2CE1A290 (2) XY2CE2A490 (2) XY2CE1A290 (2)
(2) With 24V, 48 V, 130 V pilot lights, BA9S bulb not included, add 6 at the end of the reference. (example : XY2CE1A290 becomes XY2CE1A296).
With 230 V pilot lights, BA9S bulb included, add 7 at the end of the reference. (example : XY2CE1A290 becomes XY2CE1A297).
9/23
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
Foot switches - metal
Single pedal switches
Preventa
Operator dialogue
Double pedal switches
Type Foot switches without protective cover
2 cable entries for n 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)
Trigger mechanism With (positive operating action reqd.) Without
Colour Orange Blue Orange
Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 15
Shock resistance 100 joules
Contact operation 1 step 1 N/C + N/O XPER810 XPEM110 XPER110
2 N/C + N/O XPER811 XPEM111 XPER111
2 step 2 N/C + N/O XPER911 XPEM211 XPER211
Analogue output 2 N/C + N/O XPER929 XPER229
Type
Foot switches without protective cover
Colour Blue Orange Blue Orange
Contact operation 1 step 1 N/C + N/O XPEM510 XPER510 XPEM310 XPER310
2 N/C + N/O XPEM511 XPER511 XPEM311 XPER311
1 step latching 1 N/C + N/O XPEM410 XPER410
2 step 2 N/C + N/O XPEM711 XPER711 XPEM611 XPER611
Analogue output 2 N/C + N/O XPEM529 XPER529 XPEM329
Colour Blue Orange Blue Orange
Contact operation 1 step 2 x 1 N/C + N/O XPEM5100D XPER510D XPEM3100D XPER3100D
2 x 2 N/C + N/O XPEM5110D XPER5110D XPEM3110D XPER3110D
9/24
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
Foot switches - plastic
Single pedal switches
Type Without protective cover With protective cover
2 cable entries for ISO M20 cable gland
Trigger mechanism Without With (positive operating action reqd.)
Colour Yellow Yellow Yellow
Dimensions W x D x H 160 x 280 x 70 mm 160 x 280 x 162 mm 160 x 280 x 162 mm
Contact operation 1 step 1 N/C + N/O XPEY110 XPEY310 XPEY510
2 N/C + N/O XPEY311 XPEY511
2 step 2 N/C + N/O XPEY211 XPEY611 XPEY711
2 cable entries for ISO M20 cable gland 1 entry (1)
Trigger mechanism With (positive operating action reqd.) Without Without
Colour Grey+ Blue Grey Black
Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 10 2
Contact operation 1 step 1 N/C + N/O XPEG810 XPEB110 XPEG110 XPEA110
2 N/C + N/O XPEB111 XPEG111 XPEA111
2 step 2 N/C + N/O XPEG911 XPEB211 XPEG211
(1) Cable entry for ISO M16 or n 9 (Pg 9) cable gland and for ISO M20 or n 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland.
Type Foot switches with protective cover
2 cable entries for ISO M20 cable gland
Colour Grey Blue Grey Blue
Contact operation 1 step 1 N/C + N/O XPEG510 XPEB510 XPEG310 XPEB310
2 N/C + N/O XPEG511 XPEB511 XPEG311 XPEB311
2 step 2 N/C + N/O XPEG711 XPEB711 XPEG611 XPEB611
9/25
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
0 1 2
1-2
5-6
3-4
0 1 2
7 8 (XY2-AU2)
1-2
5-6
3-4
0 1 2
1-2
5-6
3-4
0 1 2
7 8 (XY2-AU2)
1-2
5-6
3-4
2 0
1
2
1
3
46
5
2 0
1
2
1
3
46
5
2 0
1
2
1
3
46
5
7
8
2 0
1
2
1
3
46
5
7
8
Preventa
Operator dialogue
Control units
Two-hand control
Type Two-hand control stations
2 cable entries for ISO M20 or n 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland, 1 cable entry for n 21 (Pg 21) cable gland (2)
Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 1 1
Dimensions W x D x H 455 x 170 x 188.5 mm
Red emergency stop (N/C + N/C slow break) XY2SB71 (1) XY2SB72 (1)
Yellow lock out (N/C + N/O break before make) XY2SB75 XY2SB76
2 control pushbuttons and 1 mushroom head
Emergency stop or Lock out pushbutton
(1) To order a two-hand control station with pedestal XY2SB90, add 4 to the end of the reference (example: XY2SB71 becomes XY2SB714).
2 control pushbuttons and 1 mushroom head Emergency
stop or Lock out pushbutton, with pre-wired terminal block
Enabling switch
Contact states
(2) For entry for ISO M25 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA2125 + xing nut DE9EC21 (sold in lots of 5).
For xing accessories, please refer to www.Telemecanique.com.
Contact closed
Contact open
Type Plastic grip
Entry for 7 to 13 mm cable
Number of contacts 3 3
Type of contacts 2 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 1 NC
1 "NO" auxiliary
Description 3 positions 3 positions with button for N/O contact (auxiliary)
Shock / vibration resistance 10 gn / 6 gn
Rated operational characteristics AC 15, C300 / DC 13, R300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)
References XY2AU1 XY2AU2
9/26
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
Vario
Motor control
Switch disconnectors
Front mounting
Door mounting
Door mounting
Backplate
mounting in
enclosure
(1) Dimensions W x D x H: 150 x 152 x 170 mm.
Enclosed
Backplate
mounting in
enclosure
Type Mini-Vario for standard applications
Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60
Fixing 22.5 mm 22.5 mm
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V
Thermal current in open air (Ith) 12 A VCDN12 VCCDN12
20 A VCDN20 VCCDN20
Type Vario for high performance applications
Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90
Fixing 22.5 mm 4 screws 4 screws 22.5 mm 4 screws 4 screws
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V
Thermal current in open air (Ith) 12 A VCD02 VCF02 VCCD02 VCCF02
20 A VCD01 VCF01 VCCD01 VCCF01
63 A VCF3 VCCF3
80 A VCF4 VCCF4
125 A VCF5 VCCF5
175 A VCF6 VCCF6
Type Mini-Vario Vario
Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90
Dimensions W x D x H 82.5 x 106 x 131 mm 90 x 131 x 146 mm 220 x 191 x 280 mm
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V 690 V
Thermal current in enclosure (Ithe) 10 A VCFN12GE VCF02GE
16 A VCFN20GE VCF01GE
50 A VCF3GE (1)
63 A VCF4GE (1)
100 A VCF5GE
140 A VCF6GE
9/27
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
T
1
T
2
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
T
1
T
2
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
Motor starters
Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers
Complete circuit-breaker: circuit-breaker
+ enclosure + safety device.
Ex.: GV2ME01 + GV2MC02 + GV2K04.
(1) Dimensions with safety device GV2K04 tted.
Enclosure
Safety device
TeSys
Motor control
Type Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers
Motor power kW (on 400 V) 0.06 0.09 0.120.18 0.250.37
Setting range A 0.10.16 0.160.25 0.250.40 0.400.63 0.631
Current Id 20% A 1.5 2.4 5 8 13
Current Ithe (in enclosure) A 0.16 0.25 0.40 0.63 1
Reference GV2ME01 GV2ME02 GV2ME03 GV2ME04 GV2ME05
Motor power kW (on 400 V) 0.370.55 0.75 1.11.5 2.2 34
Setting range A 11.6 1.62.5 2.54 46.3 610
Current Id 20% A 22.5 33.5 51 78 138
Current Ithe (in enclosure) A 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 9
Motor power kW (on 400 V) 5.5 7.5 911 11 15
Setting range A 914 1318 1723 2025 2432
Current Id 20% A 170 223 327 327 416
Current Ithe (in enclosure) A 13 17 21 23 24
Type Empty enclosure
Mounting Surface mounting Flush mounting
Degree of protection IP 55 IP 55 (front face)
Dimensions W x D x H (1) 93 x 145.5 x 147 mm 93 x 55 x 126 mm
References GV2MC02 GV2MP02
Type Safety devices
With red mushroom head Turn to release Turn to release Key release
Padlockable in Off position (key n 455)
References GV2K04 GV2K031 GV2K021
9/28
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TeSys
Motor control
Motor starters
Enclosed 3-phase motor starters
With integral control transformer, 400/24 V With integral control transformer, 400/24 V
The control circuit must be cabled by the user.
Type Non reversing Reversing
Standard motor power ratings (kW), category AC3 Ith setting Basic reference, to be completed by code indicating voltage (1)
220/230 V 400/415 V 440 V range (A)
0.06 0.06 0.160.25 LG1K065pp02 LG7K06pp02 LG8K06pp02
0.06 0.09 0.12 0.250.40 LG1K065pp03 LG7K06pp03 LG8K06pp03
0.18 0.18 0.400.63 LG1K065pp04 LG7K06pp04 LG8K06pp04
0.12 0.25 0.25 0.631 LG1K065pp05 LG7K06pp05 LG8K06pp05
0.37 0.75 1.1 1.62.5 LG1K065pp07 LG7K06pp07 LG8K06pp07
1.1 2.2 3 46.3 LG1K065pp10 LG7K06pp10 LG8K06pp10
1.5 4 4 610 LG1K095pp14 LG7K09pp14 LG8K09pp14
3 5.5 5.5 914 LG1D122pp16 LG7D12pp16 LG8K12pp16
4 7.5 9 1318 LG1D182pp20 LG7D18pp20
4 9 9 1723 LG1D182pp21 LG7D18pp21
Type Non reversing Reversing
Standard motor power ratings (kW), category AC3 Ith setting Basic references
380/400 V range (A) (The code Q7 (380/400 V) designates the power supply voltage to which the starter will be connected)
0.06 0.160.25 LJ7K06Q702 LJ8K06Q702
0.09 0.250.40 LJ7K06Q703 LJ8K06Q703
0.18 0.400.63 LJ7K06Q704 LJ8K06Q704
0.25 0.631 LJ7K06Q705 LJ8K06Q705
0.55 11.6 LJ7K06Q706 LJ8K06Q706
0.75 1.62.5 LJ7K06Q707 LJ8K06Q707
1.5 2.54 LJ7K06Q708 LJ8K06Q708
2.2 46.3 LJ7K06Q710 LJ8K06Q710
4 610 LJ7K09Q714 LJ8K09Q714
Control circuit voltages available
Volts 50/60 Hz 24 V 230 V 400 V 415 V
(1) Voltage code B7 P7 V7 N7
9/29
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ZONE 20
ZONE 22
ZONE 21
The essential
guide
A selection of
certied products,
conforming to the
European Directive
ATEX94/9/EC, to
ensure maximum
safety for your
installations in a
zone where the
risk of explosion
or re is high.
The products in
this catalogue
are certied by a
European Union
Commission
notied body.
Flour mills
Wood and aluminium
workshops
Grain drying areas
Bulk conveying
Bagging
Grain silos
Explosive
atmospheres
A wide range of products designed
to operate in environments
subject to risks!
A reference for installations in ATEX Dust
explosive atmospheres.
What is an explosive atmosphere according to the Directive?
It is the mixing with air, in atmospheric conditions, of ammable substances in the form of gas,
vapour, mist or dust which, in the event of combustion, spreads throughout the non burning mix.
Implementation of European Directives
b Directive 99/92/EC
This requires that a risk analysis be performed for all industrial processes.
If there is any risk of an explosion:
p the zones are dened and physically identied,
p the installation is classied by governing bodies.
b Directive 94/9/EC
This requires certication of the products in accordance with the classication of the zones of
use
b Dust zones
p Zone 20: area where an explosive atmosphere exists in the form of combustible clouds of dust
in the air, either permanently, for long periods or frequently.
p Zone 21: area where an explosive atmosphere exists in the form of combustible clouds of dust in
the air during normal operation occasionally.
p Zone 22: area where an explosive atmosphere in the form of combustible clouds of dust
in the air is unlikely to occur during normal operation but, if it does occur, it is only for a short
period.
Main sectors of activity subject
to a higher risk of explosion or
re
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Contents
10/1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Detection
b Inductive proximity sensors ..............................................10/2
Universal and Analogue XS
b Proximity sensors .................................................10/3 and 10/4
Rotation monitoring and capacitive XS/XT
Namur XS
b Intrinsically safe enclosures .............................................10/5
Processing module NY3
b Limit switches ...........................................................10/6 to 10/9
Miniature XCM
Compact XCKD
Classic XCKM
Application - hoisting, handling and conveying
b Pressure and vacuum switches ................... 10/10 and 10/11
Adjustable differential XMLB
Control and
signalling units
b Pushbuttons and mushroom heads 22 ...................10/12
Harmony XB4
b Selector switches and key switches 22 ..................10/13
Harmony XB4
b Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights 22 ...........10/14
Harmony XB4
b Control stations ..................................................................10/15
Harmony XAW
Machine safety
b Tripwire operated Emergency stops ...........................10/16
Preventa XY2
b Foot switches .....................................................................10/16
Preventa XPE
b Safety switches .................................................................10/17
Preventa XCS
Automation
b Weighing system ...............................................................10/18
Modicon Premium
b I/O modules .........................................................................10/18
Modicon Quantum
Inductive proximity sensors
Universal, metal case
Sensor type 3-wire DC PNP, ush mountable in metal
Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
Zone D (dust) 21 - 22
EC type examination certicate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0022X / D-Ex tD A21 IP68 T90C
Nominal sensing distance Sn 4 mm 8 mm 15 mm
Operating zone 0...3.2 mm 0...6.4 mm 0...12 mm
Temperature range 20...+ 60C
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP68
Connection Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 10 m
Dimensions M12 x 50 mm M18 x 60 mm M30 x 60 mm
Supply voltage (including ripple) 10...58 VDC
Maximum switching capacity 200 mA
Overload and short-circuit protection Yes
LED output state indicator Yes
Voltage drop, closed state, at I nominal 2 V
Switching frequency 2500 Hz 1000 Hz 500 Hz
References NO function XS612B1PAL10EX XS618B1PAL10EX XS630B1PAL10EX
NC function XS612B1PBL10EX XS618B1PBL10EX XS630B1PBL10EX
Analogue, metal case
Sensor type Analogue, 2-wire AC/DC, ush mountable in metal
Nominal sensing distance Sn 2 mm 5 mm 10 mm
Operating zone 0.2...2 mm 0.55 mm 1...10 mm
Dimensions M12 x 50 mm M18 x 60 mm M30 x 60 mm
Supply voltage (including ripple) 1038 VAC/DC
Linearity error 10%
Operating frequency 1500 Hz 500 Hz 300 Hz
References 420 mA output XS1M12AB120EX XS1M18AB120EX XS1M30AB120EX
Other characteristics: please refer to the Global Detection catalogue
Osiprox
M12 M18 M30
M12 M18 M30
10/2
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Nominal sensing distance Sn 10 mm
Operating zone 08 mm
Dimensions M30 x 81 mm
Supply voltage (including ripple) 10...58 VDC
Version Slow Fast
Maximum speed of passing object 6000 impulses/minute 48,000 impulses/minute
Adjustable frequency range 6150 impulses/minute 1203000 impulses/minute
References NC function XSAV11373EX XSAV12373EX
Capacitive, metal case

M18

M30
Nominal sensing distance Sn 5 mm 10 mm
Operating zone 03.6 mm 07.2 mm
Connection Pre-cabled, PVC, L = 2 m
Dimensions M18 x 60 mm M30 x 60 mm
Supply voltage (including ripple) 1038 VDC
Switching frequency 100 Hz
References NO function XT1M18PA372EX XT1M30PA372EX
NC function XT1M18PB372EX XT1M30PB372EX
Proximity sensors
Rotation monitoring, metal case

M30
10/3
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Namur inductive sensors
Metal or plastic case
Sensor type
Case type
2-wire DC, ush mountable in metal
Metal Plastic
Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, EN 50020, EN 50284, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
Zone D (dust) 20 (to be used in conjunction with intrinsically safe enclosures, see page 5)
EC type examination certicate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0016X / D-Ex iaD 20 IP66/67 T85C
Nominal sensing distance Sn 0.8 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm 5 mm 10 mm
Operating zone 00.6 mm 00.8 mm 01.2 mm 01.6 mm 04 mm 08 mm
Dimensions M5 x 30 mm M8 x 26.5 mm M12 x 38.5 mm M18 x 41 mm M30 x 43.5 mm
Residual current, open state 3 mA
Switching frequency 1500 Hz 1000 Hz 800 Hz 500 Hz 300 Hz
References NC function XSMN08122EX XSAN01122EX XSPN01122EX XSPN02122EX XSPN05122EX XSPN10122EX
Plastic case
M12 M18 M30 Form C Form D
Sensor type
Case type
2-wire DC, non ush mountable in metal
Plastic
Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, EN 50020, EN 50284, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
Zone D (dust) 20
EC type examination certicate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0016X / D-Ex iaD 20 IP66/67 T85C
Nominal sensing distance Sn 4 mm 8 mm 15 mm 15 mm 40 mm
Operating zone 03.2 mm 06.4 mm 012 mm 012 mm 032 mm
Connection Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m Screw terminals
Dimensions M12 x 38.5 mm M18 x 41 mm M30 x 43.5 mm 40 x 40 x 122.5 mm 100 x 80 x 40 mm
Residual current, open state 3 mA
Switching frequency 400 Hz 300 Hz 200 Hz 100 Hz 25 Hz
References NC function XSPN04122EX XSPN08122EX XSPN15122EX XSCN151229EX (1) XSDN401229EX
(1) Flush mountable in metal
M5 M8 M12 M18 M30
Osiprox
10/4
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Module type Discrete
Inputs Relay inputs/outputs
Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021-1&2, EN 50082-1&2
Zone D (dust) Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 20, 21 or 22)
EC type examination certicate number / marking LCIE 00ATEX6034X / G/D-[EEx ia] IIC
Zone 20 Number of input channels 2 4 2 2
Number of output channels 1 1
Type of output channel, Low consumption solenoid valve, < 7 mA High consumption solenoid valve, < 40 mA
load excitation with hysteresis with hysteresis
Outside zone Number of recopying channels 2 4 2 2
Switching voltage 5230 VAC; 524 VDC
Switching current 10 mA0.5 A (AC); 10 mA0.5 A, L/R 48 ms (DC)
Connection Removable screw terminal blocks
Mounting On 35 mm DIN rail
Supply voltage (including ripple) 24 VDC (0.951.1 Un)
Consumption 5 W
References NY320N2RB1 NY340N4RB1 NY321L2RB1 NY321L1RB1 NY321H2RB1 NY321H1RB1
Module type Discrete
Load excitation outputs
Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021-1&2, EN 50082-1&2
EC type examination certicate number / marking LCIE 00ATEX6034X / G/D-[EEx ia] IIC
Zone 20 Number of load excitation channels 2 4
Maximum current < 7 mA < 40 mA < 7 mA < 40 mA
Outside zone Control voltage 24 VDC 10%
Control current State 1 = 6.5 < I < 9 mA and 21.6 < U < 26.4 V; State 0 = I 0.4 mA and U 1.2 V
Connection Removable screw terminal blocks
Mounting On 35 mm DIN rail
Supply voltage (including ripple) 24 VDC (0.951.1 Un)
Consumption 5 W
References NY302L0NB1 NY302H0NB1 NY304L0NB1 NY304H0NB1
Intrinsically safe module
Processing module
10/5
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Limit switches
Miniature, xing by the body
Osiswitch
Limit switch type XCMD metal, pre-cabled
With head for movement Linear (plunger)
EC type examination certicate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0014X / D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85C
Type of operator Metal end Metal end Steel roller Retractable
plunger plunger with plunger steel roller
elastomer boot lever plunger
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 10
Actuation speed 0.5 m/s
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP66 and IP67
Rated operational characteristics AC15; C300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 0.75 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
Short-circuit protection By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
Cable entry Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 5 m
Fixing centres 20 mm
Body dimensions, W x D x H 30 x 16 x 50 mm
References 2 N/C + 2 N/O snap action XCMD4110L5EX XCMD4111L5EX XCMD4102L5EX XCMD4124L5EX
Compact, xing by the body
Limit switch type XCKD metal conforming to standard EN 500047
With head for movement Linear (plunger)
EC type examination certicate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0014X /D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85C
Type of operator Metal end Metal end Steel roller Thermoplastic roller Thermoplastic roller
plunger plunger with plunger lever plunger, horiz. lever plunger, vert.
elastomer boot actuation in 1 direct. actuation in 1 direct.
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 15 10 15
Actuation speed 0.5 m/s 1 m/s
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP66 and IP67
Rated operational characteristics AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
Cable entry 1 entry tted with ISO M16 cable gland
References N/C + N/C + N/O snap action XCKD3910P16EX XCKD3911P16EX XCKD3902P16EX XCKD3921P16EX XCKD3927P16EX
10/6
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Miniature, xing by the head
XCMD metal, pre-cabled
Rotary (lever) Linear (plunger)
Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0014X / D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85C
Steel roller Thermoplastic roller Roller lever Variable length M12 with metal M16 with metal M12 with steel
lever lever with ball bearing thermoplastic end plunger end plunger with roller plunger
mounted roller roller lever elastomer boot
10
1.5 m/s 0.5 m/s 0.1 m/s
20...+ 60C
IP66 and IP67
AC15; C300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 0.75 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 5 m
20 mm M12 x 1 M16 x 1 M12 x 1
30 x 16 x 50 mm
XCMD4116L5EX XCMD4115L5EX XCMD4117L5EX XCMD4145L5EX XCMD41F0L5EX XCMD41G1L5EX XCMD41F2L5EX
Compact, xing by
the head
XCKD metal conforming to standard EN 500047
Linear (plunger) Rotary (lever) Multi-directional Linear (plunger)
21 - 22
Thermoplastic roller Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Variable length Variable length Cats whisker M18 with metal M18 with steel
lever plunger, horiz. or roller lever roller lever, thermoplastic thermoplastic end plunger roller plunger
vert. actuation in 1 dir. 50 mm roller lever roller lever, 50 mm
15 10 5 10
1 m/s 1.5 m/s 1 m/s 0.5 m/s
20...+ 60C
IP66 and IP67
AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
1 entry tted with ISO M16 cable gland
20 mm M18 x 1
30 x 16 x 50 mm
XCKD3928P16EX XCKD3918P16EX XCKD3939P16EX XCKD3945P16EX XCKD3949P16EX XCKD3906P16EX XCKD39H0P16EX XCKD39H2P16EX
10/7
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Limit switches
Classic, xing by the body
Osiswitch
Limit switch type XCKM metal, 3 cable entries
With head for movement Linear (plunger) Rotary (lever) Multi-directional
Type of operator Metal end Steel roller Thermoplastic roller Thermoplastic Cats whisker
plunger plunger lever plunger, horiz. roller lever
actuation in 1 direct.
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 20 10
Actuation speed 0.5 m/s 1.5 m/s 0.5 m/s
Rated operational characteristics AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
Cable entry 3 tapped entries for ISO M20 cable gland (1)
References N/C + N/C + N/O snap action XCKM3910H29EX XCKM3902H29EX XCKM3921H29EX XCKM3915H29EX XCKM3906H29EX
(1) 2 entries tted with blanking plugs, 1 entry tted with ISO M20 cable gland
Application - hoisting, handling, conveying
Limit switch type XCKMR metal, 3 cable entries
With head for movement Rotary (lever)
Type of operator Metal rod levers, crossed Metal rod levers, crossed
reversed head
Actuation speed 1.5 m/s
Rated operational characteristics AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)
Cable entry 3 tapped entries for ISO M20 cable gland (1)
Fixing centres 61.5 mm
2 x N/C + N/C staggered, slow break contacts XCKMR54D1H29EX XCKMR54D2H29EX
2 x N/C + N/O snap action contacts, both actuated in each direction
2 x N/C + N/O snap action contacts, 1 actuated in each direction
2 x single-pole C/O snap action contacts
(1) 2 entries tted with blanking plugs, 1 entry tted with ISO M20 cable gland
10/8
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
XCKJ metal, xed body, conforming to standard EN 50041
Linear (plunger) Rotary (lever)
21 - 22
Metal end Steel roller Steel roller Thermoplastic roller Variable length Polyamide rod
plunger plunger lever lever thermoplastic lever, 6 x 200 mm
roller lever
30 25 30 20
0.5 m/s 1 m/s 1.5 m/s
20...+ 60C
IP66
AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
1 entry tted with ISO M20 cable gland
30 x 60 mm
40 x 44 x 77 mm
XCKJ3961H29EX XCKJ3967H29EX XCKJ390513H29EX XCKJ390511H29EX XCKJ390541H29EX XCKJ390559H29EX
XCR metal
Rotary (lever) Conveyor belt shift monitoring switches
21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0024X / D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85C
Square (6 mm) Thermoplastic roller Large thermoplastic roller Metal rod levers, Galvanised steel Stainless steel
rod lever, spring ( 30 mm) lever, spring ( 50 mm) lever, spring crossed, stay put operating lever operating lever
return to off position return to off position return to off position
10 0.3
1.5 m/s
20...+ 60C
IP65
AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)
1 entry tted with n 13 cable gland
85 x 75 mm
85 x 75 x 95 mm
XCRA111EX XCRA121EX XCRA151EX XCRE181EX (2)

XCRB111EX XCRB121EX XCRB151EX XCRF171EX (3)
XCRT115EX XCRT215EX

(2) Crossed rods (3) T rods
10/9
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Electromechanical pressure & vacuum switches
Adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds
Type Vacuum switches and vacu-pressure switches with setting scale
Size - 1 bar - 0.2 bar 5 bar
EC type examination certicate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0058 / D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85C
Fluid connection 1/4 BSP female
Electrical connection Screw terminals, 1 entry tted with ISO M20 cable gland
Rated operational characteristics AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
Setting range of upper limit (PH) 0.141 bar 0.020.2 bar 0.55 bar
Body dimensions, W x D x H 55 x 77.5 x 158 mm 150 x 155.5 x 145 mm 113 x 35 x 75 mm
Fluids controlled Oil, water, air, up to +70C Oil, air, up to +160C Oil, water, air, up to +70C
Possible differential Min. at low setting 0.13 bar 0.018 bar 0.5 bar
(subtract from PH Min. at high setting 0.13 bar 0.018 bar 0.5 bar
to give PB) (1) Max. at high setting 0.8 bar 0.18 bar 6 bar
Single-pole snap action contact XMLBM02V2S12EX XMLBM03R2S12EX XMLBM05A2S12EX
(1) For XMLBM02V2S12EX and XMLBM03R2S12EX vacuum switches add to PB to give PH
Type Pressure switches with setting scale
Size 10 bar 20 bar 35 bar
Fluid connection 1/4 BSP female
Electrical connection Screw terminals, 1 entry tted with ISO M20 cable gland
Rated operational characteristics AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
Setting range of upper limit (PH) 0.710 bar 1.320 bar 3.535 bar
Fluids controlled Oil, water, air, up to +70C
Possible differential Min. at low setting 0.57 bar 1 bar 1.7 bar
(subtract from PH Min. at high setting 0.85 bar 1.6 bar 2.55 bar
to give PB) Max. at high setting 7.5 bar 11 bar 20 bar
Single-pole snap action contact XMLB010A2S12EX XMLB020A2S12EX XMLB035A2S12EX
Nautilus
10/10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Pressure switches with setting scale
0.05 bar 0.35 bar 1 bar 2.5 bar 4 bar
21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0058 / D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85C
1/4 BSP female
Screw terminals, 1 entry tted with ISO M20 cable gland
20...+ 60C
IP66
AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
0.0260.05 bar 0.0450.35 bar 0.051 bar 0.32.5 bar 0.254 bar
200 x 204 x 145 mm 110 x 110 x 162 mm 55 x 77.5 x 158 mm 55 x 77.5 x 158 mm
Oil, air, up to +160C Oil, water, air, up to +70C
0.0014 bar 0.042 bar 0.04 bar 0.16 bar 0.2 bar
XMLBL05R2S12EX XMLBL35R2S12EX XMLB001R2S12EX XMLB002A2S12EX XMLB004A2S12EX
Pressure switches with setting scale
70 bar 160 bar 300 bar 500 bar
21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0058 / D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85C
1/4 BSP female
Screw terminals, 1 entry tted with ISO M20 cable gland
20...+ 60C
IP66
AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
770 bar 10160 bar 22300 bar 30500 bar
35 x 75 x 113 mm
Oil, up to +160C
4.7 bar 9.3 bar 19.4 bar 23 bar
8.8 bar 20.8 bar 37 bar 52.6 bar
50 bar 100 bar 200 bar 300 bar
XMLB070D2S12EX XMLB160D2S12EX XMLB300D2S12EX XMLB500D2S12EX
10/11
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Pushbuttons and mushroom heads
Contact functions
Type 22 pushbuttons with metal bezel
Conformity Directive ATEX D 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
EC type examination certicate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX9004U / D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66
Degree of protection IP65 and IP66
Mounting Panel cut-out 22.5 mm (22.4
0

+0.4
recommended

)
Mounting centres 30 x 40 mm
Depth below head 43 mm
Rated operational characteristics AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)
Pushbutton type Flush with transparent silicone boot
Contact N/O N/C N/O
Colour of push p white p black p green p red p yellow p blue
References Insertion of legend not possible XB4BP21EX XB4BP31EX XB4BP42EX XB4BP51EX XB4BP61EX
Insertion of legend possible XB4BP181EX XB4BP381EX XB4BP482EX XB4BP581EX XB4BP681EX
Pushbutton type Flush with coloured silicone boot
Contact N/O N/C N/O
Colour of silicone boot p white p black p green p red p yellow p blue
References XB4BPS11EX XB4BPS21EX XB4BPS31EX XB4BPS42EX XB4BPS51EX XB4BS61EX
40 mushroom head pushbutton type Spring return
Contact N/O N/C N/O
Colour of push p black p green p red p yellow p blue
References XB4BC21EX XB4BC31EX XB4BC42EX XB4BC51EX XB4BC61EX

Type 40 mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons
Conformity Directive ATEX D 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-5
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 0.3
0

+0.4
recommended

)
40 latching mushroom head pushbutton type Push-pull with trigger action Key release ( n 455) Turn to release
Contact(s) N/C + N/O N/C N/C
Colour of push p red p red p red
References XB4BT845EX XB4BS142EX XB4BS542EX
Other characteristics: please refer to the Human-Machine Interface components catalogue
Harmony
10/12
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type 22 selector switches and key switches with metal bezel
Conformity Directive ATEX D 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
0

+0.4
recommended

)
Selector switch type Standard handle
Contacts N/C + N/O N/O + N/O
Colour p black p black
References 2 position stay put XB4BD25EX
3 position stay put XB4BD33EX
3 position spring return to centre XB4BD53EX
Selector switch type Long handle
Contact(s) N/O N/O + N/O
References 2 position stay put XB4BJ21EX
3 position stay put XB4BJ33EX
3 position spring return to centre XB4BJ53EX
Key switch type Key n 455
Contact(s) N/O N/O + N/O
References 2 position stay put, key withdrawal in LH position XB4BG21EX
2 position stay put, key withdrawal in both positions XB4BG41EX
2 position spring return, key withdrawal in LH position XB4BG61EX
3 position stay put, key withdrawal in centre position XB4BG33EX
3 position stay put, key withdrawal in all 3 positions XB4BG03EX
Contact functions
10/13
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights
Contact and light functions (integral LED)
Type 22 illuminated pushbuttons with metal bezel
Service life 100,000 hours at ambient temperature
0

+0.4
recommended

)
Light source Integral LED
Illuminated pushbutton type, with integral LED Flush with transparent silicone boot
Contact N/O N/C N/O
Colour of push p white p green p red p yellow p blue
References LED voltage 24 VAC/DC XB4BP183B5EX XB4BP383B5EX XB4BP483B5EX XB4BP583B5EX XB4BP683B5EX
48120 VAC XB4BP183G5EX XB4BP383G5EX XB4BP483G5EX XB4BP583G5EX XB4BP683G5EX
240 VAC XB4BP183M5EX XB4BP383M5EX XB4BP483M5EX XB4BP583M5EX XB4BP683M5EX
24120 VAC/DC XB4BP183BG5EX XB4BP383BG5EX XB4BP483BG5EX XB4BP583BG5EX XB4BP683BG5EX
Type 22 pilot lights with metal bezel
Service life 100,000 hours at ambient temperature
0

+0.4
recommended

)
Light source Integral LED
Pilot light type Pilot lights with integral LED, plain lens
Colour of LED p white p green p red p yellow p blue
References LED voltage 24 VAC/DC XB4BVB1EX XB4BVB3EX XB4BVB4EX XB4BVB5EX XB4BVB6EX
48120 VAC XB4BVG1EX XB4BVG3EX XB4BVG4EX XB4BVG5EX XB4BVG6EX
240 VAC XB4BVM1EX XB4BVM3EX XB4BVM4EX XB4BVM5EX XB4BVM6EX
24120 VAC/DC XB4BVBG1EX XB4BVBG3EX XB4BVBG4EX XB4BVBG5EX XB4BVBG6EX
Harmony
10/14
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Control stations
Complete stations, metal or plastic
Type Complete control stations
Type of operators 22 ush pushbuttons
EC type examination certicate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0023/ D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85C
Connection 1 entry tted with ISO M20 cable gland
Rated operational characteristics of contact blocks AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
Function 1 function, Start or Stop 2 functions, Start - Stop 3 functions
Composition 1 spring return pushbutton 2 spring ret. pushbuttons 3 spring ret. pushbuttons
Contact(s) N/O N/C N/O + N/C N/O + N/C + N/O
Colour of pushbutton(s) p green p red p green + p red p green + p red + p black
Metal control stations Dimensions, W x D x H 80 x 77 x 80 mm 80 x 77 x 130 mm 80 x 77 x 175 mm
Fixings: 4 x 5.6 mm, centres 50 x 65 mm 50 x 115 mm 50 x 160 mm
References XAWF100EX XAWF110EX XAWF210EX XAWF310EX
Plastic control stations Dimensions, W x D x H 85 x 70 x 146 mm 85 x 70 x 226 mm
Fixings: 4 x 5.6 mm, centres 70 x 105 mm 70 x 108 mm
References XAWG100EX XAWG110EX XAWG210EX XAWG310EX
Type Complete control stations
Type of operator 22 selector switch or key switch with metal bezel 40 mushroom head Emergency stop
Connection 1 entry tted with ISO M20 cable gland
Rated operational characteristics of contact blocks AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
Function 1 function, Start/Stop Emergency stop
Composition 1 selector switch (1) 1 key switch (1) 1 40 mushroom head 1 40 mushroom head 1 push/pull 40
standard black handle key n 455 turn to release key release with trigger action
Contact N/O + N/C N/O + N/C N/C + N/C N/C + N/C N/C + N/C
Colour of operator p black p black p red p red p red
Metal control stations Dimensions, W x D x H 80 x 77 x 80 mm
Fixings: 4 x 5.6 mm, centres 50 x 65 mm
References XAWF130EX XAWF140EX XAWF174EX XAWF184EX XAWF198EX
Plastic control stations Dimensions, W x D x H 80 x 70 x 146 mm
Fixings: 4 x 5.6 mm, centres 70 x 105 mm
References XAWG130EX XAWG140EX XAWG174EX XAWG184EX XAWG198EX
(1) 2 position stay put
10/15
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Emergency stops and foot switches
Cable (tripwire) operated Emergency stops
For operating cable up to 50 m long Latching, without indicator light
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 0.01
Connection 3 entries for ISO M20 cable gland
Rated operational characteristics AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)
Dimensions, W x D x H 229 x 82 x 142 mm 229 x 105 x 142 mm
Reset By booted pushbutton By key release pushbutton (key n 421)
Operating cable length 50 m 50 m
Operating cable anchoring point To left To right To left To right
References N/C + N/O slow break XY2CE2A250EX XY2CE1A250EX XY2CE2A450EX XY2CE1A450EX
N/C + N/C slow break XY2CE2A270EX XY2CE1A270EX XY2CE2A470EX XY2CE1A470EX
Foot switches, metal
Type Single pedal switches
Connection 2 entries for n 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)
Rated operational characteristics AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)
Dimensions, W x D x H 104 x 172 x 59 mm
Colour Blue Orange
Contact operation 1 step 2 step 1 step 2 step
References 1 N/C + N/O XPEM110EX XPER110EX
2 N/C + N/O XPEM111EX XPEM211EX XPER111EX XPER211EX
(1) 1 entry tted with blanking plug, 1 entry tted with n 16 (Pg 16) cable gland
Other characteristics: please refer to the Machine safety catalogue
Preventa
10/16
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Safety switches
and actuators
Preventa
3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O + N/O)
3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C + N/O)
Metal switches type XCSA/B/C, 1 x ISO M20 cable entry
With head Without locking Interlocking, unlocking by button Interlocking, unlocking by key lock
Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
Actuation speed (min max) 0,1 m/s 0,5 m/s
Rated operational characteristics (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1) AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300
Temperature range -20+60C
Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H 40 x 44 x 113.5 mm 52 x 44 x 113.5 mm 52 x 44 x 113.5 mm
Complete switch N/C + N/O + N/O XCSA502EX XCSB502EX XCSC502EX
N/C + N/C + N/O XCSA702EX XCSB702EX XCSC702EX
Accessories
Straight actuator Wide actuator Pivoting actuator
For safety switches XCSA/B/C/E Actuators Door lock
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
Coded magnetic
Plastic switches type XCSDM coded magnetic, Pre-cabled, L = 2 m
Rectangular without LED
Conformity Directive Atex 94/9/CE, EN 50281-1.1 & 1.2, EN/IEC 61241-0, EN/IEC 61241-1, EN/IEC 60304, EN 1088, EN954-1
Zone D (dust) 0-1-2/20-21-22*(according to protection mode, mD or ia).
EC type examination certicate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0036 / GD-Ex tD A21 IP67 T135C
Switches for actuation Face to face, face to side, side to side
Degree of protection IP 66 + IP 67
Type of contact REED
Rated operational characteristics Ue = 24 VDC, Ie = 100 mA
Temperature range -20+60C
Operating zone (4) Sao = 5 / Sar = 15
Switch with coded magnet N/C + N/O, N/C staggered XCSDMC5902EX
N/O + N/O, 1N/O staggered XCSDMC7902EX
Contact
(N/C + N/O,
N/C
staggered)
Contact
(N/O + N/O,
1N/O
staggered)
B
K
B
U
W
H
B
N
B
K
B
U
W
H
B
N
B
K
B
U
W
H
B
N
B
K
B
U
W
H
B
N
10/17
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Automation platform
Weighing system for Modicon Premium
Module type ISP Plus
Supplied calibrated
Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50039, EN 50284, EN 50281-1-1
Zone D (dust) Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 21 or 22)
EC type examination certicate number / marking LCIE 03ATEX6399X / G or/and D-EEx ib IIC T6 or IIB T6
Connection By connectors: Sub-D 15-way male for sensors and Sub-D 9-way male for transfer of weights
Load cell inputs 50 measurements (for 1 to 8 load cells)
Outputs 2 discrete and 1 RS 485 for display
References Without display TSXISPY101
With display TSXXBTH100 TSXISPY111
Intrinsically safe I/O modules for Modicon
Quantum
Module type

Inputs/outputs
Discrete Analogue
Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50284, EN 50281-1-1
EC type examination certicate number / marking SIRA 02ATEX2345X / G/D-[EEx ia] IIC
Connection By screw terminal block 140XTS33200 (to be ordered separately)
Signal inputs Thermal probes 025/20 mA
Thermocouple (1) 425 mA
Resolution 12 bits + sign 025,000 points 15 bits
References 140DII33000 140DIO33000 140AII33000 140AII33010 140AIO33000
(1) Type J, K, E, T, S, R, B, mV
10/18
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
www.schneider-electric.com
D
I
A
1
E
D
2
0
4
0
5
0
6
E
N
ART. 960015 04/2008 - V5.0
Schneider Electric Industries SAS
Head ofce
89, bd Franklin Roosevelt
92506 Rueil-Malmaison Cedex
France
www.schneider-electric.com
Owing to changes in standards and equipment, the characteristics given in the text and images
in this document are not binding until they have been conrmed with us.
Design: IGS-CP
Photos: Schneider Electric - Image bank
Print: Ingoprint

Ghid Automatizari Schneider

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ghid Automatizari Schneider

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ghid Automatizari Schneider

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What products are discussed for detection?

What categories of products are discussed for operator dialog?

The essential guide

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 5.5 5.5

5.5 5.5 9 5.5

CE - CSA - CCC - GOST

98, Microsoft Windows

2000, Microsoft Windows

233 MHz or more,

4096 points/turn, 4096 turns 2

LAD96560 terminal block.

(Actuator Sensor Interface)

Keypads and Control stations Control stations with 2 pushbuttons

References Cable L = 20 m XZCB10201 (3) XZCB10202 (3)

N/C+N/C+N/C slow break XCSPL981 (2)

XCRA111EX XCRA121EX XCRA151EX XCRE181EX (2)

You might also like